UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DCWASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

 

FORM 20-F

 

¨REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

xANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 20122014

OR

 

¨TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to             

OR

 

¨SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report

Commission file number 001-32945

 

WNS (Holdings) Limited

WNS (Holdings) Limited

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)charter)

 

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

Jersey, Channel Islands

Jersey, Channel Islands

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Gate 4, Godrej & Boyce Complex

Gate 4, Godrej & Boyce Complex

Pirojshanagar, Vikhroli(W)

Mumbai 400 079, India

Pirojshanagar, Vikhroli(W)

Mumbai 400 079, India

(91-22) 4095-2100

(Address and Telephone number of principal executive offices)

Sanjay Puria

Alok Misra

Group Chief Financial Officer

Gate 4, Godrej & Boyce Complex

Pirojshanagar, Vikhroli(W)

Mumbai 400 079, India

(91-22) 4095-2100

sanjay.puria@wns.com

Group Chief Financial Officer

Gate 4, Godrej & Boyce Complex

Pirojshanagar, Vikhroli(W)

Mumbai 400 079, India

(91-22) 4095-2100

alok.misra@wns.com

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

American Depositary Shares, each represented byThe New York Stock Exchange
one Ordinary Share, par value 10 pence per share The New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

None

None

(Title of Class)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act

None

None

(Title of Class)

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

As at March 31, 2012, 50,078,8812014, 51,347,538 ordinary shares, par value 10 pence per share, were issued and outstanding, of which 34,931,67150,913,991 ordinary shares were held in the form of American Depositary Shares, or ADSs. Each ADS represents one ordinary share.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    xYes¨  Nox

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    Yes¨  NoYes  x  No

Note — Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yesx  NoYes    ¨  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    ¨Yes¨  No¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  ¨                 Accelerated filer  x                 Non-accelerated filer  ¨

Accelerated filer  ¨Non-accelerated filer  ¨

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP  ¨

 

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued

by the International Accounting Standards Board  x

  Other  ¨

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow:    ¨Item 17¨   Item 18¨

If this report is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes¨  NoYes    x  No

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

 

   Page 

PART I

  

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

   3  

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

   3  

ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION

   34  

ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

   2628  

ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

   6366  

ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

   6367  

ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

   98112  

ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

   116133  

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

   118136  

ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING

   121138  

ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

   122139  

ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

   144162  

ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

   145163  

PART II

  

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

   147165  

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

   147165  

ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

   147165  

ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

   149167  

ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS

   149167  

ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

   149167  

ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

   150168  

ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

   150168  

ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

   150168  

ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

   150168  

ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

168

PART III

  

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   151169  

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   151169  

ITEM 19. EXHIBITS

   151169  

SIGNATURES

   154172  

INDEX TO WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED’S CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   F-1  

Ex-4.3 Leave and Licence Agreement dated May  10, 2011 between Godrej & Boyce Manufacturing Company Limited and WNS Global Services Private Limited with respect to the lease of office premises with an aggregate area of 84,429 square feet at Plant 10

Ex-4.4 Leave and Licence Agreement dated May  10, 2011 between Godrej & Boyce Manufacturing Company Limited and WNS Global Services Private Limited with respect to the lease of office premises with an aggregate area of 108,000 square feet at Plant 5

Ex-4.5 Leave and Licence Agreement dated May  10, 2011 between Godrej & Boyce Manufacturing Company Limited and WNS Global Services Private Limited with respect to the lease of office premises with an aggregate area of 84,934 square feet at Plant 11

Ex-4.8 Lease Deed dated January 20, 2012 between Sri Divi Satya Mohan, Sri Attaluri Praveen, Sri Divi Satya Sayee Babu and WNS Global Services Private Limited with respect to lease of office premises

Ex-8.1 List of subsidiaries of WNS (Holdings) Limited

Ex-12.1 Certification by the Chief Executive Officer to 17 CFR240, 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Ex-12.2 Certification by the Chief Financial Officer to 17 CFR 240, 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Ex-13.1 Certification by the Chief Executive Officer to 18 U.S.C. Section  1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Ex-13.2 Certification by the Chief Financial Officer to 18 U.S.C.Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Ex-15.1 Consent of Grant Thornton India LLP, independent registered public accounting firm

Ex-4.15 Letter of Intent dated February 14, 2014 between WNS Global Services Private Limited and DLF Assets Private Limited with respect to the lease of office premises on the 8th, 9th and 11th floors of Blocks A2 and A3 at World Tech Park.

Ex-4.16 Letter of Intent dated February 14, 2014 between WNS Global Services Private Limited and DLF Assets Private Limited with respect to the lease of office premises on the 10th floor of Blocks A2 and A3 at World Tech Park.

Ex-4.17 Letter dated May 8, 2014 between WNS Global Services Private Limited and DLF Assets Private Limited with respect to extension of existing letters of intent for the lease of office premises at World Tech Park.

Page 1Ex-8.1 List of subsidiaries of WNS (Holdings) Limited


Ex-12.1 Certification by the Chief Executive Officer to 17 CFR 240, 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Ex-12.2 Certification by the Chief Financial Officer to 17 CFR 240, 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Ex-13.1 Certification by the Chief Executive Officer to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Ex-13.2 Certification by the Chief Financial Officer to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Ex-15.1 Consent of Grant Thornton, independent registered public accounting firm

CONVENTIONS USED IN THIS ANNUAL REPORT

In this annual report, references to “US” are to the United States of America, its territories and its possessions. References to “UK” are to the United Kingdom. References to “India” are to the Republic of India. References to “China” are to the People’s Republic of China. References to “South Africa” are to the Republic of South Africa. References to “$” or “dollars” or “US dollars” are to the legal currency of the US, references to “LOGOLOGO ” or “rupees” or “Indian rupees” are to the legal currency of India, references to “pound sterling” or “£” are to the legal currency of the UK, references to “pence” are to the legal currency of Jersey, Channel Islands, and references to “Euro” are to the legal currency of the European Monetary Union.Union and references to “RMB” are to the legal currency of China. Our financial statements are preparedpresented in US dollars. Prior to April 1, 2011, we prepared our financial statements in accordance with US generally accepted accounting principles, or US GAAP. With effect from April 1, 2011, we adopted the International Financial Reporting Standards and its interpretations, or IFRS,“IFRS”, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or the IASB.“IASB”. Our financial statements included in this annual report are prepared in accordance with IFRS, as issued by the IASB, as in effect as at March 31, 2012.IASB. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “GAAP” in this annual report are to IFRS, as issued by the IASB.

The financial statements included in this annual report are our first IFRS annual consolidated financial statements and IFRS 1, “First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards” has been applied. An explanation of how the transition to IFRS has affected our reported financial position and financial performance is provided in Note 2.x and Note 2.y to the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report. Note 2.y includes reconciliations of equity as at April 1, 2010 and March 31, 2011, and profit and comprehensive income for the year ended March 31, 2011. References to a particular “fiscal” year are to our fiscal year ended March 31 of that calendar year. Any discrepancies in any table between totals and sums of the amountsamount listed are due to rounding.

In this annual report, unless otherwise specified or the context requires, the term “WNS” refers to WNS (Holdings) Limited, a public company incorporated under the laws of Jersey, Channel Islands, and the terms “our company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to WNS (Holdings) Limited and its subsidiaries.

In this annual report, references to “Commission” are to the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

We also refer in various places within this annual report to “revenue less repair payments,” which is a non-GAAP financial measure that is calculated as (a) revenue less (b) in our auto claims business, payments to repair centers (1) for “fault” repair cases where we act as the principal in our dealings with the third party repair centers and our clients and (2) for “non fault” repair cases with respect to one client (whose contract with us has been terminated with effect from April 18, 2012) as discussedmore fully explained in “Part I — Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Overview.” This non-GAAP financial information is not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for our financial results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

In this report, we refer to business process management, or BPM, services or industry and our reportable segments, WNS Global BPM and WNS Auto Claims BPM segments, respectively, which were previously described as business processing outsourcing, or BPO, services or industry and our WNS Global BPO and WNS Auto Claims BPO segments, respectively, in our prior annual reports on Form 20-F.

We also refer to information regarding the business process outsourcing, or BPO,BPM, industry, our company and our competitors from market research reports, analyst reports and other publicly available sources. Although we believe that this information is reliable, we have not independently verified the accuracy and completeness of the information. We caution you not to place undue reliance on this data.

This annual report also includes information regarding the business process outsourcing market from (1) the“IDCWorldwide and U.S. Business Process Outsourcing Services 2011-2015 Forecast:2014-2018 Forecast: Automation and Analytics Will BPO Providers Leverage the Opportunity and Cross the Chasm to Play a Significant Role in Transforming the Enterprise?Enable Differentiation” Doc #248186. May 2014” report dated May 2011 and the “Worldwide Offshore Key Horizontal BPO Services 2011-2015 Forecast” report dated November 20112014 by International Data Corporation, or IDC (which we refer to herein collectively as the IDC 2011 Reports), and (2) the “Analysis of India as an Offshore Services Location” report dated October 13, 2011 by Gartner (which we refer to herein as the Gartner 20112014 Report). The information contained in the IDC 2011 Reports and the Gartner 20112014 Report represent data, research opinions or viewpoints published by IDC and by Gartner (as part of a syndicated subscription service), respectively, and are not representations of fact. Each of theThe IDC 2011 Reports and the Gartner 20112014 Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this annual report) and the opinions expressed in such reports are subject to change without notice.

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This annual report contains “forward-looking statements” that are based on our current expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections about our company and our industry. The forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties. Generally, these forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “will,” “project,” “seek,” “should” and similar expressions. Those statements include, among other things, the discussions of our business strategy and expectations concerning our market position, future operations, margins, profitability, liquidity and capital resources, tax assessment orders and future capital expenditures. We caution you that reliance on any forward-looking statement inherently involves risks and uncertainties, and that although we believe that the assumptions on which our forward-looking statements are based are reasonable, any of those assumptions could prove to be inaccurate, and, as a result, the forward-looking statements based on those assumptions could be materially incorrect. These risks and uncertainties include but are not limited to:

 

worldwide economic and business conditions;

political or economic instability in the jurisdictions where we have operations;

 

regulatory, legislative and judicial developments;

 

our ability to attract and retain clients;

 

technological innovation;

 

telecommunications or technology disruptions;

 

future regulatory actions and conditions in our operating areas;

 

Page 2


our dependence on a limited number of clients in a limited number of industries;

 

our ability to expand our business or effectively manage growth;

 

our ability to hire and retain enough sufficiently trained employees to support our operations;

 

negative public reaction in the US or the UK to offshore outsourcing;

 

the effects of our different pricing strategies or those of our competitors;

 

increasing competition in the business process outsourcingmanagement industry;

 

our ability to successfully grow our revenue, expand our service offerings and market share and achieve accretive benefits from our acquisition of (1) Fusion Outsourcing Services (Proprietary) Limited, or Fusion (which we have renamed as WNS Global Services SA (Pty) Ltd following our acquisition) or (2) Aviva Global Services Singapore Pte. Ltd., or Aviva Global (which we have renamed as WNS Customer Solutions (Singapore) Private Limited, or WNS Global Singapore, following our acquisition) and our master services agreement with Aviva Global Services (Management Services) Private Limited, or Aviva MS, as described below;

 

our liability arising from fraud or unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client and customer data;

our ability to successfully consummate and integrate strategic acquisitions; and

 

volatility of our ADS price.

These and other factors are more fully discussed in “Part I — Item 3. Key Information — D. Risk Factors,” “Part I — Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and elsewhere in this annual report. In light of these and other uncertainties, you should not conclude that we will necessarily achieve any plans, objectives or projected financial results referred to in any of the forward-looking statements. Except as required by law, we do not undertake to release revisions of any of these forward-looking statements to reflect future events or circumstances.

PART I

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

ITEM 2.OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not applicable.

ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION

A. Selected Financial Data

Our consolidated financial statements as at and for the years ended March 31, 20122014, March 31, 2013 and March 31, 20112012 included in this annual report have been prepared in conformity with IFRS, as issued by the IASB. We adopted IFRS with effect from April 1, 2011 by applying IFRS 1, “First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards.” Our consolidated financial statements as at and for the year ended March 31, 2011, which are not included in this annual report, were originally prepared in accordance with US GAAP and were restated in accordance with IFRS for comparative purposes only. An explanation of how the transition to IFRS has affected our reported financial position and financial performance is provided in Note 2.x and Note 2.y to the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report.

Since these are our first annual consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS, pursuant to transitional relief granted by the Commission in respect of the first time adoption of IFRS, we have only provided financial statements and financial information for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, and no comparative data for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010 has been included.

The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with “Part I — Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report.

Page 3


The following selected consolidated statement of income data for fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012 and selected consolidated statement of financial position data as at March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2013 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report. The selected consolidated statement of income data for fiscal 2011 and selected consolidated statement of financial position data as at March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements which are not included elsewhere in this annual report.

 

  For the year ended March 31,   For the year ended March 31, 
  2012 2011   2014 2013 2012 2011 
  

(US dollars in millions, except share

and per share data)

   (US dollars in millions, except share and per share data) 

Consolidated Statement of Income Data:

        

Revenue(1)

  $474.1   $616.3    $502.6   $460.3   $474.1   $616.3  

Cost of revenue(1)(2)

   340.9    490.0  

Cost of revenue(1)(2)

   327.7   311.0   340.9   490.0  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Gross profit

   133.2    126.2     174.9    149.3    133.2    126.2  

Operating expenses:

        

Selling and marketing expenses(2)

   26.3    23.5     35.2    30.2    26.3    23.5  

General and administrative expenses(2)

   51.3    56.4     55.4    57.1    51.3    56.4  

Foreign exchange loss (gains), net

   (1.9)  (15.1   11.2    5.5    (1.9  (15.1

Amortization of intangible assets

   29.5    31.8     23.8    26.4    29.5    31.8  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Operating profit

   28.0    29.7     49.4    30.1    28.0    29.7  

Other (income) expense, net

   (0.0  (1.1

Other income, net

   (9.5  (4.8  (0.0  (1.1

Finance expense

   4.0    11.4     2.9    3.6    4.0    11.4  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Profit before income taxes

   24.0    19.4     55.9    31.3    24.0    19.4  

Provision for income taxes

   11.5    1.5     14.3    9.9    11.5    1.5  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Profit

  $12.5   $17.9    $41.6   $21.4   $12.5   $17.9  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Earnings per share of ordinary share:

        

Basic

  $0.28   $0.40    $0.82   $0.43   $0.28   $0.40  

Diluted

  $0.27   $0.40    $0.79   $0.41   $0.27   $0.40  

Basic weighted average ordinary shares outstanding

   45,261,411    44,260,713     50,958,864    50,309,140    45,261,411    44,260,713  

Diluted weighted average ordinary shares outstanding

   46,504,282    45,232,413     52,689,157    51,711,532    46,504,282    45,232,413  

Page 4


  As at March 31,   As at March 31, 
  2012   2011   2014   2013   2012   2011 
  (US dollars in millions)   (US dollars in millions) 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position Data:

            

Assets

            

Cash and cash equivalents

  $46.7    $27.1    $33.7    $27.9    $46.7    $27.1  

Bank deposits and marketable securities

   26.4     0.0  

Investments

   83.8     46.5     26.4     0.0  

Trade receivable including unbilled revenue, net

   102.3     109.4     96.7     90.0     102.3     109.4  

Other current assets(3)

   50.2     44.9     39.6     39.5     50.2     44.9  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total current assets

   225.6     181.5     253.9     203.8     225.6     181.5  

Goodwill and intangible assets, net

   201.8     250.1     152.9     179.2     201.8     250.1  

Property and equipment, net

   45.4     47.2     45.2     48.4     45.4     47.2  

Deferred tax assets

   43.7     33.5     37.1     41.6     43.8     33.7  

Investments

   28.7     43.2     0.0     0.0  

Other non-current assets(4)

   8.4     10.3     20.8     18.6     8.4     10.3  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total non-current assets

   284.6     331.1     299.5     341.3  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total assets

   525.0     522.6     538.4     534.9     525.2     522.7  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Liabilities and equity

            

Current portion of long term debt

   26.0     49.4     12.6     7.7     26.0     49.4  

Trade payables

   47.3     43.7     29.1     29.3     47.9     44.3  

Other current liabilities(5)

   114.3     102.7     143.2     145.4     114.3     102.7  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total current liabilities

   187.6     195.8     184.8     182.4     188.2     196.4  

Long term debt

   36.7     42.9     13.5     33.7     36.7     42.9  

Other non-current liabilities(6)

   16.6     19.0     15.1     18.2     16.6     19.0  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

   53.3     61.9     28.6     51.9     53.3     61.9  

Share capital (ordinary shares $0.16 (10 pence) par value, authorized 60,000,000 shares; issued: 50,078,881 and 44,443,726 shares each as at March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011 respectively)

   7.8     7.0  

Share capital (ordinary shares $0.16 (10 pence) par value, authorized 60,000,000 shares, issued: 51,347,538, 50,588,044, 50,078,881 and 44,443,726 shares each as at March 31, 2014, March 31, 2013, March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, respectively)

   8.0     7.9     7.8     7.0  

Share premium

   263.5     211.4     276.6     269.3     263.5     211.4  

Other shareholders’ equity(7)

   12.8     46.5     40.3     23.4     12.3     46.1  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

   284.1     264.9     325.0     300.6     283.7     264.4  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

  $525.0    $522.6    $538.4    $534.9    $525.2    $522.7  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

The following table sets forth for the periods indicated selected consolidated financial data, non-GAAP financial data and operating data:

 

  For the year ended March 31, 
  2012 2011   For the year ended March 31, 
  

(US dollars in millions, except

percentages and employee

data)

   2014 2013 2012 2011 
  

(US dollars in millions, except percentages

and employee data)

 

Other Consolidated Financial Data:

        

Revenue

  $474.1   $616.3    $502.6   $460.3   $474.1   $616.3  

Gross profit as a percentage of revenue

   28.1  20.5   34.8 32.4 28.1 20.5

Operating income as a percentage of revenue

   5.9  4.8   9.8 6.5 5.9 4.8

Non-GAAP Financial Data:

        

Revenue less repair payments(8)

  $395.1   $369.4    $471.5   $436.1   $395.1   $369.4  

Gross profit as a percentage of revenue less repair payments

   33.7  34.2   37.1 34.2 33.7 34.2

Operating income as a percentage of revenue less repair payments

   7.1  8.0   10.5 6.9 7.1 8.0

Operating Data:

        

Number of employees (at period end)

   23,874    21,523  

Number of employees (at year end)

   27,020   25,520   23,874   21,523  

Page 5


Notes:

 

(1)During fiscal 2012, we re-negotiated contracts with certain of our clients and repair centers in the auto claims business, whereby the primary responsibility for providing the services is borne by the repair centers instead of us and the credit risk that the client may not pay for the services is no longer borne by us. As a result of these changes, we are no longer considered to be the principal in providing the services. Accordingly, we no longer account for the amount received from these clients for payments to repair centers and the payments made to repair centers for cases referred by these clients as revenue and cost of revenue, respectively, resulting in lower revenue and cost of revenue. The contract re-negotiation process is ongoing and aimed at simplifying our accounting requirements.
(2)

Includes the following share-based compensation amounts:

 

  For the year ended March 31,   For the year ended March 31, 
  2012   2011   2014   2013   2012   2011 
  (US dollars in millions)   (US dollars in millions) 

Cost of revenue

  $1.0    $0.7    $1.3    $1.0    $1.0    $0.7  

Selling and marketing expenses

   0.4     0.2    $0.6    $0.4    $0.4    $0.2  

General and administrative expenses

   3.9     2.3    $5.0    $3.9    $3.9    $2.3  

 

(3)Consists of funds held for clients, current tax assets, derivative assets and prepayments and other current assets.
(4)Consists of investments,non-current portion of derivative assets and other non-current assets.
(5)

Consists of provisions and accrued expenses, derivative liabilities, pension and other employee obligations, short term line of credit, deferred revenue, current taxes payable and other liabilities.

(6)Consists of non-current portion of derivatives liabilities, pension and other employee obligations, deferred revenue, deferred tax liabilities and other non-current liabilities.
(7)Consists of retained earnings and other components of equity.
(8)Revenue less repair payments is a non-GAAP financial measure which is calculated as (a) revenue less (b) in our auto claims business, payments to repair centers (1) for “fault” repair cases where we act as the principal in our dealings with the third party repair centers and our clients and (2) for “non fault” repair cases with respect to one client (whose contract with us has been terminated with effect from April 18, 2012) as discussed below. See the explanation below as well asin “Part I — Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Overview” and notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report. The following table reconciles our revenue (a GAAP financial measure) to revenue less repair payments (a non-GAAP financial measure) for the indicated periods:

 

  For the year ended March 31,   For the year ended March 31, 
  2012   2011   2014   2013   2012   2011 
  (US dollars in millions)   (US dollars in millions) 

Revenue (GAAP)

  $474.1    $616.3    $502.6    $460.3    $474.1    $616.3  

Less: Payments to repair centers(a)

   79.1     246.9  

Less: Payments to repair centers(a)

   31.1     24.1     79.1     246.9  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Revenue less repair payments (non-GAAP)

  $395.1    $369.4    $471.5    $436.1    $395.1    $369.4  
  

 

   

 

 
Note:    

Note:

 

(a) 

Consists of payments to repair centers in our auto claims business (1) for “fault” repair cases where we act as the principal in our dealings with the third party repair centers and our clients and (2) for “non fault” repair cases with respect to one client as discussed below.

We have two reportable segments for financial statement reporting purposes — WNS Global BPM and WNS Auto Claims BPM. In our WNS Auto Claims BPM segment, we provide both “fault” and “non fault” repairs. For “fault” repairs, we provide claims handling and repair management services, where we arrange for automobile repairs through a network of third party repair centers. In our repair management services, where we act as the principal in our dealings with the third party repair centers and our clients, the amounts which we invoice to our clients for payments made by us to third party repair centers are reported as revenue. Where we are not the principal in providing the services, we record revenue from repair services net of repair cost. Since we wholly subcontract the repairs to the repair centers, we evaluate the financial performance of our “fault” repair business based on revenue less repair payments to third party repair centers, which is a non-GAAP financial measure. We believe that revenue less repair payments for “fault” repairs reflects more accurately the value addition of the business process management services that we directly provide to our clients.

We have two reportable segments for financial statement reporting purposes — WNS Global BPO and WNS Auto Claims BPO. In our WNS Auto Claims BPO segment, we provide both “fault” and “non fault” repairs. For “fault” repairs, we provide claims handling and repair management services, where we arrange for automobile repairs through a network of third party repair centers. In our repair management services, where we act as the principal in our dealings with the third party repair centers and our clients, the amounts which we invoice to our clients for payments made by us to third party repair centers are reported as revenue. Where we are not the principal in providing the services, we record revenue from repair services net of repair cost. Since we wholly subcontract the repairs to the repair centers, we evaluate the financial performance of our “fault” repair business based on revenue less repair payments to third party repair centers, which is a non-GAAP financial measure. We believe that revenue less repair payments for “fault” repairs reflects more accurately the value addition of the business process outsourcing services that we directly provide to our clients.

For our “non fault” repairs business, we generally provide a consolidated suite of accident management services including credit hire and credit repair, and we believe that measurement of such business on a basis that includes repair payments in revenue is appropriate. Revenue including repair payments is therefore used as a primary measure to allocate resources and measure operating performance for accident management services provided in our “non fault” repairs business. For one client in our “non fault” repairs business (whose contract with us has been terminated with effect from April 18, 2012), we provide only repair management services where we wholly subcontract the repairs to the repair centers (similar to our “fault” repairs). Accordingly, we evaluate the financial performance of our business with this client in a manner similar to how we evaluate our financial performance for our “fault” repairs business, that is, based on revenue less repair payments. Our “non fault” repairs business where we provide accident management services accounts for a relatively small portion of our revenue for our WNS Auto Claims BPO segment.

For our “non fault” repairs business, we generally provide a consolidated suite of accident management services including credit hire and credit repair, and we believe that measurement of such business on a basis that includes repair payments in revenue is appropriate. Revenue including repair payments is therefore used as a primary measure to allocate resources and measure operating performance for accident management services provided in our “non fault” repairs business. For one client in our “non fault” repairs business (whose contract with us has been terminated with effect from April 18, 2012), we provide only repair management services where we wholly subcontract the repairs to the repair centers (similar to our “fault” repairs). Accordingly, we evaluate the financial performance of our business with this client in a manner similar to how we evaluate our financial performance for our “fault” repairs business, that is, based on revenue less repair payments. Our “non fault” repairs business where we provide accident management services accounts for a relatively small portion of our revenue for our WNS Auto Claims BPM segment.

This non-GAAP financial information is not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for our financial results prepared in accordance with GAAP. We believe that the presentation of this non-GAAP financial measure in this annual report provides useful information for investors regarding the financial performance of our business and our two reportable segments. Our revenue less repair payments may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies due to potential differences in the method of calculation.

Page 6


This non-GAAP financial information is not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for our financial results prepared in accordance with GAAP. We believe that the presentation of this non-GAAP financial measure in this annual report provides useful information for investors regarding the financial performance of our business and our two reportable segments. Our revenue less repair payments may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies due to potential differences in the method of calculation.

B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not Applicable.

C. Reason for the Offer and the Use of Proceeds

Not Applicable.

D. Risk Factors

This annual report contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including those described in the following risk factors and elsewhere in this annual report. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer and the trading price of our ADSs could decline.

Risks Related to Our Business

The global economic conditions have been challenging and have had, and may continue to have, an adverse effect on the financial markets and the economy in general, which has had, and may continue to have, a material adverse effect on our business, our financial performance and the prices of our equity shares and ADSs.

During the past several years, globalGlobal economic conditions have beenshown some signs of recovery, particularly in the US, but remain challenging as certain adverse financial developments have caused a significant slowdownconcerns remain on the sustainability of the recovery. Some key indicators of sustainable economic growth remain under pressure. Ongoing concerns over the sustainability of economic recovery in the growth of the European, US and international financial markets, accompanied by a significant reductionits substantial debt burden, the pace of economic recovery in consumerthe EU, as well as concerns of slower economic growth in China and business spending worldwide. These adverse financial developmentsIndia, have included increasedcontributed to market volatility tightening of liquidity in credit markets and diminished expectations for the global economy. While the world economy has grown since 2010, the recent speculation regarding the inability of certain European countries to pay their national debts, the response by Eurozone policy makers to mitigate this sovereign debt crisis and the concerns regarding the stability of the Eurozone currency have created additional uncertainty in theUS, European and global economies. If countries in the Eurozone or other countries require additional financial support or if sovereign credit ratings continue to decline, yields on the sovereign debt of certain countries may continue to increase, the cost of borrowing may increase and credit may become more limited. In the US, there continue to be concerns over the failure to achieve a long term solution to the issues of government spending, the increasing US national debt and rising debt ceiling, and their negative impact on the US economy as well as concerns over potential increases in cost of borrowing and reduction in availability of credit when the US Federal Reserve begins tapering its quantitative easing program. Further, there continue to be signs of economic weakness such as relatively high levels of unemployment in major markets including Europe and the US. Continuing conflicts and instability in various regions around the world may lead to additional acts of terrorism and armed conflict around the world, which may contribute to further economic instability in the global financial markets.

These economic conditions may affect our business in a number of ways. The general level of economic activity, such as decreases in business and consumer spending, could result in a decrease in demand for our services, thus reducing our revenue. The cost and availability of credit has been and may continue to be adversely affected by illiquid credit markets and wider credit spreads. Continued turbulence or uncertainty in the European, the US and international financial markets and economies may adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition, and the liquidity and financial condition of our customers. If these market conditions continue or worsen, they may limit our ability to access financing or increase our cost of financing to meet liquidity needs, and affect the ability of our customers to use credit to purchase our services or to make timely payments to us, resulting in adverse effects on our financial condition and results of operations.

Furthermore, a weakening of the rate of exchange for the US dollar or the pound sterling (in which our revenue is principally denominated) against the Indian rupee (in which a significant portion of our costs are denominated) also adversely affects our results. Fluctuations between the pound sterling or the Indian rupee and the US dollar also expose us to translation risk when transactions denominated in pound sterling or Indian rupees are translated to US dollars, our reporting currency. For example, while the average pound sterling/sterling appreciated against the US dollar exchange rate forby an average of 0.6% in fiscal 2012 appreciated by 2.5%2014 as compared to the average exchange rate forin fiscal 2011,2013 and depreciated by an average of 0.9% against the average pound sterling/US dollar exchange rate forin fiscal 2011 depreciated by 2.6%2013 as compared to the average exchange rate forin fiscal 2010. Depreciation2012. Similarly, the Indian rupee depreciated against the US dollar by an average of 11.0% in fiscal 2014 as compared to the pound sterling/US dollaraverage exchange rate in fiscal 2011 adversely impacted our results2013, and depreciated by an average of operations.13.5% in fiscal 2013 as compared to the average exchange rate in fiscal 2012.

Uncertainty about current global economic conditions could also continue to increase the volatility of our share price. We cannot predict the timing or duration of an economic slowdown or the timing or strength of a subsequent economic recovery generally or in our targeted industries, including the travel and leisure and insurance industry.industries. If macroeconomic conditions worsen or the current global economic condition continuesconditions continue for a prolonged period of time, we are not able to predict the impact that such worsening conditions will have on our targeted industries in general, and our results of operations specifically.

Page 7


A few major clients account for a significant portion of our revenue and any loss of business from these clients could reduce our revenue and significantly harm our business.

We have derived and believe that we will continue to derive in the near term a significant portion of our revenue from a limited number of large clients. In fiscal 20122014 and 2011,2013, our five largest clients accounted for 41.4%36.9% and 54.3%37.1% of our revenue and 40.5%39.4% and 41.1%39.2% of our revenue less repair payments, respectively. In fiscal 20122014 and 2011,2013, our three largest clients accounted for 34.1%28.9% and 41.8%30.8% of our revenue and 33.7%30.8% and 33.8%32.5% of our revenue less repair payments, respectively. In fiscal 2012,2014, our largest client, Aviva International Holdings Limited, or Aviva, individually accounted for 17.3%15.2% and 20.7%16.2% of our revenue and revenue less repair payments, respectively, as compared to 16.4%16.9% and 20.4%17.8% in fiscal 2011,2013, respectively. Any loss of business from any major client could reduce our revenue and significantly harm our business.

For example, one of our top five clients by revenue contribution in fiscal 2014 and 2013, an online travel agency, or OTA, has, starting in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, been moving their customer care and sales processes that have been managed by us to a technology platform managed by another OTA under a strategic marketing agreement entered into between the two OTAs in August 2013. We expect our OTA client’s transition of their processes to the other OTA to be completed by the end of July 2014, after which we will lose most of the business from our OTA client. The portion of the business from our OTA client that we expect to lose upon completion of our OTA client’s transition of their processes to the other OTA represented approximately 4% of our revenue less repair payments in fiscal 2014. The other OTA uses several BPM vendors to manage such processes on their technology platform and we have been approved as one of the other OTA’s providers of BPM services. Although we intend to seek to increase the volume of business we provide the other OTA over time to offset our loss of business from our OTA client, there is no assurance that we will be able to successfully compete with incumbent BPM vendors for the other OTA’s business or on the volume of business that we would be able to obtain from the other OTA. We are therefore unable to determine the magnitude and timing of impact on us resulting from the transition of our OTA client’s processes to the other OTA’s technology platform; the extent to which the loss of business from our OTA client is not offset by new business from the other OTA will reduce our revenue.

Further, in early 2012, as a result of concerns that the UK Competition Commission, or UKCC, may ban the payment of referral fees by accident management companies to claims management companies and insurance companies in the provision of credit hire replacement vehicles and third-partythird party vehicle repairs, one of our largest auto claims clients by revenue contribution in fiscal 2012 terminated its contract with us with effect from April 18, 2012. This client accounted for 10.4% and 7.5% of our revenue and 1.3% and 1.9% of our revenue less repair payments in fiscal 2012 and 2011, respectively. For more information, see “ — Recent concerns—Concerns over increases in car insurance premiums have led to investigations by the UK competition authority to investigateon whether any market practice, such as the payment of referral fees such as those paid to claimsaccident management companies and insurance companies of “non-fault” drivers, restricts or distorts competition in connection with the provision of motor insurance, and also to the recent introduction of new laws banning the payment of referral fees for claims involving personal injury, which could have a material adverse effect on our “non-fault” repairs business in our auto claims business.”

First Magnus Financial Corporation, or FMFC, a US mortgage lender, wasOur prior contracts with one of our major clients, from November 2005 to August 2007. FMFC was a major client of Trinity Partners Inc., which we acquired in November 2005 from the First Magnus Group. In August 2007, FMFC filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the US Bankruptcy Code. In fiscal 2007, FMFC accounted for 4.3% of our revenue and 6.8% of our revenue less repair payments. The loss of revenue from FMFC materially reduced our revenue in fiscal 2008.

Our prior contracts with another major client, Aviva, provided Aviva Global, which was Aviva’s business process offshoring subsidiary, options to require us to transfer the relevant projects and operations of our facilities at Sri Lanka and Pune, India to Aviva Global. On January 1, 2007, Aviva Global exercised its call option requiring us to transfer the Sri Lanka facility to Aviva Global effective July 2, 2007. Effective July 2, 2007, we transferred the Sri Lanka facility to Aviva Global and we lost the revenue generated by the Sri Lanka facility. For the period from April 1, 2007 through July 2, 2007, the Sri Lanka facility contributed $2.0 million of revenue and in fiscal 2007 it accounted for 1.9% of our revenue and 3.0% of our revenue less repair payments. We may, in the future, enter into contracts with other clients with similar call options that may result in the loss of revenue that may have a material impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows, particularly during the quarter in which the option takes effect.

We have, through our acquisition of Aviva Global in July 2008, resumed control of the Sri Lanka facility and we have continued to retain ownership of the Pune facility. Revenue from Aviva under theour master services agreement with Aviva MS, or Aviva master services agreement, accounts for a significant portion of our revenue and we expect our dependence on Aviva to continue for the foreseeable future. The terms of the Aviva master services agreement provides for a committed amount of volume. However, notwithstanding the minimum volume commitment, there are also termination at will provisions which permit Aviva to terminate the agreement without cause with 180 days’ notice upon payment of a termination fee. These termination provisions dilute the impact of the minimum volume commitment.

In addition, the volume of work performed for specific clients is likely to vary from year to year, particularly since we may not be the exclusive outside service provider for our clients. Thus, a major client in one year may not provide the same level of revenue in any subsequent year. The loss of some or all of the business of any large client could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. A number of factors other than our performance could cause the loss of or reduction in business or revenue from a client, and these factors are not predictable. For example, a client may demand price reductions, change its outsourcing strategy or move work in-house. A client may also be acquired by a company with a different outsourcing strategy that intends to switch to another business process outsourcingmanagement service provider or return work in-house.

Page 8


Our revenue is highly dependent on clients concentrated in a few industries, as well as clients located primarily in Europe and the US. Economic slowdowns or factors that affect these industries or the economic environment in Europe or the US could reduce our revenue and seriously harm our business.

A substantial portion of our clients are concentrated in the insurance industry and the travel and leisure industry. In fiscal 20122014 and 2011, 44.7%2013, 36.7% and 60.1%35.5% of our revenue, respectively, and 33.6%32.5% and 33.4%31.9% of our revenue less repair payments, respectively, were derived from clients in the insurance industry. During the same periods, clients in the travel and leisure industry contributed 18.8%19.5% and 13.6%20.5% of our revenue, respectively, and 22.6%20.8% and 22.7%21.5% of our revenue less repair payments, respectively. Our business and growth largely depend on continued demand for our services from clients in these industries and other industries that we may target in the future, as well as on trends in these industries to outsource business processes. During the past several years, certain adverse financial developmentsGlobal economic conditions have caused a significant slowdownshown some signs of recovery, particularly in the growthUS, but remain challenging as concerns remain on sustainability of the recovery. Some key indicators of sustainable economic growth remain under pressure. Ongoing concerns over the sustainability of economic recovery in the US and its substantial debt burden, the pace of economic recovery in the EU, as well as concerns of slower economic growth in China and India, have contributed to market volatility and diminished expectations for the US, European and global economies. If countries in the Eurozone or other countries require additional financial support or if sovereign credit ratings continue to decline, yields on the sovereign debt of certain countries may continue to increase, the cost of borrowing may increase and credit may become more limited. In the US, there continue to be concerns over the failure to achieve a long-term solution to the issues of government spending, the increasing US national debt and rising debt ceiling, and their negative impact on the US economy as well as concerns over potential increases in cost of borrowing and reduction in availability of credit when the US Federal Reserve begins tapering its quantitative easing program. Further, there continue to be signs of economic weakness such as relatively high levels of unemployment in major markets including Europe and the US. Continuing conflicts and instability in various regions around the world may lead to additional acts of terrorism and armed conflict around the world, which may contribute to further economic instability in the global financial markets.

These economic conditions may affect our business in a number of ways. The general level of economic activity, such as decreases in business and consumer spending, could result in a decrease in demand for our services, thus reducing our revenue. The cost and availability of credit has been and may continue to be adversely affected by illiquid credit markets and wider credit spreads. Continued turbulence or uncertainty in the European, the US and international financial markets accompanied by a significant reductionand economies may adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition, and the liquidity and financial condition of our customers. If these market conditions continue or worsen, they may limit our ability to access financing or increase our cost of financing to meet liquidity needs, and affect the ability of our customers to use credit to purchase our services or to make timely payments to us, resulting in consumeradverse effects on our financial condition and business spending worldwide. While the world economy has grown since 2010, the European debt crisis and fearsresults of a new recession have created additional uncertainty in the European and global economies. operations.

Certain of our targeted industries are especially vulnerable to crises in the financial and credit markets and potential economic downturns. A downturn in any of our targeted industries, particularly the insurance or travel and leisure industries, a slowdown or reversal of the trend to outsource business processes in any of these industries or the introduction of regulation which restricts or discourages companies from outsourcing could result in a decrease in the demand for our services and adversely affect our results of operations. For example, as a result of the mortgage market crisis, in August 2007, First Magnus Financial Corporation, or FMFC, a US mortgage services client, filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the US Bankruptcy Code. FMFC was a major client of Trinity Partners Inc. which we acquired in November 2005 from the First Magnus Group and became one of our major clients. In fiscal 2008 and 2007, FMFC accounted for 1.0% and 4.3% of our revenue, respectively, and 1.4% and 6.8% of our revenue less repair payments, respectively.

Further, the downturnuncertainty in worldwide economic and business conditions has resulted in a few of our clients reducing or postponing their outsourced business requirements, which in turn has decreased the demand for our services and adversely affected our results of operations. In particular, our revenue is highly dependent on the economic environments in Europe and the US, which continue to show signs of economic weakness, such as relatively high levels of unemployment. In fiscal 20122014 and 2011, 61.2%2013, 52.8% and 60.9%53.3% of our revenue, respectively, and 53.4%49.6% and 54.0%50.6% of our revenue less repair payments, respectively, were derived from clients located in the UK. During the same periods, 30.5%27.3% and 22.2%30.5% of our revenue, respectively, and 36.6%29.1% and 37.0%32.2% of our revenue less repair payments, respectively, were derived from clients located in North America (primarily the US). Further, during the same periods, 5.6%5.3% and 15.9%5.9% of our revenue, respectively, and 6.7%5.7% and 7.2%6.3% of our revenue less repair payments, respectively, were derived from clients in the rest of Europe. Any further weakening of the European or US economy will likely have a further adverse impact on our revenue.

Other developments may also lead to a decline in the demand for our services in these industries. Significant changes in the financial services industry or any of the other industries on which we focus, or a consolidation in any of these industries or acquisitions, particularly involving our clients, may decrease the potential number of buyers of our services. Any significant reduction in or the elimination of the use of the services we provide within any of these industries would result in reduced revenue and harm our business. Our clients may experience rapid changes in their prospects, substantial price competition and pressure on their profitability. Although such pressures can encourage outsourcing as a cost reduction measure, they may also result in increasing pressure on us from clients in these key industries to lower our prices which could negatively affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We may fail to attract and retain enough sufficiently trained employees to support our operations, as competition for highly skilled personnel is significant and we experience significant employee attrition. These factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

The business process outsourcingmanagement industry relies on large numbers of skilled employees, and our success depends to a significant extent on our ability to attract, hire, train and retain qualified employees. The business process outsourcingmanagement industry, including our company, experiences high employee attrition. During fiscal 2012, 20112014, 2013 and 2010,2012, the attrition rate for our employees who have completed six months of employment with us was 38%33%, 43%35% and 32%38%, respectively. While our attrition rate for our employees who have completed six months of employment with us improved to 38% inhas been declining over the last four fiscal 2012,years, we cannot assure you that our attrition rate will not increase.increase in the future. There is significant competition in the jurisdictions where our operation centers are located, including India, the Philippines and Sri Lanka, for professionals with the skills necessary to perform the services we offer to our clients. Increased competition for these professionals, in the business process outsourcingmanagement industry or otherwise, could have an adverse effect on us. A significant increase in the attrition rate among employees with specialized skills could decrease our operating efficiency and productivity and could lead to a decline in demand for our services.

In addition, our ability to maintain and renew existing engagements and obtain new business will depend largely on our ability to attract, train and retain personnel with skills that enable us to keep pace with growing demands for outsourcing, evolving industry standards and changing client preferences. Our failure either to attract, train and retain personnel with the qualifications necessary to fulfill the needs of our existing and future clients or to assimilate new employees successfully could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Page 9


If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent or detect fraud. As a result, current and potential investors could lose confidence in our financial reporting, which could harm our business and have an adverse effect on our ADS price.

Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports. The effective internal controls together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures are designed to prevent or detect fraud. Deficiencies in our internal controls may adversely affect our management’s ability to record, process, summarize, and report financial data on a timely basis. As a public company, we are required by Section 404 ofCurrency fluctuations among the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 to include a report of management’s assessment on our internal control over financial reporting and an auditor’s attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting in our annual report on Form 20-F.

Based on its evaluation, management had concluded that as at March 31, 2010, our company’s disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting were not effective due to a material weakness identified inIndian rupee, the design and operating effectiveness of our controls over the recognition and accrual of repair payments to garagespound sterling and the related fees in our WNS Auto Claims BPO segment. In fiscal 2011, we implemented remediation measures to address the material weakness. Although management concluded that our company’s disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting were effective as at March 31, 2012 and 2011, it is possible that, in the future, material weaknesses could be identified in our internal controls over financial reporting and we could be required to further implement remedial measures. If we fail to maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures or internal control over financial reporting, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, whichUS dollar could have a material adverse effect on our ADS price.results of operations.

Any changesAlthough substantially all of our revenue is denominated in accounting standards can be difficultpound sterling or US dollars, a significant portion of our expenses (other than payments to predictrepair centers, which are primarily denominated in pound sterling) are incurred and can materially impact how wepaid in Indian rupees. We report our financial results.results in US dollars and our results of operations would be adversely affected if the Indian rupee appreciates against the US dollar or the pound sterling depreciates against the US dollar. The exchange rates between the Indian rupee and the US dollar and between the pound sterling and the US dollar have changed substantially in recent years and may fluctuate substantially in the future.

The average Indian rupee to US dollar exchange rate was approximatelyLOGO 60.38 per $1.00 in fiscal 2014, which represented a depreciation of the Indian rupee by an average of 11.0% as compared with the average exchange rate of approximatelyLOGO 54.38 per $1.00 in fiscal 2013, which in turn represented a depreciation of the Indian rupee by an average of 13.5% as compared with the average exchange rate of approximatelyLOGO 47.93 per $1.00 in fiscal 2012. The average pound sterling to US dollar exchange rate was approximately £0.63 per $1.00 in fiscal 2014, which represented an appreciation of the pound sterling by an average of 0.6% as compared with the average exchange rate of approximately £0.63 per $1.00 in fiscal 2013, which in turn represented a depreciation of the pound sterling by an average of 0.9% as compared with the average exchange rate of approximately £0.63 per $1.00 in fiscal 2012.

Our results of operations may be adversely affected if the Indian rupee appreciates significantly against the pound sterling or the US dollar or if the pound sterling depreciates against the US dollar. We have adopted IFRS, as issued by the IASB, with effect from April 1, 2011. From time to time, the IASB changes its standards that govern the preparationhedge a portion of our financial statements. For example, the IASB has proposed amendments to its standardsforeign currency exposures using options and forward contracts. We cannot assure you that govern hedge accounting, and these amendments, if adopted as proposed, would significantly change the way option contracts are accounted for. There is no assurance that the amendmentsour hedging strategy will be adopted as proposedsuccessful or at all or on the timing of any such amendments. Changes in accounting standards are difficultwill mitigate our exposure to anticipate and can significantly impact our reported financial condition and the results of our operations.currency risk.

We may be unable to effectively manage our rapid growth and maintain effective internal controls, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations, results of operations and financial condition.

Since we were founded in April 1996, and especially since Warburg Pincus & Co. acquired a controlling stake in our company in May 2002, we have experienced rapid growth and significantly expanded our operations. Our employees have increased to 23,87427,020 as at March 31, 20122014 from 15,084 as at March 31, 2007. In January 2008, we established a new delivery center in Romania, which we expanded in fiscal 2011. Our subsidiary, WNS Philippines Inc., established a delivery center in the Philippines in April 2008, which it expanded in fiscal 2010. Additionally, in fiscal 2010, we established a new delivery center in Costa Rica and streamlined our operations by consolidating our production capacities in various delivery centers in Bangalore, Mumbai and Pune. In fiscal 2013 we opened new facilities in Poland and Vishakhapatnam, or Vizag. In fiscal 2014, our new facilities in China and Sri Lanka became operational. We also expect our delivery center in South Carolina, US to be fully operational in fiscal 2015. We now have delivery centers across 10 countries in seven locations inChina, Costa Rica, India, the Philippines, Poland, Romania, South Africa, Sri Lanka, the UK and the US. In March 2012, we entered into a letter of intent for leasing a premise for the establishment of a delivery center in South Carolina, which we expect to be operational by June 2012. Further, in February 2011, we received in-principalin-principle approval for the allotment of a piece of land on lease for a term of 99 years, measuring 5 acres in TiruchirapalliTiruchirappalli Navalpattu, special economic zone, or SEZ, in the state of Tamil Nadu, India from Electronics Corporation of Tamil Nadu Limited, (ELCOT)or ELCOT for setting up delivery centers in the future. We intend to further expand our global delivery capability, and we are exploring plans to do so in areas such as the US, Asia Pacific and Latin America and Africa.America.

We have also completed numerous acquisitions. For example, in June 2012, we acquired Fusion, a leading BPM provider based in South Africa. Fusion provides a range of outsourcing services, including contact center, customer care and business continuity services, to both South African and international clients. With operations in Cape Town and Johannesburg, Fusion employed approximately 1,500 people as at June 30, 2012, which increased to 2,524 people as at March 31, 2014. In July 2008, we entered into a transaction with Aviva consisting of (1) a share sale and purchase agreement pursuant to which we acquired from Aviva all the shares of Aviva Global and (2) athe Aviva master services agreement with Aviva MS pursuant to which we are providing BPOBPM services to Aviva’s UK business and Aviva’s Irish subsidiary, Hibernian Aviva Direct Limited, and certain of its affiliates. Aviva Global was the business process offshoring subsidiary of Aviva. Through our acquisition of Aviva Global, we also added three facilities in Bangalore, Chennai and Sri Lanka in July 2008, and one facility in Pune in August 2008.

Page 10


This rapid growth places significant demands on our management and operational resources. In order to manage growth effectively, we must implement and improve operational systems, procedures and internal controls on a timely basis. If we fail to implement these systems, procedures and controls on a timely basis, we may not be able to service our clients’ needs, hire and retain new employees, pursue new business, complete future acquisitions or operate our business effectively. Failure to effectively transfer new client business to our delivery centers, properly budget transfer costs or accurately estimate operational costs associated with new contracts could result in delays in executing client contracts, trigger service level penalties or cause our profit margins not to meet our expectations or our historical profit margins. As a result of any of these problems associated with expansion, our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected.

We may face difficulties as we expand our operations to establish delivery centers in onshore locations in the US and offshore in countries in which we have limited or no prior operating experience.

In June 2012, we acquired Fusion, a leading BPM provider with two delivery centers in South Africa. In May 2012, we announced our plans to establish a new delivery center in South Carolina in the US. We expect this new delivery center to be fully operational in fiscal 2015. We intend to continue to expand our global footprint in order to maintain an appropriate cost structure and meet our clients’ delivery needs. We plan to establish additional onshore delivery centers in the US and offshore delivery centers in Africa, the Asia Pacific and Latin America, which may involve expanding into countries other than those in which we currently operate. In March 2012, we entered into a letter of intent for leasing a premise for the establishment of a delivery center in South Carolina. We have limited prior experience in operating onshore delivery centers in the US. Our expansion plans may also involve expanding into less developed countries, which may have less political, social or economic stability and less developed infrastructure and legal systems. As we expand our business into new countries we may encounter regulatory, personnel, technological and other difficulties that increase our expenses or delay our ability to start up our operations or become profitable in such countries. This may affect our relationships with our clients and could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We may not be successful in achieving the expected benefits from our transaction with Aviva in July 2008, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

In July 2008, we entered into a transaction with Aviva consisting of (1) a share sale and purchase agreement pursuant to which we acquired all the shares of Aviva Global and (2) the Aviva master services agreement pursuant to which we are providing BPO services to Aviva’s UK business and Aviva’s Irish subsidiary, Hibernian Aviva Direct Limited, and certain of its affiliates. We completed our acquisition of Aviva Global in July 2008. Aviva Global was the business process offshoring subsidiary of Aviva with facilities in Bangalore, India, and Colombo, Sri Lanka. In addition, through our acquisition of Aviva Global, we also acquired three facilities in Chennai, Bangalore and Sri Lanka in July 2008, and one facility in Pune in August 2008. The total consideration (including legal and professional fees) for this transaction with Aviva amounted to approximately $249.0 million. We cannot assure you that we will be able to grow our revenue, expand our service offerings and market share, or achieve the accretive benefits that we expected from our acquisition of Aviva Global and the Aviva master services agreement.

Our loan agreements impose operating and financial restrictions on us and our subsidiaries.

Our loan agreements contain a number of covenants and other provisions that, among other things, impose operating and financial restrictions on us and our subsidiaries. These restrictions could put a strain on our financial position. For example:

 

they may increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

they may require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our loans, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund capital expenditure, working capital and other general corporate purposes;

 

they may require us to seek lenders’ consent prior to paying dividends on our ordinary shares;

 

they may limit our ability to incur additional borrowings or raise additional financing through equity or debt instruments;

they impose certain financial covenants on us that we may not be able to meet, which may cause the lenders to accelerate the repayment of the balance loan outstanding; and

 

a reduction in revenue from our top 10 clients by revenue by a specified amount ormore than 10% in two succeeding quarters due to a change in the largest shareholder of control and a loss of 10% of our clients by revenuethe company may also constitute an event of default under certain of our loan agreements.

Further, the restrictions contained in our loan agreements could limit our ability to plan for or react to market conditions, meet capital needs or make acquisitions or otherwise restrict our activities or business plans. Our ability to comply with the covenants of our loan agreements may be affected by events beyond our control, and any material deviations from our forecasts could require us to seek waivers or amendments of covenants or alternative sources of financing or to reduce expenditures. We cannot assure you that such waivers, amendments or alternative financing could be obtained, or if obtained, would be on terms acceptable to us.

Page 11


To service our indebtedness and other potential liquidity requirements, we will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control and we may need to access the credit market to meet our liquidity requirements.

Our ability to make payments on our loans and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. This, to a large extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. Furthermore, given that the uncertainty over global economic conditions remains, there can be no assurance that our business activity will be maintained at our expected level to generate the anticipated cash flows from operations or that our credit facilities would be available or sufficient. If global economic uncertainties continue, we may experience a decrease in demand for our services, resulting in our cash flows from operations being lower than anticipated. This may in turn result in our need to obtain additional financing.

If we cannot service our loan agreements, we may have to take actions such as seeking additional equity or reducing or delaying capital expenditures, strategic acquisitions and investments. We cannot assure you that any such actions, if necessary, could be effected on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

The international nature of our business exposes us to several risks, such as significant currency fluctuations and unexpected changes in the regulatory requirements of multiple jurisdictions.

We have operations in China, Costa Rica, India, the Philippines, Poland, Romania, South Africa, Sri Lanka, the UK and the US, and we service clients across Asia, Europe, and North America. Our corporate structure also spans multiple jurisdictions, with our parent holding company incorporated in Jersey, Channel Islands, and intermediate and operating subsidiaries incorporated in Australia, China, Costa Rica, India, Mauritius, the Netherlands, the Philippines, Romania, South Africa, Singapore, Sri Lanka, the United Arab Emirates, the UK and the US. As a result, we are exposed to risks typically associated with conducting business internationally, many of which are beyond our control. These risks include:

 

significant currency fluctuations between the US dollar and the pound sterling (in which our revenue is principally denominated) and the Indian rupee (in which a significant portion of our costs are denominated);

legal uncertainty owing to the overlap of different legal regimes, and problems in asserting contractual or other rights across international borders;

potentially adverse tax consequences, such as scrutiny of transfer pricing arrangements by authorities in the countries in which we operate;

potential tariffs and other trade barriers;

unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;

the burden and expense of complying with the laws and regulations of various jurisdictions; and

terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war.

The occurrence of any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

, for more information, see “ — Currency fluctuations among the Indian rupee, the pound sterling and the US dollar could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.operations”;

legal uncertainty owing to the overlap of different legal regimes, and problems in asserting contractual or other rights across international borders;

potentially adverse tax consequences, such as scrutiny of transfer pricing arrangements by authorities in the countries in which we operate;

potential tariffs and other trade barriers;

unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;

the burden and expense of complying with the laws and regulations of various jurisdictions; and

terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war.

The occurrence of any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Although substantially allIf we fail to maintain an effective system of our revenue is denominated in pound sterling or US dollars, a significant portion of our expenses (other than paymentsinternal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to repair centers, which are primarily denominated in pound sterling) are incurred and paid in Indian rupees. Weaccurately report our financial results or prevent or detect fraud. As a result, current and potential investors could lose confidence in US dollarsour financial reporting, which could harm our business and have an adverse effect on our resultsADS price.

Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports. The effective internal controls together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures are designed to prevent or detect fraud. Deficiencies in our internal controls may adversely affect our management’s ability to record, process, summarize, and report financial data on a timely basis. As a public company, we are required by Section 404 of operations would be adversely affected if the Indian rupee appreciates against the US dollar or the pound sterling depreciates against the US dollar. The exchange rates between the Indian rupeeSarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 to include a report of management’s assessment on our internal control over financial reporting and the US dollaran auditor’s attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting in our annual report on Form 20-F.

Although management concluded that our company’s disclosure controls and between the pound sterlingprocedures and the US dollar have changed substantially in recent yearsinternal control over financial reporting were effective as at March 31, 2014 and may fluctuate substantially2013, it is possible that, in the future.

The average Indian rupee/US dollar exchange rate was approximatelyLOGO47.93 per $1.00future, material weaknesses could be identified in fiscal 2012, which represented a depreciation ofour internal controls over financial reporting and we could be required to further implement remedial measures. If we fail to maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures or internal control over financial reporting, we could lose investor confidence in the Indian rupee of 5.2% as compared with the average exchange rate of approximatelyLOGO45.57 per $1.00 in fiscal 2011, which in turn represented an appreciation of the Indian rupee of 4.0% as compared with the average exchange rate of approximatelyLOGO47.46 per $1.00 in fiscal 2010. The average pound sterling/US dollar exchange rate was approximately £0.63 per $1.00 in fiscal 2012, which represented an appreciation of the pound sterling of 2.5% as compared with the average exchange rate of approximately £0.64 per $1.00 in fiscal 2011, which in turn represented a depreciation of the pound sterling of 2.6% as compared with the average exchange rate of approximately £0.63 per $1.00 in fiscal 2010.

Page 12


Our results of operations may be adversely affected if the Indian rupee appreciates significantly against the pound sterling or the US dollar or if the pound sterling depreciates against the US dollar. We hedge a portionaccuracy and completeness of our foreign currency exposures using options and forward contracts. We cannot assure you that our hedging strategy will be successful or will mitigate our exposure to currency risk.

Recent concerns over increases in car insurance premiums have led the UK competition authority to investigate referral fees, such as those paid to claims management companies and insurance companies,financial reports, which could have a material adverse effect on our ADS price.

Concerns over increases in car insurance premiums have led to investigations by the UK competition authority on whether any market practice, such as the payment of referral fees to accident management companies and insurance companies of “non-fault” drivers, restricts or distorts competition in connection with the provision of motor insurance, and also to the recent introduction of new laws banning the payment of referral fees for claims involving personal injury, which could have a material adverse effect on our “non-fault” repairs business in our auto claims business.

A number of aspects of the motor insurance sector are currently being debatedunder review in the UK. The UK Office of Fair Trading, or the OFT, is investigatinghas conducted a market study of the UK private motor insurance market to investigate increases in car insurance premiums over the past two yearsyears. The study focused on the provision of repairs and have identifiedreplacement vehicles to drivers involved in road traffic accidents which were not their fault (or “non-fault” drivers). The OFT has provisionally decided that there are reasonable grounds to suspect that credit hire replacement vehicle arrangements and third-partythird party vehicle repair arrangements asfor “non-fault” drivers are two factors that may be driving up insurance premiums. The OFT’s concerns relate tomarket study has provisionally found that the practice of the payment of referral fees by accident management companies to claims management companies and insurance companies in the arrangements for the provision of credit hire replacement vehicles and third-partythird party vehicle repairs which it suspects has inflatedto “non-fault” drivers appear to be inflating the cost of insurance claims. IfAs a result, the OFT’s concerns persist after its investigation, it has the power to referOFT referred the matter to the UK Competition CommissionUKCC for a more detailed investigation. In its provisional findings published on December 17, 2013, the UKCC has provisionally found, among other things, that various practices and conduct of the parties managing non-fault drivers’ claims contribute to higher costs to at-fault insurers and mean that consumers pay higher motor insurance premiums. The UKCC has published a notice of possible remedies which sets out possible actions which the UKCC might take in order to remedy, mitigate or prevent the detrimental effects on consumers, which includes, among others, the prohibition of referral fees, and invites comments on such possible actions from interested persons. The UKCC is expected to publish its final report by September 27, 2014.

In May 2012, the UK Competition Commission hasLegal Aid, Sentencing and Punishment of Offenders Act 2012, or the power to impose remedies or recommend legislative changesLASPO Act, was adopted. The provisions of the LASPO Act that could include aprohibit the payment and receipt of referral fees by regulated professionals, such as solicitors, barristers, claims management companies and insurers, for claims involving personal injury, came into force in April 2013. The implementation of the ban on referral fees for claims involving personal injury cases pursuant to the payment of referral fees. A ban on such feesLASPO Act is expected to have, and any other similar bans or restrictions imposed in future would likely have, a material adverse effect on the business of clients that are dependent on such referral fees. In turn, this would likely result in a loss of all or a significantmaterial portion of the claims handling and accident management services that we provide these clients.clients in our “non-fault” repairs business. One of our largest auto claims clients by revenue contribution in fiscal 2012 that generates significant revenues through referral fees has terminated its contract with us with effect from April 18, 2012. This client accounted for 10.4% and 7.5% of our revenue and 1.3% and 1.9% of our revenue less repair payments in fiscal 2012 and 2011, respectively. We may lose some or all of the business from other clients that may be adversely affected by a ban on such referral fees.

Our business may not develop in ways that we currently anticipate due to negative public reaction to offshore outsourcing, proposed legislation or otherwise.

We have based our strategy of future growth on certain assumptions regarding our industry, services and future demand in the market for such services. However, the trend to outsource business processes may not continue and could reverse. Offshore outsourcing is a politically sensitive topic in the UK, the US and elsewhere. For example, many organizations and public figures in the UK and the US have publicly expressed concern about a perceived association between offshore outsourcing providers and the loss of jobs in their home countries.

Such concerns have led to proposed measures in the US that are aimed at limiting or restricting outsourcing. There is also legislation that has been enacted or is pending at the state level in the US, with regard to limiting outsourcing. The measures that have been enacted to date are generally directed at restricting the ability of government agencies to outsource work to offshore business service providers. These measures have not had a significant effect on our business because governmental agencies are not a focus of our operations. However, some legislative proposals would, for example, require call centers to disclose their geographic locations, require notice to individuals whose personal information is disclosed to non-US affiliates or subcontractors, require disclosures of companies’ foreign outsourcing practices, or restrict US private sector companies that have federal government contracts, federal grants or guaranteed loan programs from outsourcing their services to offshore service providers. Such legislation could have an adverse impact on the economics of outsourcing for private companies in the US, which could in turn have an adverse impact on our business with US clients.

Such concerns have also led the UK and other European Union, or EU, jurisdictions to enact regulations which allow employees who are dismissed as a result of transfer of services, which may include outsourcing to non-UK or EU companies, to seek compensation either from the company from which they were dismissed or from the company to which the work was transferred. This could discourage EU companies from outsourcing work offshore and/or could result in increased operating costs for us.

In addition, there has been publicity about the negative experiences, such as theft and misappropriation of sensitive client data, of various companies that use offshore outsourcing, particularly in India.

Current or prospective clients may elect to perform such services themselves or may be discouraged from transferring these services from onshore to offshore providers to avoid negative perceptions that may be associated with using an offshore provider. Any slowdown or reversal of existing industry trends towards offshore outsourcing would seriously harm our ability to compete effectively with competitors that operate out of facilities located in the UK or the US.

Page 13


Our executive and senior management team and other key team members in our business units are critical to our continued success and the loss of such personnel could harm our business.

Our future success substantially depends on the performance of the members of our executive and senior management team and other key team members in each of our business units. These personnel possess technical and business capabilities including domain expertise that are difficult to replace. There is intense competition for experienced senior management and personnel with technical and industry expertise in the business process outsourcingmanagement industry, and we may not be able to retain our key personnel due to various reasons, including the compensation philosophy followed by our company as described in “ Part“Part I — Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees — Compensation.”Compensation”. Although we have entered into employment contracts with our executive officers, certain terms of those agreements may not be enforceable and in any event these agreements do not ensure the continued service of these executive officers. In the event of a loss of any key personnel, there is no assurance that we will be able to find suitable replacements for our key personnel within a reasonable time. The loss of key members of our senior management or other key team members, particularly to competitors, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. A loss of several members of our senior management at the same time or within a short period may lead to a disruption in the business of our company, which could materially adversely affect our performance.

Wage increases may prevent us from sustaining our competitive advantage and may reduce our profit margin.

Salaries and related benefits of our operations staff and other employees in countries where we have delivery centers, in particular India, are among our most significant costs. Wage costs in India have historically been significantly lower than wage costs in the US and Europe for comparably skilled professionals, which has been one of our competitive advantages. However, rapid economic growth in India, increased demand for business process management outsourcing to India, and increased competition for skilled employees in India may reduce this competitive advantage. In addition, if the US dollar or the pound sterling declines in value against the Indian rupee, wages in the US or the UK will further decrease relative to wages in India, which may further reduce our competitive advantage. We may need to increase our levels of employee compensation more rapidly than in the past to remain competitive in attracting the quantity and quality of employees that our business requires. Wage increases may reduce our profit margins and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and cash flows.

Further, following our acquisitions of Aviva Global, Business Applications Associates Limited, or BizAps, and Chang Limited, our operations in the UK have expanded and our wage costs for employees located in the UK now represent a larger proportion of our total wage costs. Wage increases in the UK may therefore also reduce our profit margins and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and cash flows.

Our operating results may differ from period to period, which may make it difficult for us to prepare accurate internal financial forecasts and respond in a timely manner to offset such period to period fluctuations.

Our operating results may differ significantly from period to period due to factors such as client losses, variations in the volume of business from clients resulting from changes in our clients’ operations, the business decisions of our clients regarding the use of our services, delays or difficulties in expanding our operational facilities and infrastructure, changes to our pricing structure or that of our competitors, inaccurate estimates of resources and time required to complete ongoing projects, currency fluctuations and seasonal changes in the operations of our clients. For example, our clients in the travel and leisure industry experience seasonal changes in their operations in connection with the US summer holiday season, as well as episodic factors such as adverse weather conditions. Transaction volumes can be impacted by market conditions affecting the travel and insurance industries, including natural disasters, outbreak of infectious diseases or other serious public health concerns in Asia or elsewhere (such as the outbreak of the Influenza A (H1N1)(H7N9) virus in various parts of the world) and terrorist attacks. In addition, our contracts do not generally commit our clients to providing us with a specific volume of business.

In addition, the long sales cycle for our services, which typically ranges from three to 12 months, and the internal budget and approval processes of our prospective clients make it difficult to predict the timing of new client engagements. Commencement of work and ramping up of volume of work with certain new and existing clients have been slower than we had expected. Revenue is recognized upon actual provision of services and when the criteria for recognition are achieved. Accordingly, the financial benefit of gaining a new client may be delayed due to delays in the implementation of our services. These factors may make it difficult for us to prepare accurate internal financial forecasts or replace anticipated revenue that we do not receive as a result of those delays. Due to the above factors, it is possible that in some future quarters our operating results may be significantly below the expectations of the public market, analysts and investors.

Page 14


Employee strikes and other labor-related disruptions may adversely affect our operations.

Our business depends on a large number of employees executing client operations. Strikes or labor disputes with our employees at our delivery centers may adversely affect our ability to conduct business. Our employees are not unionized, although they may in the future form unions. We cannot assure you that there will not be any strike, lock out or material labor dispute in the future. Work interruptions or stoppages could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Failure to adhere to the regulations that govern our business could result in us being unable to effectively perform our services. Failure to adhere to regulations that govern our clients’ businesses could result in breaches of contract with our clients.

Our clients’ business operations are subject to certain rules and regulations such as the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act and Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act in the US and the Financial Services Act in the UK. Our clients may contractually require that we perform our services in a manner that would enable them to comply with such rules and regulations. Failure to perform our services in such a manner could result in breaches of contract with our clients and, in some limited circumstances, civil fines and criminal penalties for us. In addition, we are required under various Indian laws to obtain and maintain permits and licenses for the conduct of our business. If we fail to comply with any applicable rules or regulations, or if we do not maintain our licenses or other qualifications to provide our services, we may not be able to provide services to existing clients or be able to attract new clients and could lose revenue, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our clients may terminate contracts before completion or choose not to renew contracts which could adversely affect our business and reduce our revenue.

The terms of our client contracts typically range from three to eight years. Many of our client contracts can be terminated by our clients with or without cause, with three to six months’ notice and, in most cases, without penalty. The termination of a substantial percentage of these contracts could adversely affect our business and reduce our revenue. Contracts that will expire on or before March 31, 20132015 (including work orders/statement of works that will expire on or before March 31, 20132015 although the related master services agreement has been renewed) represented approximately 12.5%15.9% of our revenue and 15.1%16.0% of our revenue less repair payments from our clients in fiscal 2012.2014. Failure to meet contractual requirements could result in cancellation or non-renewal of a contract. Some of our contracts may be terminated by the client if certain of our key personnel working on the client project leave our employment and we are unable to find suitable replacements. In addition, a contract termination or significant reduction in work assigned to us by a major client could cause us to experience a higher than expected number of unassigned employees, which would increase our cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue until we are able to reduce or reallocate our headcount. We may not be able to replace any client that elects to terminate or not renew its contract with us, which would adversely affect our business and revenue. For example, one of our largest auto claims clients by revenue contribution in fiscal 2012 has terminated its contract with us with effect from April 18, 2012. This client accounted for 10.4% and 7.5% of our revenue and 1.3% and 1.9% of our revenue less repair payments in fiscal 2012 and 2011, respectively. For more information, see “ — Recent concernsConcerns over increases in car insurance premiums have led to investigations by the UK competition authority to investigateon whether any market practice, such as the payment of referral fees such as those paid to claimsaccident management companies and insurance companies of “non-fault” drivers, restricts or distorts competition in connection with the provision of motor insurance, and also to the introduction of new laws banning the payment of referral fees for claims involving personal injury, which could have a material adverse effect on our “non-fault” repairs business in our auto claims business.” In addition, one of our top five clients by revenue contribution in fiscal 2014 and 2013 an OTA, has starting in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, been moving their customer care and sales processes that have been managed by us to a technology platform managed by another OTA under the strategic marketing agreement entered into between the two OTAs in August 2013. We expect our OTA client’s transition of their processes to the other OTA to be completed by the end of July 2014, after which we will lose most of the business from our OTA client. For more information, see “— A few major clients account for a significant portion of our revenue and any loss of business from these clients could reduce our revenue and significantly harm our business.”

Some of our client contracts contain provisions which, if triggered, could result in lower future revenue and have an adverse effect on our business.

In many of our client contracts, we agree to include certain provisions which provide for downward revision of our prices under certain circumstances. For example, certain contracts allow a client in certain limited circumstances to request a benchmark study comparing our pricing and performance with that of an agreed list of other service providers for comparable services. Based on the results of the study and depending on the reasons for any unfavorable variance, we may be required to make improvements in the service we provide or to reduce the pricing for services to be performed under the remaining term of the contract. Some of our contracts also provide that, during the term of the contract and for a certain period thereafter ranging from six to twelve12 months, we may not provide similar services to certain or any of their competitors using the same personnel. These restrictions may hamper our ability to compete for and provide services to other clients in the same industry, which may result in lower future revenue and profitability.

Page 15


Some of our contracts specify that if a change in control of our company occurs during the term of the contract, the client has the right to terminate the contract. These provisions may result in our contracts being terminated if there is such a change in control, resulting in a potential loss of revenue. Some of our client contracts also contain provisions that would require us to pay penalties to our clients if we do not meet pre-agreed service level requirements. Failure to meet these requirements could result in the payment of significant penalties by us to our clients which in turn could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

If our pricing structures do not accurately anticipate the cost and complexity of performing our work, our profitability may be negatively affected.

The terms of our client contracts typically range from three to eight years. In many of our contracts, we commit to long-term pricing with our clients, and we negotiate pricing terms with our clients utilizing a range of pricing structures and conditions. Depending on the particular contract, these include input-based pricing (such as full-time equivalent-based pricing arrangements), fixed-price arrangements, output-based pricing (such as transaction-based pricing), outcome-based pricing, and contracts with features of all these pricing models. Our pricing is highly dependent on our internal forecasts and predictions about our projects and the marketplace, which are largely based on limited data and could turn out to be inaccurate. If we do not accurately estimate the costs and timing for completing projects, our contracts could prove unprofitable for us or yield lower profit margins than anticipated. Some of our client contracts do not allow us to terminate the contracts except in the case of non-payment by our client. If any contract turns out to be economically non-viable for us, we may still be liable to continue to provide services under the contract.

We intend to focus on increasing our service offerings that are based on non-linear pricing models (such as fixed-price and outcome-based pricing models) that allow us to price our services based on the value we deliver to our clients rather than the headcount deployed to deliver the services to them. Non-linear revenues may be subject to short term pressure on margins as initiatives in developing the products and services take time to deliver. The risk of entering into non-linear pricing arrangements is that if we fail to properly estimate the appropriate pricing for a project, we may incur lower profits or losses as a result of being unable to execute projects with the amount of labor we expected or at a margin sufficient to recover our initial investments in our solutions. While non-linear pricing models are expected to result in higher revenue productivity per employee and improved margins, they also mean that we bear the risk of cost overruns, wage inflation, fluctuations in currency exchange rates and failure to achieve clients’ business objectives in connection with these projects. Although we use our internally developed methodologies and processes and past project experience to reduce the risks associated with estimating, planning and performing transaction-based pricing, fixed-price and outcome-based pricing projects, if we fail to estimate accurately the resources required for a project, future wage inflation rates or currency exchange rates, or if we fail to meet defined performance goals or objectives, our profitability may suffer.

We have recently enteredin the past and may in the future enter into a subcontracting arrangementarrangements for the delivery of services. For example, in China, in addition to delivering services in South Africa.from our own delivery center, we also deliver services through a subcontractor’s delivery center. We could face greater risk when pricing our outsourcing contracts, as our outsourcing projects typically entail the coordination of operations and workforces with our subcontractor, and utilizing workforces with different skill sets and competencies. Furthermore, when outsourcing work we assume responsibility for our subcontractors’ performance. Our pricing, cost and profit margin estimates on outsourced work may include anticipated long-term cost savings from transformational and other initiatives that we expect to achieve and sustain over the life of the outsourcing contract. There is a risk that we will under priceunderprice our contracts, fail to accurately estimate the costs of performing the work or fail to accurately assess the risks associated with potential contracts. In particular, any increased or unexpected costs, delays or failures to achieve anticipated cost savings, or unexpected risks we encounter in connection with the performance of this work, including those caused by factors outside our control, could make these contracts less profitable or unprofitable, which could have an adverse effect on our profit margin.

Our profitability will suffer if we are not able to maintain our pricing and asset utilization levels and control our costs.

Our profit margin, and therefore our profitability, is largely a function of our asset utilization and the rates we are able to recover for our services. An important component of our asset utilization is our seat utilization rate, which is the average number of work shifts per day, out of a maximum of three, for which we are able to utilize our work stations, or seats.seats. During fiscal 2012,2014 and 2013, we madeincurred significant investmentsexpenditures to increase our number of seats by establishing additional delivery centers or expanding production capacities in our existing delivery centers. If we are not able to maintain the pricing for our services or an appropriate seat utilization rate, without corresponding cost reductions, our profitability will suffer. The rates we are able to recover for our services are affected by a number of factors, including our clients’ perceptions of our ability to add value through our services, competition, introduction of new services or products by us or our competitors, our ability to accurately estimate, attain and sustain revenue from client contracts, margins and cash flows over increasingly longer contract periods and general economic and political conditions.

Page 16


Our profitability is also a function of our ability to control our costs and improve our efficiency. As we increase the number of our employees and execute our strategies for growth, we may not be able to manage the significantly larger and more geographically diverse workforce that may result, which could adversely affect our ability to control our costs or improve our efficiency. Further, because there is no certainty that our business will ramp up at the rate that we anticipate, we may incur expenses for the increased capacity for a significant period of time without a corresponding growth in our revenues. Commencement of work and ramping up of volume of work with certain new and existing clients have been slower than we had expected. If our revenue does not grow at our expected rate, we may not be able to maintain or improve our profitability.

We face competition from onshore and offshore business process outsourcingmanagement companies and from information technology companies that also offer business process outsourcingmanagement services. Our clients may also choose to run their business processes themselves, either in their home countries or through captive units located offshore.

The market for outsourcing services is very competitive and we expect competition to intensify and increase from a number of sources. We believe that the principal competitive factors in our markets are price, service quality, sales and marketing skills, and industry expertise. We face significant competition from our clients’ own in-house groups including, in some cases, in-house departments operating offshore or captive units. Clients who currently outsource a significant proportion of their business processes or information technology services to vendors in India may, for various reasons, including diversifying geographic risk, seek to reduce their dependence on any one country. We also face competition from onshore and offshore business process outsourcingmanagement and information technology services companies. In addition, the trend toward offshore outsourcing, international expansion by foreign and domestic competitors and continuing technological changes will result in new and different competitors entering our markets. These competitors may include entrants from the communications, software and data networking industries or entrants in geographic locations with lower costs than those in which we operate. Technological changes include the development of complex automated systems for the processing of transactions that are formerly labor intensive, which may reduce or replace the need for outsourcing such transaction processing.

Some of these existing and future competitors have greater financial, human and other resources, longer operating histories, greater technological expertise, more recognizable brand names and more established relationships in the industries that we currently serve or may serve in the future. In addition, some of our competitors may enter into strategic or commercial relationships among themselves or with larger, more established companies in order to increase their ability to address client needs, or enter into similar arrangements with potential clients. Increased competition, our inability to compete successfully against competitors, pricing pressures or loss of market share could result in reduced operating margins which could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We have incurred losses in the past. We may not be profitable in the future.

We incurred losses in each of the three fiscal years from fiscal 2003 through fiscal 2005. We expect our selling and marketing expenses and general and administrative expenses to increase in future periods. If our revenue does not grow at a faster rate than these expected increases in our expenses, or if our operating expenses are higher than we anticipate, we may not be profitable and we may incur losses.

If we cause disruptions to our clients’ businesses, provide inadequate service or are in breach of our representations or obligations, our clients may have claims for substantial damages against us. Our insurance coverage may be inadequate to cover these claims and, as a result, our profits may be substantially reduced.

Most of our contracts with clients contain service level and performance requirements, including requirements relating to the quality of our services and the timing and quality of responses to the client’s customer inquiries. In some cases, the quality of services that we provide is measured by quality assurance ratings and surveys which are based in part on the results of direct monitoring by our clients of interactions between our employees and our client’s customers. Failure to consistently meet service requirements of a client or errors made by our associates in the course of delivering services to our clients could disrupt the client’s business and result in a reduction in revenue or a claim for substantial damages against us. For example, some of our agreements stipulate standards of service that, if not met by us, will result in lower payment to us. In addition, in connection with acquiring new business from a client or entering into client contracts, our employees may make various representations, including representations relating to the quality of our services, abilities of our associates and our project management techniques. A failure or inability to meet a contractual requirement or our representations could seriously damage our reputation and affect our ability to attract new business or result in a claim for substantial damages against us.

Page 17


Our dependence on our offshore delivery centers requires us to maintain active data and voice communications between our main delivery centers in China, Costa Rica, India, the Philippines, Poland, Romania, South Africa, Sri Lanka, the UK and the US, our subcontractor’s delivery center in China, our international technology hubs in the UK and the US and our clients’ offices. Although we maintain redundant facilities and communications links, disruptions could result from, among other things, technical and electricity breakdowns, computer glitches and viruses and adverse weather conditions. Any significant failure of our equipment or systems, or any major disruption to basic infrastructure like power and telecommunications in the locations in which we operate, could impede our ability to provide services to our clients, have a negative impact on our reputation, cause us to lose clients, reduce our revenue and harm our business.

Under our contracts with our clients, our liability for breach of our obligations is generally limited to actual damages suffered by the client and capped at a portion of the fees paid or payable to us under the relevant contract. Although our contracts contain limitations on liability, such limitations may be unenforceable or otherwise may not protect us from liability for damages. In addition, certain liabilities, such as claims of third parties for which we may be required to indemnify our clients, are generally not limited under those agreements. Further, although we have professional indemnity insurance coverage, the coverage may not continue to be available on reasonable terms or in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims and our insurers may disclaim coverage as to any future claims. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceed available insurance coverage, or changes in our insurance policies (including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements), could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We are liable to our clients for damages caused by unauthorized disclosure of sensitive andor confidential information, whether through a breach or circumvention of our or our clients’ computer systems and processes, through our employees or otherwise.

We are typically required to manage, utilize and store sensitive or confidential client data in connection with the services we provide. Under the terms of our client contracts, we are required to keep such information strictly confidential. Our client contracts do not include any limitation on our liability to them with respect to breaches of our obligation to maintain confidentiality on the information we receive from them. WeAlthough we seek to implement measures to protect sensitive and confidential client data, there can be no assurance that we would be able to prevent breaches of security. Further, some of our projects require us to conduct business functions and computer operations using our clients’ systems over which we do not have control and which may not experienced any material breachbe compliant with industry security standards. In addition, some of confidentialitythe client designed processes that we are contractually required to date. However,follow for delivering services to them and which we are unable to unilaterally change, could be designed in a manner that allows for control weaknesses to exist and be exploited. Any vulnerability in a client’s system or client designed process, if exploited, could result in breaches of security or unauthorized transactions and result in a claim for substantial damages against us. If any person, including any of our employees, penetrates our or our clients’ network security or otherwise mismanages or misappropriates sensitive or confidential client data, we could be subject to significant liability and lawsuits from our clients or their customers for breaching contractual confidentiality provisions or privacy laws. Although we have insurance coverage for mismanagement or misappropriation of such information by our employees, that coverage may not continue to be available on reasonable terms or in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims against us, and our insurers may disclaim coverage as to any future claims. Penetration of the network security of our or our clients’ data centers or computer systems or unauthorized use or disclosure of sensitive or confidential client data, whether through breach of our or our clients’ computer systems, systems failure, loss or theft of assets containing confidential information or otherwise, could also have a negative impact on our reputation which would harm our business.

Fraud and significant security breaches in our or our clients’ computer systems and network infrastructure could adversely impact our business

Our business is dependent on the secure and reliable operation of our information systems, including those used to operate and manage our business and our clients’ information systems, whether operated by our clients themselves or by us in connection with our provision of services to them. Although we take adequate measures to safeguard against system-related and other fraud, there can be no assurance that we would be able to prevent fraud or even detect them on a timely basis, particularly where it relates to our clients’ information systems which are not managed by us. For example, we have identified incidences where our employees have allegedly exploited weaknesses in information systems as well as processes in order to misappropriate confidential client data and used such confidential data to record fraudulent transactions. We are generally required to indemnify our clients from third party claims arising out of such fraudulent transactions and our client contracts generally do not include any limitation on our liability to our clients’ losses arising from fraudulent activities by our employees. Accordingly, we may have significant liability arising from such fraudulent transactions which may materially affect our business and financial results. Although we have professional indemnity insurance coverage for losses arising from fraudulent activities by our employees, that coverage may not continue to be available on reasonable terms or in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims against us, and our insurers may also disclaim coverage as to any future claims. We may also suffer reputational harm as a result of fraud committed by our employees, or by our perceived inability to properly manage fraud related risks, which could in turn lead to enhanced regulatory oversight and scrutiny.

Our expansion into new markets may create additional challenges with respect to managing the risk of fraud due to the increased geographical dispersion and use of intermediaries. Our business also requires the appropriate and secure utilization of client and other sensitive information. We cannot be certain that advances in criminal capabilities (including cyber-attacks or cyber intrusions over the internet, malware, computer viruses and the like), discovery of new vulnerabilities or attempts to exploit existing vulnerabilities in our or our clients’ systems, other data thefts, physical system or network break-ins or inappropriate access, or other developments will not compromise or breach the technology protecting our or our client’s computer systems and networks that access and store sensitive information. Cyber threats, such as phishing and trojans, could intrude into our or our client’s network to steal data or to seek sensitive information. Any intrusion into our network or our client’s network (to the extent attributed to us or perceived to be attributed to us) that results in any breach of security could cause damage to our reputation and adversely impact our business and financial results. Although we have implemented security technology and operational procedures to prevent such occurrences, there can be no assurance that these security measures will be successful. A significant failure in security measures could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, results of operations and financial condition.

Our business could be materially and adversely affected if we do not protect our intellectual property or if our services are found to infringe on the intellectual property of others.

Our success depends in part on certain methodologies, practices, tools and technical expertise we utilize in designing, developing, implementing and maintaining applications and other proprietary intellectual property rights. In order to protect our rights in such intellectual properties, we rely upon a combination of nondisclosure and other contractual arrangements as well as trade secret, copyright and trademark laws. We also generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, clients and potential clients, and limit access to and distribution of our proprietary information to the extent required for our business purpose.

India is a member of the Berne Convention, an international intellectual property treaty, and has agreed to recognize protections on intellectual property rights conferred under the laws of other foreign countries, including the laws of the United States. There can be no assurance that the laws, rules, regulations and treaties in effect in the United States, India and the other jurisdictions in which we operate and the contractual and other protective measures we take, are adequate to protect us from misappropriation or unauthorized use of our intellectual property, or that such laws will not change. We may not be able to detect unauthorized use and take appropriate steps to enforce our rights, and any such steps may not be successful. Infringement by others of our intellectual property, including the costs of enforcing our intellectual property rights, may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our clients may provide us with access to, and require us to use, third party software in connection with our delivery of services to them. Our client contracts generally require our clients to indemnify us for any infringement of intellectual property rights or licenses to third party software when our clients provide such access to us. If the indemnities under our client contracts are inadequate to cover the damages and losses we suffer due to infringement of third party intellectual property rights or licenses to third party software to which we were given access, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected. We are also generally required, by our client contracts, to indemnify our clients for any breaches of intellectual property rights by our services. Although we believe that we are not infringing on the intellectual property rights of others, claims may nonetheless be successfully asserted against us in the future. The costs of defending any such claims could be significant, and any successful claim may require us to modify, discontinue or rename any of our services. Any such changes may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may not succeed in identifying suitable acquisition targets or integrating any acquired business into our operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our growth strategy involves gaining new clients and expanding our service offerings, both organically and through strategic acquisitions. It is possible that in the future we may not succeed in identifying suitable acquisition targets available for sale or investments on reasonable terms, have access to the capital required to finance potential acquisitions or investments, or be able to consummate any acquisition or investments. Future acquisitions or joint ventures may also result in the incurrence of indebtedness or the issuance of additional equity securities, which may present difficulties in financing the acquisition or joint venture on attractive terms. The inability to identify suitable acquisition targets or investments or the inability to complete such transactions may affect our competitiveness and our growth prospects.

Historically, we have expanded some of our service offerings and gained new clients through strategic acquisitions. For example, we acquired Aviva Global in July 2008, BizAps in June 2008, Chang Limited in April 2008, and Flovate Technologies Limited, or Flovate (which we subsequently renamed as WNS Workflow Technologies Limited), in June 2007. In March 2008, we entered into a joint venture with Advanced Contact Solutions, Inc., or ACS, a provider in BPO services and customer care in the Philippines, to form WNS Philippines Inc. In November 2011, we acquired ACS’s shareholding in WNS Philippines Inc. and increased our share ownership from 65% to 100%. It is possible that in the future we may not succeed in identifying suitable acquisition targets available for sale or investments on reasonable terms, have access to the capital required to finance potentialThe lack of profitability of any of our acquisitions or investments, or be able to consummate any acquisition or investments. The inability to identify suitable acquisition targets or investments or the inability to complete such transactions may affectjoint ventures could have a material adverse effect on our competitiveness and our growth prospects. operating results.

In addition, our management may not be able to successfully integrate any acquired business into our operations or benefit from any joint ventures that we enter into, and any acquisition we do complete or any joint venture we do enter into may not result in long-term benefits to us. For example,instance, if we acquire a company, we could experience difficulties in assimilating that company’s personnel, operations, technology and software, or the key personnel of the acquired company may decide not to work for us. The lackIn June 2012, we acquired Fusion, a leading BPM provider based in South Africa. Fusion provides a range of profitabilityoutsourcing services, including contact center, customer care and business continuity services, to both South African and international clients. With operations in Cape Town and Johannesburg, Fusion employed approximately 1,500 people as at June 30, 2012 which increased to 2,524 people as at March 31, 2014. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully integrate Fusion’s business operations with ours, or that we will be able to successfully leverage Fusion’s assets to grow our revenue, expand our service offerings and market share or achieve accretive benefits from our acquisition of any of our acquisitions or joint ventures could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. Future acquisitions or joint ventures may also result in the incurrence of indebtedness or the issuance of additional equity securities, which may present difficulties in financing the acquisition or joint venture on attractive terms. Fusion.

Further, we may receive claims or demands by the sellers of the entities acquired by us on the indemnities that we have provided to them for losses or damages arising from any breach of contract by us. Conversely, while we may be able to claim against the sellers on their indemnities to us for breach of contract or breach of the representations and warranties given by the sellers in respect of the entities acquired by us, there can be no assurance that our claims will succeed, or if they do, that we will be able to successfully enforce our claims against the sellers at a reasonable cost. Acquisitions and joint ventures also typically involve a number of other risks, including diversion of management’s attention, legal liabilities and the need to amortize acquired intangible assets, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Page 18


We recorded a significant impairment charge to our earnings in fiscal 2008 and may be required to record another significant charge to earnings in the future when we review our goodwill, intangible or other assets for potential impairment.

As at March 31, 2012,2014, we had goodwill and intangible assets of approximately $86.7$85.7 million and $115.1$67.2 million, respectively, which primarily resulted from the purchases of Fusion, Aviva Global, BizAps, Chang Limited, Flovate, Marketics Technologies (India) Private Limited, or Marketics, Town & Country Assistance Limited (which we subsequently rebranded as WNS Assistance) and WNS Global Services Private Limited, or WNS Global. Of the $115.1$67.2 million of intangible assets as at March 31, 2012, $112.42014, $56.8 million pertain to our purchase of Aviva Global. Under IFRS, we are required to review our goodwill, intangibles or other assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. In addition, goodwill, intangible or other assets with indefinite lives are required to be tested for impairment at least annually. We performed an impairment review and recorded a significant impairment charge to our earnings in fiscal 2008 relating to Trinity Partners Inc. If, for example, the insurance industry experiences a significant decline in business and we determine that we will not be able to achieve the cash flows that we had expected from our acquisition of Aviva Global, we may have to record an impairment of all or a portion of the $112.4$56.8 million of intangible assets relating to our purchase of Aviva Global. Although our impairment review of goodwill and intangible assets in fiscal 20122014, 2013 and fiscal 20112012 did not indicate any impairment, we may be required in the future to record a significant charge to earnings in our financial statements during the period in which any impairment of our goodwill or other intangible assets is determined. Such charges may have a significant adverse impact on our results of operations.

Any changes in accounting standards can be difficult to predict and can materially impact how we report our financial results.

We have adopted IFRS, as issued by the IASB, with effect from April 1, 2011. From time to time, the IASB changes its standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. Changes in accounting standards are difficult to anticipate and can significantly impact our reported financial condition and the results of our operations.

Our facilities are at risk of damage by natural disasters.

Our operational facilities and communication hubs may be damaged in natural disasters such as earthquakes, floods, heavy rains, tsunamis and cyclones. For example, during floods caused by typhoons in Manila, Philippines in September 2009, our delivery center was rendered inaccessible and our associates were not able to commute to the delivery center for a few days, thereby adversely impacting our provision of services to our clients. During the floods in Mumbai in July 2005, our operations were adversely affected as a result of the disruption of the city’s public utility and transport services making it difficult for our associates to commute to our office. Such natural disasters may also lead to disruption to information systems and telephone service for sustained periods. Damage or destruction that interrupts our provision of outsourcingBPM services could damage our relationships with our clients and may cause us to incur substantial additional expenses to repair or replace damaged equipment or facilities. We may also be liable to our clients for disruption in service resulting from such damage or destruction. While we currently have property damage insurance and business interruption insurance, our insurance coverage may not be sufficient. Furthermore, we may be unable to secure such insurance coverage at premiums acceptable to us in the future or secure such insurance coverage at all. Prolonged disruption of our services as a result of natural disasters would also entitle our clients to terminate their contracts with us.

Our largest shareholder, Warburg Pincus, is able to influence our corporate actions, and may also enter into transactions that may result in a change in control of our company. A change in control transaction may have a material adverse impact on our business

As at March 31, 2012, Warburg Pincus beneficially owned approximately 29.0% of our shares and is our largest shareholder with a nominee serving on our board of directors. As a result of its ownership position and board representation, Warburg Pincus has the ability to influence matters requiring shareholder and board approval including, without limitation, the election of directors, significant corporate transactions such as amalgamations and consolidations, changes in control of our company and sales of all or substantially all of our assets. The interests of Warburg Pincus may differ from the interests of other shareholders of our company.

Warburg Pincus may also seek to sell all or a substantial portion of its shareholding in our company, which may result in a change in control in our company. A change in control in our company together with a loss of more than 10% of our clients by revenue or a credit rating downgrade (or we do not approach a credit rating agency for a rating review within one month of the change in control) may also constitute an event of default under one or more of our loan agreements. Such an event could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows, as well as cause our ADS price to fall.

Page 19


We are incorporated in Jersey, Channel Islands and are subject to Jersey rules and regulations. If the tax benefits enjoyed by our company are withdrawn or changed, we may be liable for higher tax, thereby reducing our profitability.

As a company incorporated in Jersey, Channel Islands, we operate under the “zero-ten” businessare currently subject to a Jersey income tax regime and are not currently required to pay taxes in Jersey. In the past, however, some membersrate of the EU’s Economic and Financial Affairs Council, or ECOFIN, Code of Conduct group have suggested that this tax regime may be outside the spirit of the EU Code of Conduct for Business Taxation, or the Code of Conduct. In light of this, Jersey conducted a review of business taxation in Jersey and announced on February 15, 2011 that the “zero-ten” regime will remain in place, but that the personal tax provisions known as “deemed distribution” and “attribution” rules would be abolished effective from January 1, 2012. In subsequent discussions, ECOFIN formally ratified the ECOFIN Code of Conduct’s group’s recommendations that Jersey had rolled back on the harmful elements of the “zero-ten” tax regime and that what now remains (the “zero-ten” tax rates) is compliant with the Code of Conduct.

0%. Although we continue to enjoy the benefits of the “zero-ten”Jersey business tax regime, if Jersey tax laws change or the tax benefits we enjoy are otherwise withdrawn or changed, we may become liable for higher tax, thereby reducing our profitability.

Risks Related to Key Delivery Locations

A substantial portion of our assets and operations are located in India and we are subject to regulatory, economic, social and political uncertainties in India.

Our primary operating subsidiary, WNS Global, is incorporated in India, and a substantial portion of our assets and employees are located in India. We intend to continue to develop and expand our facilities in India. The Government of India, however, has exercised and continues to exercise significant influence over many aspects of the Indian economy. The Government of India has provided significant tax incentives and relaxed certain regulatory restrictions in order to encourage foreign investment in specified sectors of the economy, including the business process outsourcingmanagement industry. Those programs that have benefited us include tax holidays, liberalized import and export duties and preferential rules on foreign investment and repatriation. We cannot assure you that such liberalization policies will continue. The Government of India may also enact new tax legislation or amend the existing legislation that could impact the way we are taxed in the future. For more information, see “ —New tax legislation and the results of actions by taxing authorities may have an adverse effect on our operations and our overall tax rate.” Various other factors, including a collapse of the present coalition government due to the withdrawal of support of coalition members or the formation of a new unstable government with limited support, could trigger significant changes in India’s economic liberalization and deregulation policies and disrupt business and economic conditions in India generally and our business in particular. Our financial performance and the market price of our ADSs may be adversely affected by changes in inflation, exchange rates and controls, interest rates, Government of India policies (including taxation regulations and policies), social stability or other political, economic or diplomatic developments affecting India in the future.

India has witnessed communal clashes in the past. Although such clashes in India have, in the recent past, been sporadic and have been contained within reasonably short periods of time, any such civil disturbance in the future could result in disruptions in transportation or communication networks, as well as have adverse implications for general economic conditions in India. Such events could have a material adverse effect on our business, the value of our ADSs and your investment in our ADSs.

If the tax benefits and other incentives that we currently enjoy are reduced or withdrawn or not available for any other reason, our financial condition would be negatively affected.

We have benefitted from, and continue to benefit from, certain tax holidays and exemptions in various jurisdictions in which we have operations.

For example,In fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012, our tax rate in India and Sri Lanka impacted our effective tax rate. We would have incurred approximately $1.7 million, $0.8 million and $1.7 million in additional income tax expense on our operations in Sri Lanka and on our SEZ operations in India for fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, if the tax holidays and exemptions as described below had not been available for the respective years.

We expect our tax rate in India and Sri Lanka and, to a lesser extent, the Philippines to continue to impact our effective tax rate. Our tax rate in India have been impacted by the reduction in the tax exemption enjoyed by our delivery center located in Gurgaon under the SEZ scheme from 100.0% to 50.0% which started in fiscal 2013. However, we expect to expand the operations in our delivery centers located in other SEZs that are still in their initial five years of operations and therefore eligible for 100.0% income tax exemption.

In the past, the majority of our Indian operations were eligible to claim income-taxincome tax exemption with respect to profits earned from export revenue from operating units registered under the Software Technology Parks of India, or STPI. The benefit was available for a period of 10 years from the date of commencement of operations, but not beyond March 31, 2011. We had 13 delivery centers for fiscal 2011 eligible for the income tax exemption, which expired on April 1, 2011 for all of our delivery centers. We incurred minimal income tax expense on our Indian operations in fiscal 2011 as a result of this tax exemption, compared to approximately $13.6 million that we would have incurred if the tax exemption had not been available for the period. Effective April 1, 2011, upon the expiration of this tax exemption, income derived from our operations in India became subject to the prevailing annual tax rate, of 32.45%which is currently 33.99%.

Page 20


Further, in 2005, the Government of India implemented the Special Economic Zones Act, 2005, or the SEZ legislation, with the effect that taxable income of new operations established in designated SEZs may be eligible for a 15-year tax holiday scheme consisting of a complete tax holiday for the initial five years and a partial tax holiday for the subsequent ten years, subject to the satisfaction of certain capital investment conditions. We have aOur delivery center located in Gurgaon, India and registered under the SEZ scheme andis eligible for a 50%50.0% income tax exemption from fiscal 2013 until fiscal 2022. During fiscal 2012, we also started operations in delivery centers in Pune, Navi Mumbai and Chennai, India registered under the SEZ scheme, through which we are eligible for a 100%100.0% income tax exemption until fiscal 2016 and a 50%50.0% income tax exemption from fiscal 2017 until fiscal 2026.

The SEZ legislation has been criticized on economic grounds by the International Monetary Fund and the SEZ legislation may be challenged by certain non-governmental organizations. It is possible that, as a result of such political pressures, the procedure for obtaining benefits under the SEZ legislation may become more onerous, the types of land eligible for SEZ status may be further restricted or the SEZ legislation may be amended or repealed. Moreover, there is continuing uncertainty as to the governmental and regulatory approvals required to establish operations in the SEZs or to qualify for the tax benefit. This uncertainty may delay our establishment of additional operations in the SEZs. Further, since

In addition to these tax holidays, our Indian subsidiaries are also entitled to certain benefits under relevant state legislation and regulations. These benefits include the adoptionpreferential allotment of the Indian Finance Act, 2007,land in industrial areas developed by state agencies, incentives for captive power generation, rebates and waivers in relation to payments for transfer of property and registration (including for purchase or lease of premises) and commercial usage of electricity.

Since fiscal 2008, we have become subject to minimum alternate tax, or MAT, and since fiscal 2008, we have been required to pay additional taxes. The Government of India, pursuant to the Indian Finance Act, 2011, has also levied MAT on the book profits earned by the SEZ units at the prevailing tax rate, which is currently 20.96%. To the extent MAT paid exceeds the actual tax payable on our taxable income, we would be able to offset such MAT credits from tax payable in the succeeding ten years, subject to the satisfaction of 20.01%.certain conditions. During fiscal 2014 and 2013, we have offset $5.7 million and $1.3 million, respectively, of our MAT payments for earlier years from our increased tax liability based on our taxable income following the expiry of our tax holiday on STPI effective fiscal 2012.

We have operations in Costa Rica and the Philippines which are also eligible for tax exemptions which expire in fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2013, respectively. Our operations in Sri Lanka are also eligible for tax exemptions. One of our Sri Lankan subsidiaries was eligible to claim income tax exemption with respect to profits earned from export revenue by our delivery center registered with the Board of Investment, Sri Lanka, or the BOI. We incurred minimal income tax expense on our Sri Lanka operations in fiscal 2011 as a result of the tax holiday, compared to approximately $0.5 million that we would have incurred if the tax holiday had not been available for the period. This tax holidayexemption expired in fiscal 2011, however, effective fiscal 2012,2012; the Government of Sri Lanka has exempted the profits earned from export revenue from tax. This enableshas enabled our Sri Lankan subsidiary to continue to claim tax exemption under the Sri LankanLanka Inland Revenue Act following the expiry of the tax holiday.exemption.

We incurred minimal income tax expense on our operationsOur subsidiary in the Philippines, and Sri Lanka andWNS Global Services Philippines, Inc., was also eligible to claim income tax exemption with respect to profits earned from export revenue by our delivery centers registered with the Philippines Economic Zone Authority, which expired in connection with our SEZfiscal 2014. We have applied to the Philippines Economic Zone Authority for an extension of this tax exemption. During fiscal 2013, we started operations in Indiaa delivery center in the Philippines which is also eligible for a tax exemption that will expire in fiscal 2012 as a result2017. Following the expiry of the tax holidays described above, comparedexemption, income generated by WNS Global Services Philippines, Inc. will be taxed at the prevailing annual tax rate, which is currently 30.0%.

Our subsidiary in Costa Rica is also eligible for a 100.0% income tax exemption from fiscal 2010 until fiscal 2017 and a 50.0% income tax exemption from fiscal 2018 to approximately $1.7 million that we would have incurred if the tax holidays had not been available for the period.fiscal 2021.

When any of our tax holidays expires or terminates,exemptions expire or terminate, or if the applicable government withdraws or reduces the benefits of a tax holiday or exemption that we enjoy, our tax expense willmay materially increase and this increase willmay have a material impact on our results of operations.

The applicable tax authorities may also disallow deductions claimed by us and assess additional taxable income on us in connection with their review of our tax returns.

New tax legislation and the results of actions by taxing authorities may have an adverse effect on our operations and our overall tax rate.

The Government of India may enact new tax legislation that could impact the way we are taxed in the future. For example, the Direct Taxes Code, Bill, which was tabled in the Indian Parliament in August 2010,2013, is intended to replace the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961 and is proposed1961. The Direct Taxes Code, if enacted, proposes to come into effect in April 2013, if enacted. Underrender the existing profit based incentives for SEZ units unavailable for operations that become operational after March 31, 2015. Further, under the Direct Taxes Code, Bill, a non-Indian company with a place of effective management in India would be treated as a tax resident in India and would be consequently liable to tax in India on its global income. The Direct Taxes Code Bill, if enacted, also proposes to discontinue the existing profit based incentives for SEZ units operational after March 31, 2014 and replace them with investment based incentive for SEZ units operational after that date. The implications of the Direct Taxes Code, if enacted, on our operations are presently still unclear and may result in a material increase in our tax liability.

Further, in Finance Bill, 2012, the Government of India, pursuant to the Indian Finance Act 2012, has clarified that, with retrospective effect from April 1, 1962, any income accruing or arising directly or indirectly through the transfer of capital assets situated in India will be taxable in India. If we enter intoany of our transactions are deemed to involve the direct or indirect transfer of a capital asset located in India, such transactions they could be investigated by the Indian tax authorities, which could lead to the issuance of tax assessment orders and a material increase in our tax liability. However, in the past our company has obtained indemnityFor example, we received a request from the sellersrelevant income tax authority in India for information relating to our acquisition in July 2008 from Aviva of all the shares of Aviva Global, which owned subsidiaries with assets in such transactions against any such probableIndia and Sri Lanka. No allegation or demand for payment of additional tax liabilities.relating to that transaction has been made yet. The Finance Bill, 2012, also introduced theGovernment of India has issued guidelines on General Anti Avoidance Rule, or the GAAR, which is expected to be effective April 1, 2012,2015, and which is intended to curb sophisticated tax avoidance. Under the GAAR, a business arrangement will be deemed an “impermissible avoidance arrangement” if the main purpose of the arrangement is to obtain a tax benefit.benefits. Although the full implications of the Finance Bill, 2012,GAAR are presently still unclear, if we are deemed to have violated any of its provisions, we may face an increase to our tax liability.

Page 21


The Government of India, the US or other jurisdictions where we have a presence could enact new tax legislation which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, our ability to repatriate surplus earnings from our delivery centers in a tax-efficient manner is dependent upon interpretations of local laws, possible changes in such laws and the renegotiation of existing double tax avoidance treaties. Changes to any of these may adversely affect our overall tax rate, or the cost of our services to our clients, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to transfer pricing and other tax related regulations and any determination that we have failed to comply with them could materially adversely affect our profitability.

Transfer pricing regulations to which we are subject require that any international transaction among our company and its subsidiaries, or the WNS group enterprises, be on arm’s-length terms. Transfer pricing regulations in India have been extended to cover specified Indian domestic transactions as well. We believe that the international and India domestic transactions among the WNS group enterprises are on arm’s-length terms. If, however, the applicable tax authorities determine that the transactions among the WNS group enterprises do not meet arms’ length criteria, we may incur increased tax liability, including accrued interest and penalties. This would cause our tax expense to increase, possibly materially, thereby reducing our profitability and cash flows.

We may be required to pay additional taxes in connection with audits by the Indian tax authorities.

From time to time, we receive orders of assessment from the Indian tax authorities assessing additional taxable income on us and/or our subsidiaries in connection with their review of our tax returns. We currently have orders of assessment for fiscal 2003 through fiscal 20092011 pending before various appellate authorities. These orders assess additional taxable income that could in the aggregate give rise to an estimatedLOGO 1,878.6LOGO 2,880.7 million ($36.948.1 million based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012)2014) in additional taxes, including interest ofLOGO 667.2LOGO 1,047.5 million ($13.117.5 million based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012)2014).

These orders of assessment allege that the transfer prices we applied to certain of the international transactions between WNS Global, one of our Indian subsidiaries, and our other wholly-owned subsidiaries were not on arm’s length terms, disallow a tax holiday benefit claimed by us, deny the set off of brought forward business losses and unabsorbed depreciation and disallow certain expenses claimed as tax deductible by WNS Global. As at March 31, 2012,2014, we have provided a tax reserve ofLOGO 701.5LOGO 906.6 million ($13.815.1 million based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012)2014) primarily on account of the Indian tax authorities’ denying the set off of brought forward business losses and unabsorbed depreciation. We have appealed against these orders of assessment before higher appellate authorities. For more details on these assessments, see “Part I — Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Tax Assessment Orders.”

In addition, we currently have orders of assessment pertaining to similar issues that have been decided in our favor by first level appellate authorities, vacating tax demands ofLOGO 2,244.6LOGO 2,467.3 million ($44.141.2 million based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012)2014) in additional taxes, including interest ofLOGO 681.8LOGO 769.9 million ($13.412.9 million based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012)2014). The income tax authorities have filed appeals against these orders.orders at higher appellate authorities.

In case of disputes, the Indian tax authorities may require us to deposit with them all or a portion of the disputed amounts pending resolution of the matters on appeal. Any amount paid by us as deposits will be refunded to us with interest if we succeed in our appeals. We have deposited a smallsome portion of the disputed amount with the tax authorities and may be required to deposit the remaining portion of the disputed amount with the tax authorities pending final resolution of the respective matters.

As at March 31, 2014, corporate tax returns for fiscal years 2011 and thereafter remain subject to examination by tax authorities in India.

After consultation with our Indian tax advisors and based on the facts of these cases, certain legal opinions from counsel, the nature of the tax authorities’ disallowances and the orders from first level appellate authorities deciding similar issues in our favor in respect of assessment orders for earlier fiscal years, we believe these orders are unlikely to be sustained at the higher appellate authorities and we intend to vigorously dispute the orders of assessment.

In March 2009, we also received an assessment order from the Indian Service Tax Authority demanding payment ofLOGO 346.2LOGO 348.1 million ($6.85.8 million based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012)2014) of service tax and related penalty for the period from March 1, 2003 to January 31, 2005. The assessment order alleges that service tax is payable in India on BPOBPM services provided by WNS Global to clients based abroad as the export proceeds are repatriated outside India by WNS Global. In April 2009, we filedresponse to an appeal tofiled by us with the appellate tribunal against the assessment order andin April 2009, the appeal is currently pending.appellate tribunal has remanded the matter back to the lower tax authorities to be adjudicated afresh. Based on consultations with our Indian tax advisors, we believe this order of assessment is more likely than not to be upheld in our favor. We intend to continue to vigorously dispute the assessment.

No assurance can be given, however, that we will prevail in our tax disputes. If we do not prevail, payment of additional taxes, interest and penalties may adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. There can also be no assurance that we will not receive similar or additional orders of assessment in the future.

Page 22


Terrorist attacks and other acts of violence involving India or its neighboring countries could adversely affect our operations, resulting in a loss of client confidence and materially adversely affecting our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war involving India or its neighboring countries may adversely affect worldwide financial markets and could potentially lead to economic recession, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. South Asia has, from time to time, experienced instances of civil unrest and hostilities among neighboring countries, including India and Pakistan. In previous years, military confrontations between India and Pakistan have occurred in the region of Kashmir and along the India/Pakistan border. There have also been incidents in and near India such as the bombings of the Taj Mahal Hotel and Oberoi Hotel in Mumbai in 2008, a terrorist attack on the Indian Parliament, troop mobilizations along the India/Pakistan border and an aggravated geopolitical situation in the region. Such military activity or terrorist attacks in the future could influence the Indian economy by disrupting communications and making travel more difficult. Resulting political tensions could create a greater perception that investments in Indian companies involve a high degree of risk. Such political tensions could similarly create a perception that there is a risk of disruption of services provided by India-based companies, which could have a material adverse effect on the market for our services. Furthermore, if India were to become engaged in armed hostilities, particularly hostilities that were protracted or involved the threat or use of nuclear weapons, we might not be able to continue our operations.

Restrictions on entry visas may affect our ability to compete for and provide services to clients in the US and the UK, which could have a material adverse effect on future revenue.

The vast majority of our employees are Indian nationals. The ability of some of our executives to work with and meet our European and North American clients and our clients from other countries depends on the ability of our senior managers and employees to obtain the necessary visas and entry permits. In response to previous terrorist attacks and global unrest, US and European immigration authorities have increased the level of scrutiny in granting visas. Immigration laws in those countries may also require us to meet certain other legal requirements as a condition to obtaining or maintaining entry visas. These restrictions have significantly lengthened the time requirements to obtain visas for our personnel, which has in the past resulted, and may continue to result, in delays in the ability of our personnel to meet with our clients. In addition, immigration laws are subject to legislative change and varying standards of application and enforcement due to political forces, economic conditions or other events, including terrorist attacks. We cannot predict the political or economic events that could affect immigration laws or any restrictive impact those events could have on obtaining or monitoring entry visas for our personnel. If we are unable to obtain the necessary visas for personnel who need to visit our clients’ sites or, if such visas are delayed, we may not be able to provide services to our clients or to continue to provide services on a timely basis, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

If more stringent labor laws become applicable to us, our profitability may be adversely affected.

India has stringent labor legislation that protects the interests of workers, including legislation that sets forth detailed procedures for dispute resolution and employee removal and legislation that imposes financial obligations on employers upon retrenchment. Though we are exempt from a number of these labor laws at present, there can be no assurance that such laws will not become applicable to the business process outsourcingmanagement industry in India in the future. In addition, our employees may in the future form unions. If these labor laws become applicable to our workers or if our employees unionize, it may become difficult for us to maintain flexible human resource policies, discharge employees or downsize, and our profitability may be adversely affected.

Most of our delivery centers operate on leasehold property and our inability to renew our leases on commercially acceptable terms or at all may adversely affect our results of operations.

Most of our delivery centers operate on leasehold property. Our leases are subject to renewal and we may be unable to renew such leases on commercially acceptable terms or at all. For example, the lease for the property that houses our operations at Weikfield in Pune has expired and we are continuing our tenancy on an “at-will” basis. Accordingly, the landlord could cancel the lease with minimal notice. Our inability to renew our leases, or a renewal of our leases with a rental rate higher than the prevailing rate under the applicable lease prior to expiration, may have an adverse impact on our operations, including disrupting our operations or increasing our cost of operations. In addition, in the event of non-renewal of our leases, we may be unable to locate suitable replacement properties for our delivery centers or we may experience delays in relocation that could lead to a disruption in our operations. For example, we have entered into letters of intent in connection with entering into new leases for new premises in Gurgaon. We intend to transfer our operations from Infinity Towers to such new premises. As a result, our lease for the premises at Infinity Towers A and B has only been extended up to July 2014. However, we have experienced delays in executing the leases for the new premises on account of delays in receiving SEZ approval for the new premises. The letters of intent governing the leases for the new premises will automatically terminate if definitive lease agreements are not executed on or prior to May 17, 2014. If we are unable to execute the definitive lease agreements prior to the termination of the letters of intent, we may need to obtain another lease in a short time period. In that event, we may be unable to do so on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, which may disrupt our operations and adversely affect our results of operations.

Risks Related to our ADSs

Substantial future sales of our shares or ADSs in the public market could cause our ADS price to fall.

Sales by us or our shareholders of a substantial number of our ADSs in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our ADSs to decline. These sales, or the perception that these sales could occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell securities in the future at a time or at a price that we deem appropriate or to pay for acquisitions using our equity securities. As at March 31, 2012,2014, we had 50,078,88151,347,538 ordinary shares outstanding, including 34,931,67150,913,991 shares represented by 34,931,67150,913,991 ADSs. In addition, as at March 31, 2012,2014, a total of 3,960,0243,029,013 ordinary shares or ADSs are issuable upon the exercise or vesting of options and restricted share units, or RSUs, outstanding under our 2002 Stock Incentive Plan and our SecondThird Amended and Restated 2006 Incentive Award Plan. All ADSs are freely transferable, except that ADSs owned by our affiliates including Warburg Pincus, may only be sold in the US if they are registered or qualify for an exemption from registration, including pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. The remaining ordinary shares outstanding may also only be sold in the US if they are registered or qualify for an exemption from registration, including pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Page 23


The market price for our ADSs may be volatile.

The market price for our ADSs is likely to be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations in response to factors including the following:

 

announcements of technological developments;

 

regulatory developments in our target markets affecting us, our clients or our competitors;

 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;

 

changes in financial estimates by securities research analysts;

 

changes in the economic performance or market valuations of other companies engaged in business process outsourcing;

management;

 

addition or loss of executive officers or key employees;

 

sales or expected sales of additional shares or ADSs;

 

loss of one or more significant clients; and

 

a change in control, or possible change of control, of our company.

company

In addition, securities markets generally and from time to time experience significant price and volume fluctuations that are not related to the operating performance of particular companies. These market fluctuations may also have a material adverse effect on the market price of our ADSs.

We may not be able to pay any dividends on our shares and ADSs.

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our ordinary shares. We cannot give any assurance that we will declare dividends of any amount, at any rate or at all. Because we are a holding company, we rely principally on dividends, if any, paid by our subsidiaries to us to fund our dividend payments, if any, to our shareholders. Any limitation on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends to us could have a material adverse effect on our ability to pay dividends to you.

Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will be dependent upon our results of operations and cash flows, our financial position and capital requirements, general business conditions, legal, tax, regulatory and any contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and any other factors our Board of Directors deems relevant at the time.

Subject to the provisions of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991, or the 1991 Law, and our Articles of Association, we may by ordinary resolution declare annual dividends to be paid to our shareholders according to their respective rights and interests in our distributable reserves. Any dividends we may declare must not exceed the amount recommended by our Board of Directors. Our board may also declare and pay an interim dividend or dividends, including a dividend payable at a fixed rate, if paying an interim dividend or dividends appears to the Board to be justified by our distributable reserves. We can only declare dividends if our directors who are to authorize the distribution make a prior statement that, having made full enquiry into our affairs and prospects, they have formed the opinion that:

 

immediately following the date on which the distribution is proposed to be made, we will be able to discharge our liabilities as they fall due; and

 

having regard to our prospects and to the intentions of our directors with respect to the management of our business and to the amount and character of the financial resources that will in their view be available to us, we will be able to continue to carry on business and we will be able to discharge our liabilities as they fall due until the expiry of the period of 12 months immediately following the date on which the distribution is proposed to be made or until we are dissolved under Article 150 of the 1991 Law, whichever first occurs.

Subject to the deposit agreement governing the issuance of our ADSs, holders of ADSs will be entitled to receive dividends paid on the ordinary shares represented by such ADSs. See “ — Risks Related to Our Business — Our loan agreements impose operating and financial restrictions on us and our subsidiaries.”

Page 24


Holders of ADSs may be restricted in their ability to exercise voting rights.

At our request, the depositary of the ADSs will mail to you any notice of shareholders’ meeting received from us together with information explaining how to instruct the depositary to exercise the voting rights of the ordinary shares represented by ADSs. If the depositary timely receives voting instructions from you, it will endeavor to vote the ordinary shares represented by your ADSs in accordance with such voting instructions. However, the ability of the depositary to carry out voting instructions may be limited by practical and legal limitations and the terms of the ordinary shares on deposit. We cannot assure you that you will receive voting materials in time to enable you to return voting instructions to the depositary in a timely manner. Ordinary shares for which no voting instructions have been received will not be voted.

As a foreign private issuer, we are not subject to the proxy rules of the Commission, which regulate the form and content of solicitations by US-based issuers of proxies from their shareholders. The form of notice and proxy statement that we have been using does not include all of the information that would be provided under the Commission’s proxy rules.

Holders of ADSs may be subject to limitations on transfers of their ADSs.

The ADSs are transferable on the books of the depositary. However, the depositary may close its transfer books at any time or from time to time when it deems necessary or advisable in connection with the performance of its duties. In addition, the depositary may refuse to deliver, transfer or register transfers of ADSs generally when the transfer books of the depositary are closed, or at any time or from time to time if we or the depositary deem it necessary or advisable to do so because of any requirement of law or of any government or governmental body or commission or any securities exchange on which the American Depositary Receipts, or ADRs, or our ordinary shares are listed, or under any provision of the deposit agreement or provisions of or governing the deposited shares, or any meeting of our shareholders, or for any other reason.

Holders of ADSs may not be able to participate in rights offerings or elect to receive share dividends and may experience dilution of their holdings, and the sale, deposit, cancellation and transfer of our ADSs issued after exercise of rights may be restricted.

If we offer our shareholders any rights to subscribe for additional shares or any other rights, the depositary may make these rights available to them after consultation with us. We cannot make rights available to holders of our ADSs in the US unless we register the rights and the securities to which the rights relate under the Securities Act, or an exemption from the registration requirements is available. In addition, under the deposit agreement, the depositary will not distribute rights to holders of our ADSs unless we have requested that such rights be made available to them and the depositary has determined that such distribution of rights is lawful and reasonably practicable. We can give no assurance that we can establish an exemption from the registration requirements under the Securities Act, and we are under no obligation to file a registration statement with respect to these rights or underlying securities or to endeavor to have a registration statement declared effective. Accordingly, holders of our ADSs may be unable to participate in our rights offerings and may experience dilution of your holdings as a result. The depositary may allow rights that are not distributed or sold to lapse. In that case, holders of our ADSs will receive no value for them. In addition, US securities laws may restrict the sale, deposit, cancellation and transfer of ADSs issued after exercise of rights.

We may be classified as a passive foreign investment company, which could result in adverse US federal income tax consequences to US Holders of our ADSs or ordinary shares.

Based on our financial statements and relevant market and shareholder data, we believe that we should not be treated as a passive foreign investment company for US federal income tax purposes, or PFIC, with respect to our most recently closed taxable year. However, the application of the PFIC rules is subject to uncertainty in several respects, and we cannot assure you that we will not be a PFIC for any taxable year. A non-US corporation will be a PFIC for any taxable year if either (i) at least 75% of its gross income for such year is passive income or (ii) at least 50% of the value of its assets (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets) during such year is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income. A separate determination must be made after the close of each taxable year as to whether we were a PFIC for that year. Because the value of our assets for purposes of the PFIC test will generally be determined by reference to the market price of our ADSs and ordinary shares, fluctuations in the market price of the ADSs and ordinary shares may cause us to become a PFIC. In addition, changes in the composition of our income or assets may cause us to become a PFIC. If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a US Holder (as defined in “Part I — Item 10. Additional Information — E. Taxation — US Federal Income Taxation”) holds an ADS or ordinary share, certain adverse US federal income tax consequences could apply to such US Holder.

Page 25


We have certain anti-takeover provisions in our Articles of Association that may discourage a change in control.

Our Articles of Association contain anti-takeover provisions that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us without the consent of our Board of Directors. These provisions include:

 

a classified Board of Directors with staggered three-year terms; and

 

the ability of our Board of Directors to determine the rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred shares and to issue the preferred shares without shareholder approval, which could be exercised by our Board of Directors to increase the number of outstanding shares and prevent or delay a takeover attempt.

These provisions could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if the third party’s offer may be considered beneficial by many shareholders. As a result, shareholders may be limited in their ability to obtain a premium for their shares.

It may be difficult for you to effect service of process and enforce legal judgments against us or our affiliates.

We are incorporated in Jersey, Channel Islands, and our primary operating subsidiary, WNS Global, is incorporated in India. A majority of our directors and senior executives are not residents of the US and virtually all of our assets and the assets of those persons are located outside the US. As a result, it may not be possible for you to effect service of process within the US upon those persons or us. In addition, you may be unable to enforce judgments obtained in courts of the US against those persons outside the jurisdiction of their residence, including judgments predicated solely upon the securities laws of the US.

ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

A. History and Development of our Company

WNS (Holdings) Limited was incorporated as a private liability company on February 18, 2002 under the laws of Jersey, Channel Islands, and maintains a registered office in Jersey at Queensway House, Hilgrove Street, St Helier, Jersey JE1 1ES. We converted from a private limited company to a public limited company on January 4, 2006 when we acquired more than 30 shareholders as calculated in accordance with Article 17A of the 1991 Law. We gave notice of this to the Jersey Financial Services Commission, or JFSC, in accordance with Article 17(3) of the 1991 Law on January 12, 2006. Our principal executive office is located at Gate 4, Godrej & Boyce Complex, Pirojshanagar, Vikhroli(W)Vikhroli (W), Mumbai 400 079, India, and the telephone number for this office is (91-22) 4095-2100. Our website address is www.wns.com. Information contained on our website does not constitute part of this annual report. Our agent for service in the US is our subsidiary, WNS North America Inc., 15 Exchange Place, 3rd Floor, Suite 310, Jersey City, New Jersey 07302, USA.US.

We began operations as an in-house unit of British Airways in 1996 and started focusing on providing business process outsourcing services to third parties in fiscal 2003. Warburg Pincus acquired a controlling stake in our company from British Airways in May 2002 and inducted a new senior management team. In fiscal 2003, we acquired Town & Country Assistance Limited, a UK-based automobile claims handling company, thereby extending our service portfolio beyond the travel and leisure industry to include insurance-based automobile claims processing. We subsequently rebranded the company as WNS Assistance, which constitutesis part of WNS Auto Claims BPO,BPM, our reportable segment for financial statement purposes. In fiscal 2004, we acquired the health claims management business of Greensnow Inc. In fiscal 2006, we acquired Trinity Partners Inc. (which we merged into our subsidiary, WNS North America Inc.), a provider of BPOBPM services to financial institutions, focusing on mortgage banking. In August 2006, we acquired from PRG Airlines Services Limited, or PRG Airlines, its fare audit services business. In September 2006, we acquired from GHS Holdings LLC, or GHS, its financial accounting business. In May 2007, we acquired Marketics, a provider of offshore analytics services. In June 2007, we acquired Flovate, a company engaged in the development and maintenance of software products and solutions, which we subsequently renamed as WNS Workflow Technologies Limited. In March 2008, we entered into a joint venture with ACS, a provider in BPO services and customer care in the Philippines, to form WNS Philippines Inc. and in November 2011, we acquired ACS’s shareholding in WNS Philippines Inc., which became our wholly-owned subsidiary. In April 2008, we acquired Chang Limited, an auto insurance claims processing services provider in the UK, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Accidents Happen Assistance Limited, or AHA (formerly known as Call 24-7 Limited, or Call 24-7). In June 2008, we acquired BizAps, a provider of Systems Applications and Products, or SAP®, solutions to optimize the enterprise resource planning functionality for our finance and accounting processes. In July 2008, we entered into a transaction with Aviva consisting of (1) a share sale and purchase agreement pursuant to which we acquired from Aviva all the shares of Aviva Global and (2) the Aviva master services agreement (as varied by the variation agreement entered into in March 2009), pursuant to which we are providing BPOBPM services to Aviva’s UK business and Aviva’s Irish subsidiary, Hibernian Aviva Direct Limited, and certain of its affiliates. Aviva Global was the business process offshoring subsidiary of Aviva. See “Part I — Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Revenue — Our Contracts” for more details on this transaction. In June 2012, we acquired Fusion, a provider of a range of outsourcing services, including contact center, customer care and business continuity services, to both South African and international clients. Following our acquisition of Fusion, we have renamed it as WNS Global Services SA (Pty) Ltd.

Page 26


In fiscal 2010, we restructured our organizational structure in order to streamline our administrative operations, achieve operational and financial synergies, and reduce the costs and expenses relating to regulatory compliance. This restructuring involved the merger of the following seven Indian subsidiaries of WNS Global into WNS Global through a Scheme of Amalgamation approved by an order of the Bombay High Court passed in August 2009 pursuant to the Indian Companies Act, 1956: Customer Operational Services (Chennai) Private Limited, Marketics, Noida Customer Operations Private Limited, or Noida, NTrance Customer Services Private Limited, WNS Customer Solutions (Private) Limited, or WNS Customer Solutions, WNS Customer Solutions Shared Services Private Limited and WNS Workflow Technologies (India) Private Limited. In another restructuring exercise, three of our subsidiaries, First Offshoring Technologies Private Limited, Hi-Tech Offshoring Services Private Limited and Servicesource Offshore Technologies Private Limited, were merged into WNS Global through a Scheme of Amalgamation approved by an order of the Bombay High Court passed in March 2010 pursuant to the Indian Companies Act, 1956. In fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012, we restructured and rationalized our UK and US group companies, wherein twothree of our UK-based non-operating subsidiaries, Chang Limited, and Town & Country Assistance Limited and BizAps, were voluntarily dissolved and one of our subsidiaries, BizAps, has applied for voluntary dissolution pursuant to Section 1003 of the Companies Act 2006, UK.dissolved. In the US, two of our subsidiaries, WNS Customer Solutions North America Inc. and Business Application Associates Inc. were merged with and into WNS North America Inc. In fiscal 2012, we also incorporated a new subsidiary in the US, WNS Global Services Inc., and a new branch of WNS (Mauritius) Limited in the Dubai Airport Free Zone, United Arab Emirates, WNS Mauritius Limited ME (Branch), and de-registered our existing subsidiary WNS Global FZE in the Ras-Al-Khaimah Free Trade Zone, United Arab Emirates. As a resultEmirates or UAE. In fiscal 2013 as part of the variousour restructuring activities undertakenWNS Philippines Inc. was merged into WNS Global Services Philippines, Inc. and our Costa Rican subsidiary, WNS BPO Services Costa Rica, S.R.L. (formerly known as WNS BPO Services Costa Rica, S.A.), was transferred and is now a subsidiary of WNS North America Inc. In May 2012, WNS Global Services (UK) Limited, or WNS UK, established a branch in fiscal 2010, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012, ourPoland, WNS Global Services (UK) Limited (Spółka Z Ograniczoną Odpowiedzialnością) Oddział W Polsce, Gdańsk. In March 2013, we also established a new branch of Business Applications Associates Beijing Ltd. in Guangzhou, China named Business Applications Associates Beijing Limited Guangzhou Branch. In January, 2014, we incorporated a new subsidiary of WNS (Mauritius) Limited in China, WNS Global Services (Dalian) Co. Ltd. Our organizational structure has been simplified, and now comprises 22 companies in 13 countries.16 countries, and three branches in Poland, UAE and China. Of these 22 companies, WNS Cares Foundation, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of WNS Global, is a not-for-profit organization registered under formerly Section 25 of the Indian Companies Act, 1956 (which has become Section 8 of the Indian Companies Act, 2013), India formed for the purpose of promoting corporate social responsibilities and not considered for the purpose of preparing our consolidated financial statements. In April 2012, we were awarded the Golden Peacock Global Award for Global Corporate Social Responsibility for 2011-2012 for our contribution through WNS Cares Foundation towards education of under privileged children.

We are headquartered in Mumbai, India, and we have client service offices in Dubai (United Arab Emirates), New Jersey (US), New South Wales (Australia), London (UK)(the UK), and Singapore and delivery centers in San Jose (Costa Rica), Bangalore, Chennai, Gurgaon, Mumbai, Nashik, Pune and PuneVizag (India), Manila (the Philippines), Gydnia (Poland), Bucharest (Romania), Cape Town and Johannesburg (South Africa), Colombo (Sri Lanka), Ipswich, Manchester and ManchesterMansfield (the UK), and HoustonColumbia, South Carolina (the US) and Guangzhou (China).

We completed our initial public offering in July 2006 and a follow-on public offering in February 2012. Ourour ADSs are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, or the NYSE, under the symbol “WNS.” In February 2012, in connection with our follow-on offering, we issued new ordinary shares in the form of ADSs, at a price of $9.25 per ADS, aggregating approximately $50.0 million and at the same time, Warburg Pincus divested 6,847,500 ordinary shares in the form of ADSs. In February 2013, Warburg Pincus sold its remaining 14,519,144 ordinary shares in the form of ADSs, thereby divesting its entire stake in our company.

Our capital expenditureexpenditures in fiscal 2012, 20112014, 2013 and 20102012 amounted to $19.6 million, $21.2 million $15.3 million and $13.3$21.2 million respectively. Our principal capital expenditure were incurred for the purposes of setting up new delivery centers, or expanding existing delivery centers and setting up related technologydeveloping new technology-enabled solutions to enable offshore execution and management of clients’ business processes. We expect our capital expenditure needs in fiscal 20132015 to be approximately $22.0between $25.0 million to $30.0 million, a significant amount of which we expect to spend on building new facilities as well as continuing to streamlineinfrastructure build-out and the streamlining of our operations by further consolidating production capacities inoperations. The geographical distribution, timing and volume of our delivery centers. Of this amount, we expect to spend approximately $14.0 million in India, approximately $4.0 millioncapital expenditures in the UK, approximately $2.0 million in North America, approximately $1.0 million in Europe (excludingfuture will depend on new client contracts we may enter into or the UK) and approximately $1.0 million in the restexpansion of the world.our business under our existing client contracts. As at March 31, 2012,2014, we had commitments for capital expenditures of $3.7$3.6 million relating to the expansion of, and purchase of property and equipment for our delivery centers. Of this committed amount, we plan to spend $2.7approximately $1.4 million in South Africa, approximately $1.2 million in India, $0.7approximately $0.6 million in the UK, $0.1approximately $0.5 million in Europe (excluding the UK) and approximately $0.2 million in the rest of the world. We expect to meetfund these estimated capital expenditures from cash generated from operating activities, existing cash and cash equivalents and the use of existing credit facilities. See “Part I — Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Liquidity and Capital Resources” for more information.

B. Business Overview

We are a leading global provider of offshore business process outsourcingBPM services, offering comprehensive data, voice, analytical and business transformation services.services with a blended onshore, nearshore and offshore delivery model. We transfer the business processes of our clients to our delivery centers, located in China, Costa Rica, India, the Philippines, Poland, Romania, South Africa, Sri Lanka, the UK and the US, as well as to our subcontractor’s delivery center in South Africa,China, with a view to offer cost savings, operational flexibility, improved quality and actionable insights to our clients as well as offer more flexibility in managing their operations. In addition, our transformation practice seeksclients. We seek to help our clients identify“transform” their businesses by identifying business and process optimization opportunities through technology-enabled solutions, and process design improvements.improvements, analytics and improved business understanding.

We win outsourcing engagements from our clients based on our domain knowledge of their business, and our experience in managing the specific processes they seek to outsource. Accordingly, we areoutsource and our customer-centric approach. Our company is organized into vertical business units in order to provide more specialized focus on each of the industries that we target, to more effectively manage our sales and marketing processclients’ business processes and to develop in-depth domain knowledge.offer customized solutions designed to solve their business challenges. The major industry verticals we currently targetfocus on are the insurance; travel and leisure; diversified businesses including manufacturing, retail, consumer productspackaged goods, or CPG, media and entertainment and telecommunication or telecom, industries, as well as thetelecom; utilities; consulting and professional services; healthcare; banking and financial services; utilities; andhealthcare; shipping and logisticslogistics; and public sector industries.

Page 27


Our portfolio of services includes vertical-specificindustry-specific processes that are tailored to address our clients’ specific business and industry practices. In addition, we offer a set of shared services that are common across multiple industries, including customer care,contact center, finance and accounting, legal services, procurement, research and analytics, technology services, legal services, and technology services.human resources outsourcing.

We monitor our execution of our clients’ business processes against multiple performance parameters, and we aim to consistently meet and exceed these parameters in order to maintain and expand our client relationships. We aim to build long-term client relationships, and we typically sign multi-year contracts with our clients that provide us with recurring revenue. ForIn fiscal 2014, 76 and 70 clients with overcontributed more than $1 million in annualto our revenue and revenue less repair payments, attrition has averaged less than 5% per year over the last three fiscal years.respectively. In fiscal 2012, 712013, 72 and 68 clients contributed more than $1 million to our revenue and revenue less repair payments, respectively.

According to the National Association of Software and Service Companies, an industry association in India, we are among the top three India-based offshore business process outsourcing companies based on export revenue for fiscal 2011. We have maintained this top three ranking for the last six consecutive years.

As atof March 31, 2012,2014, we had 23,87427,020 employees executing approximately 600700 distinct business processes for our 222266 clients. Our largest client in fiscal 2012 in terms of revenue contribution was Aviva. See “ — Clients.”

In fiscal 2012,2014, our revenue was $474.1$502.6 million, our revenue less repair payments was $395.1$471.5 million and our profit was $12.5$41.6 million. Our revenue less repair payments is a non-GAAP financial measure. For a discussion of our revenue less repair payments and a reconciliation of our revenue less repair payments to revenue, see “Part I — Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Overview.”

Industry Overview

Companies are outsourcing a growing proportion of their business processes in order to reduce costs, increase process quality, increase flexibility, and improve business outcomes. Companies have shifted their BPO activitiesBPM requirements from simpler processes such as call center related processesactivities to a wider range of more complex business processes, such asincluding finance and accounting, insurance claims administrationresearch and market research analysis.analytics and industry-specific solutions. Companies are also asking their BPOBPM providers to deliver higher-value services, such as process re-engineering and transformation services, which increase competitive advantage and have an impact on revenues as well as profits. In order to deliverprovide complex services and transformational capabilities, providers must increasingly leverage technology platform solutions, analytics and industry-specific knowledge to deliver betterimproved business processes and business outcomes. These companies are also asking for more flexible business models that align the interests of the provider along with those of the company. ManyTransaction and outcome-based engagements are two examples of thesesuch models. Many companies are outsourcing to offshore locations such as China, India and the Philippines to access a large, high quality and cost-effective workforce. They are also outsourcing to nearshore and onshore locations across the globe to mitigate risks and to take advantage of language capabilities and cultural alignment. We are a leading global provider in the offshore business process outsourcingBPM industry and believe that we are well positionedwell-positioned to benefit from the combinationthese outsourcing trends with our blend of the outsourcingonshore, nearshore and offshoring trends.offshore delivery capabilities.

The global business process outsourcingmanagement industry is a large and growing industry. According to the IDC 2011 Reports,2014 Report, the revenue for the worldwide BPO market is estimated to have grown at a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 3.9%grow from $132$167.4 billion in 20072013 to $153$220.1 billion in 2011. IDC estimated that the worldwide BPO market will grow at a CAGR of 5.6% from 2011 to 2015, to $191 billion. Furthermore, the offshore-based BPO market is expected to continue to grow at a faster rate than the worldwide BPO market. According to IDC, the offshore-based BPO market is estimated to have grown at a CAGR of approximately 17% from $2.5 billion in 2007 to $4.7 billion in 2011. In addition, IDC estimated that the worldwide offshore-based BPO market will grow at a CAGR of approximately 19% from 2011 to 2015, to $9.4 billion.2018.

Page 28


The following chart sets forth the estimated growth in revenue and growth generated from worldwide offshore-based BPO services and worldwide BPO services:

LOGO

We believe that India is considered to be an attractive destination for offshore information technology, or IT, servicesLOGO

Source: IDC Market Review, Worldwide and BPO services. According to the Gartner 2011 Report, “[a]n excellent government support system and skilled, highly scalable IT labor pool differentiates India as the top offshore destination.”*U.S. Business Process Outsourcing Services 2014-2018 Forecast

Note: Years ending March 31

Business process outsourcingmanagement typically isrequires a long-term strategic commitment for companies. The processes that companies outsource frequently can beare complex in nature, and aretightly integrated with their core operations. These processes require a high degree of customization and, often, a multi-stage outsource transfer program. Companies therefore would incur high switching and other costs to transfer these processes back to their internal operations or to other business process outsourcing providers, whether onshore or offshore. As a result, once a business process outsourcing provider gains the confidence of a client, the resulting business relationship usually is characterized by multi-year contracts with predictable annual revenue.

Given the long-term, strategic nature of these engagements, companies undertake a rigorous process in evaluating their business process outsourcingmanagement provider. Based on our experience, a client typically seeks several key attributes in a business process outsourcingmanagement provider, including:

 

domainDomain knowledge and industry-specific expertise;

 

Process expertise across horizontal service offerings;

ability

Ability to innovate, add new operational expertise and drive down costs;

 

demonstratedDemonstrated ability to execute a diverse range of mission-critical and often complex business processes;

 

Analytical capabilities to deliver actionable business insights;

global

Technology-enabled services and solutions;

Global presence via offshore,onshore, nearshore and onshoreoffshore delivery centers;

 

capabilityCapability to scale employees and infrastructure without a diminution in quality of service; and

 

establishedEstablished reputation and industry leadership.

As the offshore business process outsourcingmanagement industry evolves further, we believe that industry-specific knowledge, higher-value process expertise, analytical capabilities, technology-enabled solutions, a global delivery platform, scale, reputation and leadership will become increasingly important factors in this selection process.

We believe that non-linear pricing models thatwhich allow BPOBPM providers to price their services based on volume of transactions processed or the value delivered to companies will replace, in certain engagements, pricing models that are primarily based on headcount (often referred to as full-time equivalents, or FTEs) or on the volume of transactions,, as companies look to sharealign revenues and costs by paying for the risk of volume and cost uncertainties with BPO providers, thereby creatingvalue delivered to them rather than the efforts deployed to provide the services to them. Non-linear pricing models therefore create the incentive for BPOBPM providers to improve the productivity of their employees, increase the use of technology and improve the overall efficiency of their operations.

*Gartner, Inc., “Analysis of India as an Offshore Services Location,” October 13, 2011.

Page 29


Competitive Strengths

We believe that we have the competitive strengths necessary to maintain and enhance our position as a leading global provider of offshore business process outsourcingBPM services:

Well positioned for the evolving BPOBPM market

The offshore BPOBPM industry, which started with basicthe first wave of outsourced processes, such as call center customer service activities, has now expanded to include higher-value services that involve process re-engineering, management of mission-critical operations and business transformation. We believe that as companies have become more experienced with outsourcing, they generally look to outsource an increasing number of processes and to outsource increasingly complex and more vertical-specific processes. We believe that our industry-specific expertise, comprehensive portfolio of complex services, transformation capabilities, and technology-enabled solutions and customer-centric approach position us at the forefront of the evolving BPOBPM market. In addition, as companies increasingly look to diverse global delivery locations for their BPM services market.to mitigate risk and leverage language capabilities and cultural alignment, we believe we are well positioned to benefit from this trend with our blend of onshore, nearshore and offshore delivery capabilities.

Deep industry expertise

We have established deep expertise in the industries we target as a result of our legacy client relationships, acquisitions and the hiring of management with specific industry knowledge. We have developed methodologies, proprietary knowledge and industry-specific technology platforms applicable to our target industries that allow us to provide industry-focused solutions and be more responsive to customer needs within these industries.

In addition, we have organized our company into business units aligned along each of the industries on which we focus. By doing so, we are able to approach potential clients in each of our target industries with a combined sales, marketing and delivery effort that leverages our in-depth industry knowledge and industry-specific technology platforms.

For example, in theour insurance sector,vertical, we have specialized expertise in multiple insurance sub-sectors including property and casualty, auto and life. We offer various insurance-specific processes such as premium and policy administration, claims management, actuarial services and underwriting.

We have received numerous recognitions for our industry leadership including:leadership. Our 2013 awards and recognitions are set forth below:

General:

 

Best 20 Leaders by Industry Focus: Financial Services (Insurance) — International Association of Outsourcing Professionals (IAOP) 2010Induction into the World Economic Forum’s Global Outsourcing 100

Growth Companies Community

 

Golden Peacock Global Business Excellence Award, 2013

Business Process enabling South Africa (BPeSA) BPO Awards: Honored with five prestigious BPeSA Awards for Job Creation, Community Spirit and Skills Development, Best 5 Companies by Industry Focus: Air Transportation — IAOP 2009 Global Outsourcing 100

Manager and Best Team Leader

 

WNS Group CEO, Keshav R. Murugesh, recognized with the 2013 CA Business Leader Award in the Corporate Sector by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

Industry LeaderInsurance:

Everest Group’s 2013 Insurance BPO PEAK Matrix – Positioned as a ‘Leader’

NelsonHall NEAT Rankings—Ranked as ‘Leader’ in Insurance Life Annuity &Pensions BPO and Social Media Services

NelsonHall NEAT Assessment for Overall Property and Casualty (P&C) BPO – Ranked as ‘Leader’

Finance & Accounting:

Gartner 2013 Magic Quadrant for F&A BPO—Positioned in the “Leaders” Quadrant

HfS Research – Recognized as ‘High Performer’ in Finance and Accounting (F&A) BPO

Customer Care:

7th Annual Stevie Awards – Awards for ‘Customer Service Management Team of the Year’, ‘Telesales Team of the Year’, and ‘Contact Center of the Year’

Contact Center World Awards APAC, 2013—Gold Award for the ‘Best in Customer Service’

Contact Center World Annual Awards, 2013—Recognized as ‘Best in Customer Service’

HRO:

Everest Group’s 2013 MPHRO PEAK Matrix—Positioned as an ‘Emerging Player’

Technology:

The CIO100 Infrastructure Evolution Futurist Award, 2013

The EMC Transformers Award 2013

Quality:

The National Institute of Quality & Reliability Award in the DMAIC (Define, Measure, Analyze, Improve and Control)

Learning and Development:

The CUBICSM Award for the ‘Best New Corporate University 2013’ to the WNS Learning Academy

Corporate Social Responsibility:

The Golden Peacock Global F&A BPO Magic Quadrant 2011, Gartner

Award for Corporate Social Responsibility, 2013

The Asia Responsible Entrepreneurship Award, 2014 for ‘Social Empowerment’

Comprehensive portfolio of complex services, higher-value transformational services and technology-enabled solutions

We seek to focus our service portfolio on more complex processes and solutions, and to evolve away from reliance on services that are less integral to our clients’ operations, such as telemarketingcommoditized voice services (telemarketing and technical helpdesks,helpdesks), which characterized the offshore business process outsourcing industry in its early days. We also offer higher-value services such as finance and accounting services, research and analytics services, transformation services and technology-enabled solutions, which are designed to help our clients to identify business and process optimization opportunities and leverage our industry and process expertise, technology solutions and analytics capabilities.

We have also have developed and continue to develop technology-enabled solutions that utilize our proprietary software and licensed software in conjunction with our core business process outsourcingmanagement services. These integrated, technology-enabled solutions allow us to offer higher value, differentiated services which are more scalable and repeatable and create value for our clients through increased process efficiency and quality. We also collaborate with technology companies, combining their software platforms and expertise with our service capabilities to deliver business solutions to the marketplace. We believe these technology-enabled solutions will enable us to grow our revenue in a non-linear way by decoupling revenue growth from headcount growth.

For example, we offer various technology-enabled platforms as part of our broad suite of transformation services that also includes Consulting and Program Management Services, Process and Quality Services and Technology Services. For a large North American airline, we utilized our VERIFARE® fare audit platform to streamline the airline’s revenue recovery process, thereby allowing the airline to increase the amount of revenue recovered from inaccurate fare charges.

Proven global delivery platform

We deliver our services from 34 delivery centers around the world, located in China, Costa Rica, India, the Philippines, Poland, Romania, South Africa, Sri Lanka, the UK and the US, as well as through a subcontractor’s delivery center in China. Our ability to offer services delivered from onshore, nearshore and offshore locations, benefits our clients by providing them with high-quality services from scalable, efficient and cost-effective locations based on their requirements and process needs. It also provides our clients with the benefits of language capabilities, cultural alignment and risk mitigation in their outsourcing programs.

Page 30We believe the breadth of our delivery capability allows us to meet our clients’ needs, diversifies our workforce and allows us to access local talent pools around the world.


Our client-centric focus

We have a client-centric engagement model that leverages our industry-specific and shared-services expertise, flexible pricing models, “client-partner” relationship approach, as well as our global delivery platform to offer business solutions designed to meet our clients’ specific needs.

We have also sought to enhance our value proposition to our clients by providing them with more flexible pricing models that align our objectives with those of our clients. In addition to traditional headcount-based pricing, we provide alternative pricing models such as transaction-based pricing and outcome-based pricing.

We have also adopted a client-centric sales model, which is tightly integrated with our vertical organizational structure. Strategic client accounts are assigned a dedicated client partner from our team who is responsible for managing the day-to-day relationship. The client partner is typically a seasoned resource with deep domain experience, who works directly from the client’s local offices. Within our company, the client partner is aligned with a specific vertical, and directly manages sales resources responsible for expanding client relationships (farmers). The client partner is responsible for driving business value to our clients, ensuring quality of delivery and customer satisfaction, and managing account growth and profitability.

We believe our ability to provide highly relevant solutions, alternative pricing models, a client-centric approach and oura global delivery platform gives our clients the capabilities they seek from their outsourcing partner. As a result, we have built long-standing relationships with large multinationals such as Aviva, British Airways plc and Travelocity.com LP.multinational companies.

Proven global delivery platform

We deliver our services from 25 delivery centers around the world, located in Costa Rica, India, the Philippines, Romania, Sri Lanka, the UK and the US, as well as through a subcontractor’s facility based in South Africa. Our ability to offer services delivered from onshore, nearshore and offshore locations benefits our clients by providing them with high-quality services from efficient and cost-effective locations based on their requirements and process needs.

We believe the breadth of our delivery capability allows us to meet our clients’ needs, diversifies our workforce and allows us to access the local talent pool around the world.

Experience in transferring processes offshore and running them efficiently

Many of the business processes that our clients outsource to us are mission-critical and core to their operations, requiring substantial program management expertise. We have developed a sophisticated program management methodology intended to ensure the smooth transfer of business processes from our clients’ facilities to our delivery centers. Our highly experienced program management team has transferred approximately 600700 distinct business processes for our clients.

We focus on delivering our client processes effectively on an ongoing basis. We have also invested in a quality assurance team that helps us to satisfy the International Standard Organization, or ISO, 9001: 2000 standards for quality management systems, and applies Six Sigma, a statistical methodology for improving consistency across processes, and other process re-engineering methodologies such as LEAN to further improve our process delivery.

Extensive investment in human capital development

Our extensive recruiting process helps us screen candidates on multiple parameters and to appropriately match employees to the most suitable positions. We have established the WNS Learning Academy, which provides ongoing training to our employees for the purpose of continuously improving their leadership and professional skills. We seek to promote our team leaders and operations managers from within, thereby offering internal advancement opportunities and clear long-term career paths.

As part of their development, we have launched programs for our front line managers and top talent to help them improve their performance in their current roles and to develop new skill sets to enable them to take on new roles. These programs include our business intervention program “TransforME”, a top talent program for our employees in senior leadership roles.

We have also invested significant management effort toward ensuring thatput in place our organizationNew Leadership Competency framework, which serves as a tool to help leaders measure the skill sets and behavioral patterns required by them and their teams to excel in the current and future roles.

In addition, we create individual development plans for our top talent based on inputs from our line managers and business units heads to help further their career development.

Our aim is positioned to continuously scaledevelop a truly global team, invest in high-growth opportunities and increase our employees’ sales effectiveness in farming and hunting while leveraging on technology to meet the robust demand for offshore business process outsourcing services. We are capable of evaluating over 15,000 potential employees and recruiting, hiring and training over 1,000 employees each month, enabling us to rapidly expand and support our clients.create a learning organization.

Experienced management team

We benefit from the effective leadership of a global management team with diverse backgrounds including extensive experience in outsourcing. Members of our executive and senior management team have, on average, over 20 20��years of experience in diverse industries, including in the business process and ITinformation technology outsourcing sector, and in the course of their respective careers have gathered experience in successfully integrating acquisitions, developing long-standing client relationships, launching practices in new geographies, and developing new service offerings.offerings and successfully integrating acquisitions.

Business Strategy

Our objective is to strengthen our position as a leading global business process outsourcingmanagement provider. To achieve this, we will seek to expandincrease our client base, expand our existing relationships, further develop our industry expertise, enhance our value proposition to our clients, organically develop new business services, enhance our brand, develop technology-enabled services and solutions, expand our global delivery platform and make selective acquisitions.

Page 31


We have made significant investments to accelerate our growth. These investments include:

 

theThe expansion and reorganization of our sales force;

 

anAn increase in the expertise and management capability within our sales force;

 

theThe expansion of other sales channels including the development of new partnerships and alliances and broadening our engagement with outsourcing industry advisors and analysts;

 

An increase in the range of services and solutions offered to our clients across different industries and business functions;

an

The establishment of our Capability Creation Group to facilitate the creation of new client offerings and automation of solutions;

An increase in the amount of technology in our service offerings including the development of new technology-enabled solutions; and

 

theThe expansion of our global delivery platform.

The key elements of our growth strategy are described below.

Increase business from existing clients and add business from new clients

We have organized our company into vertical business units to focus on each of the industries that we target and to manage more effectively manage our salesclients’ business processes and marketing process.to offer customized solutions designed to solve their business challenges. We also have expanded our sales force, from 43 members as at March 31, 2010 to 68 members as at March 31, 2012 to 78 members as at March 31, 2014, in order to provide broader sales coverage and to add management experience. Our sales force is organized into two groups, one focused primarily on expanding our relationship with our existing clientsclient relationships (farmers) and another focused on seeking new clients.clients (hunters).

We seek to expand our relationships with existing clients by identifying additional processes that can be transferred offshore,to our global delivery centers, cross-selling new services, adding technology-based offerings and expanding into other lines of business and geographies within each client. Our account managers and client partners have industry-specific knowledge and expertise and are responsible for maintaining a thorough understanding of our clients’ outsourcing roadmaps as well as identifying and advocating new offshoringoutsourcing opportunities. As a result of this strategy, we have built a strong track record of extending the scope of our client relationships over time. For example, our relationship with a large global professional services firm started with less than 30 FTEs. We have since expanded the relationship to over 500 FTEs over a period of less than four years.

For new clients, we seek to provide value-added solutions by leveraging our deep industry expertise.knowledge, process expertise and transformation solutions. As a result of our capabilities and industry vertical go-to-market approach, we have been able to compete effectively for new opportunities as they arise.

Reinforce leadership in existing industries

Through our industry-focused operating model, we have established a leading offshore business process outsourcing practicemanagement practices in various industries and business sectors. We intend to leverage our knowledge of the insurance; travel and leisure; diversified businesses including manufacturing, retail, consumer productsCPG, media and entertainment, and telecom; and banking and financial services industries, with additional focus on the consulting and professional services; utilities; healthcare; banking and financial services; utilities, and shipping and logisticslogistics; and public sector industries to penetrate additional client opportunities within these industries. For example,To complement our industry-focused approach, we have leveraged the experience, capabilities and reputation gained through our relationship with Aviva to penetrate the multi-line insurance and other segments of the insurance industry.

Furthermore, success in penetrating the market for finance and accounting services across industries drives uscontinue to invest in talent and technology platforms with the goal of scalingexpanding our business in orderand acquiring industry specific expertise to acquire industry-specific expertise.improve our service offerings across industries.

Provide higher value added services

We seek to enhance our value proposition to our clients by leveraging our industry-specific expertise; our portfolio of higher-value services such as our finance and accounting services, research and analytics services, transformation services and technology-enabled solutions; and our flexible pricing models. We also intend to broaden the scope of our higher-value service offerings to capture new market opportunities.

By delivering an increasinga wider portfolio of higher-value services to our clients and migrating them towards transaction- or outcome-based pricing models, we aim to increase the value of our servicessolutions to our clients and enhance the strength, size and profitability of these relationships. In January 2012, we established our Capability Creation Group, which is responsible for facilitating the creation of new solution offerings. These solution offerings help to automate manual processes, solve operational challenges and enhance productivity and efficiencies for client organizations. We intend to continue to expand on capability creation to drive process excellence, technology development, and new solutions and capabilities to address client needs. Currently, 350 professionals make up our Capability Creation Group.

For one of our large global insurance clients, we started providing back-office support services for the client’s insurance underwriting line of business. Over time, we have expanded into higher-value services, providing finance and accounting and research and analytics services in the client’s middle-office operations. We now also provide additional higher-value services such as risk analysis, quantitative modeling, trading compliance and investment performance management services to the client’s investment advisory business.

Page 32


Enhance awareness of the WNS brand name

Our reputation for operational excellence and domain expertise among our clients has been instrumental in attracting and retaining new clients as well as talented and qualified employees. We believe we have benefited from strong word-of-mouth brand equityreferences in the past to scale our business. However, as the size and the complexity of the offshore business process outsourcingmanagement market grows,continue to grow, we are actively increasing our efforts to enhance awareness of the WNS brand in our target markets and among potential employees. To accomplish this, we have established a dedicated global marketing team comprised of experienced industry talent. We are also focusing on developing channels to increase market awareness of the WNS brand, including through internet marketing techniques, exposure in industry publications, participation in industry events and conferences, and other initiatives that encourage innovationexposure in the BPO industry such as thepublications, publication of articles and white papers, webinars and podcasts.podcasts, internet and digital marketing techniques, and other initiatives that create enhanced visibility of the WNS brand and establish WNS’ thought leadership in the BPM industry. In addition, we are aggressively targeting BPOBPM industry analysts, sourcing advisors, general management consulting firms, and boutique outsourcing firms, who are usuallyoften retained by prospective clients to provide strategic advice, act as intermediaries in the sourcing processes, develop scope specifications, and aid in the partner selection process.

Expand our delivery capabilities

We currently have 2534 delivery centers located in seventen countries around the world. We also deliver services through a subcontractor’s facility baseddelivery center in South Africa.China. In fiscal 2012,2014, we expanded our delivery capacity by 2,6501,528 seats or approximately 16.3%7.0% of our capacity at the end of fiscal 2011.2013. We intend to expand our global delivery capability through additional delivery centers in both onshore, nearshore and offshore locations as well through partnershipscollaborations with other providers so that we canproviders. This approach will allow us to offer our clients maximum value and flexibility, as well as gain access to potential clients and markets that may have specific delivery requirements or constraints.

Broaden industry expertise and enhance growth through selective acquisitions and partnerships

Our acquisition strategy is focused on adding new service and technology capabilities, industry expertise, and industry expertise.expanding our geographic delivery platform. Our acquisition track record demonstrates our ability to integrate, manage and develop the specific capabilities we acquire. Our intention is to continue to pursue targeted acquisitions in the future and to rely on our integration capabilities to expand the growth of our business.

Business Process OutsourcingManagement Service Offerings

We offer our services to clients through industry-focused business units. We are organized into the following vertical business units to provide more specialized focus on each of these industries and more effectively manage our sales, marketing and marketing process:delivery processes:

 

Insurance;

 

Travel and leisure;

 

Manufacturing,Diversified businesses including manufacturing, retail, consumer products, telecomCPG, media and diversified businesses;

entertainment, and telecom;

 

Utilities;

Consulting and professional services;

 

Healthcare;

Banking and financial services;

 

Utilities; and

Healthcare;

 

Shipping and logistics.

logistics; and

In February 2012, we established our public sector industry group, which provides services to clients in the public

Public sector.

In addition to industry-specific services, we offer a range of services that are common across multiple industries (which we refer to as our horizontal units)services), in the areas of customer care (or contact center), finance and accounting, human resource outsourcing, research and analytics, services, technology services,and legal services and procurement. We also have aservices. In addition, our global transformation practice which offers higher-value services such as transformation services, thatwhich are designed to help our clients identifymodify their business processes to enhance productivity, and process optimization opportunities throughmanage changes in the business environment and leverage business knowledge to increase market competitiveness. We help clients drive these initiatives with technology-enabled solutions, process design and improvements,re-design including thequality initiatives such as Six Sigma principles,or Lean, and other techniques and program management leverage to achieve cost savings.business analytics.

Page 33


To achieve in-depth understanding of our clients’ industries and provide industry-specific services,the geographies in which they operate, we manage and conduct our sales processes in our twothree key markets — Europe, North America and North America. In addition, we have a sales team focused on the Asia Pacific market.Asia-Pacific. Our sales teams are led by senior professionals who focus on target industries, or processes.processes and clients. Each business unit is staffed by a dedicated team of managers and employees engaged in providing business process outsourcingmanagement client solutions. In addition, each business unit draws upon common support services from our information technology, human resources, training, corporate communications, corporate finance, risk management and legal departments, which we refer to as our corporate-enabling units.

Vertical Business UnitsUnits:

Insurance

Our insurance services (actuarial and non-actuarial) are structured into three lines of business offerings customized for property and casualty insurance, life and annuities and healthcare. We cater to a diverse and sizeable number of clients globally and have significant experience across a broad range of insurance product lines.

The key insurance industry sectors we serve include:

 

Life, annuity, and property and casualty insurers;

 

Insurance brokers and loss assessors, property and casualty insurance providers, re-insurance brokers and motor insurance companies;

 

Self-insured auto fleet owners;

 

Commercial and retail banks;

 

Mortgage banks and loan servicers;

 

Asset managers and financial advisory service providers; and

 

Healthcare payers, providers and device manufacturers.

Our insurance business vertical includes our auto claims business, consisting of WNS Assistance and AHA, which is comprised ofcomprises our WNS Auto Claims BPOBPM segment. We offer a blended onshore, nearshore and offshore deliverytechnology-driven model that enables us to handle the entire automobile insurance claims cycle. We offer comprehensive repair management services to our clients where we arrange for the repair of automobiles through a network of repair centers. We also offer claims management services where we process accident insurance claims for our clients. In addition, we provide third party claims handling services including the administration and settlement of property and bodily injury claims while providing repair management and rehabilitation services to our insured and self-insured fleet clients and the end-customers of our insurance company clients. Our service for uninsured losses focuses on recovering repair costs and legal expenses directly from negligent third parties. See “Part I — Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Overview.”

As at March 31, 2012,2014, we had 5,8006,294 employees working in this business unit. In fiscal 20122014 and 2011,2013, this business unit accounted for 44.7%36.7% and 60.1%35.5% of our revenue and 33.6%32.5% and 33.4%31.9% of our revenue less repair payments, respectively.

Page 34


The following graphic illustrates the key areas of services provided to clients in this business unit:

LOGO

Proprietary Platform:

 

Insurance – Service Offerings

Agency Services

  

Proprietary platforms designed to transformPolicy Administration

Investment Management

New Business Support

Licensing and contracting, correspondence, renewals, terminations, commissions, special compensation, abandoned properties, accountingUnderwriting and underwriting support, policy issue, policy benefits, policy reinstatement and quotes, policy changes, inbound customer service, endorsements, renewals, pre-renewals/ expiry premium, lapses, indexing and logging, specialist line, mid-term changes, motor insurance database updatesTrade compliance, performance measurement, credit research, data management, real estateSales, conversion, quote acceptance, cross-selling and up-selling, customer enquiries, exposure assessment, new business processes: (i) ClaimPro — End-to-Enddata entry, rules-based underwriting, policy issuance

Premium Administration

U.K. Motor Accident

Management Provision

Claims

Actuarial Services

Fund applications, refunds, billing, premium mode changes, bank information changes, account reconciliationFirst notification of loss, repair management and engineering, liability handling, third party capture, subrogation, non-fault claims management, claims handling process technologyClaim set-up, examination, review, settlement, correspondence, tax compliance, first notification of loss, policyholders and broker claim inquiries, claim notification processing adjustment, endorsements and renewals, claim assessment, negotiation and litigation, recovery check processing, third party claims, subrogation, supplier payments, claims progression, bodily injury claims, delegated authority payments, claims bill payment, claims adjudication, manual claims intervention, transfers and withdrawals, loss adjusting transcription

Life actuarial services: financial reporting and measurement, actuarial systems support and actuarial technical support.

Property and Casualty Services: Product development, underwriting and Pricing; Claims Management softwareTM; (ii) Elixir Suites of Products platform for lifereserving; and annuity,marketing and property and casualty lines of business; and (iii) broker portal for premium accounting.claims analytics

Solvency II services

Proprietary Platform:

Proprietary platform designed to transform business processes ClaimPro — End-to-End Claims Management software TM

Case Study

In 2002, ourOur client, a leading UK based insurer, engaged usinsurance provider across life, general and adopted business process outsourcing as part of its operating model to improve efficiencies, rationalize costs and enhance competitiveness.

We began working with this client withhealth insurance verticals, wanted a team of 25 employees and one process — documentation and recording of new business. Our team has since grown to over 125 employees delivering a suite of underwriting, claims administration, and brokerage operations processes. The number of business processes delivered by us has increased from 19 to 98 in the recent years and our corresponding range of work has evolved from simple transaction processing to complex underwriting.

As part of the underwriting process, we deliver a broad range of processes for motor cars (both individual and fleet), agricultural vehicles, motorcycles and special risk coverage. The services we offer include:

Setting up policies;

Issuing policy certificates and schedules;

Updating the UK motor insurance database;

Amending policies when required; and

Processing renewals.

In the area of claims administration, we deliver indexing and referencing processes.

Page 35


To support brokerage operations, we deliver the following processes:

Issuing quotations for new business;

Setting up new business;

Issuing policy documents and schedules;

Amending policies when required; and

Processing renewals.

In additionsolution to the services described above, we support many high risk and complex specialist productschallenges that require underwriting to be delivered by a special risks team. Due to the specialized nature of the products insured, and the wide range of insurance schemes, underwriting a single policy requires our team to refer to over 90 different conditions and parameters. Adding to process complexity is the high frequency of updates to the schemes and the volatility of transaction volumes.

We also support our client’s decision making by providing our client withit was facing in its management information systems, or MIS, and dashboards on underwriting, including new businessdata analytics function, because of complex and lapsed policy analysesdisparate data sources, information silos within the client organization and renewals analysis.duplication in reporting.

By consolidating and standardizingSince the commencement of our client’s businessengagement with the client, our team has provided the following services to the client:

Establishment of a center of excellence, or CoE:Our team established a CoE to support the client’s MIS function with a blended onshore and offshore team. Our offshore team focused on delivery of services while our onshore team focused on client interaction and management.

Analytics resources management: Our team has re-aligned the client’s analytics resources to optimize value and enhance efficiency of these resources.

Automation of reporting procedures and data mining: Our team improved efficiencies through the automation of standard reporting procedures and use of technology-driven data mining.

Risk management: Our team used key performance indicators and service-level agreements, or SLAs, to manage internal processes and performance to improve risk management and control. Based on the ground knowledge of our onshore team, we were able to build a fraud analytics model for the client.

We have helped our client strengthen and improve processits efficiencies reduce cost of operationsin its MIS and enhance customer service.data reporting and analytics function. Specific benefits delivered to the client included:

 

Improved renewal accuracy;

Providing actionable intelligence to internal business units based on insights from the CoE, which may be translated into profitable growth;

 

Improved average handling timeend-to-end accountability for inquiries, pre-renewalbusiness results and new policy processing;

target transformation by jointly leveraging on our and client’s own internal resources; and

 

Improved turnaround time inprocess efficiencies through consolidation and standardization of processes and rationalization of platforms across the claims administration process;

client’s business.

Faster response time for customer inquiries; and

Reduced referrals to third parties.

Travel and Leisure Services

We deliver end-to-end services to clients across the travel and leisure industry value chain. We provide a wide range of scalable solutions that support air, car, hotel, marine and packaged travel and leisure services offered by our clients.

The key travel and leisure industry sectors we serve include:

 

Airlines;

Airlines,

Travel agencies, online travel agencies, tour operators and hospitality companies; and

 

Rental car companies and motor clubs;

Hotels and cruise lines; and

Global distribution systems providers.

As at March 31, 2012,2014, we had 6,2596,242 employees in this business unit, several hundred of whom have International Air Transport Association, Universal Federation of Travel Agents or other travel industry related certifications. In fiscal 20122014 and 2011,2013, this business unit accounted for 18.8%19.5% and 13.6%20.5% of our revenue and 22.6%20.8% and 22.7%21.5% of our revenue less repair payments, respectively.

Page 36


The following graphic illustrates the key areas of services provided to clients in this business unit:

LOGO

Travel and Leisure—Service Offerings

Sales and customer care

Operations

Platform-based

Shared Services

Customer service, sales and reservations, loyalty program management, customer relations, lost baggage tracing and customer support, website navigation, specialty help deskFare filing and loading, revenue management, fares and ticketing, queue processing, passenger name record servicing, cargo operations supportVerifare®– Automated web-based fare audit solutionPassenger / cargo revenue accounting and auditing services, corporate finance and accounting, transactional accounting, human resource management, fraud prevention and control, analytics and management information systems, or MIS

Proprietary Platform:

 

 

Proprietary platform-based service offerings: VERIFARE®, a web-based fare audit platform, and JADE®, a passenger revenue accounting, or PRA, platform.

SmartPro – WNS’ proprietary proration engine.

Case Study

Our client, a leading European airline and travel group, decided in 2003 to outsource to us its PRA operations in order to drive greater efficiencies, reduce costs and enhance productivity. In addition to its own PRA operations, the airline outsourced to us the revenue accounting processes that it was offering to other carriers on a hosted basis.

The initiatives undertaken by us that are designed to improve efficiency and reduce costs of the revenue accounting process included:

 

 

Effecting robust and seamless transition: By leveraging our proprietary transition methodology — EnABLE —“EnABLE” we effected a smooth transition of the client’s PRA processes to us. It was a complex transition given that the client’s PRA operations encompassed approximately 90 legacy applications and operated on two different revenue accounting systems, one used for the client’s PRA operations and one used for the carriers for whom the client provided hosted PRA services. This required onshore training for our core team, rigorous pre-process training for our offshore team, and detailed process documentation.

 

 

Enriching the knowledge repository tool:We enriched the knowledge repository tool by developing comprehensive documentation on the system’s processes, best practices and tools, and made them easily accessible to the team.

 

 

Consolidating and re-engineering processes:We re-engineered and restructured the fare audit process to help provide enhanced revenue recovery and revenue protection to the client. The processes have been consolidated from our delivery centers in Europe, the Middle East and the US.

We have helped our client improve process efficiencies, reduce costs and improve the productivity of its PRA operations. Specific benefits delivered to the client included:

 

Identifying recoveries of unauthorized discounts offered by travel agents, without airline consent;

 

Improving accuracy in interline sampling (or scientific random sampling), leading to increased revenue protection;

 

Improving turnaround time;

 

Managing a significant number of “exception” transactions, which refer to transactions that cannot be processed electronically due to non-automated ticketing by certain airlines, for which the client’s PRA process is insufficient; and

 

Reducing the cost of revenue accounting operations.

Page 37


Diversified Businesses including Manufacturing, Retail, Consumer Products, TelecomMedia and Diversified BusinessesEntertainment, and Telecom

We deliver comprehensive BPOBPM services for thediversified businesses including manufacturing, retail, and consumer products, media and telecom industries.entertainment, and telecom.

As at March 31, 2012,2014, we had 3,2193,494 employees in this business unit. In fiscal 20122014 and 2011,2013, this business unit accounted for 12.2%14.4% and 8.9%15.5% of our revenue and 14.6%15.3% and 14.8%16.4% of our revenue less repair payments, respectively.

Manufacturing:Our manufacturing team has experience in delivering metrics-driven solutions and transformation programs for our manufacturing clients. The key manufacturing sectors we serve include:

 

Electronics manufacturers;

 

Metal and mining manufacturers;

 

Medical equipment manufacturers;

 

Surgical equipment and vision care product manufacturers; and

 

Building and construction product manufacturers.

The following graphic illustrates the key areas of services provided to clients in this business unit:

LOGO

Manufacturing—Service Offerings

Supply Chain Management

Logistics

Sales, Marketing and
Customer Care

Operations

Shared Services

Supplier management and analysis, sourcing support, market intelligence, spend analyticsLogistics management, scheduling and planning analytics, market intelligence, MIS and reportingService delivery, customer feedback management, telemarketing, customer order support, market research, acquisition analysis, retention analysis, marketing effectivenessFault management, change management, chronic and root cause analysis reporting, sales performance reports, store planning, market intelligence, e-marketingBilling queries, marketing analytics support, billing support, debt collection

Retail and Consumer Products:Our retail and consumer packaged goods, or CPG team offers services that leverage on our proprietary tools and methodologies that are designed to help our clients improve customer service, optimize marketing expenditures, reduce operational costs and streamline processes through efficiency, quality and productivity improvements.

The key retail and CPG sectors we serve include:

 

Beverage companies;

 

Office products retailers;

 

Restaurants;

 

Discount stores;

 

Specialty apparel retailers;

 

Retailers; and

 

Departmental stores.

To support our operations, we have launched our proprietary research and analytics platform, WADESM, which was designed and developed to enable retail and CPG companies to access, organize and analyze data from various outside sources and use the information to take informed decisions.

Page 38


The following graphic illustrates the key areas of services provided to clients in this business unit:

LOGO

Retail and Consumer Packaged Goods—Service Offerings

Strategy Solutions

Customer Service Solutions

Supply Chain Solutions

Revenue Management
Solution

Global Back-office
Solution

Market entry strategy, balancing portfolio investments, consumer and market insights, innovation strategies, power brand strategy, marketing spending optimizationMulti-channel (phone, e-mail, fax, website, social media) customer relationship management to enhance multi-channel customer experienceRetailer-supplier collaboration for demand-driven supply chain and retail execution management window, supply intelligence, supplier performance and risk monitoring, contract management. supply chain orchestration – global trade shared services, trading partner helpdesks, logisticsTransaction and interaction-based campaign strategies, loyalty management, credit control and collectionsSimplified, shared global self-service organization model with local business partners for finance and accounting, human resources, or HR, IT, indirect procurement; end-to-end low cost shared services for transaction processes and virtual centers of excellence, or CoEs. for specialized services (tax, internal audit, IT architecture)

Media and Entertainment: Our media and entertainment team offers services that leverage our proprietary tools and methodologies that are designed to help our clients create new revenue streams, capitalize on emerging digital opportunities, harness new-age consumers to their advantage and boost margins.

The key media and entertainment sectors we serve include:

Music companies;

Publishing companies;

Television;

Radio;

Films;

Gaming and animation companies;

Sports entertainment; and

Internet and outdoor advertising firms.

Our vertical approach to delivering outcomes, large team of domain experts and award-winning proprietary research and analytics solution platform, WADESM, are at the core of the solutions we design for our clients in the media and entertainment space.

The following graphic illustrates the key areas of services provided to clients in this business unit:

Media and Entertainment—Service Offerings

Strategy Solutions

Digital Operations and
Royalty Management
Solutions

Sales, Marketing and
Distribution Solutions

Customer Service Solutions

Global Back-office Solution

Market entry strategy, balancing portfolio investments, consumer and market insights, innovation strategies, brand power strategy, marketing expense optimization

Digital operations solutions to help companies successfully expand into the digital business.

Royalty management solutions to help clients manage rights and royalties in the new media as well as the traditional media

Seamless integration of traditional and digital product sales, marketing and distribution to enable client to roll out timely innovative pricing / packaging strategiesTrans-channel customer relationship management to enhance multi-channel customer experienceSimplified, shared global self-sufficient organization model with local business partners for finance and accounting, human resources, information technology and indirect procurement; end-to-end low cost shared services for transaction processes and virtual CoEs for specialized services (tax, internal audit, IT architecture)

Telecom:Our experience in consolidating and centralizing the functions of our telecommunications clients with built-in variable capacity to meet business requirements helps us deliver business value. We offer analytics, optimization, domain and process expertise.

The following graphic illustrates the key areas of services provided to clients in this business unit:

LOGO

Proprietary Platform:

 

Telecommunications—Service Offerings

Customer Acquisition

  

Proprietary platform-basedOrder Provisioning and Order
Management

Operations and customer
relationship management

(CRM)

Sales and Contracts Administration

Order entry, order fulfillment, contract management, lead generation, outbound sales, sales analytics, cross-selling and up-selling analyticsNew products and services, service offering: researchdelivery process creation, order provisioning, technical validation and support, rejected order tracking, multi-vendor tracking, order tracking, proactive order management, test delivery conformance, billing, data management (forms, administration)Inbound contact center, logging and monitoring service requests, directory publishing, churn analysis and support, usage analytics, solution framework WADESM.

CRM analytics, collection analytics, traffic routing planning, web correspondence, network utilization reporting and analytics
Telemarketing, inside sales, pricing and contract preparation, sales order taking, ordering support, inbound contact center

Proprietary Platform:

Proprietary platform-based service offering: research and analytics solution platform WADESM.

Case studyStudy

Our client, a largeleading manufacturer and supplier of electronics media and entertainment conglomerate, is committedinformation technology products for consumer and professional markets worldwide, wanted to strong corporate governance. Therefore,centralize its procurement function by having one procurement hub and unify the procurement processes for all of its 27 European operations.

Since the commencement of our engagement with the client, set up a separate treasuryour team has provided the following services arm to act as an internal banking system for its group of companies, providing various financial services for its affiliate companies.

The client’s business was growing and its treasury services team was facing a significant increase in volume of work. Therefore, the client decided to outsource some of its treasury operations to us to enhance its treasury services capabilities and reduce operational costs, while maintaining a high standard of regulatory compliance.

Page 39


Our team provides our client services in major functional areas of treasury operations, including foreign exchange hedging, inter-company loans and deposits, cashless settlement, centralized cash pooling, automatic sweeping and proxy payment. We also support the client’s ancillary processes such as re-invoicing, business and financial planning and access to management for a range of treasury systems. The following outlines the key ways in which we support the client’s processes:client:

 

 

PlanningEstablishment of procurement hub: Each day, ourOur team updates current cashcentralized the procurement function of all 27 business entities by establishing one procurement hub that manages all of the client’s procurement needs in Europe and future cash flows resulting from both accounts receivable and accounts payable. The information processed by the team is used bydelivers cost-savings for the client for planning purposes.

by leveraging on the client’s overall spend and scale.

 

 

Back officeUnified procurement processes: Our team performs various back office functions, including deal confirmations, foreign exchange netting, bankhas unified the client’s procure-to-pay process by implementing SAP® SRM software and inter-company settlements, bank reconciliation and managing accounts payable processes.

a “no purchase order, no pay” system whereby vendor invoices must refer to a valid SAP® SRM purchase order number in order to be paid.

 

 

Middle officeSupplier Master Data Management:: Our team monitors our client’s foreign exchange hedging activity, including deal reconciliationhas put in place processes to find, collect, harmonize and user identity administration of the treasury system.

aggregate supplier master data to ensure consistent data is utilized.

 

 

AccountingSupplier rationalization: Our team delivers accounting services using software from SAP®, such ashas helped the monthly book closing for treasury entities, management accountingclient to simplify its business operations and reporting, accounting bank reconciliation, trade accounts reconciliation, centralized cash pooling system clearing and the preparation of budgets.

realize cost reductions by rationalizing its existing supplier network.

 

 

Treasury operationsEstablishment of a multi-lingual procurement helpdesk: Our team delivers fair market value reporting based on Accounting Standards Council (ASC) 815, hedging position reports, reports on outstanding borrowing and lending positions, daily cash position updates and reports onestablished a procurement helpdesk to efficiently resolve procurement-related queries which operated in seven different languages to cater to the reconciliationgeographical diversity of dividends from money market funds.

the client’s operations.

By delivering treasury support services with a focus on process integrityWe helped our client to simplify its business operations and regulatory compliance, our team has strengthened our client’s corporate governance function while delivering significant cost savings.reduce costs in its procurement function. Specific benefits delivered to the client included:

 

Reduced operational costs; and

Increased managed spend;

 

Improved spend visibility; and

Improved compliance with the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

procurement policies.

Consulting and Professional Services

We set up our consulting and professional services, or CPS, business unit in 2011 to cater to the growing needs of the consulting and professional services industry. Our CPS business unit has a strong India presence coupled with global delivery capabilities, which allows us to serve a diverse and large global client base.

Our CPS business unit currently provides our clients with cross industry, end-to-end services in research and analytics, finance and accounting, customer care, legal services and transformation solutions.

The consulting and professional services sectors we serve include:

 

Retail and pharmaceutical consulting;

Information service providers;

 

Information services;

Research and consulting firms;

 

Private equity;

Real estate firms;

 

Property management services; and

Executive search firms;

 

Market research.research firms;

Market service providers; and

Legal services firms.

As at March 31, 2012,2014, we had 1,2621,484 employees in the business unit. In fiscal 20122014 and 2011,2013, this business unit accounted for 6.3%6.8% and 4.3%6.9% of our revenue and 7.5%7.2% and 7.1%7.3% revenue less repair payments, respectively.

Page 40


The following graphic illustrates the key areas of services delivered to each target segment in this business unit:

LOGO

Consulting and Professional Services—Service Offerings

Information Service Providers

Research and Consulting Firms

Real Estate Firms

Executive Search Firms

Content sourcing, analysis and product creation, content and product managementSales and marketing, business research, data services, analysis, business servicesStrategy support, sales and marketing, research support, analytics and insights, data services, business servicesExecutive search support, client services and business development, consulting, database support

Market Research Firms

Market Service Providers

Legal Services Firms

Research design support, survey management, data management and processing, reporting and data visualization, market research analytics, project management, advisoryIndustry, company and product research support, market research operations, market research analytics, shopper and CRM analytics, advertising / digital analytics, data management and insights, content management (website and creative support), WNS shared service offeringLegal support, business research, pitch support, directory / award submission

Case Study:Study

Our client, a leading retail consulting firm engaged in providing customer data analysis, wanted to establish an offshore hub to assist its onshore team in campaign management, data management and reporting jobs using analytics platformplatforms and applications such as Statistical Analysis System, (SAS),or SAS, Visual BasisBasic for Applications, (VBA)or VBA, and Structured Query Language, (SQL).or SQL. Our client also wanted to encourage global efficiencies and best practices by the offshore hub.hub, which challenged the client’s existing business culture.

Since the commencement of our engagement with the client, our team has provided the following services to the client:

 

 

Data and campaign management: Our team targets, segments, executes and evaluates promotional campaigns using SAS and SQL. We also manage campaign statistics and report and analyze the return on investment of the campaign.

 

 

Data solutions management: Our team manages weekly data loads on our client’s scheduler tools, running customized IT applications and SAS to enhance efficiency.

 

 

Insights reporting: Our team uses third party tools to analyze and understand segment response and consumer behavior, and identify opportunities to improve campaign effectiveness.

 

 

Digital media: Our digital media team provides support on content generation through photo imaging and graphics software.

 

 

Market research: Our team conducts market research projects from our Mumbai office.

Through our processes we have delivered the following benefits to our client:

 

An increase in the number of error-free deliveries; and

 

Improvements in efficiency and productivity.

productivity, creating increased headroom in its onshore team.

Page 41


Healthcare

We deliver end-to-end BPOBPM services across the healthcare industry value chain. We offer health information management, (HIM)or HIM, coding (including current procedural technology, (CPT)or CPT, and international classification of diseases, (ICD-9))ICD-9), medicare and medical claim processing, revenue management related processes and Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, (HIPAA)or HIPAA, compliance.

The healthcare industry sectorssegments we serve include:

 

Durable medical equipment manufacturers;

 

Third-partyThird party billing service providers;

 

Third-partyThird party administrators;

 

Payers and providers of pharmaceutical products;

Providers for utilization management and case management services; and

 

Providers of workers compensation, medical management and disability solutions.

As at March 31, 2012,2014, we had 1,6961,569 employees in this business unit. In fiscal 20122014 and 2011,2013, this business unit accounted for 6.1%5.1% and 4.2%6.5% of our revenue and 7.4%5.4% and 7.0%6.9% of our revenue less repair payments, respectively.

The following graphic illustrates the key areas of services provided to clientsclient segments in this business unit:

LOGO

Healthcare—Service Offerings

Providers

Payer

DME Manufacturers

Enterprise Shared Services

Pharmaceutical and
Consumer Health

Revenue cycle management, medical coding, bill preparation, receivables management, payment posting, debt analysisClaims administration, member and provider services, clinical support, overpayment recovery, fraud detection and investigationBilling and submissions, fulfillment support, collections, patient services, collection analyticsFinance and accounting, workflow / platforms, research and analytics (knowledge process outsourcing), technology solutions, front-end / mailroom, contact centerCompetitive intelligence, pipeline analysis, product profiling, key performance indicators or KPI reporting, epidemiology analysis, market opportunity assessment, social media analysis

Proprietary Platform:

Proprietary platforms: CBPO Adjudicator™ and CBPO Claim Preparer™.

Page 42


Case Study

Our client, aone of the global leaderleaders in specialty home medical equipment, designs and manufactures high-end and specialty medical devices that require verification of insurance benefits and pre-authorization of complex medical claims. The client wanted to improve cash flows by optimizing its revenue cycle and selected us to provide sales order processing and support and healthcare billing and collection from insurance carriers and patients.

The initiatives undertaken by us that are designedSince the commencement of our engagement with the client, our team has provided the following services to optimize our client’s revenue cycle included:the client:

 

Risk-based rewards and penalties to align our team with our client’s outcomes;

Alignment of outcome: Our team implemented a system of risk-based rewards and penalties to align our team with our client’s outcomes.

 

Augmentation of the client’s capacity;

Capacity augmentation: Our team implemented processes which have helped to improve productivity and increase the client’s capacity.

 

Specific analytics to allow teams to prioritize claims with a greater likelihood of being paid; and

Claims management: Our team used specific analytics to help the client identify and prioritize claims with a greater likelihood of being paid.

 

Creation of systems for monitoring and improving process quality and capabilities.

Quality monitoring systems: Our team created systems to help the client monitor and improve its process quality and capabilities.

Through our efforts, we improved our client’s revenue cycle operations, which in turn led to an increase in collections, an acceleration of cash flow and an improvement in customer service. Specific benefits delivered to the client included:

 

Improvement in the order-to-bill process and development of modifications with enhanced collection speed using Six Sigma tools and IT enhancements;

 

Establishment of an analytics-driven collections strategy that has led to an increase in collections;

 

Dashboards that created significant visibility into detailed lead indicators and drivers; and

 

Reduction in costs associated with billing.

Banking and Financialfinancial Services

We provide a broad range of business operation services for the banking and financial services industry.

We aim to add value to our clients’ businesses by improving their customer satisfaction, unlocking cost efficiencies and streamlining processes through technology optimization.

The key banking and financial sectors we serve include:

 

Consumer, retail and commercial banking and mortgage;

 

Wealth, investment management and investment banking;

 

Research and analytics services;

 

Credit cards, capital markets and asset management;

Financial advisory firms; and

 

Financial research and financial market intelligence companies.

As at March 31, 2012,2014, we had 1,5082,256 employees working in this business unit. In fiscal 20122014 and 2011,2013, this business unit accounted for 5.2%6.5% and 4.3%5.5% of our revenue and 6.2%7.0% and 7.1%5.9% of our revenue less repair payments, respectively.

The following graphic illustrates the key areas of services provided to clients in this business unit:

LOGO

Proprietary Platform:

 

Banking and Financial Services—Service Offerings

Banking Operations

  

Proprietary software for lending management—Digital LoanTM.Asset Management and Brokerage
Services

Investment Banking

Lending Services

Check processing, lock-box processing, automated clearing house processing, adjustments and record retrievals, new account setup and maintenance, credit card operations, suspicious activity reports and fraud operationsAccount setup and maintenance, broker and advisor support services, customer services, transfer agency related processing, portfolio administration, investment researchPitch books, company profiles and financial analysis, financial models, forecast and updates, research reports preparation and authoring, business intelligence and analysisLoan origination and processing, loan underwriting, loan closing and funding, post-closing and due-diligence, loan servicing

Page 43


Case Study

Our client, a leading retail broker-dealerasset management firm that specializes in the US market, providescreating investment toolsstrategies and research to its customers. The clientsolutions for sophisticated, high net-worth individuals and institutional investors, engaged us to buildprovide bank loan underwriting support, monitor customer investments using detailed financial modeling and provide a scalablemacroeconomic overview of the loans and cost-effective back office to fully support advisorsinvestment grade and field staff forhigh-yield debt markets through weekly newsletters, reports and industry reviews.

Since the full rangecommencement of its product offerings.

We deliver to thisour engagement with the client, a wide range of broker-dealerour team has provided the following services supporting financial products throughout their lifecycle, including:

Set-up of new brokerage accounts;

Client administration;

Advisor compensation; and

Client portfolio administration.

We also provide support for new products as they are added to the client’s portfolio. These include brokerage products, annuities, insurance and managed products. We have a dedicated recovery team to manage financial plan recovery, including sending notifications and advisories to customers.

The following are the key features of our services:client:

 

 

Flexible pricing modelUnderwriting support: Since commencement of our engagement, we have billedOur team provided the client on a unit transaction pricing model for a substantial portion of our work. This gives the client greater flexibility aswith support in its business volumes fluctuate.

bank loans underwriting function.

 

 

Rapid scalingResearch support and development of operationsnew products: We rapidly scaledOur team provided research support searches and has also designed and developed several new products for the client’s operations, assuming the delivery of 24 processes, ranging from lowclient such as a weekly macroeconomic newsletter, which was distributed to high complexity, within six months of the commencement of our engagement.

its external clients.

 

 

Relevant staff certificationsEstablishment of standardized calculation approach: Our team obtained certifications from the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) to support certain products.

implemented a standardized approach for calculating key financial metrics that are used in client’s operations.

 

 

Robust quality managementMonitoring exposures: We deployed quality management tools designed to evaluateOur team provided structured credit process updates and monitored collateralized debt or loan obligations deals where the process for potential failure.

client had interest or exposure.

We

Through our processes we have efficiently supporteddelivered the following benefits to our client’s full range of brokerage functions, from the opening of a customer account to portfolio management. We have also helped increase the accuracy of processing and significantly improved turnaround time.

client:

 

Increased product coverage;

 

Created a sustainable offshore business model; and

Page 44

Improved efficiencies and consistency of results with standardized approach.


Utilities

Our utilities team offers end-to-end solutions, which utilize our technology platforms and sophisticated analytical tools that allow utilities companies to transform their operations and thereby gain a competitive edge in the market place.

The key energy and utilities industry sectors we serve include:

Oil and gas;

Electricity; and

Renewable energy.

As at March 31, 2012,2014, we had 1,3842,382 employees working in this business unit. In fiscal 20122014 and 2011,2013, this business unit accounted for 4.5%7.8% and 3.2%6.6% of our revenue, and 5.5%8.3% and 5.3%7.0% of our revenue less repair payments, respectively.

LOGOThe following graphic illustrates the key areas of services provided to clients in this business unit:

Utilities—Service Offerings

Sales Management

Customer Financial
Management

Meter Operations and
Billing

Supply Chain and
Distribution Management

Customer Service
Management

Campaign management, sales management, account and contact management, integrated sales planning and analysisReceivables and collections management, reconciliation, bill disputes and clients queriesCustomer billing, management of prepaid accounts, billing of unmetered servicesOrder provisioning and order management, sales and contract administration, technical support help desk, Import and export documentation management, freight bill auditing services, procurement support servicesService order management, service contract, complaints and requests management, electronic customer services, account management, contract management

Case Study

Our client, a leading gas and electricity provider in the UK and the US, wanted to fuel its growth by improving its customer service levels and increase customer satisfaction while reducing its operational costs.

Since the commencement of our engagement with the client, our team has provided the following services to the client:

Customer care process management: Our team handled customer care processes including interacting with the client’s customers through e-mail, white mail and telephone calls and helped the customer cope with increased customer interaction volumes.

Customer management system: Our team also managed billing exceptions to ensure correct bills were generated for the client.

Process management: Our team helped the client implement its first SAP® platform and developed guidelines to enhance process management.

Through our processes we have delivered the following benefits to our client:

Reduction in backlogs;

Reduction in customer complaints;

Increased customer satisfaction; and

Improved debt recovery rates through transformation of the tariff and measurement system.

Shipping and Logistics

We deliver a range of industry-specific business processes across the shipping and logistics industry, as well as provide services in the areas of finance and accounting, customer care, business technology, procurement and human resources administration. We also offer decision support services in the form of research and analytics. To support our shipping and logistics team, we use our proprietary consumer information system platform, which aids various customer services such as account management, billing support and analytics.

The key shipping and logistics industry sectors we serve include:

 

Global courier companies;

 

Non-vessel operating common carriers/carriers and forwarders;

 

Container shipping liners;

 

Trucking records management companies; and

 

Bulk and tanker carriers.

As at March 31, 2012,2014, we had 1,1581,444 employees working in this business unit. In fiscal 20112014 and 2010,2013, this business unit accounted for 2.2%2.9% and 1.6%2.6% of our revenue, and 2.6%3.1% and 2.6%2.8% of our revenue less repair payments, respectively.

The following graphic illustrates the key areas of services provided to clients in this business unit:

 

Shipping and Logistics – Service Offerings

Sales and Trade

Management

Customer Service

Documentation

Operations

Finance

Tariff update, rate quotes, global tender management, sales reports and analytics, freight bookings, yield analysis, service contract and rate agreement maintenanceCustomer help desk, e-commerce registration, service or rate enquiries, pre-advice and arrival notifications, cargo claims, booking desk, contact center, customer and data file administratorBill of lading and airway bill management, freight corrections and reporting, billing and invoicing, freight audit, data transmission, advance manifest information, customs and port compliancePurchase order creation, driver logs and fuel tickets, global tracking, equipment control, terminal operations, trans-shipment and cross docking, schedule maintenance, routing – creation and maintenance, stowage planning, hazardous cargo approvalsAccounts payable, accounts receivable, credit and collections, vendor help desk, detention and demurrage reporting, cost reporting, audit and vendor reconciliation, general ledger or bank reconciliation, management reporting

Case Study

Our client, a leading global air express and courier company, wanted to standardize its finance and accounting function, specifically those relating to its “Ship-to-Collect” process across the Europe, Middle East and Africa region.

Since the commencement of our engagement with the client, our team has provided the following services to the client:

 

Page 45
Bill manifesting: Our team handled manifesting of airway bills, indexing and classification of supporting documents.


Billing: Our team manually rectified errors and released airway bills to generate freight, duties and taxes for invoices that fail the auto-billing process.

LOGO

Invoice adjustment: Our team handled the resolution of billing disputes as well as necessary adjustment to billing entries.

Cash application: Our team matched payments received to open invoices and investigated sources for unapplied cash.

Accounts Payable: Our team also scrutinized and processed invoices for payment.

Through our processes we have delivered the following benefits to our client:

Increased invoicing accuracy levels;

Improved turnaround time for billing of consignments;

Reduced unapplied cash; and

Reduced cost of operations.

Horizontal Units

Contact Center

We have a strong track record of supporting customer care functions while focusing on cost-efficiency. To increase customer loyalty and satisfaction, we offer tailor-made customer care solutions by leveraging our domain expertise in customer service functions and strong talent pool.

We offer contact Contact center services for a cross-section of industries, including:are offered across our vertical business units.

Airlines;

Insurance;

Utilities;

Retail and CPG;

Telecommunications;

Financial services; and

Travel and leisure.

As at March 31, 2012,2014, we had 6,8638,012 employees in this horizontal unit. In fiscal 20122014 and 2011,2013, this horizontal unit accounted for 17.4%23.6% and 13.4%23.9% of our revenue, and 20.9%25.2% and 22.4%25.2% of our revenue less repair payments, respectively.

Page 46


The following graphic illustrates the key areas ofcontact center services provided to clients in this horizontal unit:we provide:

LOGO

Contact Center—Service Offerings

Services

Channels

Languages

Customer service, customer complaint resolution, Sales (cross-sell or up-sell), loyalty program management, business-to-business and business-to-consumer collection, human resource support, Computer-aided Telephonic Interviews (CATI), technical help desk, specialty help desk, customer care analytics, text mining, customer led insights, sentiment analysis, idea polling, influencer tracking, campaign management analysis, customer recovery, sales and service inquiriesVoice (inbound / outbound), e-mail, physical mail, chat, social mediaEnglish, French, German, Spanish, Italian, Portuguese, Nordic, Dutch

Case Study

Our client, a large providerTravelocity, one of Internet-enabledthe largest providers of internet-enabled consumer-direct travel services worldwide, was converting itself from merelyundergoing a flight booking tool into a full service travel resource backed by full time customer care. The client sought to manage its sales operations more efficiently in a growth environment in order to increase revenues. It was necessary for our client to enhance the efficiency of sales processes involving inbound calls by end-customers to its contact centermetamorphosis and improve the productivity of its US contact center to manage the increasing volumes of customer inquiries.

The client engaged us to help it reduce operational costs, improvemanage its process efficiencies and enhance the effectivenessincreasing volume of customer inquiries that was critical to its contact center.growth.

Since piloting a project to manage airline ticket sales in 2006,the commencement of our engagement with the client, our team has expandedprovided the scope of ourfollowing services to include offline sales of travel insurance, and car and hotel bookings for multiple business lines of the client.

Our team significantly reduced our client’s operational costs and delivered process efficiencies. The client was also able to use data collated by our team to fine-tune the offerings of its affiliates, leading to increased revenue. Specific benefits delivered to the client included:client:

 

ReductionDelivered process efficiencies in operational costs;

order to handle a larger volume of customer inquiries.

 

Delivered actionable insights using third party tools to collect and analyze customer data.

Reduction inThrough our processes we have delivered the following benefits to our client:

Reduced operational costs;

Reduced average handling time;

 

Increase inIncreased call volumes being handled per agent; and

 

IncreaseIncreased in the salesales conversion rate.

Finance and Accounting

Our finance and accounting service offerings include standardization of finance and accounting processes and transformation of finance operations. Finance and accounting services are offered across our vertical business units.

We have experience in delivering large scale and complex finance and accounting transformation programs, which include:

 

Rapid, large scale transitions;

 

Implementation of shared service centers and rationalization of financial systems to optimize and consolidate our clients’ information technology platforms;

 

Multi-location, multi-system global finance and accounting consolidation; and

 

End-to-end processes ranging from simple, transaction-based processes to high-end, judgment-based processes, such as analytics and treasury.

Page 47


Our finance and accounting services cover a wide range of industries, including:

Travel and leisure;

Insurance;

Shipping and logistics;

Financial services;

Information technology and telecommunications;

Utilities and energy; and

Retail and CPG.

As at March 31, 2012,2014, we had 3,4593,939 employees in this horizontal unit. In fiscal 20122014 and 2011,2013, this horizontal unit accounted for 15.5%18.6% and 9.7%17.6% of our revenue, and 18.6%19.8% and 16.2%18.6% of our revenue less repair payments, respectively.

The following graphic illustrates the key finance and accounting services we provide:

LOGO

Finance and Accounting—Service Offerings

Procure-to-Pay

Order-to-Cash

Record-to-Report

Decision Support

Corporate Functions

Sourcing services, procurement and administration, invoice / expense processing and payment, accounts payablesAccounts receivables, billing and cash application, order management, credit control, collectionsGeneral accounting, fixed assets, reconciliations, month-end reporting and consolidation, tax filing and reporting, cost accounting, inter-company accounting, statutory reportingBudgeting, forecasting, variance analysis, management reportingTreasury, cash management, financial planning and analysis, tax and compliance, decision support, management accounting

Supply Chain

Finance

Industry-specific
Accounting

Technology Solutions

Governance, Risk, Compliance and

Audit Services

Product costing, inventory accounting, manufacturing accountingPassenger revenue accounting, revenue audit and recovery, claims management, loan account maintenance, royalty accounting, fiduciary accounting, trip records, freight and fuel charges accounting, cost accounting, franchise accounting, meter reading, pre-payment billing

Enterprise resource planning (ERP) – implementation, hosting, optimization

Bolt-on tools – reconciliations, reporting, workbench, query management, web portal

Enablers – mailroom solution, workflow

Governance consulting, risk analytics services, compliance services and audit services

Proprietary Platform:

 

 

Recently launched our proprietaryProprietary platform-based service offering,offering: Xponential — The ERP Card SolutionTM, asa part of our BizAps Procure to Pay (P2P) Solutions brand umbrella.

Page 48


Case Study

In 2006, a leading US airline was seeking a cost effective and high-quality solution for its passenger revenue accounting and recovery processes, as partOur client, one of the company’s ongoing effortsleading electricity and residential energy providers in the UK, wanted to reduce revenue leakages and operating costs, improve customer service levels and increase customer satisfaction as well as improve its internal control costs and improveminimize risk through enhanced process efficiencies. The client chose to engage us to help meet those objectives and enhance recoveries from fare audits.management.

Our team of over 300 employees perform revenue accounting and fare audit functions to improve accuracy, efficiency and timely processing, leading to enhanced recoveries. Key featuresSince the commencement of our engagement with the client, our team has provided the following services include managingto the client:

Managed the client’s end-to-end passenger revenue accountingmeter operations, including complex functions of interline, auditing, investigation, refundsbilling, customer management and collections, by utilizing:accounting functions.

Handled customer care processes including interacting with the client’s customers.

Implemented processes and developed guidelines to enhance internal controls and management.

Through our processes we have delivered the following benefits to our client:

 

Stringent service level agreements;

Reduction in backlogs;

 

Multi-location delivery to ensure business continuity;

Reduction in customer complaints;

 

Skilled staff;

Increased customer satisfaction; and

 

Proprietary staff training capabilities;

Improved debt recovery rates through transformation of the tariff and measurement system.

Rigorous quality assurance and Six Sigma programs;

Robust program management and migration methodology; and

Comprehensive MIS and reporting.

Specific benefits delivered to the client included:

Significant cost savings;

Increased productivity levels;

Improved service quality;

Enabled the client to focus on strategic initiatives; and

Process efficiencies.

Research and Analytics

Leveraging our research and analytics expertise, industry expertise and global delivery model, our research and analytics outsourcing services help companies better understand their customers and providemake insight-based business decision support.decisions.

Our wide varietyrange of services, which include analytics, market research, and business and financial research, provide enhanced business understanding and actionable insights to companiesour clients. Research and analytics services are offered across a range of industries such as banking and financial services, CPG, insurance, manufacturing and retail.our vertical business units.

To support our operations, we have launched our proprietary research and analytics platform, WADESM, which was designed and developed to enable retail and CPG companies to access, organize and analyze data from various outside sources and use the information to takemake informed decisions.

As at March 31, 2012,2014, we had 1,8432,168 employees in this horizontal unit. In fiscal 20122013 and 2011,2012, this horizontal unit accounted for 9.9%11.4% and 6.6%11.3% of our revenue, and 11.9%12.1% and 11.0%11.9% of our revenue less repair payments, respectively.

Page 49


The following graphic illustrates the key research and analytics services we provide:

LOGO

Research and Analytics—Service Offerings

Customer Analytics

Marketing Analytics

Supply Chain and Procurement

Acquisition / retention analytics, loyalty analytics, customer segmentation, campaign analytics, fraud analyticsCustomer segmentation, product launch support and analysis, country clustering, category analysis, brand equity tracking, brand and consumer insightsSpend analytics, demand forecasting, inventory optimization, supplier capability profiling, profitability modeling

Digital Analytics

MIS and Visualization Services

Research

Social media analytics, web analytics, text mining, online traffic analysis, trend analysis, social media analytics (customer led insights, competition benchmarking, sentiment analysis, idea polling, influencer tracking, campaign management analysis etc. and Social Media customer services in Customer recovery, sales and service inquiries), speech analytics.Data acquisition, data cleansing and aggregation, data stitching and analysis, reports and dashboards

Market Research—Survey programming, telephone (CATI) and web surveys, data processing

Business Research—Company / industry / country research, market sizing and entry strategies, documentation services, library services

Financial Research—Credit research, equity research, mergers and acquisitions research, fixed income research

Proprietary Platform:

 

 

Proprietary platform-based service offering: research and analytics solution framework WADESM.

Proprietary platform for customer interaction on websites: ProGenieSM.

Case Study

TheOur client, is a leading US-based property and casualty insurer.

In a challenging economic environment with stagnating growth, the client sought to identify the drivers of demand for customer retention, mid-term cancellation and conversion of insurance policiesplayer in the auto insurance market. The clientmedia and entertainment vertical, engaged us to pilothelp provide accurate forecasts for its DVD inventories across multiple stores in the analysis in a limited geographic area to determine its effectiveness.US.

The price optimization process aidsSince the insurer in identifying the driverscommencement of retention and in using these drivers to predict the retention behavior of their policyholders. Therefore, insurers must obtain a clear picture of customers’ price elasticity at different price points. We have developed models that help identify the factors that drive demand and profile customers based on their willingness to pay. This process includes the extraction of data to create predictive models, make projections of future demand and test various scenarios to develop optimal pricing.

Workingour engagement with the client, our team has provided the following services to the client:

Created a multi-stage planning improvement program to improve allocations of DVDs in different stores

Created a statistical tool that is used real-time to predict which stores risk running out of stock based on sales trends in the first few hours of product launch to improve stock replenishment. While creating these solutions, we designedfactored in multiple challenges like sharp changes in historical sales trends, limited data availability and an analytics solution that enabledinadequate industry approach to product classification

Through our client to develop a better understanding of factors that drive customer demand and price products onprocesses we have delivered the basis of the customer’s willingness to pay. Specificfollowing benefits delivered to our client included:client:

 

Improvements in policy retention and profitability by deploying demand models in their pricing strategy; and

Reduced inventory costs.

 

Extension of the demand-pricing model for auto-insurance productsImproved reaction time to other states in the US as part of its nationwide strategy.

sales trends based on product launch data and improved stock replenishment plans.

Page 50


Technology/ Transformation SolutionsTechnology Services

Our technology/transformation solutionstechnology services team offers a suite of end-to-end services designed to help our clients to identify business and process optimization opportunities and leverage our industry and process expertise, technology solutions and analytics capabilities. Technology services are offered across our vertical business units.

Our technology/transformation service offerings include:

Consulting and program management services: We help clients define transformational business strategies relevant to their respective industries by leveraging our consulting and program management services.

Process and quality services: We offer process and quality services, such as process re-engineering and transformation, quality program strategy and establishment, and business problem solution support.

Technology services: We leverage technology to achieve process transformation across industries and sectors through, for example, enterprise solution / enterprise resource planning (ERP) optimization, application development, maintenance and support, business process management, business intelligence and analytical solutions, and infrastructure and network services.

Business process as a service offerings: Our platform-based offerings are easy to implement and designed to provide return on investment to our clients and provide quantifiable benefits in a short time-frame

As at March 31, 2012,2014, we had 121179 employees in this horizontal unit. In fiscal 20122014 and 2011,2013, this horizontal unit accounted for 1.2%1.4% and 0.7%1.5% of our revenue, and 1.5% and 1.2%1.6% of our revenue less repair payments, respectively.

LOGOThe following graphic illustrates the key technology services we provide:

Technology Services—Service Offerings

Enterprise Solution / ERP
Optimization

Application

Development,

Maintenance and Support

Business Process
Management

Business Intelligence

and Analytical

Solutions

Infrastructure and Network
Services

Consult, implement and optimize ERP solutions, solution selection, design and architecture, functional and technical consulting, process design and re-engineering, configuration, customization and implementation, interface design, development and implementation, enterprise platform integration and optimization, ERP training, ERP upgradesJ2EE, NET and legacy systems application development-maintenance support, custom software design, development, testing, package configuration, integration, customization and implementation, software upgrades, maintenance and support, training and end-user supportMailroom management, scanning and imaging solutions, Optical Character Recognition (OCR) solutions, customized workflow solutionsAnalytical model definition and implementation, configuration, customization and implementation of Executive Information System solutions using online analytical processing, or OLAP, tools, Interface development, extraction -transformation-loading and data cleansing, OLAP and report generationIT infrastructure and process design and re-engineering, network and remote infrastructure management, managed services and hosting, IT support and helpdesk

Legal Services

Our legal process outsourcing solutions team provides organizations access to a high quality talent pool of legal professionals, a global delivery model and deep domain expertise.

We aim to help our clients reduce the costs of their legal processes and, more importantly, allow their associates to focus on spending more time with their clients, thereby creating greater value for their organization.

As at March 31, 2012,2014, we had 123145 employees in this horizontal unit. In fiscal 20122014 and 2011,2013, this horizontal unit accounted for 0.7% and 0.5%0.7% of our revenue and 0.8%0.7% and 0.9%0.8% of our revenue less repair payments, respectively.

The following graphic illustrates the key legal services we provide:

 

Legal Services—Service Offerings

Property Law

Law Firm Back-office

Corporate Legal Support

Personal Injury Claims

Freehold and leasehold conveyancing, mortgage re-financing legal processing, title checking services, home information pack, or HIP, back-officeDigital dictation transcription, accounts payables and general ledger, employee data management and payrollContract management, legal research, litigation supportNew claims processing, medical evidence evaluation, claims settlement and closing

Page 51Human Resource Outsourcing


LOGOWe support organizations in meeting their human resources objectives through comprehensive service offerings for human resources-related functions. Our solutions enable clients to overcome challenges such as managing the high cost of human resources operations, improving compliance with quality parameters, handling routine human resources activities that require significant manual intervention and managing disparate legacy human resources systems. Human resources outsourcing services are offered across our vertical business units. This horizontal unit was established in fiscal 2013.

As at March 31, 2014, we had 74 employees in this horizontal unit. In fiscal 2014 and 2013, this horizontal unit accounted for 0.2% and 0.2% of our revenue, and 0.2% and 0.3% of our revenue less repair payments, respectively.

The following graphic illustrates the key human resources outsourcing services we provide:

Human Resources Outsourcing—Service Offerings

HR Analytics

Recruitment Process

Payroll

Employee Data Management

Hiring and retention, performance management, compensation and benefits, information management, workforce development, training and development, vendor managementManpower planning, external and job portal advertisements, internal job posting, campus recruitment program, CV management, application tracking management, end-to-end sourcing, offer management, vendor management, background and reference checks, Orientation management, pre-on-boarding support and managementPre-payroll processing (build to gross), payroll processing (gross to net), post payroll processing, vendor managementTransactions processing, vendor management

Travel Services

Learning and Performance

Management

Compensation and Benefits

Travel helpdesk services, booking and reservations, mobility, visa services, invoicing, cancellations, transportation, accommodation, vendor managementAdministration, development, delivery, vendor managementRewards and recognition, benefits enrollment, benefits calculation, compliance reporting, Industry benchmarking, salary structure and administration, pensions administration, vendor management

Case Study

Our client, one of the leading manufacturers of semiconductor systems, wanted to automate and bring efficiencies into its manual and non-standardized HR processes.

Since the commencement of our engagement with the client, our team has provided the following services to the client:

Helped implement an ERP platform for end-to-end HR processes including hiring, payroll, claims, appraisal, training and leaves.

Helped re-engineer and transform processes for improved ERP implementation.

Through our processes we have delivered the following benefits to our client:

Improved productivity gains driven by an increase in volume of processes transacted on the ERP platform by our client’s employees; and

Reduced operational costs.

Sales and Marketing

The offshoresales cycle for business process outsourcingmanagement services sales cycle can be time consuming and complex in nature. The extended sales cycle generally includes initiating client contact, submitting requests for information and requests for proposals for client business, facilitatinghosting client visits to our operational facilities,delivery centers, performing analysis including diagnostic studies and conducting pilot implementations to confirmdemonstrate our delivery abilities.capabilities. Due to the complex nature of ourthe sales cycle, we have aligned our sales teams to our vertical business units and staffed them with both hunting, or new sales, professionals, as well as farming, or client relationship, professionals. Our hunters and farmers have specialized industry knowledge and experience, which enablesenable them to better relate to ourunderstand prospective clients. This industry-focus enables our hunters to better understand the prospectiveand existing client’s business needs and to offer appropriate domain-specific solutions.

Our sales and sales support professionals are based in Australia, Dubai, Eastern Europe, India, Singapore, South Africa, the UK and the US. Our sales teams work closely with our sales support team in India, which provides critical analytical support throughout the sales cycle. AnotherOther key function deliveredfunctions provided by our India sales support team is providinginclude generating leads onfor potential business opportunities as well as providing support forand telephone sales.sales support. Our front-line sales teams are responsible for identifying and initiating discussions with prospective clients, and selling services in new areas to existing clients. We assign dedicated client partners and/and / or account managers to our key clients. These managers work with their clients daily at the client locations. They also are the conduit to our service delivery teams addressing clients’ needs. More importantly, by leveraging their detailed understanding of the client’s business and outsourcing objectives gained through this close interaction, our existing clients and account managers actively identify and target additional processes that can be outsourced to us. Through this methodology, we have developed a strong track record of increasing our sales to existing clients over time.

During the past two fiscal years, we have significantly grown our client facing team from 43 members as at March 31, 2010 to 68 members as at March 31, 2012 to 78 members as at March 31, 2014, including hunters and farmers. We are committed to additional expansion as the pipeline necessitates in fiscal 2013.

Clients

As at March 31, 2012,2014, we had a diverse client base of 222266 clients across a variety of industries and process types, including companies that we believe are among the leading players in their respective industries. We define significant clients as those who represent an ongoing business commitment to us, which includes substantially all of our clients within our WNS Global BPO segment and some of our clients within our WNS Auto Claims BPO segment. The other clients in our auto claims business offer only occasional business to us because of the small size of their automobile fleets and the consequent infrequent requirement of our auto claims services.

We believe the diversity in our client profile differentiates us from our competitors. See “Part I — Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Revenue” for additional information on our client base.

The table below sets forth the number of our clients by revenue less repair payments for the periods indicated. We believe that the growth in thelarge number of clients who generate more than $1 million of annual revenue less repair payments indicates our ability to extend the depth of our relationships with existing clients over time.

 

  Year ended March 31,   Year ended March 31, 
  2012   2011   2014   2013 

Below $1.0 million

   154     163     196     168  

$1.0 million to $5.0 million

   49     39     48     50  

$5.0 million to $10.0 million

   11     12     12     8  

More than $10.0 million

   8     6     10     10  

Competition

Competition in the business process outsourcingmanagement services industry is intense and growing steadily. See “Part I — Item 3. Key Information — D. Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business — We face competition from onshore and offshore business process outsourcingmanagement companies and from information technology companies that also offer business process outsourcingmanagement services. Our clients may also choose to run their business processes themselves, either in their home countries or through captive units located offshore.”

Page 52


We compete primarily with:

 

focused business process outsourcingmanagement service companies based in offshore locations (primarily India), such as Genpact Limited,EXL Service Holdings, Inc., Firstsource Solutions Limited and EXL Service Holdings, Inc.;

Genpact Limited;

 

business process outsourcingmanagement divisions of numerous information technology service companies located inoperating out of India such as Infosys BPO Limited (formerly Progeon Limited) owned byCognizant Technology Solutions, Infosys Technologies Limited, or Infosys, Tata Consultancy Services Limited or TCS, and Wipro BPO, owned by Wipro Technologies Limited; and

 

global companies such as Accenture Limited., Affiliated Computer Services Inc., Electronic Data Systems Corporation, a division of Hewlett-Packard, and International Business Machines Corporation which provide an array of products and services, including broad-based information technology, software, consulting and business process outsourcingmanagement services.

However, while companies such as Infosys (through its business process outsourcing subsidiary, Infosys BPO Limited) and TCS can offer clients integrated information technology and business outsourcing services, we believe these companies focus on information technology as their core business.

In addition, departments of certain companies may choose to perform their business processes in-house, in some cases via an owned and operated facility in an offshore location such as India. Their employees provide these services as part of their regular business operations.

Intellectual Property

We use a combination of our clients’ software systems, third-partythird party software platforms and systems and our own proprietary software and platforms to provide our services. Our proprietary and licensed software allows us to market our services with an integrated solution that combines a technology platform with our core business process outsourcingmanagement service offering.offerings. Our principal proprietary software includes our passenger revenue accounting platform and fare audit platform, which we use in our travel and leisure business unit, and auto claims software platform, which we use in WNS Assistance. In addition, we use our proprietary software to optimize our clients’ finance and accounting processes. These include solutions for:

 

Invoice approval;

Approval of documents such as invoices and requisitions;

 

Maintaining master data, such as vendor and customer data;

 

Vendor and customer communication;

 

Purchasing card expense management for SAP®; and

Purchasing card expense management; and

 

Cash applications.

We customarily enter into licensing and non-disclosure agreements with our clients with respect to the use of their software systems and platforms. Our client contracts usually provide that all customized intellectual property created specifically for the use of our clients will be assigned to them.

Our employees are also required to sign confidentiality agreements as a condition to their employment. These agreements include confidentiality undertakings regarding our company’s and the client’s intellectual property that bind our employees even after they cease to work with us. These agreements also ensure that all intellectual property created or developed by our employees in the course of their employment is assigned to us.

We have registered the trademark “WNS” and “WNS-Extending Your Enterprise” in most of the countries where we have global presence.

Technology

We have a dedicated team of technology experts who support clients at each stage of their engagement with us. The team conducts diagnostic studies for prospective clients and designs and executes technology solutions to enable offshore execution and management of the clients’ business processes. The global IT infrastructure is managed by an internal IT infrastructure and operations team, which seeks to ensure that our associates face minimal loss in time and efficiency in their work processes. The team supports over 17,000 desktops across 2534 locations world-wide and includes specialists in the areas of wide-area-network or local-area-network telecommunications, servers, desktop and information security.

Page 53


Wide-area-network — We have designed and built “WNSnet,” a high-capacity global multi-protocol label switching network, connecting all of our delivery centers in China, Costa Rica, Europe, India, the Philippines, andPoland, Romania, South Africa, Sri Lanka, the US and the UK, including our subcontractor’s delivery center in China, to network “points of presence,” or PoPs, in the US and the UK. There are two PoPs in the US: one in Ashburn, Virginia and one in Los Angeles, California. In addition, there are two PoPs in the UK: one in Telecity, London and the other in Telehouse, London. Connectivity to our clients’ data centers is generally extended from two PoPs to provide redundancy. The PoPs are connected to our delivery centers on multiple high capacity leased circuits contracted from multiple telecom service providers and set up on diverse cable systems. This ensures that outage at any PoP, on any cable system or any service provider network, will not impact end-to-end connectivity to customers. WNSnet is managed 24/7 by our network operations center, or NOC, which is based in Mumbai. We have set up a backup NOC in Pune as a contingency measure.

Contact Center Technology Infrastructure — We have installed the Avaya MultiVantage platform at all our call centers for delivering voice processes. The Avaya MultiVantage platform permits secure access to define and redefine the call flow, vectoring, agent skills, splits and other call routing parameters as and when required.

Data centers — We also offer facilities for hosting client data if required. We have data centers at Mumbai, Pune and Gurgaon in India with over 25,000 square feet of floor space. We host servers for over 125 clients in the data centers and also all servers required for our corporate applications.

Technology service management methodology — We have designed our technology service management methodology on the information technology infrastructure library framework. TheOur competency developed by serving various clients across verticals is under continual upgrade and includes processes for the following: service desk, incident management, problem tracking and resolution, change control and management, configuration management and release management. We have a strong technology client interface through our service desk, our project managers during the transition of our client’s processes to us, and our service delivery managers thereafter.

Process and Quality Assurance and Risk Management

Our process and quality assurance compliance programs are critical tofor the success of our operations. We have an independent quality assurance team to monitor, analyze, provide feedback on and report process performance and compliance. Our company-wide quality management system, which employs over 615400 quality assurance analysts, focuses on effectively managing our client processes effectively on an ongoing basis. Our process delivery is managed by independent empowered teams and is measured regularly against pre-defined operational metrics. We also have over 796800 employees in our quality assurance team that satisfies thewhich help us meet ISO 9001:20002008 standards for quality management systems.systems and to ensure continued compliance. We apply theLean Six Sigma and LEAN methodologies, which are statistical and process-focused methodologies for improvingto improve and deliver consistent quality across processes as well asprocesses. We apply well-defined quality management principles for improving the operation of our clients’ processesto improve and providing aprovide consistent levellevels of service quality to our clients. As at March 31, 2012,2014, more than 423 of our550 different projects were completed using theLean Six Sigma and LEAN methodologies and currently 341over 600 projects are ongoing. in progress.

We were awardedhave been honored with the following awards for our achievements—

Golden Peacock Global Business Excellence Award, 2013

Medici Hall of Fame for Innovation, 2013

Merit Award, Sri Lanka National Quality Awards for 2012

‘Global Process Excellence Awards 2011’ by IQPC for ‘Best Process Improvement Program’

Golden Peacock National Quality Award for the year 2011 for our excellence in delivering transformationalOverall Business Excellence and cutting-edge outsourcing solutions. We also received the Golden Peacock Eco-Innovation Award for Green Lean Sigma Program awarded by The World Environment Foundation in 2009 and for innovation in 2007. We also apply other process re-engineering methodologies to further improve our process delivery and undertake periodic audits of both our information systems policy and implemented controls.

Quality Standards (2011)

Our Board of Directors is primarily responsible for overseeing our risk management processes. The Board of Directors receives and reviews reports from the Head of Risk Management and Audit as considered appropriate regarding our company’s assessment of risks. The Board of Directors focuses on the most significant risks facing our company and our company’s general risk management strategy, and also ensures that risks undertaken by our company are consistent with the Board’s appetite for risk.

Our risk management framework also focuses on twothree important elements: business continuity planning, information security and information security.business process risk management.

Our approach to business continuity planning involves implementation of an organization-wide business continuity management framework which includes continual self-assessment, strategy formulation, execution and review. Our business continuity strategy leverages our expanding network of delivery centers for operational and technological risk mitigation in the event of a disaster. To manage our business continuity planning program, we employ a dedicated team of experienced professionals. A customized business continuity strategy is developed for key clients, depending on their specific requirements. For mission-critical processes, operations are typically split across multiple delivery centers in accordance with client-approved customized business continuity plans.

Our approach to information security involves implementation of an organization-wide information security management system, which complies with the ISO 27001:2005 to manage organizational information security risks. These measures seek to ensure that sensitive company information remains secure. Currently, information security systems at 1226 delivery centers are ISO 27001:2005 certified, and we expect to seek similar certifications in our newer delivery centers. In addition, weWe also comply with the Payment Card Industry (PCI) Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) which is a multifaceted security standard aimed at helping companies proactively protect cardholder data and sensitive authentication data.

 In addition, we also undergo Statement on Standards for Attestation Engagements (SSAE) No. 16 / International Standard on Assurance Engagements (ISAE) No. 3402, Reporting on Controls at a Service Organization (SOC1 Type II) audits with respect to our general control environment supporting operational delivery in accordance with ISAE on an annual basis.

Our approach to business process risk management involves the implementation of a ‘three lines of defense’ framework for our clients’ offshored business processes. Under this framework, the quality assurance teams embedded within the business units act as the first line of defense, an independent and centralized risk management team acts as the second line of defense and client-end internal audit teams act as the third line of defense. Each of our lines of defense identify potential risks, evaluate design effectiveness of controls embedded within the offshored business processes and propose additional controls as appropriate for mitigation of the identified risks.

Page 54


In addition, our clients may be governed by regulations specific to their industries or in the jurisdictions where they operate or where their customers are domiciled or in their home jurisdictions which may require them to comply with certain process-specific requirements. As we serve a large number of clients globally and across various industries, we rely on our clients to identify the process-specific compliance requirements and the measures that must be implemented in order to comply with their regulatory obligations. We assist our clients to maintain and enforce compliance in their business processes by implementing control and monitoring procedures and providing training to our clients’ employees. The control and monitoring procedures defined by this function are separate from and in addition to our periodic internal audits.

Human Capital

As at March 31, 2012,2014, we had 23,87427,020 employees, of which 29 are based in Australia, 43199 are based in China, 150 are based in Costa Rica, 20,34320,543 are based in India, 1,9622,111 are based in the Philippines, 336110 are based in Poland, 402 are based in Romania, 4042,524 are based in South Africa, 707 are based in Sri Lanka, 32 are based in United Arab Emirates, 330291 are based in the UK and 6372 are based in the US. Most of our associates hold university degrees. As at March 31, 20112013 and 2010,2012, we had 21,52325,520 and 21,95823,874 employees, respectively. Our employees are not unionized. We believe that our employee relations are good. We focus heavily on recruiting, training and retaining our employees.

Recruiting and Retention

We believe that talent acquisition is an integral part our overall organizational strategy. We have developed effective human resource strategies and demonstrated a strong track record in recruitment specific to the needs of our business units to optimize the training and development of our employees. As we continue to grow, we look to improve and enhance our candidate pool, which is sourced from recruitment agencies, job portals, advertisements, college campuses (where we focus on recruiting talented individuals) and walk-in applications. In addition, a significant number of our applicants are referred to us by existing employees. We recruit an average of 9851,306 employees per month.

During fiscal 2012, 20112014, 2013 and 2010,2012, the attrition rate for our employees who have completed six months of employment with us was 38%33%, 43%35% and 32%38%, respectively.

Training and Development

We devote significant resources to the training and development of our associates. Our training typically covers modules in leadership and client processes, including the functional aspects of client processes such as quality and transfer. Training for new associates may also include behavioral and process training as well as cultural, voice and accent training, as required by our clients.

We have established the WNS Learning Academy, where we offer specialized skills development, such as leadership and management development, and behavioral programs as well as pre-process training that includes voice and accent and customer service training, for new associates. The WNS Learning Academy is staffed with over 5550 full-time trainers and content designers. We customize our training programs according to the nature of the client’s business, the country in which the client operates and the services the client requires. Further, the WNS Learning Academy has an in-house e-learning unit which creates computer or web-based learning modules to support ongoing learning and development.

Since the launch of the WNS Learning Academy, we have made significant efforts to improve the learning and development of our supervisory, management and leadership teams, which is visible through focused learning initiatives targeted at employees with specific job roles and based upon current and future business competency requirements. Our learning initiatives include, among others, the following:

 

A five-day leadership program, implemented in 2008, with a 60-90 day action learning project focused on professional and leadership skills and process improvement for over 2,000 team leaders and managers;

 

Our co-branded WNS-Harvard Leadership and Management Program, which has enrolled over 300 of our employees ranking Associate Vice President and above;

Educational opportunities through tie-ups with leading institutions, such as the Indian Institute of Management and Symbiosis Institute of Business Management;

 

The launch of “LA TV,” a Blackberry based corporate training tool for learning on-the-go;

“Train the Trainer” programs, in which master trainers visit our various locations to conduct training sessions;

 

The ongoing launch of virtual domain universities in each business unit, which we intend to serve as a one stop solution for domain knowledge; and

 

Page 55


Diversity and cross-cultural understanding training initiatives.

Through these learning initiatives and others, we are addressing developmental and functional needs at the junior management level, leadership and sales focus at the middle management level and business and strategic development at the senior leadership level. Our goal is to consolidate, build and share intellectual property and business knowledge throughout our organization, which we believe will benefit us, as well as our clients, in the long run.

Further, in connection with our focus on institutionalizing talent identification, succession planning and talent development frameworks, the WNS Learning Academy is involved with the design and implementation of talent development roadmaps that are designed to help us organically build leaders for the future and develop clear succession plans. We plan to achieve this through the design and roll-out of customized individual development plans, as well as specialized training programs run for groups of employees at similar stages of career development or in similar roles, which we call “clustered interventions.”

In order to keep pace with the ever-changing global business environment, we recognize that there is a strong need to focus on consolidating, building and sharing our domain knowledge. Hence, in fiscal 2013, we proposed to set up a Domain Virtual University in each business unit. The university will serve as one stop solution for domain knowledge. The establishment of the university is aimed at retaining and building our domain knowledge for each business unit and is expected to benefit us as well as our clients in the long run.

Other Development Initiatives

Diversity and inclusion — As we increase our global presence, we believe it is important to grow and foster an inclusive and diverse business environment, and therefore we seek to equip our managers with the skills required to collaborate, manage and lead in a diverse global environment. Our learning and development team is proactively designing training materials related to diversity and cross-cultural understanding in order to groom successful managers who have a global mindset and the necessary soft skills to function effectively in a diverse environment. We believe that skills such as good communication and cultural adaptability and understanding are essential in the workplace. Therefore, we aim to instill in our global managers an awareness of, and an appreciation for, the differences among the cultures with which they do business and to provide them the techniques and support they need to succeed.

Representatives of the learning and development team are also involved in feasibility studies for potential new locations from a talent availability point of view. To improve our reach, we are increasingly deploying blended learning solutions via video-based and e-learning to reach our global locations.managers globally. We have also collaborated with an external e-learning provider to assist in providing appropriate and relevant online training materials while keeping in mind our organizational goals. Our continued focus on e-learning has helped us in reducing costs associated with training as the costs associated with online products on a per person, per hour basis, are significantly less than the costs associated with training in the physical classroom. We have been recognized as the ‘Global L&D Team of the Year’ at the 5th TISS Leap Vault CLO Summit India and we received the Corporate University Best-in-Class (or CUBIC™) Award.

Front line capability buildingAs an individual advances within an organization, it is important that he or she adds the qualifications and skills required to perform the role and responsibilities to which he or she is assigned. Our Learning Academy focuses on providing new managers the necessary tools to successfully make the transition from employee to business leader. In doing so, our Learning Academy trains new managers on the technical and leadership skills necessary to manage people, understand key drivers of financial performance, provide good customer service and follow our business and shared best practices.

Regulations

Due to the industry and geographic diversity of our operations and services, our operations are subject to a variety of rules and regulations, and several federal and state agencies in Costa Rica, China, Europe, India, the Philippines, Singapore, South Africa, Sri Lanka, United Arab Emirates and the US that regulate various aspects of our business. See “Part I — Item 3. Key Information — D. Risk Factors — Risks Related to our Business — Failure to adhere to the regulations that govern our business could result in us being unable to effectively perform our services. Failure to adhere to regulations that govern our clients’ businesses could result in breaches of contract with our clients.”

Regulation of our industry by the Indian government affects our business in several ways.

We have benefitted from, and continue to benefit from, certain tax holidays and exemptions in various jurisdictions in which we have operations.

In fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012, our tax rate in India and Sri Lanka impacted our effective tax rate. We would have incurred approximately $1.7 million, $0.8 million and $1.7 million in additional income tax expense on our operations in Sri Lanka and on our SEZ operations in India for fiscal 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively, if the tax holidays or exemptions as described below had not been available for the respective periods.

We expect our tax rate in India and Sri Lanka and, to a lesser extent, the Philippines to continue to impact our effective tax rate. Our tax rate in India have been impacted by the reduction in the tax exemption enjoyed by our delivery center located in Gurgaon under the SEZ scheme from 100.0% to 50.0% which started in fiscal 2013. However, we expect to expand the operations in our delivery centers located in other SEZs that are still in their initial five years of operations and therefore eligible for 100.0% income tax exemption.

In the past, the majority of our Indian operations were eligible to claim income-taxincome tax exemption with respect to profits earned from export revenue from operating units registered under the STPI. The benefit was available for a period of 10 years from the date of commencement of operations, but not beyond March 31, 2011. We had 13 delivery centers for fiscal 2011 eligible for the income tax exemption, which expired on April 1, 2011 for all of delivery centers. We incurred minimal income tax expense on our Indian operations in fiscal 2011 as a result of this tax exemption, compared to approximately $13.6 million that we would have incurred if the tax exemption had not been available for the period. Effective April 1, 2011, upon the expiration of this tax exemption, income derived from our operations in India became subject to the prevailing annual tax rate, of 32.45%which is currently 33.99%.

Page 56


Further, in 2005, the Government of India implemented the SEZ legislation, with the effect that taxable income of new operations established in designated SEZs may be eligible for a 15-year tax holiday scheme consisting of a complete tax holiday for the initial five years and a partial tax holiday for the subsequent ten years, subject to the satisfaction of certain capital investment conditions. We have aOur delivery center located in Gurgaon, India and registered under the SEZ scheme andis eligible for a 50%50.0% income tax exemption from fiscal 2013 until fiscal 2022. During fiscal 2012, we also started operations in delivery centers in Pune, Navi Mumbai and Chennai, India registered under the SEZ scheme, through which we are eligible for a 100%100.0% income tax exemption until fiscal 2016 and a 50%50.0% income tax exemption from fiscal 2017 until fiscal 2026. The Ministry of Finance in India has, however, expressed concern about the potential loss of tax revenues as a result of the exemptions under the SEZ legislation.

The SEZ legislation has been criticized on economic grounds by the International Monetary Fund and the SEZ legislation may be challenged by certain non-governmental organizations. It is possible that, as a result of such political pressures, the procedure for obtaining benefits under the SEZ legislation may become more onerous, the types of land eligible for SEZ status may be further restricted or the SEZ legislation may be amended or repealed. Moreover, there is continuing uncertainty as to the governmental and regulatory approvals required to establish operations in the SEZs or to qualify for the tax benefit. This uncertainty may delay our establishment of additional operations in the SEZs.

In addition to these tax holidays, our Indian subsidiaries are also entitled to certain benefits under relevant state legislation and regulations. These benefits include the preferential allotment of land in industrial areas developed by state agencies, incentives for captive power generation, rebates and waivers in relation to payments for transfer of property and registration (including for purchase or lease of premises) and commercial usage of electricity.

Further, since the adoption of the Indian Finance Act, 2007,Since fiscal 2008, we have become subject to minimum alternate tax, or MAT, and since fiscal 2008, we have been required to pay additional taxes. The Government of India, pursuant to the Indian Finance Act, 2011, has also levied MAT on the book profits earned by the SEZ units at the prevailing tax rate, of 20.01%which is currently 20.96%. To the extent MAT paid exceeds the actual tax payable on theour taxable income;income we would be able to set offoffset such MAT credits againstfrom tax payable in the succeeding ten years, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. We expect to be able to set offDuring fiscal 2014 and 2013, we have offset $5.7 million and $1.3 million, respectively, of our MAT payments againstfor earlier years from our increased tax liability based on our taxable income following the expiry of our tax holiday on STPI effective fiscal 2012.

The Government of India may enact new tax legislation that could impact the way we are taxed in the future. For example, the Direct Taxes Code, 2013, is intended to replace the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961. The Direct Taxes Code, if enacted, proposes to render the existing profit based incentives for SEZ units unavailable for operations that become operational after March 31, 2015. Further, under the Direct Taxes Code, a non-Indian company with a place of effective management in Finance Bill, 2012,India would be treated as a tax resident in India and would be consequently liable to tax in India on its global income. The implications of the Direct Taxes Code, if enacted, on our operations are presently still unclear and may result in a material increase in our tax liability.

Further, the Government of India, pursuant to the Indian Finance Act 2012, has clarified that, with retrospective effect from April 1, 1962, any income accruing or arising directly or indirectly through the transfer of capital assets situated in India will be taxable in India. If we enter intoany of our transactions are deemed to involve the direct or indirect transfer of a capital asset located in India, such transactions they could be investigated by the Indian tax authorities, which could lead to the issuance of tax assessment orders and a material increase in our tax liability. However, in the past our company has obtained indemnityFor example, we received a request from the sellersrelevant income tax authority in India for information relating to our acquisition in July 2008 from Aviva of all the shares of Aviva Global, which owned subsidiaries with assets in such transactions against any such probableIndia and Sri Lanka. No allegation or demand for payment of additional tax liabilities.relating to that transaction has been made yet. The Finance Bill, 2012, also introducedGovernment of India has issued guidelines on the GAAR, which is expected to be effective April 1, 2012,2015, and which is intended to curb sophisticated tax avoidance. Under the GAAR, a business arrangement will be deemed an “impermissible avoidance arrangement” if the main purpose of the arrangement is to obtain a tax benefit.

The Direct Taxes Code Bill, which was tabled inbenefits. Although the Indian Parliament in August 2010, is proposed to come into effect in April 2013, if enacted. The Direct Taxes Code, if enacted, is intended to replace the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961 beginning April 1, 2013. Under the Direct Taxes Code Bill, a non-Indian company with a place of effective management in India would be treated as a tax resident in India and would be consequently liable to be taxed in India on its global income. The Direct Taxes Code Bill, if enacted, also proposes to discontinue the existing profit based incentives for SEZ units operational after March 31, 2014 and replace them with investment based incentives for SEZ units operational after that date.

Our subsidiaries in Sri Lanka, the Philippines and Costa Rica also benefit from certain tax exemptions. One of our Sri Lankan subsidiaries was eligible to claim income tax exemption with respect to profits earned from export revenue by our delivery center registered with the BOI, Sri Lanka. This tax exemption expired in fiscal 2011, however, effective fiscal 2012, the Government of Sri Lanka has exempted the profits earned from export revenue from tax. This has enabled our Sri Lankan subsidiary to continue to claim tax exemption under the Sri Lankan Inland Revenue Act following the expiryfull implications of the GAAR are presently still unclear, if we are deemed to have violated any of its provisions, we may face an increase to our tax holiday provided by the BOI. The tax holiday for another Sri Lankan subsidiary expired on March 31, 2009.liability.

Our subsidiaries in the Philippines, WNS Philippines Inc., and its wholly-owned subsidiary, WNS Global Services Philippines, Inc., are also eligible to claim income tax exemption with respect to profits earned from export revenue by our delivery centers registered with the Board of Investment and the Philippines Economic Zone Authority, respectively. This tax holiday is available for four years from the date of grant of the tax exemption. Upon expiry of the tax holiday in fiscal 2013, income generated by WNS Philippines Inc. and WNS Global Services Philippines, Inc. will be taxed at the then prevailing annual tax rate which is currently 30%.

Our subsidiary in Costa Rica is also eligible for 100% income tax exemption for an initial eight years and 50% for the four years thereafter, starting from the date of commencement of the operation on November 16, 2009.

Page 57


In addition, in May 2007, the Government of India implemented a fringe benefit tax on the allotment of shares pursuant to the exercise or vesting, on or after April 1, 2007, of options and RSUs granted to employees. The fringe benefit tax was payable by the employer at the rate of 33.99% on the difference between the fair market value of the options and RSUs on the date of vesting of the options and RSUs and the exercise price of the options and the purchase price (if any) for the RSUs, as applicable. In October 2007, the Government of India published its guidelines on how the fair market value of the options and RSUs should be determined. The legislation permitted the employer to recover the fringe benefit tax from the employees. Accordingly, the terms of our award agreements with applicable employees in India under our 2002 Stock Incentive Plan and our Amended and Restated 2006 Incentive Award Plan (as described in “Part I — Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees — B. Compensation — Employee Benefit Plans”) allow us to recover the fringe benefit tax from all of our employees in India except expatriate employees who are resident in India. In August 2009, the Government of India passed the Indian Finance (No. 2) Act, 2009, which abolished the levy of fringe benefit tax on certain expenses incurred by an employer and share-based compensation provided to employees, by an employer. However, it also provides that share-based compensation paid and other fringe benefits or amenities provided to employees would be taxable in the hands of the employees as salary benefit and an employer would be required to withhold taxes payable thereon.

Our operations in Sri Lanka are also eligible for tax exemptions. One of our Sri Lankan subsidiaries was eligible to claim income tax exemption with respect to profits earned from export revenue by our delivery center registered with the BOI. This tax exemption expired in fiscal 2011, however, effective fiscal 2012, the Government of Sri Lanka has exempted the profits earned from export revenue from tax. This has enabled our Sri Lankan subsidiary to continue to claim tax exemption under the Sri Lanka Inland Revenue Act following the expiry of the tax exemption.

Our subsidiary in the Philippines, WNS Global Services Philippines Inc., was also eligible to claim income tax exemption with respect to profits earned from export revenue by our delivery centers registered with the Philippines Economic Zone Authority, which expired in fiscal 2014. We have applied to the Philippines Economic Zone Authority for an extension of this tax exemption. During fiscal 2013, we started operations in a delivery center in the Philippines which is also eligible for a tax exemption that will expire in fiscal 2017. Following the expiry of the tax exemption, income generated by WNS Global Services Philippines, Inc. will be taxed at the prevailing annual tax rate, which is currently 30.0%.

Our subsidiary in Costa Rica is also eligible for a 100% income tax exemption from fiscal 2010 until fiscal 2017 and a 50.0% income tax exemption from fiscal 2018 to fiscal 2021.

See “Part I — Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Critical Accounting Policies — Income Taxes” and Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report for more details regarding foreign currency translations..

Enforcement of Civil Liabilities

We are incorporated in Jersey, Channel Islands. Most of our directors and executive officers reside outside of the US. Substantially all of the assets of these persons and substantially all of our assets are located outside the US. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process on these persons or us within the US, or to enforce against these persons or us, either inside or outside the US, a judgment obtained in a US court predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities or other laws of the US or any state thereof. A judgment of a US court is not directly enforceable in Jersey, but constitutes a cause of action which will be enforced by Jersey courts provided that:

 

the court which pronounced the judgment has jurisdiction to entertain the case according to the principles recognized by Jersey law with reference to the jurisdiction of the US courts;

 

the judgment is given on the merits and is final and conclusive — it cannot be altered by the courts which pronounced it;

 

there is payable pursuant to the judgment a sum of money, not being a sum payable in respect of tax or other charges of a like nature or in respect of a fine or other penalty;

 

the courts of the US have jurisdiction in the circumstances of the case;

 

the judgment can be enforced by execution in the jurisdiction in which the judgment is given;

 

the person against whom the judgment is given does not benefit from immunity under the principles of public international law;

 

there is no earlier judgment in another court between the same parties on the same issues as are dealt with in the judgment to be enforced;

 

the judgment was not obtained by fraud, duress and was not based on a clear mistake of fact; and

 

the recognition and enforcement of the judgment is not contrary to public policy in Jersey, including observance of the principles of natural justice which require that documents in the US proceeding were properly served on the defendant and that the defendant was given the right to be heard and represented by counsel in a free and fair trial before an impartial tribunal.

It is the policy of Jersey courts to award compensation for the loss or damage actually sustained by the person to whom the compensation is awarded. Although the award of punitive damages is generally unknown to the Jersey legal system, there is no prohibition on them either by statute or by customary law. Whether a judgment is contrary to public policy depends on the facts of each case. Exorbitant, unconscionable, or excessive awards will generally be contrary to public policy. Moreover, if a US court gives a judgment for multiple damages against a qualifying defendant, the Protection of Trading Interests Act 1980, an Act of the UK extended to Jersey by the Protection of Trading Interests Act 1980 (Jersey) Order 1983, or the Order, provides that such judgment would not be enforceable in Jersey and the amount which may be payable by such defendant may be limited. The Order provides, among others, that such qualifying defendant may be able to recover such amount paid by it as represents the excess of such multiple damages over the sum assessed as compensation by the court that gave the judgment. A “qualifying defendant” for these purposes is a citizen of the UK and Colonies, a body corporate incorporated in the UK, Jersey or other territory for whose international relations the UK is responsible or a person carrying on business in Jersey.

Page 58


Jersey courts cannot enter into the merits of the foreign judgment and cannot act as a court of appeal or review over the foreign courts. It is doubtful whether an original action based on US federal securities laws can be brought before Jersey courts. A plaintiff who is not resident in Jersey may be required to provide security for costs in the event of proceedings being initiated in Jersey.

There is uncertainty as to whether the courts of India would, and Mourant Ozannes, our counsel as to Jersey law, have advised us that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of Jersey would:

 

recognize or enforce judgments of US courts obtained against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the US or any state in the US; or

 

entertain original actions brought in each respective jurisdiction against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the federal securities laws of the US or any state in the US.

Section 44A of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 (India), or the Civil Code, as amended, provides that where a foreign judgment has been rendered by a superior court in any country or territory outside India which the Indian government has by notification declared to be a reciprocating territory, such foreign judgment may be enforced in India by proceedings in execution as if the judgment had been rendered by the relevant superior court in India. Section 44A of the Civil Code is applicable only to monetary decrees not being in the nature of amounts payable in respect of taxes or other charges of a similar nature or in respect of fines or other penalties and does not include arbitration awards. The US has not been declared by the Indian government to be a reciprocating territory for the purposes of Section 44A of the Civil Code.

A judgment of a foreign court, which is not a court in a reciprocating territory, may be enforced in India only by a suit upon the judgment, subject to Section 13 of the Civil Code and not by proceedings in execution and such judgment of a foreign court is considered as evidence. This section, which is the statutory basis for the recognition of foreign judgments, states that a foreign judgment is conclusive evidence as to any matter directly adjudicated upon except:

 

where the judgment has not been pronounced by a court of competent jurisdiction;

 

where the judgment has not been given on the merits of the case;

 

where the judgment appears on the face of the proceedings to be founded on an incorrect view of international law or a refusal to recognize the law of India in cases where such law is applicable;

 

where the proceedings in which the judgment was obtained were opposed to natural justice;

 

where the judgment has been obtained by fraud; or

 

where the judgment sustains a claim founded on a breach of any law in force in India.

The suit must be brought in India within three years from the date of the judgment in the same manner as any other suit filed to enforce a civil liability in India. Generally, there are considerable delays in the disposal of suits by Indian courts. It is unlikely that a court in India would award damages on the same basis as a foreign court if an action is brought in India. Furthermore, it is unlikely that an Indian court would enforce foreign judgments if it viewed the amount of damages awarded as excessive or inconsistent with Indian practice. A party seeking to enforce a foreign judgment in India is required to obtain prior approval from the Reserve Bank of India under the Indian Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999, to repatriate any amount recovered pursuant to such execution. Any judgment in a foreign currency would be converted into Indian rupees on the date of judgment and not on the date of payment.

Page 59


C. Organizational Structure

The following diagram illustrates our company’s organizational structure and the place of organization of each of our subsidiaries as atof the date hereof. Unless otherwise indicated, each of our subsidiarysubsidiaries is 100%wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by WNS (Holdings) Limited.

LOGO

LOGO

Notes:

 

(1)Effective April 6, 2011, WNS Customer Solutions North America Inc. merged into WNS North America Inc. Effective June 29, 2011, Business Applications Associations Inc. merged into WNS North America Inc.
(2)WNS (Holdings) Limited has made a 99.99% capital contribution in WNS Global Services Netherlands Cooperative U.A., or the Co-op. The remaining 0.01% capital contribution in the Co-op was made by WNS North America Inc. to satisfy the regulatory requirement to have a minimum of two members.
(3)Business Applications Associates Limited is in the process of voluntary dissolution.
(4)(2)All the shares except one share of WNS Business Consulting Services Private Limited (formerly known as WNS Mortgage Services Private Limited), or WNS BCS, are held by WNS North America Inc. The remaining one share is held by a nominee shareholder on behalf of WNS North America Inc. to satisfy the regulatory requirement to have a minimum of two shareholders.
(5)WNS Philippines Inc. was formed as a joint venture between the Co-op and ACS. The Co-op originally held a 65% ownership in WNS Philippines Inc. Effective November 1, 2011, the joint venture was terminated and the Co-op acquired a 100% interest in WNS Philippines Inc.
(6)(3)WNS Cares Foundation is a not-for-profit organization‘not for profit organization’ registered under formerly Section 25 of the Indian Companies Act, 1956 India(which has become Section 8 of the Indian Companies Act, 2013), formed for the purpose of promoting corporate social responsibilities and is not considered for the purpose of preparing our consolidated financial statements.
(4)WNS Global Services (Dalian) Co. Ltd. was incorporated on January 20, 2014.

Page 60


D. Property, Plants and Equipment

As at March 31, 2012,2014, we have an installed capacity of 18,92823,503 workstations, or seats, that can operate on an uninterrupted 24/7 basis and can be staffed on a three-shift per day basis. The majority of our properties are leased by us, as described in the table below, and most of our leases are renewable at our option. The following table describes each of our delivery centers and sales offices, including centers under construction, and sets forth our lease expiration dates:

 

Location

  Total Space
(square feet)
  Total Number of
Workstations/Seats
  Lease Expiration  Extendable  Until(1) 

India:

     

Mumbai

   362,391    3,665    

Godrej Plant 10

     February 15, 2016    N/A  

Godrej Plant 11

     February 15, 2016    N/A  

Godrej Plant 5

     February 15, 2016    N/A  

Raheja (SEZ)

     May 31, 2019    N/A  

Gurgaon

   207,733    2,250    

Infinity Tower A

     April 30, 2014    N/A  

Infinity Tower B

     May 31, 2014    N/A  

Infinity Tower C

     March 31, 2015    N/A  

DLF (SEZ) 6

     September 15, 2012    September 15, 2017  

Udyog Vihar

     July 14, 2014    July 14, 2020  
     July 20, 2014    July 20, 2020  

Pune

   601,086(2)   5,977(2)   

Magarpatta(3)

     N/A    N/A  

Weikfield

     February 14, 2014    February 14, 2018  
     April 30, 2014    April 30, 2018  
     June 14, 2014    June 14, 2018  

Mantri Estate

     May 26, 2016    May 26, 2020  

Magarpatta (SEZ) - Level 5(4)

     Date to be fixed(5)   Date to be fixed(5) 

Magarpatta (SEZ) - Level 6(4)

     Date to be fixed(5)   Date to be fixed(5) 

Magarpatta (SEZ) - Level 7(6)

     Date to be fixed(5)   Date to be fixed(5)  

Nasik

   88,356    987    

Shreeniketan

     June 30, 2013    June 30, 2016  

Vascon

     October 14, 2013    October 14, 2017  

Bangalore

   191,890    1,971   

RMZ Centennial

     June 14, 2015    June 14, 2025  
     October 31, 2015    October 31, 2025  

Chennai

   188,777(7)   1,026(7)   

RMZ Millenia

     March 31, 2012(8)   August 31, 2048  

DLF (SEZ)

     March 31, 2016    N/A  

DLF (SEZ) - Phase 2

     March 31, 2017    N/A  

DLF (SEZ) - Phase 3 (6) (9)

     Date to be fixed(10)   N/A(10)  

Vishakhapatnam

   31,332        

MPS Plaza(11)

     March 4, 2017    March 4, 2027  

Sri Lanka:

   33,124    410    

Colombo (HNB)

     July 31, 2014    N/A  

UK:

   34,573    519    

Ipswich

     August 26, 2012    N/A  
     October 31, 2012    October 31, 2014  

Cheadle

     July 21, 2020    N/A  

Piccadilly

     February 1, 2017    N/A  

Mansfield

     February 14, 2016    N/A  

Hayes

     February 28, 2021    N/A  

US:

   27,598(12)   8(12)  

Abby Office Center, Houston

     July 31, 2012    N/A  

Exchange Place, NJ

     July 30, 2019    July 30, 2024  

The State Building(6)(13)

     Date to be fixed(14)   Date to be fixed(14) 

Romania:

   31,635    382    

Bucharest

     December 31, 2012    N/A  
     January 15, 2014    N/A  

The Philippines:

   79,488    1,325    

Eastwood

     November 30, 2015    N/A  
     June 30, 2016    June 30, 2019  
     August 30, 2015    August 30, 2018  

Amberbase

     Temporary site    N/A  

Costa Rica

   25,184    408    

Forum H San Jose

     April 30, 2016    N/A  

United Arab Emirates

   510     

Dubai Airport Free Trade Zone(15)

     November 27, 2014    November 27, 2017  
Location  

Total Space

(square feet)

  

Total Number of

Workstations/Seats

  Lease Expiration   Extendable Until(1) 

India:

      

Mumbai

   396,571    4,014     

Godrej Plant 10

     February 15, 2016     N/A  

Godrej Plant 11

     February 15, 2016     N/A  

Godrej Plant 5

     February 15, 2016     N/A  

Raheja (SEZ)

     May 31, 2019     N/A  

Rupa Solitaire

     December 10, 2018     N/A  

Gurgaon

   354,993(2)   2,372(2)    

Infinity Tower A(3)

     April 30, 2014     N/A  

Infinity Tower B(3)

     May 31, 2014     N/A  

Infinity Tower C(3)

     March 31, 2015     N/A  

DLF (SEZ) 6

     September 15, 2017     N/A  

Udyog Vihar

     July 14, 2014     July 14, 2020  
     July 20, 2014     July 20, 2020  

World Tech Park(3)

     April 27, 2019     April 27, 2024  

Pune

   601,086(4)   6,211(4)    

Magarpatta(5)

     N/A     N/A  

Weikfield(6)

     Tenancy-at-will     N/A  
     Tenancy-at-will     N/A  
     June 14, 2014     June 14, 2018  

Mantri Estate

     May 26, 2016     May 26, 2020  

Magarpatta (SEZ)—Level 5(7)

     February 14, 2016     February 14, 2026  

Magarpatta (SEZ)—Level 6(7)

     October 26, 2016     October 26, 2026  

Magarpatta (SEZ)—Level 7(8)

     Date to be fixed     Date to be fixed  

Nasik

   74,620    977     

Shreeniketan

     June 30, 2018     N/A  

Vascon

     October 13, 2018     N/A  

Bangalore

   191,890    2002     

RMZ Centennial

     June 14, 2015     June 14, 2025  
     October 31, 2015     October 31, 2025  

Chennai

   188,777(9)   815(9)    

RMZ Millenia(10)

     March 31, 2015     March 31, 2045  

DLF (SEZ)

     March 31, 2016     N/A  

DLF (SEZ)—Phase 2

     March 31, 2017     N/A  

DLF (SEZ)—Phase 3(11)

     March 31, 2017     March 31, 2022  

Vishakhapatnam

   37,050    566     

MPS Plaza

     March 4, 2017     March 4, 2027  

Tiruchirappalli

   217,800      

Plot of land(12)

     November 15, 2111     November 15, 2210  

Sri Lanka:

   59,249    847     

Colombo (HNB)

     July 31, 2014     N/A  

Orion City

     August 24, 2018     N/A  

UK:

   31,330    519     

Ipswich

      

Museum Street

     May 23, 2028     N/A  

St. Francis Tower

     October 31, 2014     N/A  

Cheadle

     July 21, 2020     N/A  

Piccadilly

     February 1, 2017     N/A  

Mansfield

     February 14, 2016     N/A  

Hayes

     February 28,2021     N/A  

US:

   27,225(13)   (13)    

Exchange Place, NJ

     July 30, 2019     July 30, 2024  

The State Building

     April 19, 2017     April 19, 2023  

Romania:

   38,750    516     

Bucharest

     February 25, 2023     February 25, 2026  

Philippines:

   143,331    1,964     

Eastwood

     November 30, 2015     N/A  
     June 30, 2016     June 30, 2019  
     August 30, 2015     August 30, 2018  

Techno Plaza II

     April 30, 2019     April 30, 2024  

Costa Rica:

   25,184    402     

Forum H San Jose

     April 30, 2016     N/A  

United Arab Emirates:

   510    —       

Dubai Airport Free Trade Zone

     November 27, 2014     November 27, 2017  

South Africa:

   178,858    2059     

Cape Town (Knowledge Park)

     March 31, 2019     N/A  

Cape Town (Ambition House)

     September 30, 2017     N/A  
     June 30, 2018     N/A  

Johannesburg

(Commissioners Street)

     May 31, 2016     May 31, 2021  

Poland:

   9,738    132     

Gdynia

     April 1, 2018     April 1, 2023  

China:

   12,702(14)   107(14)    

Guangzhou

     April 30, 2015     N/A  

Dalian(15)

     May 15, 2017     N/A  

Page 61


Notes:

N/A means not applicable.

(1)Reflects the expiration date if each of ourthe applicable extension options areis exercised.
(2)The total space for Gurgaon includes but147,260 square feet available at World Tech Park. The total number of workstations for Gurgaon does not include any workstations at World Tech Park.

(3)We have entered into letters of intent with the landlord for the lease of premises at World Tech Park. These letters of intent were extended pursuant to a written agreement, following delays in the execution of the lease deed. We expect the facility to be operational by September 2014. We plan to surrender our premises at Infinity Towers. The new facility at World Tech Park will be larger than our existing facilities at Infinity Towers, which will accommodate expansion of our business. Our facilities at World Tech Park will house our operations that are currently based in Infinity Towers once World Tech Park is available for occupation. The landlord for both premises is the same and rental for an extended period, up to July 31, 2014, beyond the expiry dates indicated in the table above for Infinity Towers, has been agreed in the letters of intent. We expect to enter into a definitive lease agreement for the lease of premises at World Tech Park prior to May 17, 2014.
(4)The total space for Pune includes 44,174 square feet available at Magarpatta SEZ-Level 7. The total number of workstations does not include those ofany workstations at Magarpatta (SEZ) — Level 7, which is yet to be operational.SEZ-Level 7.
(3)(5)We own these premises.premises and a charge over these premises has been created under a term loan agreement with HSBC Bank (Mauritius) Limited for a term loan of $7 million.
(4)(6)The lease agreement for the premises expired on February 14, 2014 and April 30, 2014, respectively. We expect to enter new leases by the end of June 2014.
(7)The adjudication process for the lease has been completed by the local governmental authority and the applicable stamp duty has been paid by our company.
(8)We have entered into a letter of intent with the landlord for a lease of these premises, but the lease agreement has yet to be executed and are currently pending adjudication of stamp duties from the local governmental authorities.
(5)The lease expiration date is five years from the commencement of the lease and the lease is extendable for up to ten years from the lease expiration date.
(6)We have entered into a letter of intent with the landlord for a lease of the premises.
(7)(9)The total space for Chennai includes but the20,322 square feet and 35,215 square feet available at DLF (SEZ) Phase 2 and Phase 3 respectively. The total number of workstations does not include those ofany workstations at DLF (SEZ), Phase 2 and Phase 3, which are yet to be operational.
(8)The prior lease agreement for these premises expired on March 31, 2012. We have in-principle agreement with the landlord for the renewal of the lease effective April 1, 2012 but the lease agreement has yet to be executed and is currently pending registration.
(9)We expect to complete the interior fit out works in fiscal 2014. Rent is expected to commence in fiscal 2014.3.
(10)The lease expiration date is five years fromWe have issued a termination notice to the commencementlandlord for surrender of the leasesecond floor of these premises with effect from May 2, 2014 which accounts for 42,090 square feet and the lease is not extendable.262 workstations.
(11)We expecthave issued a termination notice to complete the interior fit out works bylandlord for surrender of these premises with effect from April 15, 2014 which accounts for 35,215 square feet and does not have any workstations.
(12)This is a SEZ plot in the ELCOT Navalpattu IT/ITES SEZ Park.
(13)The total space for the United States includes 23,417 square feet available at The State Building which became operational from April 2014 and our operations at this location are expected to commence in June 2014.
(14)The total space for China includes 19,712 square feet available at Dalian. The total number of workstations does not include any workstations at Dalian.
(15)We have entered into a lease agreement for this facility and the lease commencement date is May 2012, when the16, 2014. The facility is expected to be operational.
(12)The space includes, but the total number of workstation does not include, those of Exchange Place, NJ and The State Building, which are yet to be operational.
(13)The interior fit out work is expected to be completedoperational by June 2012. Rent is expected to commence in August 2012.
(14)The lease expiration date is five years from the commencement of the lease and the lease is extendable for up to six years from the lease expiration date.
(15)This is a new client facing facility.September 2014.

Our delivery centers are equipped with fiber optic connectivity and have backups to their power supply designed to achieve uninterrupted operations.

In fiscal 2013,2015, we intend to establish additional delivery centers, as well as continue to streamline our operations by further consolidating production capacities in our delivery centers.

Page 62


ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

The following discussion on the financial condition and results of operations of our company should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this annual report. Some of the statements in the following discussion contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including, but not limited to, those described below and elsewhere in this annual report, particularly in the risk factors described in “Part I — Item 3 . Key Information — D. Risk Factors.”

Our consolidated financial statements, and the financial information discussed below, have been prepared in accordance with IFRS. Since these are our first annual consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS, pursuant to transitional relief granted by the SEC in respect of the first time adoption of IFRS, we have only provided financial statements and financial information for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 and no comparative data for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010 has been included.

Overview

We are a leading global provider of offshore business process outsourcingBPM services, offering comprehensive data, voice, analytical and business transformation services.services with a blended onshore, nearshore and offshore delivery model. We transfer the business processes of our clients to our delivery centers, located in China, Costa Rica, , India, the Philippines, Poland, Romania, South Africa, Sri Lanka, the UK and the US, as well as to our subcontractor’s delivery center in South Africa,China, with a view to offer cost savings, operational flexibility, improved quality and actionable insights to our clients as well as offer more flexibility in managing their operations. In addition, our transformation practice seeksclients. We seek to help our clients identify“transform” their businesses by identifying business and process optimization opportunities through technology-enabled solutions, and process design improvements.improvements, analytics and improved business understanding.

We win outsourcing engagements from our clients based on our domain knowledge of their business, and our experience in managing the specific processes they seek to outsource. Accordingly, we areoutsource and our customer-centric approach. Our company is organized into vertical business units in order to provide more specialized focus on each of the industries that we target, to more effectively manage our sales and marketing process and to develop in-depth domain knowledge. The major industry verticals we currently target are the insurance,insurance; travel and leisure andleisure; diversified businesses including manufacturing, retail, consumer productspackaged goods, or CPG, media and telecom industries, as well as theentertainment, and telecom; utilities; consulting and professional services, healthcare,services; banking and financial services, utilities andservices; healthcare; shipping and logisticslogistics; and public sector industries.

Our portfolio of services includes vertical-specific processes that are tailored to address our clients’ specific business and industry practices. In addition, we offer a set of shared services that are common across multiple industries, including customer care,contact center, finance and accounting, legal services, procurement, research and analytics, technology services, legal services, and technology services.human resources outsourcing.

Although we typically enter into long-term contractual arrangements with our clients, these contracts can usually be terminated with or without cause by our clients and often with short notice periods. Nevertheless, our client relationships tend to be long-term in nature given the scale and complexity of the services we provide coupled with risks and costs associated with switching processes in-house or to other service providers. We structure each contract to meet our clients’ specific business requirements and our target rate of return over the life of the contract. In addition, since the sales cycle for offshore business process outsourcingmanagement is long and complex, it is often difficult to predict the timing of new client engagements. As a result, we may experience fluctuations in growth rates and profitability from quarter to quarter, depending on the timing and nature of new contracts. Our operating results may also differ significantly from quarter to quarter due to seasonal changes in the operations of our clients. For example, our clients in the travel and leisure industry typically experience seasonal changes in their operations due toin connection with the US summer holiday travel season, in the third quarter of each fiscal year and, as a result, we may experience seasonal fluctuations in our travel and leisure vertical duringwell as episodic factors such period.as adverse weather conditions. Our focus, however, is on deepening our client relationships and maximizing shareholder value over the life of a client’s relationship with us.

Page 63


Our revenue is generated primarily from providing business process outsourcingmanagement services. We have two reportable segments for financial statement reporting purposes — WNS Global BPOBPM and WNS Auto Claims BPO.BPM. In our WNS Auto Claims BPOBPM segment, we provide both “fault” and “non fault” repairs. For “fault” repairs, we provide claims handling and repair management services, where we arrange for automobile repairs through a network of third party repair centers. In our repair management services, where we act as the principal in our dealings with the third party repair centers and our clients, the amounts which we invoice to our clients for payments made by us to third party repair centers are reported as revenue. Where we are not the principal in providing the services, we record revenue from repair services net of repair cost. See Note 2.s of the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report. Since we wholly subcontract the repairs to the repair centers, we evaluate the financial performance of our “fault” repair business based on revenue less repair payments to third party repair centers, which is a non-GAAP financial measure. We believe that revenue less repair payments for “fault” repairs reflects more accurately the value addition of the business process outsourcingmanagement services that we directly provide to our clients.

For our “non fault” repairs business, we generally provide a consolidated suite of accident management services including credit hire and credit repair, and we believe that measurement of such business on a basis that includes repair payments in revenue is appropriate. Revenue including repair payments is therefore used as a primary measure to allocate resources and measure operating performance for accident management services provided in our “non fault” repairs business. For one client in our “non fault” repairs business (whose contract with us has been terminated with effect from April 18, 2012), we provide only repair management services where we wholly subcontract the repairs to the repair centers (similar to our “fault” repairs). Accordingly, we evaluate the financial performance of our business with this client in a manner similar to how we evaluate our financial performance for our “fault” repairs business that is, based on revenue less repair payments. Our “non fault” repairs business where we provide accident management services accounts for a relatively small portion of our revenue for our WNS Auto Claims BPOBPM segment.

Revenue less repair payments is a non-GAAP financial measure which is calculated as (a) revenue less (b) in our auto claims business, payments to repair centers (1) for “fault” repair cases where we act as the principal in our dealings with the third party repair centers and our clients and (2) for “non fault” repair cases with respect to one client as discussed above. This non-GAAP financial information is not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for our financial results prepared in accordance with GAAP. Our revenue less repair payments may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies due to potential differences in the method of calculation.

The following table reconciles our revenue (a GAAP financial measure) to revenue less repair payments (a non-GAAP financial measure) for the periods indicated:

 

  Year ended March 31,   Year ended March 31, 
  2012   2011   2014   2013   2012 
  (US dollars in millions)   (US dollars in millions) 

Revenue

  $474.1    $616.3    $502.6    $460.3    $474.1  

Less: Payments to repair centers(1)

   79.1     246.9     31.1     24.1     79.1  
  

 

   

 

 

Revenue less repair payments

  $395.1    $369.4    $471.5    $436.1    $395.1  
  

 

   

 

 

Note:

 

(1)Consists of payments to repair centers in our auto claims business (a) for “fault” repair cases where we act as the principal in our dealings with the third party repair centers and our clients and (b) for “non fault” repair cases with respect to one client as discussed above.

The following table sets forth our constant currency revenue less repair payments for the periods indicated. Constant currency revenue less repair payments is a non-GAAP financial measure. We present constant currency revenue less repair payments so that revenue less repair payments may be viewed without the impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, thereby facilitating period-to-period comparisons of business performance. Constant currency revenue less repair payments is calculatedpresented by restatingrecalculating prior yearperiod’s revenue less repair payments denominated in pound sterling or Eurocurrencies other than in US dollars using the foreign exchange rate used for the latest year.period, without taking into account the impact of hedging gains/losses. Our non-US dollar denominated revenues include, but are not limited to, revenues denominated in pound sterling, South African rand, Australian dollars and Euros.

 

   Year ended March 31, 
   2012   2011 
   (US dollars in millions) 

Constant currency revenue less repair payments

  $395.1    $375.2  

   Year ended March 31, 
   2014   2013   2012 
   (US dollars in millions) 

Constant currency revenue less repair payments

  $477.7    $440.3    $397.9  

Page 64


Global Economic Conditions

During the past several years, globalGlobal economic conditions have beenshown some signs of recovery, particularly in the US but remain challenging as certain adverse financial developments have caused a significant slowdownconcerns remain on the sustainability of the recovery. Some key indicators of sustainable economic growth remain under pressure. Ongoing concerns over the sustainability of economic recovery in the growth of the European, US and international financial markets, accompanied by a significant reductionits substantial debt burden, the pace of economic recovery in consumerthe EU, as well as concerns of slower economic growth in China and business spending worldwide. These adverse financial developmentsIndia, have included increasedcontributed to market volatility tightening of liquidity in credit markets and diminished expectations for the global economy. While the world economy has grown since 2010, the recent speculation regarding the inability of certain European countries to pay their national debts, the response by Eurozone policy makers to mitigate this sovereign debt crisis and the concerns regarding the stability of the Eurozone currency have created additional uncertainty inUS, the European and global economies. If countries in the Eurozone or other countries require additional financial support or if sovereign credit ratings continue to decline, yields on the sovereign debt of certain countries may continue to increase, the cost of borrowing may increase and credit may become more limited. In the US, there continue to be concerns over the failure to achieve a long-term solution to the issues of government spending, the increasing US national debt and rising debt ceiling, and their negative impact on the US economy as well as concerns over potential increases in cost of borrowing and reduction in availability of credit when the US Federal Reserve begins tapering its quantitative easing program. Further, there continue to be signs of economic weakness such as relatively high levels of unemployment in major markets including Europe and the United States.US. Continuing conflicts and instability in various regions around the world may lead to additional acts of terrorism and armed conflict around the world, which may contribute to further economic instability in the global financial markets.

These economic conditions may affect our business in a number of ways. The general level of economic activity, such as decreases in business and consumer spending, could result in a decrease in demand for our services, thus reducing our revenue. The cost and availability of credit has been and may continue to be adversely affected by illiquid credit markets and wider credit spreads. Continued turbulence or uncertainty in the European, the US and international financial markets and economies may adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition, and the liquidity and financial condition of our customers. If these market conditions continue or worsen, they may limit our ability to access financing or increase our cost of financing to meet liquidity needs, and affect the ability of our customers to use credit to purchase our services or to make timely payments to us, resulting in adverse effects on our financial condition and results of operations.

Furthermore, a weakening of the rate of exchange for the US dollar or the pound sterling (in which our revenue is principally denominated) against the Indian rupee (in which a significant portion of our costs are denominated) also adversely affects our results. Fluctuations between the pound sterling or the Indian rupee and the US dollar also expose us to translation risk when transactions denominated in pound sterling or Indian rupees are translated into US dollars, our reporting currency. For example, while the average pound sterling/sterling appreciated against the US dollar exchange rate forby an average of 0.6% in fiscal 2012 appreciated by 2.5%2014 as compared to the average exchange rate forin fiscal 2011, the average pound sterling/US dollar exchange rate for fiscal 20112013, and depreciated by 2.6%an average of 0.9% in fiscal 2013 as compared to the average exchange rate forin fiscal 2010. Depreciation2012. Similarly the Indian rupee depreciated against the US dollar by an average of 11.0% in fiscal 2014 as compared to the pound sterling/US dollaraverage exchange rate in fiscal 2011 adversely2013, and depreciated by an average of 13.5% in fiscal 2013 as compared to the average exchange rate in fiscal 2012. Appreciation of the pound sterling against the US dollar and depreciation of the Indian rupee against the US dollar in fiscal 2014 positively impacted our results of operations.

Uncertainty about current global economic conditions could also continue to increase the volatility of our share price. We cannot predict the timing or duration of an economic slowdown or the timing or strength of a subsequent economic recovery generally or in our targeted industries, including the insurance industry and the travel and leisure industry.and insurance industries. If macroeconomic conditions worsen or current global economic conditions continue for a prolonged period of time, we are not able to predict the impact that such worsening conditions will have on our targeted industries in general, and our results of operations specifically.

Our History and Milestones

We began operations as an in-house unit of British Airways in 1996 and became a focused third-partystarted focusing on providing business process outsourcing service providermanagement services to third parties in fiscal 2003. The following are the key milestones in our operating history since Warburg Pincus acquired a controlling stake in our company from British Airways in May 2002 and inducted a new senior management team:

 

In fiscal 2003, we acquired Town & Country Assistance Limited (which we subsequently rebranded as WNS Assistance and which is part of WNS Auto Claims BPO,BPM, our reportable segment for financial statement purposes), a UK-based automobile claims handling company, thereby extending our service portfolio beyond the travel and leisure industry to include insurance-based automobile claims processing.

 

In fiscal 2003, we invested in capabilities to begin providing enterprise services, and research and analytics services to address the requirements of emerging industry segments in the offshore outsourcingmanagement context.

 

In fiscal 2003 and 2004, we invested in our infrastructure to expand our service portfolio from data-oriented processing to include complex voice and blended data/voice service capabilities, and commenced offering comprehensive processes in the travel and leisure, banking and financial services and insurance industries.

 

In fiscal 2004, we acquired the health claims management business of Greensnow Inc.

 

In fiscal 2005, we opened facilities in Gurgaon, India, and Colombo, Sri Lanka, thereby expanding our operating footprints across India, Sri Lanka and the UK.

 

In fiscal 2006, we acquired Trinity Partners Inc. (which we subsequently merged into our subsidiary, WNS North America Inc.), a provider of business process outsourcingmanagement services to financial institutions, focusing on mortgage banking.

 

In fiscal 2007, we expanded our facilities in Gurgaon, Mumbai and Pune.

 

In fiscal 2007, we acquired the fare audit services business of PRG Airlines and the financial accounting business of GHS.

 

Page 65


In May 2007, we acquired Marketics, a provider of offshore analytics services.

 

In June 2007, we acquired Flovate, a company engaged in the development and maintenance of software products and solutions, which we subsequently renamed as WNS Workflow Technologies Limited.

 

In July 2007, we completed the transfer of our delivery center in Sri Lanka to Aviva Global.

 

In January 2008, we launched a 133-seat facility in Bucharest, Romania.

In March 2008, we entered into a joint venture with ACS, a provider in BPOBPM services and customer care in the Philippines, to form WNS Philippines Inc.

 

In April 2008, we opened a facility in Manila, the Philippines.

 

In April 2008, we acquired Chang Limited, an auto insurance claims processing services provider in the UK, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, AHA (formerly known as Call 24-7.

24-7).

 

 

In June 2008, we acquired BizAps, a provider of SAP® solutions to optimize the enterprise resource planning functionality for our finance and accounting processes.

 

In July 2008, we entered into thea transaction with Aviva consisting of (1) a share sale and purchase agreement pursuant to which we acquired from Aviva all the shares of Aviva Global and (2) the Aviva master services agreement (as varied by the variation agreement entered into in March 2009), pursuant to which we are providing BPOBPM services to Aviva’s UK business and Aviva’s Irish subsidiary, Hibernian Aviva Direct Limited, and certain of its affiliates.

 

In November 2009, we opened a facility in San Jose, Costa Rica.

 

In January 2010, we moved from our existing facility to a new and expanded facility in Manila, the Philippines.

 

In October 2010, we moved from our existing facility in Marple to Manchester, UK and expanded our facility in Manila, the Philippines.

 

In November 2010, we expanded our sales office in London, UK.

 

In March 2011, we expanded our facility in Bucharest, Romania.

 

In November 2011, we acquired ACS’s shareholding in WNS Philippines Inc., which became our wholly-owned subsidiary.

 

In fiscal 2012, we expanded our facilities in Mumbai, Pune, Gurgaon, Chennai, the Philippines, Costa Rica and Romania.

In February 2012, we completed a follow-on public offering of ADS and raised approximately $50.0 million to fund our growth initiatives and enhance delivery capability.

In June 2012, we acquired Fusion, a provider of a range of management services, including contact center, customer care and business continuity services, to both South African and international clients, which we subsequently renamed as WNS Global Services SA (Pty) Ltd.

In June 2012, we opened a facility in Vizag, India.

In December 2012, we opened a facility in Gydnia, Poland.

In fiscal 2013, we entered into a subcontract arrangement with a service provider in China to deliver services out of China.

In fiscal 2014, we added new facilities in Guangzhou, China, Colombo, Sri Lanka, and Mumbai, India.

As a result of these acquisitions and other corporate developments, our financial results in corresponding periods may not be directly comparable.

Revenue

We generate revenue by providing business process outsourcingmanagement services to our clients. The following table shows our revenue (a GAAP financial measure) and revenue less repair payments (a non-GAAP financial measure) for the periods indicated:

 

  Year ended March 31,   Change   Year ended March 31,   Change 
  (US dollars in millions)   (US dollars in millions) 
  2012   2011   $ %   2014   2013   $   % 

Revenue

   474.1     616.3     (142.1)  (23.1)%  $502.6    $460.3     42.4     9.2

Revenue less repair payments

   395.1     369.4     25.7    6.9%  $471.5    $436.1     35.4     8.1

During fiscal 2012, we re-negotiated contracts with certain of our clients and repair centers in the auto claims business, whereby the primary responsibility for providing the services is borne by the repair centers instead of us and the credit risk that the client may not pay for the services is no longer borne by us. As a result of these changes, we are no longer considered to be the principal in providing the services. Accordingly, we no longer account for the amount received from these clients for payments to repair centers and the payments made to repair centers for cases referred by these clients as revenue and cost of revenue, respectively, resulting in lower revenue and cost of revenue. The contract re-negotiation process is ongoing and aimed at simplifying our accounting requirements. This contract re-negotiation process does not affect our revenue less repair payments.

We have a large client base diversified across industries and geographies. Our client base grew from 14 clients in May 2002 to 222266 clients as at March 31, 2012 (for our definition of “significant clients,” see “Part I — Item 4. Information on the Company — B. Business Overview — Clients”).2014.

Page 66


Our revenue is characterized by client, industry, service type, geographic and contract type diversity, as the analysis below indicates.

Revenue by Top Clients

For fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012, and 2011, ourthe percentage of revenue and revenue less repair payments werethat we derived from our largest clients were in the proportions set forth in the following table:

 

  Revenue Revenue less repair payments   Revenue Revenue less repair payments 
  Year ended March 31, Year ended March 31,   Year ended March 31, Year ended March 31, 
  2012 2011 2012 2011   2014 2013 2012 2014 2013 2012 

Top client

   17.3%  16.4%  20.7%  20.4%   15.2 16.9 17.3 16.2 17.8 20.7

Top five clients

   41.4%  54.3%  40.5%  41.1%   36.9 37.1 41.4 39.4 39.2 40.5

Top ten clients

   53.6%  65.8%  53.6%  53.4%   48.5 49.5 53.6 51.7 52.0 53.6

Top twenty clients

   69.3%  77.8%  68.9%  70.2%   63.3 66.3 69.3 66.7 68.5 68.9

In fiscal 2012,2014, our three largest clients individually accounted for 17.3%15.2%, 10.4%7.7% and 6.3%6.1%, respectively, of our revenue as compared to 16.4%16.9%, 13.2%7.3% and 12.2%6.5%, respectively, in fiscal 2011. Revenue generated from certain clients2013 and 17.3%, 10.4% and 6.3%, respectively, in our WNS Global BPO segment, including our largest client by revenue contribution, has started declining since December 2011 and these clients are currently forecasting that they expect to provide us a lower volume of business in respect of the services we have been providing them as a result of automation initiatives and various reasons, including their strategic decisions to bring those functions back in-house and the current challenging market and economic conditions. We are exploring with these clients new areas of opportunity where we can provide other services to them, to offset the above decline. Further, ourfiscal 2012. Our second largest client by revenue contribution in fiscal 2012, has terminated our contract with effect from April 18, 2012. This clientwhich accounted for 7.5% of our revenue and 1.9% of our revenue less repair payments in fiscal 2011 and 10.4% of our revenue and 1.3% of our revenue less repair payments in fiscal 2012, had terminated our contract with effect from April 2012.

One of our top five clients by revenue contribution in fiscal 2014 and 2013, an OTA, has, starting in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, been moving their customer care and sales processes that have been managed by us to a technology platform managed by another OTA under a strategic marketing agreement entered into between the two OTAs in August 2013. We expect our OTA client’s transition of their processes to the other OTA to be completed by the end of July 2014, after which we will lose most of the business from our OTA client. The portion of the business from our OTA client that we expect to lose upon completion of our OTA client’s transition of their processes to the other OTA represented approximately 4% of our revenue less repair payments in fiscal 2014. The other OTA uses several BPM vendors to manage such processes on their technology platform. We have been approved as one of the other OTA’s providers of BPM services and we are in the process of re-training our employees on the other OTA’s technology platform. We believe our ability to quickly acquire knowledge of the other OTA’s technology platform, along with our existing domain expertise in the OTA industry and value-added service approach will be critical in our ability to compete with incumbent BPM vendors for the other OTA’s business. We have received our first commitment from the other OTA to provide them similar services that we provide to our OTA client and we intend to continue to seek to increase the volume of business we provide the other OTA over time to offset our loss of business from our OTA client. However, there is no assurance that we will be able to successfully compete with incumbent BPM vendors for the other OTA’s business or on the volume of business that we would be able to obtain from the other OTA. We are therefore unable to determine the magnitude and timing of impact on us resulting from the transition of our OTA client’s processes to the other OTA’s technology platform; the extent to which the loss of business from our OTA client is not offset by new business from the other OTA will reduce our revenue.

Further, we have entered into a non-binding letter of intent with an existing major client for an extension of our services agreement as described below under “ – Our Contracts – Revenue by Contract Type.” The new pricing arrangements under the new agreement are expected to apply retroactively with effect from April 1, 2014. If our services agreement with the client is extended on the terms of the letter of intent, we expect our revenue from the client to be lower in fiscal 2015 than fiscal 2014, which we expect would result in a reduction in our revenue less repair payments in fiscal 2015 by a low single digit percentage, assuming the client provides us with the same volume of business in fiscal 2015 as they did in fiscal 2014.

Revenue by Industry

For financial statement reporting purposes, we aggregate several of our operating segments, except for the WNS Auto Claims BPOBPM (which we market under the WNS Assistance brand) as it does not meet the aggregation criteria under IFRS. See “— Results by Reportable Segment.”

We organize our company into the following industry-focused business units to provide more specialized focus on each of these industries: insurance,insurance; travel and leisure,leisure; diversified businesses including manufacturing, retail, consumer products, telecomCPG, media and diversified businesses,entertainment, and telecom; utilities; consulting and professional services, healthcare,services; banking and financial services, utilities,services; healthcare; shipping and logistics and the public sector.

For fiscal 20122014, 2013 and 2011,2012, our revenue and revenue less repair payments were diversified across our industry-focused business units in the proportions set forth in the following table:

 

  As a percentage of revenue As a percentage of
revenue less repair payments
   As a percentage of revenue As a percentage of revenue less
repair payments
 
  Year ended March 31, Year ended March 31,   Year ended March 31, Year ended March 31, 

Business unit

  2012 2011 2012 2011 

Business Unit

  2014 2013 2012 2014 2013 2012 

Insurance

   44.7%  60.1%  33.6%  33.4%   36.7 35.5 44.7 32.6 31.9 33.6

Travel and leisure

   18.8%  13.6%  22.6%  22.7%   19.5 20.5 18.8 20.8 21.5 22.6

Manufacturing, retail, consumer products, telecom and diversified businesses

   12.2%  8.9%  14.6%  14.8%

Consulting & professional services

   6.3%  4.2%  7.5%  7.1%

Diversified businesses including manufacturing, retail, CPG, media and entertainment, and telecom

   14.4 15.5 12.2 15.3 16.3 14.6

Utilities

   7.8 6.6 4.5 8.3 7.0 5.4

Consulting and professional services

   6.8 6.9 6.3 7.2 7.3 7.5

Banking and financial services

   6.5 5.5 5.2 7.0 5.9 6.2

Healthcare

   6.1%  4.2%  7.4%  7.0%   5.1 6.5 6.1 5.4 6.9 7.4

Banking and financial services

   5.2%  4.3%  6.2%  7.1%

Utilities

   4.5%  3.2%  5.4%  5.3%

Shipping and logistics

   2.2%  1.5%  2.6%  2.6%   2.9 2.6 2.2 3.1 2.8 2.6

Public sector(1)

   0.0%  0.0%  0.1%  0.0%   0.3 0.4 0.0  0.3 0.4 0.1
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total

   100.0%  100.0%  100.0%  100.0%   100.0  100.0  100.0  100.0  100.0  100.0
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Note:

 

Page 67


(1)This vertical unit was established in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012.

Certain services that we provide to our clients are subject to the seasonality of our clients’ business. Accordingly, we see an increase in transaction related services within the travel and leisure industry during holiday seasons, such as during the US summer holidays (our fiscal second quarter); an increase in business in the insurance industry during the beginning and end of the fiscal year (our fiscal first and last quarters) and during the US peak winter season (our fiscal third quarter); and an increase in business in the consumer product-industryproduct industry during the US festive season towards the end of the calendar year when new product launches and campaigns typically happen (our fiscal third quarter).

Revenue by Service Type

For fiscal 20122014, 2013 and 2011,2012, our revenue and revenue less repair payments were diversified across service types in the proportions set forth in the following table:

 

  As a percentage of revenue As a percentage of
revenue less repair payments
   As a percentage of revenue As a percentage of revenue less
repair payments
 
  Year ended March 31, Year ended March 31,   Year ended March 31, Year ended March 31, 

Service Type

  2012 2011 2012 2011   2014 2013 2012 2014 2013 2012 

Industry-specific

   30.3%  21.9%  36.3%  36.4%   31.2 32.1 30.3 33.3 33.8 36.3

Autoclaim

   23.8%  46.2%  8.6%  10.2%

Contact center

   17.4%  13.4%  20.9%  22.4%   23.6 23.9 17.4 25.2 25.2 20.9

Finance and accounting

   15.5%  9.7%  18.6%  16.2%   18.6 17.6 15.5 19.8 18.6 18.6

Autoclaim

   12.5. 12.0 23.8 6.8 7.1 8.6

Research and analytics

   9.9%  6.6%  11.9%  11.0%   11.4 11.3 9.9 12.1 11.9 11.9

Technology services

   2.4%  1.7%  2.9%  2.9%   1.8 2.2 2.4 1.9 2.3 2.9

Legal services

   0.7%  0.5%  0.8%  0.9%   0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.8

Human resources outsourcing(1)

   0.2 0.2  —     0.2 0.3  —    
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total

   100.0%  100.0%  100.0%  100.0%   100.0  100.0  100.0  100.0  100.0  100.0
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Note:

(1)This horizontal unit was established in the first quarter of fiscal 2013.

Revenue by Geography

For fiscal 20122014, 2013 and 2011,2012, our revenue and revenue less repair payments were derived from the following geographies (based on the location of our clients) in the proportions set forth below in the following table:

 

  As a percentage of revenue As a percentage of
revenue less repair payments
   As a percentage of revenue As a percentage of revenue less
repair payments
 
  Year ended March 31, Year ended March 31,   Year ended March 31, Year ended March 31, 

Geography

  2012 2011 2012 2011   2014 2013 2012 2014 2013 2012 

UK

   61.2%  60.9%  53.4%  54.0%   52.7 53.3 61.2 49.6 50.7 53.4

North America (primarily the US)

   30.5%  22.2%  36.6%  37.0%   27.3 30.5 30.5 29.1 32.2 36.6

Europe (excluding the UK)

   5.6%  15.9%  6.7%  7.2%   5.4 5.9 5.6 5.7 6.3 6.7

South Africa(1)

   4.1 3.1  —     4.3 3.3  —    

Australia(1)

   3.7 2.4 1.0 3.9 2.5 1.2

Rest of world

   2.7%  1.0  3.3%  1.8%   6.8 4.8 1.7 7.4 5.0 2.1
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total

   100.0%  100.0%  100.0%  100.0%   100.0  100.0  100.0  100.0  100.0  100.0
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Note:

(1)Since our revenue derived from South Africa and Australia has grown, we are reporting each as a separate geography.

Revenue by Location of Delivery Centers

For fiscal 20122014, 2013 and 2011,2012, our revenue and revenue less repair payments were derived from the following geographies (based on the location of our delivery centers) in the proportions set forth in the following table:

 

   As a percentage of revenue  As a percentage of
revenue less repair payments
 
   Year ended March 31,  Year ended March 31, 

Location of Delivery Center

  2012  2011  2012  2011 

India

   65.1%  47.5%  78.1%  79.4%

UK

   24.7%  46.9%  9.7%  11.4%

Philippines

   4.3%  2.9%  5.2%  4.8%

Romania

   2.3%  1.1%  2.7%  1.8%

Sri Lanka

   1.6%  1.1%  1.9%  1.9%

Costa Rica

   0.9%  0.2%  1.1%  0.3%

United States

   0.9%  0.3%  1.1%  0.4%

South Africa(1)

   0.2%  0.0%  0.2%  0.0%
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   100.0%  100.0%  100.0%  100.0%
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

   As a percentage of revenue  As a percentage of revenue less
repair payments
 
   Year ended March 31,  Year ended March 31, 

Location of Delivery Center

  2014  2013  2012  2014  2013  2012 

India

   65.1  68.4  65.1  69.4  72.3  78.1

UK

   12.8  12.5  24.7  7.1  7.7  9.7

South Africa(1)

   7.6  5.2  0.2  8.1  5.4  0.2

Philippines

   5.7  5.7  4.3  6.1  6.0  5.2

Sri Lanka

   2.5  2.3  1.6  2.7  2.4  1.9

Romania

   2.4  2.4  2.3  2.6  2.5  2.7

United States

   1.5  1.5  0.9  1.6  1.6  1.1

Costa Rica

   0.8  1.3  0.9  0.8  1.4  1.1

China(2)

   0.9  0.3  —      0.9  0.3  —    

Poland(3)

   0.7  0.4  —      0.7  0.4  —    

Total

   100.0  100.0  100.0  100.0  100.0  100.0
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Page 68


Note:Notes:

 

(1)

ServicesThis includes revenue from Fusion which we acquired on June 21, 2012. For the period prior to June 21, 2012, this includes revenue from services provided through Fusion under a subcontract arrangement.

(2)This includes revenue from services provided through our subcontractor’s delivery center in South Africa.

China, which services commenced during the third quarter of fiscal 2013 and revenue from our new China facility which became operational in May 2013.
(3)The facility became operational in October 2012.

Our Contracts

We provide our services under contracts with our clients, the majority of which have terms ranging between three and eight years, with some being rolling contracts with no end dates. Typically, these contracts can be terminated by our clients with or without cause and with short notice periods ranging from three to six months.periods. However, we tend to have long-term relationships with our clients given the complex and comprehensive nature of the business processes executed by us, coupled with the switching costs and risks associated with relocating these processes in-house or to other service providers.

Each client contract has different terms and conditions based on the scope of services to be delivered and the requirements of that client. Occasionally, we may incur significant costs on certain contracts in the early stages of implementation, with the expectation that these costs will be recouped over the life of the contract to achieve our targeted returns. Each client contract has corresponding service level agreements that define certain operational metrics based on which our performance is measured. Some of our contracts specify penalties or damages payable by us in the event of failure to meet certain key service level standards within an agreed upon time frame.

When we are engaged by a client, we typically transfer that client’s processes to our delivery centers over a two to six month period. This transfer process is subject to a number of potential delays. Therefore, we may not recognize significant revenue until several months after commencing a client engagement.

In the WNS Global BPOBPM segment, we charge for our services based on the following pricing models:

 

1)per full-time equivalent arrangements, which typically involve billings based on the number of full-time employees (or equivalent) deployed on the execution of the business process outsourced;managed;

 

2)per transaction arrangements, which typically involve billings based on the number of transactions processed (such as the number of e-mail responses, or airline coupons or insurance claims processed);

 

3)fixed-price arrangements, which typically involve billings based on achievements of pre-defined deliverables or milestones;

 

4)outcome-based arrangements, which typically involve billings based on the business result achieved by our clients through our service efforts (such as measured based on a reduction in days sales outstanding, an improvement in working capital, an increase in collections or a reduction in operating expenses); or

 

5)other pricing arrangements, including cost-plus arrangements, which typically involve billing the contractually agreed direct and indirect costs and a fee based on the number of employees deployed under the arrangement.

Apart from the above-mentioned pricing methods, a small portion of our revenue is comprised of reimbursements of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by us in providing services to our clients.

Outcome-based arrangements are examples of non-linear pricing models where revenues from platforms and solutions and the services we provide are linked to usage or savings by clients rather than the efforts deployed to provide these services. We intend to focus on increasing our service offerings that are based on non-linear pricing models that allow us to price our services based on the value we deliver to our clients rather than the headcount deployed to deliver the services to them. We believe that non-linear pricing models help us to grow our revenue without increasing our headcount. Accordingly, we expect increased use of non-linear pricing models to result in higher revenue per employee and improved margins. Non-linear revenues may be subject to short term pressure on margins, however, as initiatives in developing the products and services take time to deliver. Moreover, in outcome-based arrangements, we bear the risk of failure to achieve clients’ business objectives.objectives in connection with these projects. For more information, see “Part I — Item 3. Key Information — D. Risk Factors — If our pricing structures do not accurately anticipate the cost and complexity of performing our work, our profitability may be negatively affected.”

In our WNS Auto Claims BPOBPM segment, we earn revenue from claims handling and repair management services. For claims handling, we charge on a per claim basis or a fixed fee per vehicle over a contract period. For automobile repair management services, where we arrange for the repairs through a network of repair centers that we have established, we invoice the client for the amount of the repair. When we direct a vehicle to a specific repair center, we receive a referral fee from that repair center. We also provide a consolidated suite of services towards accident management including credit hire and credit repair for “non fault” repairs business.

Page 69


Revenue by Contract Type

For fiscal 20122014, 2013 and 2011,2012, our revenue and revenue less repair payments were diversified by contract type in the proportions set forth in the following table:

 

   As a percentage of revenue  As a percentage of
revenue less repair payments
 
   Year ended March 31,  Year ended March 31, 

Contract Type

  2012  2011  2012  2011 

Full-time-equivalent

   51.2%  35.7%  61.4%  59.5%

Transaction

   38.5%  57.2%  26.2%  28.7%

Fixed price

   5.4%  4.1%  6.4%  6.8%

Outcome-based

   1.4%  0.5%  1.7%  0.8%

Others

   3.5%  2.5%  4.3%  4.2%
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   100.0%  100.0%  100.0%  100.0%
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Our prior contracts with a major client, Aviva, granted Aviva Global the option to require us to transfer our facilities at Pune and Sri Lanka to Aviva Global. We transferred the Sri Lanka facility at book value, which did not result in a material gain or loss, although we lost the revenue generated by the facility upon our transfer of the facility to Aviva Global. With the transaction that we entered into with Aviva in July 2008 described below, we have, through the acquisition of Aviva Global, resumed control of the Sri Lanka facility and we have continued to retain ownership of the Pune facility and we expect these facilities to continue to generate revenue for us under the Aviva master services agreement described below. However we may in the future enter into contracts with other clients with similar call options that may result in the loss of revenue that may have a material impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows, particularly during the quarter in which the option takes effect.

   As a percentage of revenue  As a percentage of revenue less
repair payments
 
   Year ended March 31,  Year ended March 31, 
   2014  2013  2012  2014  2013  2012 

Full-time-equivalent

   63.5  59.6  51.2  67.6  62.8  61.4

Transaction

   27.6  29.7  38.5  22.9  25.8  26.2

Fixed price

   4.6  6.0  5.4  4.9  6.4  6.4

Outcome-based

   0.9  1.1  1.4  1.0  1.2  1.7

Others

   3.4  3.6  3.5  3.6  3.8  4.3
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   100.0  100.0  100.0  100.0  100.0  100.0
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

In July 2008, we entered into a transaction with Aviva, consisting of a share sale and purchase agreement with Aviva and a master services agreement with Aviva MS. Pursuant to the share sale and purchase agreement with Aviva, we acquired all the shares of Aviva Global in July 2008.

Pursuant to theThe Aviva master services agreement with Aviva MS, we provide BPO(as amended by a variation deed) provides for our provision of BPM services to Aviva’s UK business and Canadian businessesAviva’s Irish subsidiary, Hibernian Aviva Direct Limited, and certain of its affiliates, for a term of eight years and four months. Under the terms ofIn addition, the agreement we have agreed to provide a comprehensive spectrum of life and general insurance processing functions to Aviva, including policy administration and settlement, alongprovided us with finance and accounting, customer care and other support services. In addition, we have the exclusive right to provide certain services such as finance and accounting, insurance back-office, customer interaction and analytics services to Aviva’s UK and Canadian businesses for the first five years, subject to the rights and obligations of the Aviva group under their existing contracts with other providers. In March 2009, we entered into a variation deed to the Aviva master services agreement pursuant to which we commenced provision of services to Aviva’s Irish subsidiary, Hibernian Aviva Direct Limited, and certain of its affiliates. Aviva’s Canadian business has ceased to require our BPO services and we are currently providing BPO services to Aviva’s UK business and Aviva’s Irish subsidiary, Hibernian Aviva Direct Limited, and certain of its affiliates.This exclusive right expired in July 2013. See “Part I — Item 10. Additional Information — C. Material Contracts.”

Our clients customarily provide one to three month rolling forecasts of their service requirements. Our contracts with our clients do not generally provide for a committed minimum volume of business or committed amounts of revenue, except for the Aviva master services agreement that we entered into in July 2008 as described above. Aviva MS has agreed to provide a minimum volume of business, or minimum volume commitment, to us during the term of the contract. The minimum volume commitment is calculated as 3,000 billable full-time employees, where one billable full time employee is the equivalent of a production employee engaged by us to perform our obligations under the contract for one working day of at least nine hours for 250 days a year. In August 2009, we entered into a variation agreement to the Aviva master services agreement pursuant to which Aviva MS agreed to increase the minimum volume commitment from the current 3,000 billable full time employees to 3,300 billable full time employees for a period of 17 months from March 1, 2010 to July 31, 2011 and to 3,250 billable full time employees for a period of six months from August 1, 2011 to January 31, 2012. The minimum volume commitment has since reverted to 3,000 billable full time employees for the remaining term of the Aviva master services agreement. In the event the mean average monthly volume of business in any rolling three-month period does not reach the minimum volume commitment, Aviva MS has agreed to pay us a minimum commitment fee as liquidated damages. Notwithstanding the minimum volume commitment, there are termination at will provisions which permit Aviva MS to terminate the Aviva master services agreement without cause, with six months’ notice upon payment of a termination fee. The annual minimum volume commitment under this contract was met in fiscal 2012.2014. Based on Aviva MS’s latest forecast of its service requirements for fiscal 20132015 provided to us, we expect them to meet their annual minimum volume commitment under this contract in fiscal 2013.

2015.

We have entered into a non-binding letter of intent with an existing major client for an extension of our services agreement with them. Under the terms of the letter of intent, our existing contract would be extended by an additional five years to March 2022. We would continue to have the exclusive right to provide the client with the services we currently provide and in the same geographic regions. We would be regarded as a preferred supplier with respect to any new services or any new geographic regions in which the client seeks BPM services, subject to our meeting certain conditions of the client’s supplier tender process. The client would receive a price discount that would apply retroactively with effect from April 1, 2014, along with productivity improvements that would be linked to a transition of processes from a full-time equivalent, or FTE, pricing model to a non-FTE based pricing model. The final terms and conditions of our contract extension with our client remain subject to execution of a definitive agreement. There can be no assurance that the terms described above will not vary materially until the definitive agreement is executed.

Page 70


Under the terms of an agreement with one of our top five clients negotiated in December 2009, we are the exclusive provider of certain key services from delivery locations outside of the US, including customer service and ticketing support for the client. This agreement became effective on April 1, 2010 and expireswill expire in December 2015. Under our earlier agreement with this client, we were entitled to charge premium pricing because we had absorbed the initial transition cost in 2004. That premium pricing is no longer available in the new contract with this client. The early termination of the old agreement entitled us to a payment by the client of a termination fee of $5.4 million which was received on April 1, 2010. As the termination fee was related to a renewal of our agreement with the client, we have determined that the recognition of the termination fee as revenue will be deferred over the term of the new agreement (i.e., over the period from April 1, 2010 to December 31, 2015).

Expenses

The majority of our expenses consist of cost of revenue and operating expenses. The key components of our cost of revenue are employee costs, facilities costs, payments to repair centers, facilities costs, depreciation, costs, travel expenses, and legal and professional costs. Our operating expenses include selling and marketing expenses, general and administrative expenses, foreign exchange gains and losses and amortization of intangible assets. Our non-operating expenses include finance expenses as well as other expenses recorded under “other income, net.”

Cost of Revenue

Employee costs represent the largest component of cost of revenue. In addition to employee salaries, employee costs include costs related to recruitment, training and retention. Historically, our employee costs have increased primarily due to increases in number of employees to support our growth and, to a lesser extent, to recruit, train and retain employees. Salary levels in India and our ability to efficiently manage and retain our employees significantly influence our cost of revenue. See “Part I — Item 4. Information on the Company — B. Business Overview — Human Capital.” We expect our employee costs to increase as we expect to increase our headcount to service additional business and as wages continue to increase in India.globally. See “Part I — Item. 3. Key Information. — D. Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business — Wage increases may prevent us from sustaining our competitive advantage and may reduce our profit margin.” We seek to mitigate these cost increases through improvements in employee productivity, employee retention and asset utilization.

Our WNS Auto Claims BPOBPM segment includes repair management services, where we arrange for automobile repairs through a network of third party repair centers. The payments to repair centers represent a significant component ofThis cost of revenue. The value of these payments in any given period is primarily driven by the volume of accidents and the amount of the repair costs related to such accidents.

Our facilities costs comprise lease rentals, utilities cost, facilities management and telecommunication network cost. Most of our leases for our facilities are long-term agreements and have escalation clauses which provide for increases in rent at periodic intervals commencing between three and five years from the start of the lease. Most of these agreements have clauses that cap escalation of lease rentals.

We create capacity in our operational infrastructure ahead of anticipated demand as it takes six to nine months to build up a new site. Hence, our cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue may be higher during periods in which we carry such additional capacity.

Once we are engaged by a client in a new contract, we normally have a transition period to transfer the client’s processes to our delivery centers and accordingly incur costs related to such transfer. Therefore, our cost of revenue in relation to our revenue may be higher until the transfer phase is completed, which may last for two to six months.

Selling and Marketing Expenses

Our selling and marketing expenses primarily comprise employee costs for sales and marketing personnel, travel expenses, legal and professional fees, share-based compensation expense, brand building expenses and other general expenses relating to selling and marketing.

Selling and marketing expenses as a proportion of revenue were 5.6%7.0% in fiscal 20122014 as compared with 3.8%6.6% and 5.6% for fiscal 2011.2013 and 2012, respectively. Selling and marketing expenses as a proportion of revenue less repair payments were 6.7%7.5% in fiscal 20122014 as compared with 6.3%6.9% and 6.7% for fiscal 2011.2013 and 2012, respectively. We expect our selling and marketing expenses to increase in fiscal 20132015 but at a lower rate than the increase in our revenue less repair payments.

Page 71


We expect the employee costs associated with sales and marketing and related travel costs to increase in fiscal 2013.2015. See “Part I — Item 4. Information on the Company — B. Business Overview — Business Strategy — Enhance awareness of the WNS brand name.” Our sales team is compensated based on achievement of business targets set at the beginning of each fiscal year. Accordingly, we expect this variable component of the sales team costs to increase in line with overall business growth.

General and Administrative Expenses

Our general and administrative expenses primarily comprise employee costs for senior management and other support personnel, travel expenses, legal and professional fees, share-based compensation expense and other general expenses not related to cost of revenue and selling and marketing.

General and administrative expenses as a proportion of revenue were 10.8%11.0% in fiscal 20122014 as compared with 9.1%12.4% and 10.8% for fiscal 2011.2013 and 2012, respectively. General and administrative expenses as a proportion of revenue less repair payments were 13.0%11.7% in fiscal 20122014 as compared with 15.3%13.1% and 13.0% for fiscal 2011.2013 and 2012, respectively. We expect general and administrative expenses to increase in fiscal 20132015 but at a lower rate than the increase in our revenue less repair payments.

We also expect our corporate employee costs for general and administrative and other support personnel to increase in fiscal 20132015 but at a lower rate than the increase in our revenue less repair payments.

Foreign Exchange Gains or Losses,Loss / (Gain), Net

Foreign exchange gains or losses, net includes:include:

 

marked to market gains or losses on derivative instruments;

instruments that do not qualify for “hedge” accounting and are deemed ineffective;

 

realized foreign currency exchange gains or losses on settlement of transactions in foreign currency;currency and

derivative instruments; and

 

unrealized foreign currency exchange gains or losses on revaluation of other assets and liabilities.

Amortization of Intangible Assets

Amortization of intangible assets is associated with our acquisitions of Marketics in May 2007, Flovate in June 2007, AHAAccidents Happens Assistance Limited (formerly known as Call 24-7), or AHA, in April 2008, BizAps in June 2008, and Aviva Global in July 2008.2008 and Fusion in June 2012.

Other Income, and Expense, Net

Other income, and expense, net comprisecomprises interest income, and income or loss from sale of fixed assetsinvestments and other miscellaneous expenses.

Finance Expense

Finance expense primarily relates to interest charges payable on our term loan and short-term borrowings. We expect our finance expense to decline in fiscal 20132015 based on reducing debt levels.

Operating Data

Our profit margin is largely a function of our asset utilization and the rates we are able to recover for our services. One of the most significant components of our asset utilization is our seat utilization rate which is the average number of work shifts per day, out of a maximum of three, for which we are able to utilize our seats. Generally, an improvement in the seat utilization rate will improve our profitability unless there are other factors which increase our costs such as an increase in lease rentals, large ramp-ups to build new seats, and increases in costs related to repairs and renovations to our existing or used seats. In addition, an increase in seat utilization rate as a result of an increase in the volume of work will generally result in a lower cost per seat and a higher profit margin as the total fixed costs of our built up seats remain the same while each seat is generating more revenue.

Page 72


The following table presents certain operating data as at the dates indicated:

 

  As at March 31,   As at March 31, 
  2012   2011   2010   2014   2013   2012 

Total headcount

   23,874     21,523     21,958     27,020     25,520     23,874  

Built up seats(1)

   18,928     16,278     15,836     23,503     21,975     18,928  

Used seats(1)

   14,082     13,256     13,659     16,425     15,443     14,082  

Seat utilization rate(2)

   1.3     1.4     1.4     1.2     1.2     1.3  

Notes:

 

(1)Built up seats refer to the total number of production seats (excluding support functions like Finance, Human Resource and Administration) that are set up in any premises. Used seats refer to the number of built up seats that are being used by employees. The remainder would be termed “vacant seats.” The vacant seats would get converted into used seats when we increase headcount.
(2)The seat utilization rate is calculated by dividing the average total headcount by the average number of built up seats to show the rate at which we are able to utilize our built up seats. Average total headcount and average number of built up seats are calculated by dividing the aggregate of the total headcount or number of built up seats, as the case may be, as at the beginning and end of the fiscal year by two.

We expect our total headcount in fiscal 20132015 to increase as compared to fiscal 20122014 as the impact of our declining attrition rate and an increased flow of business from new and existing clients is expected to increase our hiring requirements in fiscal 2013.2015.

Foreign Exchange

Exchange Rates

We report our financial results in US dollars and our results of operations may be adversely affected if the pound sterling depreciates against the US dollar or the Indian rupee appreciates against the US dollar. Although a substantial portion of our revenue and revenue less repair payments is denominated in pound sterling (60.7%(52.3% and 52.9 %, respectively, in fiscal 2012, and 73.1% and 55.1%49.2%, respectively, in fiscal 2011)2014, 52.4% and 49.8%, respectively, in fiscal 2013, and 60.7% and 52.9%, respectively, in fiscal 2012) and US dollars (32.6%(32.5% and 34.7%, respectively, in fiscal 2014, 35.3% and 37.2%, respectively, in fiscal 2013, and 32.6% and 39.2%, respectively, in fiscal 2012, and 23.5%% and 39.2%, respectively, in fiscal 2011)2012), most of our expenses (net of payments to repair centers) (64.8% in fiscal 2012 and 56.4% in fiscal 2011) are incurred and paid in Indian rupees.rupees (56.1% in fiscal 2014, 59.0% in fiscal 2013 and 64.8% in fiscal 2012). The exchange rates between the Indian rupee and the US dollar and between the pound sterling and the US dollar have changed substantially in recent years and may fluctuate substantially in the future. The average Indian rupee/rupee to US dollar exchange rate was approximatelyLOGO 47.93LOGO 60.38 per $1.00 in fiscal 2012,2014, which represented a depreciation of the Indian rupee of 5.2%11.0% as compared with the average exchange rate of approximatelyLOGO 45.57LOGO 54.38 per $1.00 in fiscal 2011,2013, which in turn represented an appreciationa depreciation of the Indian rupee of 4.0%13.5% as compared with the average exchange rate of approximatelyLOGO 47.46LOGO 47.93 per $1.00 in fiscal 2010.2012. The depreciation of the Indian rupee against the US dollar in fiscal 2014 by 11.0% as compared to the average exchange rate in fiscal 2013 has had a positive impact on our expenses in fiscal 2014, as a result of which increases in our cost of revenue, and to a lesser extent, our general and administrative expenses and selling and marketing expenses were partially offset by the impact of the depreciation of Indian rupee. The average pound sterling/sterling to US dollar exchange rate was approximately £0.63£0.629 per $1.00 in fiscal 2012,2014, which represented an appreciation of the pound sterling of 2.5%0.6% as compared with the average exchange rate of approximately £0.64£0.633 per $1.00 in fiscal 2011,2013, which in turn represented a depreciation of the pound sterling of 2.6%0.9% as compared with the average exchange rate of approximately £0.63£0.627 per $1.00 in fiscal 2010. We report our financial results in US dollars and our results2012. The appreciation of operations may be adversely affected if the pound sterling depreciates against the US dollar or the Indian rupee appreciates against the US dollar.in fiscal 2014 has positively impacted our results of operations. See “Part I — Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk — B. Risk Management Procedures — Components of Market Risk — Exchange Rate Risk.”

We have subsidiaries in several countries and hence, the functional currencies of these entities differ from our reporting currency, the US dollar. The financial statements of these entities are translated to the reporting currency as at the balance sheet date. Adjustments resulting from the translation of these financial statements from functional currency to reporting currency are accumulated and reported as other comprehensive income (loss), which is a separate component of equity. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are recorded as other income or expense.

Currency Regulation

Our Indian subsidiaries are registered as exporters of business process outsourcingmanagement services with STPI or SEZ. According to the prevailing foreign exchange regulations in India, an exporter of business process outsourcingmanagement services registered with STPI or SEZ is required to receive its export proceeds in India within a period of 12 months from the date of such exports in order to avail itself of the tax and other benefits. In the event that such a registered exporter has received any advance against exports in foreign exchange from its overseas customers, it is required to render the requisite services so that such advances are earned within a period of 12 months from the date of such receipt. If such a registered exporter does not meet these conditions, it will be required to obtain permission from the Reserve Bank of India to receive and realize such foreign currency earnings.

Page 73


A majority of the payments we receive from our clients are denominated in pound sterling, US dollars and Euros. For most of our clients, our subsidiaries in Mauritius, the Netherlands, the UK and the US enter into contractual agreements directly with our clients for the provision of business process outsourcingmanagement services by our Indian subsidiaries, which hold the foreign currency receipts in an export earners’ foreign currency account. All foreign exchange requirements, such as for the import of capital goods, expenses incurred during overseas travel by employees and discharge of foreign exchange expenses or liabilities, can be met using the foreign currency in the export earners’ foreign currency account in India. As and when funds are required by us, the funds in the export earners’ foreign currency account may be transferred to an ordinary rupee-denominated account in India.

There are currently no Jersey, UK or US foreign exchange control restrictions on the payment of dividends on our ordinary shares or on the conduct of our operations.

Income Taxes

We operate in multiple tax jurisdictions including Australia, China, Costa Rica, India, Mauritius, the Netherlands, Romania, the Philippines, Poland, Singapore, South Africa, Sri Lanka, United Arab Emirates, the UK and the US. As a result, our effective tax rate will change from year to year based on recurring factors such as the geographical mix of income before taxes, state and local taxes, the ratio of permanent items to pre-tax book income and the implementation of various global tax strategies, as well as non-recurring events.

In fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012, our tax rate in India and Sri Lanka impacted our effective tax rate. We would have incurred approximately $1.7 million, $0.8 million and $1.7 million in additional income tax expense on our operations in Sri Lanka and on our SEZ operations in India for fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, if the tax holidays and exemptions as described below had not been available for the respective periods.

We expect our tax rate in India and Sri Lanka and, to a lesser extent, the Philippines to continue to impact our effective tax rate. Our tax rate in India have been impacted by the reduction in the tax exemption enjoyed by our delivery center located in Gurgaon under the SEZ scheme from 100.0% to 50.0% starting from fiscal 2013. However, we expect to expand the operations in our delivery centers located in other SEZs that are still in their initial five years of operations and therefore eligible for 100.0% income tax exemption.

In the past, the majority of our Indian operations were eligible to claim income tax exemption with respect to profits earned from export revenue from operating units registered under the STPI. The benefit was available for a period of 10 years from the date of commencement of operations, but not beyond March 31, 2011. We had 13 delivery centers for fiscal 2011 eligible for the income tax exemption, which expired on April 1, 2011 for all of our delivery centers. We incurred minimal income tax expense on our Indian operations in fiscal 2011 as a result of this tax exemption, compared to approximately $13.6 million that we would have incurred if the tax exemption had not been available for the period. Effective April 1, 2011, upon the expiration of this tax exemption, income derived from our operations in India became subject to the prevailing annual tax rate, of 32.45%which is currently 33.99%.

Further, in 2005, the Government of India implemented the SEZ legislation, with the effect that taxable income of new operations established in designated SEZs may be eligible for a 15 year tax holiday scheme consisting of a complete tax holiday for the initial five years and a partial tax holiday for the subsequent ten years, subject to the satisfaction of certain capital investment conditions. We have aOur delivery center located in Gurgaon, India and registered under the SEZ scheme andis eligible for a 50%50.0% income tax exemption from fiscal 2013 until fiscal 2022. During fiscal 2012, we also started operations in delivery centers in Pune, Navi Mumbai and Chennai, India registered under the SEZ scheme, through which we are eligible for a 100%100.0% income tax exemption until fiscal 2016 and a 50%50.0% income tax exemption from fiscal 2017 until fiscal 2026. The Ministry of Finance in India has, however, expressed concern about the potential loss of tax revenues as a result of the exemptions under the SEZ legislation.

The SEZ legislation has been criticized on economic grounds by the International Monetary Fund and the SEZ legislation may be challenged by certain non-governmental organizations. It is possible that, as a result of such political pressures, the procedure for obtaining benefits under the SEZ legislation may become more onerous, the types of land eligible for SEZ status may be further restricted or the SEZ legislation may be amended or repealed. Moreover, there is continuing uncertainty as to the governmental and regulatory approvals required to establish operations in the SEZs or to qualify for the tax benefit. This uncertainty may delay our establishment of additional operations in the SEZs.

In addition to these tax holidays, our Indian subsidiaries are also entitled to certain benefits under relevant state legislation and regulations. These benefits include the preferential allotment of land in industrial areas developed by state agencies, incentives for captive power generation, rebates and waivers in relation to payments for transfer of property and registration (including for purchase or lease of premises) and commercial usage of electricity.

Further, since the adoption of the Indian Finance Act, 2007,Since fiscal 2008, we have become subject to minimum alternate tax, or MAT and since fiscal 2008, we have been required to pay additional taxes. The Government of India, pursuant to the Indian Finance Act, 2011, has also levied MAT on the book profits earned by the SEZ units at the prevailing tax rate, of 20.01%which is currently 20.96%. To the extent MAT paid exceeds the actual tax payable on our taxable income;income we would be able to set offoffset such MAT credits againstfrom tax payable in the succeeding ten years, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. We expect to be able to set offDuring fiscal 2014 and 2013, we have offset $5.7 million and $1.3 million respectively of our MAT payments againstfor earlier years from our increased tax liability based on our taxable income following the expiry of our tax holiday on STPI effective fiscal 2012.

The Government of India may enact new tax legislation that could impact the way we are taxed in the future. For example, the Direct Taxes Code, 2013, is intended to replace the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961. The Direct Taxes Code, if enacted, proposes to render the existing profit based incentives for SEZ units unavailable for operations that become operational after March 31, 2015. Further, under the Direct Taxes Code, a non-Indian company with a place of effective management in India would be treated as a tax resident in India and would be consequently liable to tax in India on its global income. The implications of the Direct Taxes Code, if enacted, on our operations are presently still unclear and may result in a material increase in our tax liability.

Page 74


Further, in Finance Bill, 2012, the Government of India, pursuant to the Indian Finance Act 2012, has clarified that, with retrospective effect from April 1, 1962, any income accruing or arising directly or indirectly through the transfer of capital assets situated in India will be taxable in India. If we earn income from any suchof our transactions involvingare deemed to involve the direct or indirect transfer of a capital assets situatedasset located in India, thesesuch transactions could be investigated by the Indian tax authorities, which could lead to the issuance of tax assessment orders and a material increase in our tax liability. However, in the past our company has obtained indemnityFor example, we received a request from the sellersrelevant income tax authority in India for information relating to our acquisition in July 2008 from Aviva of all the shares of Aviva Global, which owned subsidiaries with assets in such transactions against any such probableIndia and Sri Lanka. No allegation or demand for payment of additional tax liabilities.relating to that transaction has been made yet. The Finance Bill, 2012, also introducedGovernment of India has issued guidelines on the GAAR, which is expected to be effective April 1, 2012,2015, and which is intended to curb sophisticated tax avoidance. Under the GAAR, a business arrangement will be deemed an “impermissible avoidance arrangement” if the main purpose of the arrangement is to obtain a tax benefit.benefits. Although the full implications of the GAAR are presently still unclear, if we are deemed to have violated any of its provisions, we may face an increase to our tax liability.

The Direct Taxes Code Bill, which was tabled in the Indian Parliament in August 2010, is proposed to come into effect in April 2013, if enacted. The Direct Taxes Code, if enacted, is intended to replace the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961 beginning April 1, 2013. Under the Direct Taxes Code Bill, a non-Indian company with a place of effective management in India would be treated as a tax resident in India and would be consequently liable to be taxed in India on its global income. The Direct Taxes Code Bill, if enacted, also proposes to discontinue the existing profit based incentives for SEZ units operational after March 31, 2014 and replace them with investment based incentives for SEZ units operational after that date.

Our subsidiariesoperations in Sri Lanka the Philippines and Costa Ricaare also benefit from certaineligible for tax exemptions. One of our Sri Lankan subsidiaries was eligible to claim income tax exemption with respect to profits earned from export revenue by our delivery center registered with the BOI, Sri Lanka.BOI. This tax exemption expired in fiscal 2011, however, effective fiscal 2012, the Government of Sri Lanka has exempted the profits earned from export revenue from tax. This has enabled our Sri Lankan subsidiary to continue to claim tax exemption under the Sri LankanLanka Inland Revenue Act following the expiry of the tax holiday provided by the BOI. The tax holiday for another Sri Lankan subsidiary expired on March 31, 2009.exemption.

Our subsidiariessubsidiary in the Philippines, WNS Philippines Inc., and its wholly-owned subsidiary, WNS Global Services Philippines, Inc., are was also eligible to claim income tax exemption with respect to profits earned from export revenue by our delivery centers registered with the Board of Investment andPhilippines Economic Zone Authority, which expired in fiscal 2014. We have applied to the Philippines Economic Zone Authority. This tax holiday is availableAuthority for four years from the datean extension of grant of thethis tax exemption. UponDuring fiscal 2013, we started operations in a delivery center in the Philippines which is also eligible for a tax exemption that will expire in fiscal 2017. Following the expiry of the tax holiday in fiscal 2013,exemption, income generated by WNS Philippines Inc. and WNS Global Services Philippines, Inc. will be taxed at the then prevailing annual tax rate, which is currently 30%30.0%.

Our subsidiary in Costa Rica is also eligible for 100%a 100.0% income tax exemption for an initial eight yearsfrom fiscal 2010 until fiscal 2017 and 50% for the four years thereafter, starting from the date of commencement of the operation on November 16, 2009.

We incurred minimala 50.0% income tax expense on our operations in Sri Lanka and the Philippines and in connection with our SEZ operations in India, inexemption from fiscal 2012 as a result of the tax holidays described above, compared2018 to approximately $1.7 million that we would have incurred if the tax holidays had not been available for the period.fiscal 2021.

In addition, in May 2007, the Government of India implemented a fringe benefit tax on the allotment of shares pursuant to the exercise or vesting, on or after April 1, 2007, of options and RSUs granted to employees. The fringe benefit tax was payable by the employer at the rate of 33.99% on the difference between the fair market value of the options and RSUs on the date of vesting of the options and RSUs and the exercise price of the options and the purchase price (if any) for the RSUs, as applicable. In October 2007, the Government of India published its guidelines on how the fair market value of the options and RSUs should be determined. The legislation permitted the employer to recover the fringe benefit tax from the employees. Accordingly, the terms of our award agreements with applicable employees in India under our 2002 Stock Incentive Plan and our Amended and Restated 2006 Incentive Award Plan (as described in “Part I — Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees — B. Compensation — Employee Benefit Plans”) allow us to recover the fringe benefit tax from all of our employees in India except expatriate employees who are resident in India. In August 2009, the Government of India passed the Indian Finance (No. 2) Act, 2009, which abolished the levy of fringe benefit tax on certain expenses incurred by an employer and share-based compensation provided to employees, by an employer. However, it also provides that share-based compensation paid and other fringe benefits or amenities provided to employees would be taxable in the hands of the employees as salary benefit and an employer would be required to withhold taxes payable thereon.

Critical Accounting Policies

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report which have been prepared in accordance IFRS, as issued by the IASB. Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report describes our significant accounting policies and is an essential part of our consolidated financial statements.

Page 75


We believe the following to be critical accounting policies. By “critical accounting policies,” we mean policies that are both important to the portrayal of our financial condition and financial results and require critical management judgments and estimates. Although we believe that our judgments and estimates are appropriate, actual future results may differ from our estimates.

Revenue Recognition

We derive revenue from providing BPOBPM services to our clients, which primarily include providing back office administration, data management, contact center management and automobile claims handling services. We recognize revenue when the significant terms of the arrangement are enforceable, services are being delivered and the collectability is reasonably assured. We recognize revenue on an accrual basis when services are performed.

When the terms of the agreement specify service level parameters that must be met, we monitor such service level parameters and determine if there are any service credits or penalties that we need to account for. Revenue is recognized net of any service credits that are due to a client. Generally, our revenue is from large companies, where we do not believe we have a significant credit risk.

We invoice our clients depending on the terms of the arrangement, which include billing based on a per employee basis, a per transaction basis, a fixed price basis, an outcome based basis or other pricing arrangements including cost-plus arrangements. Amounts billed or payments received, where all the conditions for revenue recognition have not been met, are recorded as deferred revenue and are recognized as revenue when all recognition criteria have been met. However, the costs related to the performance of BPOBPM services unrelated to transition services (discussed below) are recognized in the period in which the services are rendered. An upfront payment received towards future services is recognized ratably over the period when such services are provided.

For certain of our clients, we perform transition activities at the outset of entering into a new contract for the provision of BPOBPM services. We have determined these transition activities do not meet the revenue recognition criteria to be accounted for as a separate unit of accounting with stand-alone value separate from the on-going BPOBPM contract. Accordingly, transition revenue and costs are subsequently recognized ratably over the period in which the BPOBPM services are performed. Further, the deferral of costs is limited to the amount of the deferred revenue. Any costs in excess of the deferred transition revenue are recognized in the period it was incurred.

In limited instances, we have entered into minimum commitment arrangements that provide for a minimum revenue commitment on an annual basis or a cumulative basis over multiple years, stated in terms of annual minimum amounts. Where a minimum commitment is specific to an annual period, any revenue shortfall is invoiced and recognized at the end of this period. When the shortfall in a particular year can be offset with revenue received in excess of minimum commitments in a subsequent year, we recognize deferred revenue for the shortfall which has been invoiced and received. To the extent we have sufficient experience to conclude that the shortfall will not be satisfied by excess revenue in a subsequent period, the deferred revenue will be recorded as revenue in that period. In order to determine whether we have sufficient experience, we consider several factors which include (i) the historical volume of business done with a client as compared with initial projections of volume as agreed to by the client with us, (ii) the length of time for which we have such historical experience, (iii) future volume expected based on projections received from the client, and (iv) our internal expectations of the ongoing volume with the client. Otherwise, the deferred revenue will remain until such time when we can conclude that we will not receive revenue in excess of the minimum commitment. For certain agreements, we have retroactive discounts related to meeting agreed volumes. In such situations, we record revenue at the discounted rate, although we initially bill at the higher rate, unless we can determine that the agreed volumes will not be met, based on the factors discussed above.

Our revenue is net of value-added taxes and includes reimbursements of out-of-pocket expenses, with the corresponding out-of-pocket expenses included in cost of revenue.

We provide automobile claims handling services, which include claims handling and administration (which we refer to as “claims handling”), car hire and arranging for repairs with repair centers across the UK and the related payment processing for such repairs (which we refer to as “repair management”).

We also provide services where motorists involved in accidents were not at fault. Our service offerings include the provision of replacement hire vehicles (which we refer to as “credit hire”), repair management services and claims handling (which we collectively refer to as “accident management”).

Page 76


With respect to claims handling, we enter into contracts with our clients to process all their claims over the contract period, where the fees are determined either on a per claim basis or a fixed payment for the contract period. Where our contracts are on a per claim basis, we invoice the client at the inception of the claim process. We estimate the processing period for the claims and recognize revenue over the estimated processing period. This processing period generally ranges between one to two months. The processing time may be greater for new clients and the estimated service period is adjusted accordingly. The processing period is estimated based on historical experience and other relevant factors, if any. Where the fee is a fixed payment for the contract period, revenue is recognized on a straight line basis over the period of the contract. In certain cases, where the fee is contingent upon the successful recovery of a claim by the client, revenue is not recognized until the contingency is resolved. Revenue in respect of car hire is recognized over the car hire term.

In order to provide repair management services, we arrange for the repair of vehicles involved in an accident through a network of repair centers. The repair costs are invoiced to customers. In determining whether the receipt from the customers related to payments to repair centers should be recognized as revenue, we consider the criteria established by IAS 18, Illustrative example (“IE”) 21 — “Determining whether an entity is acting as a principal or as an agent.” When we determine that we are the principal in providing repair management services, amounts received from customers are recognized and presented as third party revenue and the payments to repair centers are recognized as cost of revenue in the consolidated statement of income.

Factors considered in determining whether we are the principal in the transaction include whether,whether:

 

(a)we have the primary responsibility of providing the services,

 

(b)we negotiate the labor rates with repair centers,

 

(c)we are responsible for timely and satisfactory completion of repairs, and

 

(d)we bear the risk that the customer may not pay for the services provided (credit risk).

If there are circumstances where we dothe above criteria are not have exposure to the significant risk and rewards associated with the rendering of servicesmet and therefore we are not the principal in providing repair management services, amounts received from customers are recognized and presented net of payments to repair centers in the consolidated statement of income. Revenue from repair management services is recorded net of the repairer referral fees passed on to customers.

Share-based Compensation

We provide share-based awards such as share options and RSUs to our employees, directors and executive officers through various equity compensation plans. We account for share-based compensation expense relating to share-based payments using a fair-value method in accordance with IFRS 2,“Share-based “Share-based Payments.” IFRS 2 addresses the accounting for share-based payment transactions in which an enterprise receives employee services in exchange for equity instruments of the enterprise or liabilities that are based on the fair value of the enterprise’s equity instruments or that may be settled by the issuance of such equity instruments.

Equity instruments granted is measured by reference to the fair value of the instrument at the date of grant. The grants vest in a graded manner. Under the fair value method, the estimated fair value of awards is charged to income over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the award, for each separately vesting portion of the award as if the award was, in substance, multiple awards. We include a forfeiture estimate in the amount of compensation expense being recognized based on our estimate of equity instrument that will eventually vest.

IFRS 2 requires the use of a valuation model to calculate the fair value of share-based awards. Based on our judgment, we have elected to use the Black-Scholes-Merton pricing model to determine the fair value of share-based awards on the date of grant. RSUs are measured based on the fair market value of the underlying shares on the date of grant.

We believe the Black-Scholes-Merton model to be the most appropriate model for determination of fair value of the share-based awards. In determining the fair value of share-based awards using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model, we are required to make certain estimates of the key assumptions that include expected term, expected volatility of our shares, dividend yield and risk free interest rate. Estimating these key assumptions involves judgment regarding subjective future expectations of market prices and trends. The assumptions for expected term and expected volatility have the most significant effect on calculating the fair value of our share options. We use the historical volatility of our ADSs in order to estimate future share price trends. In order to determine the estimated period of time that we expect employees to hold their share-based options, we have used historical exercise pattern of employees. The aforementioned inputs entered into the option valuation model that we use to determine the fair value of our share awards are subjective estimates and changes to these estimates will cause the fair value of our share-based awards and related share-based compensation expense we record to vary.

Page 77


We are required to estimate the share-based awards that we expect to vest and to reduce share-based compensation expense for the effects of estimated forfeitures of awards over the expense recognition period. Although we estimate forfeitures based on historical experience and other factors, actual forfeitures in the future may differ. To the extent our actual forfeitures are different than our estimates, we record a true-up for the difference in the period in which the awards vest, and such true-ups could materially affect our operating results.

We record deferred tax assets for share-based awards based on the future tax deduction which will be based on our ADS price at the reporting date. If the amount of the future tax deduction exceeds the cumulative amount of share-based compensation expense, the excess deferred tax is directly recognized in equity.

Business Combinations, Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. As a part of acquisition accounting, we allocate the purchase price of acquired companies to the identified tangible and intangible assets based on the estimated fair values on the date of the acquisition. The purchase price allocation process requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially at acquisition date with respect to intangible assets, income taxes, contingent consideration and estimated restructuring liabilities. Although we believe the assumptions and estimates we have made in the past have been reasonable and appropriate, they are based in part on historical experience and information obtained from the management of the acquired companies and are inherently uncertain. Examples of critical estimates in valuing certain of the intangible assets we have acquired or may acquire in the future include but are not limited to appropriate method of valuation, future cash flow projections, weighted average cost of capital, discount rates, risk-free rates, market rate of return and risk premiums.

Unanticipated events and circumstances may occur which may affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or actual results.

Goodwill is initially measured at cost, being the excess of the cost of the acquisition of the acquiree over our share of the net fair value of the acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities on the date of the acquisition. If the cost of acquisition is less than the fair value of the net assets of the business acquired, the difference is recognized immediately in the income statement. Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually and when events occur or changes in circumstances indicate that the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit is less than its carrying value. The goodwill impairment test is performed at the level of cash-generating unit or groups of cash-generating units which represent the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes.

We use market related information and estimates (generally risk adjusted discounted cash flows) to determine the fair values. Cash flow projections take into account past experience and represents management’s best estimate about future developments. Key assumptions on which management has based its determination of fair value less costs to sell and value in use include estimated growth rates, weighted average cost of capital and tax rates. These estimates, including the methodology used, can have a material impact on the respective values and ultimately the amount of any goodwill impairment. See also the discussion on impairment testing under “— Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets” below.

Intangible assets are recognized only when it is probable that the expected future economic benefits attributable to the assets will accrue to us and the cost can be reliably measured. Intangible assets acquired separately are measured on initial recognition at cost. The cost of intangible assets acquired in a business combination is its fair value as at the date of acquisition determined using generally accepted valuation methods appropriate for the type of intangible asset. Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over the estimated useful life and assessed for impairment whenever there is an indication that the intangible asset may be impaired. The amortization of an intangible asset with a finite useful life reflects the manner in which the economic benefit is expected to be generated and consumed. These estimates are reviewed at least at each financial year end. Intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized, but instead are tested for impairment at least annually and written down to the fair value as required. See also the discussion on impairment testing under “— Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets” below.

Page 78


Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill is not subject to amortization and is instead tested annually for impairment and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Intangible assets that are subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the cash generating unit level, which is the lowest level for which there are separately identifiable cash flows. Impairment losses recognized in respect of cash generating units are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the cash generating units (or group of cash generating units) and then, to reduce the carrying amount of the other assets in the cash generating unit (or group of cash generating units) on a pro rata basis. Intangible assets that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which an asset’s or cash-generating unit’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. To determine the recoverable amount, management estimates expected future cash flows from each asset or cash-generating unit and determines a suitable interest rate in order to calculate the present value of those cash flows. In the process of measuring expected future cash flows management makes assumptions about future operating results. These assumptions relate to future events and circumstances. In arriving at our forecasts, we consider past experience, economic trends and inflation as well as industry and market trends. The projections also take into account factors such as the expected impact from new client contracts and expansion of business from existing clients, efficiency initiatives, and the maturity of the markets in which each business operates. The actual results may vary, and may cause significant adjustments to our assets within the next financial year.

In most cases, determining the applicable discount rate involves estimating the appropriate adjustment to market risk and the appropriate adjustment to asset-specific risk factors.

We cannot predict the occurrence of future events that might adversely affect the reported value of goodwill, intangible assets. Such events include, but are not limited to, strategic decisions made in response to economic and competitive conditions, the impact of the environment on our customer base, and material negative changes in relationships with significant customers.

Income Taxes

Income tax comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax expense is recognized in statements of income except to the extent it relates to items directly recognized in equity, in which case it is recognized in equity.

Current Income Tax

As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. We are subject to tax assessments in each of these jurisdictions. Current income taxes for the current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities based on the taxable profit for the period. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date and applicable for the period. We offset current tax assets and current tax liabilities, where we have a legally enforceable right to set off the recognized amounts and where we intend either to settle on a net basis, or to realize the asset and liability simultaneously.

Significant judgments are involved in determining the provision for income taxes including judgment on whether tax positions are probable of being sustained in tax assessments. A tax assessment can involve complex issues, which can only be resolved over extended time periods. The recognition of taxes that are subject to certain legal or economic limits or uncertainties is assessed individually by management based on the specific facts and circumstances. Though we have considered all these issues in estimating our income taxes, there could be an unfavorable resolution of such issues that may affect results of our operations.

Deferred Income Tax

We recognize deferred income tax using the balance sheet approach. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for all deductible temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amount in financial statements, except when the deferred income tax arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and affects neither accounting nor taxable profits or loss at the time of transaction.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.

Page 79


Deferred income tax asset in respect of carry forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses are recognized to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences, and the carry forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses can be utilized.

The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred income tax asset to be utilized.

The measurement of deferred tax assets involves judgment regarding the deductibility of costs not yet subject to taxation and estimates regarding sufficient future taxable income to enable utilization of unused tax losses in different tax jurisdictions. We consider the expected reversal of deferred tax assets and projected future taxable income in making this assessment. All deferred tax assets are subject to review of probable utilization. The assessment of the probability of future taxable profit in various years in which deferred tax assets can be utilized is based on the latest approved budget forecast, which is adjusted for significant non-taxable profit and expenses and specific limits to the use of any unused tax loss or credit. The tax rules in the various jurisdictions in which we operate are also carefully taken into consideration. If a positive forecast of taxable profit indicates the probable use of a deferred tax asset, especially when it can be utilized without a time limit, that deferred tax asset is usually recognized in full. The recognition of deferred tax assets that are subject to certain legal or economic limits or uncertainties is assessed individually by management based on the specific facts and circumstances.

Page 80


We recognize deferred tax liabilities for all taxable temporary differences, except those associated with investments in subsidiaries and associates where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

As part of our accounting for business combinations, some of the purchase price is allocated to goodwill and intangible assets. Impairment charges associated with goodwill are generally not tax deductible and will result in an increased effective income tax rate in the quarter any impairment is recorded. Amortization expenses associated with acquired intangible assets are generally not tax deductible pursuant to our existing tax structure; however, deferred taxes have been recorded for non-deductible amortization expenses as a part of the purchase price allocation process. We have taken into account the allocation of these identified intangibles among different taxing jurisdictions, including those with nominal or zero percent tax rates, in establishing the related deferred tax liabilities. Income tax contingencies existing as of the acquisition dates of the acquired companies are evaluated quarterly and any adjustments are recorded as adjustments to goodwill during the measurement period.

Uncertainties in income taxes are not addressed specifically in IAS 12 “Income Taxes”IAS12 “Income Taxes and hence the general measurement principles in IAS 12IAS12 are applied in measuring the uncertain tax positions. Uncertain tax positions are reflected at the amount likely to be paid to the taxation authorities. A liability is recognized in connection with each item that is not probable of being sustained on examination by taxing authority. The liability is measured using single best estimate of the most likely outcome for each position taken in the tax return. Thus the provision would be the aggregate liability in connection with all uncertain tax positions. We also include interest related to such uncertain tax positions within our provision for income tax expense.

Evaluation of tax positions and recognition of provisions, as discussed above, involves interpretation of tax laws, estimates of probabilities of tax positions being sustained and the amounts of payments to be made under various scenarios. Although we believe we are adequately reserved for our unresolved disputes with the taxation authorities, no assurance can be given with respect to the final outcome on these matters. To the extent that the final outcome on these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact our provision for income taxes in the period in which such a determination is made.

Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedge Accounting

We are exposed to foreign currency fluctuations on foreign currency assets, liabilities, net investment in foreign operations, and forecasted cash flows denominated in foreign currency.currency and fluctuation in interest rates. We limit the effect of foreign exchange rate fluctuation by following established risk management policies including the use of derivatives. We enter into derivative financial instruments where the counter party is a bank. We holduse derivative financial instruments such as foreign exchange forward, and option contracts, currency swaps and interest rate swaps to hedge certain foreign currency and interest rate exposures. Forward and option contracts on various foreign currencies are entered into to manage the foreign currency exchange rate risk on forecasted revenuetransactions denominated in foreign currencies and monetary assets and liabilities held in non-functional currencies. Interest rate swaps are entered into to manage interest rate risk associated with floating rate borrowings. Our primary exchange rate exposure is with the US dollars, pound sterling and the Indian rupee.

Cash Flow Hedges

We recognize derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position at fair value. Derivative instruments qualify for hedge accounting when the instrument is designated as a hedge; the hedged item is specifically identifiable and exposes us to risk; and it is expected that a change in fair value of the derivative instrument and an opposite change in the fair value of the hedged item will have a high degree of correlation. Determining that there is a high degree of correlation between the change in fair value of the hedged item and the derivative instruments involves significant judgment including the probability of the occurrence of the forecasted transaction. Although our estimates of the forecasted transactions are based on historical experience and we believe that they are reasonable, the final occurrence of such transactions could be different as a result of external factors such as industry and economic trends, and internal factors such as changes in our business strategy and our internal forecasts, which will have a material effect on our earnings.

For derivative instruments where hedge accounting is applied, we record the effective portion of derivative instruments that are designated as cash flow hedges in other comprehensive income (loss) in the statement of comprehensive income, which is reclassified into earnings in the same period during which the hedged item affects earnings.earnings and disclosed as a part of revenue, foreign exchange loss/(gains), net and finance expense, as applicable. The remaining gain or loss on the derivative instrument in excess of the cumulative change in the present value of future cash flows of the hedged item, if any (i.e., the ineffective portion) or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness, and changes in fair value of other derivative instruments not designated as qualifying hedges is recorded as gains / gains/losses, net in the statement of income. Gains/losses on cash flow hedges on intercompany forecasted revenue transactions are recorded in foreign exchange gains/losses and cash flow hedge on interest rate swaps are recorded in finance expense. Cash flows from the derivative instruments are classified within cash flows from operating activities in the statement of cash flows.

Page 81


Fair Value Measurements

IAS 32IFRS 13Financial Instruments: Presentation”Fair Value Measurements” (“IFRS 13”) defines fair value as the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, between knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s length transaction. The fair value of financial instruments that are traded in active markets at each reporting date is determined by reference to quoted market prices or dealer price quotations, without any deduction for transaction costs. For financial instruments not traded in an active market, the fair value is determined using appropriate valuation models. Where applicable, these models project future cash flows and discount the future amounts to a present value using market-based observable inputs including interest rate curves, credit risk, foreign exchange rates, and forward and spot prices for currencies.

IAS 32IFRS 7 “Financial Instruments: Disclosures also discussesrequires the hierarchy for determining and disclosing theclassification of fair value measurements using fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of financial instruments by valuation techniquethe inputs used in making the measurements as detailed below:

Level 1 — quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2 — other techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly or indirectly; and

Level 3 — techniques which use inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable market data.

The fair value is estimated using the discounted cash flow approach and market rates of interest. The valuation technique involves assumptions and judgments regarding risk characteristics of the instruments, discount rates and future cash flows and other factors.flows.

Management uses valuation techniques in measuring the fair value of financial instruments, where active market quotes are not available. In applying the valuation techniques, management makes maximum use of market inputs, and uses estimates and assumptions that are, as far as possible, consistent with observable data that market participants would use in pricing the instrument. Where applicable data is not observable, management uses its best estimate about the assumptions that market participants would make. These estimates may vary from the actual prices that would be achieved in an arm’s length transaction at the reporting date.

Other Estimates

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We make estimates of the uncollectibilityuncollectability of our accounts receivable based on historical trends and other factors such as ageing and economic trends. Adverse economic conditions or other factors that might cause deterioration of the financial health of customers could change the timing and levels of payments received and necessitate a change in estimated losses.

Accounting for Defined Benefit Plans

In accounting for pension and post-retirement benefits, several statistical and other factors that attempt to anticipate future events are used to calculate plan expenses and liabilities. These factors include expected return on plan assets, discount rate assumptions and rate of future compensation increases. To estimate these factors, actuarial consultants also use estimates such as withdrawal, turnover, and mortality rates which require significant judgment. The actuarial assumptions used by us may differ materially from actual results in future periods due to changing market and economic conditions, regulatory events, judicial rulings, higher or lower withdrawal rates, or longer or shorter participant life spans.

Page 82


Results of Operations

The following table sets forth certain financial information as a percentage of revenue and revenue less repair payments:

 

  As a percentage of   As a percentage of 
  Revenue Revenue less
repair
payments
   Revenue Revenue less repair payments 
  Year ended March 31,   Year ended March 31, Year ended March 31, 
  2012 2011 2012 2011   2014 2013 2012 2014 2013 2012 

Cost of revenue

   71.9%  79.5%  66.3%  65.8%   65.2 67.6 71.9 62.9 65.8 66.3

Gross profit

   28.1%  20.5%  33.7%  34.2%   34.8 32.4 28.1 37.1 34.2 33.7

Operating expenses:

            

Selling and marketing expenses

   5.6%  3.8%  6.7%  6.3%   7.0 6.6 5.6 7.5 6.9 6.7

General and administrative expenses

   10.8%  9.1%  13.0%  15.3%   11.0 12.4 10.8 11.7 13.1 13.0

Foreign exchange (gains) loss, net

   (0.4)%  (2.5)%  (0.5)%  (4.1)%

Foreign exchange loss / (gains), net

   2.2 1.2 (0.4)%  2.4 1.3 (0.5)% 

Amortization of intangible assets

   6.2%  5.2%  7.5%  8.6%   4.7 5.7 6.2 5.0 6.0 7.5

Operating profit

   5.9%  4.8%  7.1%  8.0%   9.8 6.5 5.9 10.5 6.9 7.1

Other (income) expense, net

   0.0%  (0.2)%  0.0%  (0.3)%

Other (income) / expense, net

   (1.9)%  (1.0)%  0.0 (2.0)%  (1.1)%  0.0

Finance expense

   0.8%  1.9%  1.0%  3.1%   0.6 0.8 0.8 0.6 0.8 1.0

Provision for income taxes

   2.4%  0.2%  2.9%  0.4%   2.8 2.1 2.4 3.0 2.3 2.9

Profit

   2.6%  2.9%  3.2%  4.8%   8.3 4.6 2.6 8.8 4.9 3.2

The following table reconciles revenue (a GAAP financial measure) to revenue less repair payments (a non-GAAP financial measure) across our business:and sets forth payments to repair centers and revenue less repair payments as a percentage of revenue:

 

  Year ended March 31,   Year ended March 31, 
  2012   2011   2012 2011   2014   2013   2012   2014 2013 2012 
  (US dollars in millions)         (US dollars in millions)         

Revenue

  $474.1    $616.3     100%  100%  $502.6    $460.3    $474.1     100.0 100.0 100.0

Less: Payments to repair centers

   79.1     246.9     17%  40%   31.1     24.1     79.1     6.2 5.2 16.7

Revenue less repair payments

  $395.1    $369.4     83%  60%  $471.5    $436.1    $395.1     93.8 94.8 83.3

The following table presents our results of operations for the periods indicated:

 

  Year ended March 31,   Year ended March 31, 
  2012 2011   2014 2013 2012 
  (US dollars in millions)   (US dollars in millions) 

Revenue

  $474.1   $616.3    $502.6   $460.3   $474.1  

Cost of revenue(1)

   340.9    490.0     327.7   311.0   340.9  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Gross profit

   133.2    126.2     174.9    149.3    133.2  

Operating expenses:

       

Selling and marketing expenses(2)

   26.3    23.5     35.2    30.2    26.3  

General and administrative expenses(3)

   51.3    56.4     55.4    57.1    51.3  

Foreign exchange (gains) loss, net

   (1.9)  (15.1)

Foreign exchange loss / (gains), net

   11.2    5.5    (1.9

Amortization of intangible assets

   29.5    31.8     23.8    26.4    29.5  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Operating profit

   28.0    29.7     49.4    30.1    28.0  

Other (income) expense, net

   (0.0)  (1.1)

Other income, net

   (9.5  (4.8  (0.0

Finance expense

   4.0    11.4     2.9    3.6    4.0  
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Profit before income taxes

   55.9    31.3    24.0  

Provision for income taxes

   11.5    1.5     14.3    9.9    11.5  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Profit

  $12.5   $17.9    $41.6   $21.4   $12.5  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Notes:

 

(1)Includes share-based compensation expense of $1.0$1.3 million for fiscal 20122014, and $0.7$1.0 million each for fiscal 20112013 and 2012.
(2)Includes share-based compensation expense of $0.4$0.6 million for fiscal 20122014, and $0.2$0.4 million each for fiscal 2011.2013 and 2012.
(3)Includes share-based compensation expense of $3.9$5.0 million for fiscal 20122014, and $2.3$3.9 million each for fiscal 2011.2013 and 2012.

Page 83


Fiscal 20122014 Compared to Fiscal 20112013

Revenue

The following table sets forth our revenue and percentage change in revenue for the periods indicated:

Revenue

   Year ended March 31,        
   2012   2011   Change  % Change 
   (US dollars in millions)    

Revenue

  $474.1    $616.3    $(142.1  (23.1)%

   Year ended March 31,         
   2014   2013   Change   % Change 
   (US dollars in millions)         

Revenue

  $502.6    $460.3    $42.4     9.2

The decreaseincrease in revenue of $142.1$42.4 million was primarily attributable to a decreasean increase in revenue from existing clients of $149.8$30.1 million partially offset byand revenue from new clients of $7.7$12.1 million. TheIn addition, we had a decrease in hedging loss on our revenue by $0.2 million to $6.2 million in fiscal 2014 from existing clients$6.4 million in fiscal 2013. The increase in revenue was attributableprimarily due to higher volumes in our auto claims business on account of changes to certain client contractsutilities, banking and contracts with repair centers as discussed above, as a result of which we no longer account for the amounts received from these clients for payments to repair centers as revenue, resultingfinancial services, insurance, and shipping and logistics verticals partially offset by lower volumes in lower revenue. This change in accounting has no impact on the corresponding revenue less repair payments discussed below. For more information, see “— Revenue” above.our healthcare and public sector verticals.

Revenue by Geography

The following table sets forth the composition of our revenue based on the location of our clients in our key geographies for the periods indicated:

 

  Revenue   As a percentage of
revenue
   Revenue   As a percentage of
revenue
 
  Year ended March 31,   Year ended March 31, 
  2012   2011   2012 2011   2014   2013   2014 2013 
  (US dollars in millions)         (US dollars in millions)       

UK

  $290.1    $375.0     61.2%  60.9%  $265.0    $245.3     52.7 53.3

North America (primarily the US)

   144.8     136.8     30.5%  22.2%   137.4     140.2     27.3 30.5

Europe (excluding the UK)

   26.6     98.1     5.6%  15.9%   27.0     27.3     5.4 5.9

South Africa

   20.5     14.2     4.1 3.1

Australia

   18.5     10.8     3.7 2.4

Rest of world

   12.7     6.4     2.7%  1.0%   34.2     22.5     6.8 4.8
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total

  $474.1    $616.3     100.0%  100.0%  $502.6    $460.3     100.0  100.0
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

The decreaseincrease in revenue from the UK and Europeregion was primarily attributable to higher volumes in our auto claims business on account of changes to certain client contractsbanking and contracts with repair centers as discussed above, as a result of which we no longer account for the amounts received from these clients as revenue, resulting in lower revenue.financial services, shipping and logistics, utilities and travel verticals. The increase in revenue from the Rest of world region was primarily attributable to higher volumes in our banking and financial services, shipping and logistics and insurance verticals. The increase in revenue from Australia region was primarily attributable to higher volumes in our insurance vertical. The increase in revenue from South Africa region was primarily attributable to higher volumes in our banking and financial services, travel and retail and CPG verticals. The decrease in revenue in North America (primarily the US) was primarily due to lower volumes in our healthcare and travel verticals, partially offset by higher volumes in our travel and leisure, insurance and healthcare verticals,consulting and to a lesser extent, an appreciation ofprofessional services verticals. The decrease in revenue from Europe (excluding the pound sterling against the US dollar, the effects of which were partially offset byUK) region was primarily due to lower volumes in our banking and financial services, shipping and ourlogistics and retail and consumer productsCPG verticals, partially offset by higher volumes in our insurance and healthcare verticals.

Revenue Less Repair Payments

The following table sets forth our revenue less repair payment and percentage change in revenue less repair payments for the periods indicated:

 

   Year ended March 31,         
   2012   2011   Change   % Change 
   (US dollars in million)     

Revenue less repair payments

  $395.1    $369.4    $25.7     6.9%
   Year ended March 31,         
   2014   2013   Change   % Change 
   (US dollars in million)     

Revenue less repair payments

  $471.5    $436.1    $35.4     8.1

The increase in revenue less repair payments of $25.7$35.4 million was attributable to an increase in revenue less repair payments from existing clients of $18.2$23.4 million and revenue less repair payments from new clients of $7.5$11.8 million. In addition, we had a decrease in hedging loss on our revenue by $0.2 million to $6.2 million in fiscal 2014 from $6.4 million in fiscal 2013. The increase in revenue less repair paymentspayment was primarily due to higher volumes in our utilities, banking and financial services, insurance, travel and leisure, consultingshipping and professional services,logistics verticals partially offset by lower volumes in our healthcare and retail and consumer product businesses verticals and, to a lesser extent, an appreciation of the pound sterling against the US dollar.

public sector verticals.

Page 84


Revenue Less Repair Payments by Geography

The following table sets forth the composition of our revenue less repair payments based on the location of our clients in our key geographies for the periods indicated:

 

  Revenue less repair payments   As a percentage of
revenue less repair
payments
   Revenue less repair payments   As a percentage of
revenue less repair
payments
 
  Year ended March 31,   Year ended March 31, 
  2012   2011   2012 2011   2014   2013   2014 2013 
  (US dollars in millions)         (US dollars in millions)       

UK

  $211.0    $199.6     53.4%  54.0%  $233.8    $221.2     49.6 50.7

North America (primarily the US)

   144.8     136.8     36.6%  37.0%   137.4     140.2     29.1 32.2

Europe (excluding the UK)

   26.6     26.7     6.7%  7.2%   27.1     27.3     5.7 6.3

South Africa

   20.5     14.2     4.4 3.3

Australia

   18.5     10.8     3.9 2.5

Rest of world

   12.7     6.3     3.3%  1.8%   34.2     22.4     7.4 5.0
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total

  $395.1    $369.4     100.0%  100.0%  $471.5    $436.1     100.0  100.0
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

The increase in revenue from the UK region was primarily attributable to higher volumes in our banking and financial services, shipping and logistics, utilities and travel verticals. The increase in revenue from the rest of world region was primarily attributable to higher volumes in our banking and financial services, shipping and logistics and insurance verticals. The increase in revenue less repair payments from Australia region was primarily attributable to higher volumes in our insurance vertical. The increase in revenue from South Africa region was primarily attributable to higher volumes in our banking and financial services, travel and retail and CPG verticals. The decrease in revenue in North America (primarily the US) was primarily due to lower volumes in our healthcare and travel verticals, partially offset by higher volumes in our travel and leisure, insurance and healthcare verticals, partially offset byconsulting and professional services verticals. The decrease in revenue from Europe (excluding the UK) region was primarily due to lower volumes in our banking and financial services, shipping and logistics and retail and consumer products verticals. The increase in revenue less repair payments from the UK was primarily attributable toCPG verticals, partially offset by higher volumes in our insurance consulting and professional services, retail and consumer product businesses, utilities and healthcare verticals, partially offset by lower volume in travel and leisure and banking and financial vertical.verticals.

Cost of Revenue

The following table sets forth the composition of our cost of revenue for the periods indicated:

 

  Year ended March 31,     Year ended March 31,   
  2012 2011 Change   2014 2013 Change 
  (US dollars in millions)   (US dollars in millions) 

Employee costs

  $159.9   $153.3   $(6.6)  $184.7   $178.2   $6.5  

Facilities costs

   61.3   59.3   2.0  

Repair payments

   79.1    246.9    167.8     31.1   24.1   7.0  

Facilities costs

   53.7    45.1    (8.6)

Depreciation

   15.4    16.3    0.9     13.5   14.2   (0.7

Travel costs

   10.9   9.5   1.4  

Legal and professional costs

   8.0    8.1    0.1     10.9   8.5   2.4  

Travel costs

   8.4    7.3    (1.1)

Other costs

   16.5    13.2    (3.4)   15.3   17.3   (2.0
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total cost of revenue

  $340.9   $490.0   $149.1    $327.7   $311.0   $16.7  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

As a percentage of revenue

   71.9%  79.5%    65.2  67.6 

The increase in cost of revenue was primarily due to an increase in repair payments, an increase in employee costs due to higher headcount and wage increments, an increase in legal and professional services, an increase in facilities costs due to an expansion of facilities in the Philippines, South Africa, Romania and Poland and the addition of new facilities in Mumbai in India, Sri Lanka and China, and an increase in travel costs associated with transition of client processes to our delivery centers. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in other costs due to a decrease in costs associated with providing onshore services and subcontract costs. Further, the depreciation of the Indian rupee against the US dollar by an average of 11.0% in fiscal 2014 as compared to the average exchange rate in fiscal 2013 resulted in an overall decrease of approximately $17.6 million in the cost of revenue.

Gross Profit

The following table sets forth our gross profit for the periods indicated:

   Year ended March 31,    
   2014  2013  Change 
   (US dollars in millions) 

Gross profit

  $174.9   $149.3   $25.6  

As a percentage of revenue

   34.8  32.4 

As a percentage of revenue less repair payments

   37.1  34.2 

Gross profit was higher primarily due to higher revenue as discussed above. Gross profit as a percentage of revenue and revenue less repair payments similarly increased primarily due to higher revenue as discussed above. We had a decrease in hedging loss on our revenue by $0.2 million to $6.2 million in fiscal 2014 from $6.4 million in fiscal 2013, and the depreciation of the Indian rupee against the US dollar in fiscal 2014 by an average of 11.0% as compared to the average exchange rate in fiscal 2013 reduced our cost of revenue.

During fiscal 2014, our built up seats increased by 7.0% from 21,975 as at the end of fiscal 2013 to 23,503 as at the end of fiscal 2014 when we expanded facilities in the Philippines, South Africa, Romania and Poland and added new facilities in Mumbai in India, Sri Lanka and China. This was part of our strategy to expand our delivery capabilities, including in the SEZ in India. Our total headcount increased by 5.9% from 25,520 to 27,020 during the same period, resulting in a decline in our seat utilization rate from 1.21 in fiscal 2013 to 1.16 in fiscal 2014. This 0.05 decline in our seat utilization rate reduced our gross profit as a percentage of revenue by approximately 0.6% and reduced our gross profit as a percentage of revenue less repair payments by approximately 0.7%.

Selling and Marketing Expenses

The following table sets forth the composition of our selling and marketing expenses for the periods indicated:

   Year ended March 31,    
   2014  2013  Change 
   (US dollars in millions) 

Employee costs

  $26.4   $22.6   $3.8  

Other costs

   8.8    7.6    1.2  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total selling and marketing expenses

  $35.2   $30.2   $5.0  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

As a percentage of revenue

   7.0  6.6 

As a percentage of revenue less repair payments

   7.5  6.9 

The increase in selling and marketing expenses was primarily due to an increase in employee costs as a result of the expenses incurred in the expansion of our sales team and our client partner program. The increase in other costs was primarily due to an increase in travel and legal and professional expenses.

General and Administrative Expenses

The following table sets forth the composition of our general and administrative expenses for the periods indicated:

   Year ended March 31,    
   2014  2013  Change 
   (US dollars in millions) 

Employee costs

  $39.8   $38.2   $1.6  

Other costs

   15.6    18.9    (3.3
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total general and administrative expenses

  $55.4   $57.1   $(1.7
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

As a percentage of revenue

   11.0  12.4 

As a percentage of revenue less repair payments

   11.7  13.1 

The decrease in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to a decrease of approximately $3.2 million due to a depreciation of the Indian rupee against the US dollar by an average of 11.0% in fiscal 2014 by as compared to the average exchange rate in fiscal 2013 and a decrease in other costs as a result of a decrease in legal and professional expenses and travel expenses. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in employee costs as a result of an increase in headcount and wage increments.

Foreign Exchange Loss / (Gains), Net

The following table sets forth our foreign exchange loss / (gains), net for the periods indicated:

   Year ended March 31,     
   2014   2013   Change 
   (US dollars in millions) 

Foreign exchange loss / (gains), net

  $11.2    $5.5    $5.7  

The higher foreign exchange losses were primarily due to higher foreign currency revaluation losses by $3.1 million to a loss of $0.6 million in fiscal 2014 from a gain of $2.5 million in fiscal 2013 and higher hedging losses of $2.5 million from our rupee-denominated contracts as a result of a depreciation of the Indian rupee against the US dollar.

Amortization of Intangible Assets

The following table sets forth our amortization of intangible assets for the periods indicated:

   Year ended March 31,     
   2014   2013   Change 
   (US dollars in millions) 

Amortization of intangible assets

  $23.8    $26.4    $(2.6

The decrease in amortization of intangible assets was primarily attributable to depreciation of the Indian rupee against the US dollar in fiscal 2014 by an average of 11.0% as compared to the average exchange rate in fiscal 2013.

Operating Profit

The following table sets forth our operating profit for the periods indicated:

   Year ended March 31,    
   2014  2013  Change 
   (US dollars in millions) 

Operating profit

  $49.4   $30.1   $19.3  

As a percentage of revenue

   9.8  6.5 

As a percentage of revenue less repair payments

   10.5  6.9 

Operating profit as a percentage of revenue and revenue less repair payments is higher due to higher gross profit as discussed above, lower general and administrative expenses and lower amortization costs, partially offset by higher foreign exchanges losses, and higher selling and marketing expenses.

Other income, net

The following table sets forth our other income, net for the periods indicated:

   Year ended March 31,     
   2014   2013   Change 
   (US dollars in millions) 

Other income, net

  $9.5    $4.8    $4.7  

Other income was higher primarily on account of higher interest income due to higher cash balance and better yield.

Finance Expense

The following table sets forth our finance expense for the periods indicated:

   Year ended March 31,     
   2014   2013   Change 
   (US dollars in millions) 

Finance expense

  $2.9    $3.6    $(0.7

Finance expense marginally decreased primarily due to lower interest cost on account of full and partial repayment of certain of our term loans.

Provision for Income Taxes

The following table sets forth our provision for income taxes for the periods indicated:

   Year ended March 31,     
   2014   2013   Change 
   (US dollars in millions) 

Provision for income taxes

  $14.3    $9.9    $4.4  

The increase in provision for income taxes was primarily on account of higher profits, partially offset by higher deferred tax credits on losses in some jurisdictions.

Profit

The following table sets forth our profit for the periods indicated:

   Year ended March 31,    
   2014  2013  Change 
   (US dollars in millions) 

Profit

  $41.6   $21.4   $20.2  

As a percentage of revenue

   8.3  4.6 

As a percentage of revenue less repair payments

   8.8  4.9 

The increase in profit was primarily on account of higher operating profit, other income and lower finance expense partially offset by higher provision for income taxes.

Fiscal 2013 Compared to Fiscal 2012

The following table sets forth our revenue and percentage change in revenue for the periods indicated:

Revenue

   Year ended March 31,        
   2013   2012   Change  % Change 
   (US dollars in millions)    

Revenue

  $460.3    $474.1    $(13.9  (2.9)% 

The decrease in revenue of $13.9 million was primarily attributable to a decrease in revenue from existing clients of $38.2 million, partially offset by revenue from new clients of $24.3 million, including revenue contribution of $14.2 million from Fusion, which we acquired in 2012. In addition, we had an increase in hedging loss on our revenue by $1.5 million to $6.5 million in fiscal 2013 from $5.0 million in fiscal 2012. The decrease in revenue from existing clients was primarily attributable to the termination of a contract with a large client in our auto claims business in April 2012 to whom we had provided repair management services. As we acted as principal in our dealings with third party repair centers and this client, we accounted for the amounts received from this client for payments to repair centers as revenue and the payments made to repair centers in connection with our services provided to this client as cost of revenue (see “—— Overview”). The termination of this contract resulted in a decrease in revenue, with a corresponding decrease of the same amount in our cost of revenue. In addition, during the first quarter of fiscal 2012, we re-negotiated contracts with certain of our clients and repair centers in the auto claims business, whereby the primary responsibility for providing the services is borne by the repair centers instead of us and the credit risk that the client may not pay for the services is no longer borne by us. As a result of these changes, we are no longer considered to be the principal in providing the services. Accordingly, we no longer account for the amount received from these clients for payments to repair centers as revenue, resulting in lower revenue. These decreases were partially offset by higher volumes from new clients in our retail and CPG, insurance, utilities and travel and leisure verticals.

Revenue by Geography

The following table sets forth the composition of our revenue based on the location of our clients in our key geographies for the periods indicated:

   Revenue   As a percentage of
revenue
 
   Year ended March 31, 
   2013   2012   2013  2012 
   (US dollars in millions)        

UK

  $245.3    $290.1     53.3  61.2

North America (primarily the US)

   140.2     144.8     30.5  30.5

Europe (excluding the UK)

   27.3     26.6     5.9  5.6

South Africa

   14.2     —       3.1  —    

Australia

   10.8     4.9     2.4  1.0

Rest of world

   22.5     7.8     4.8  1.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  $460.3    $474.1     100.0  100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

The decrease in revenue from the UK region was primarily attributable to the termination of a contract with a large client in our auto claims business in April 2012 to whom we had provided repair management services as discussed above. The decrease in revenue in North America (primarily the US) was primarily due to lower volumes in our retail and CPG and banking and financial services verticals, partially offset by higher volumes in our consulting and professional services vertical. The increase in revenue from Australia region was primarily attributable to higher volumes in our insurance vertical. The increase in revenue from the Rest of world region was primarily due to revenue from new clients in our retail and CPG, and insurance verticals in that region. The increase in revenue from South Africa region was primarily due to our acquisition of Fusion in June 2012. The increase in revenue from Europe (excluding the UK) region was primarily due to higher volumes in our insurance, consulting and professional services and public sector verticals, partially offset by lower volumes in our shipping and logistics vertical.

Revenue Less Repair Payments

The following table sets forth our revenue less repair payment and percentage change in revenue less repair payments for the periods indicated:

   Year ended March 31,         
   2013   2012   Change   % Change 
   (US dollars in million)     

Revenue less repair payments

  $436.1    $395.1    $41.1     10.4

The increase in revenue less repair payments of $41.1 million was attributable to an increase in revenue less repair payments from existing clients of $20.0 million, and revenue less repair payments from new clients of $21.1 million, including revenue of $14.2 million from Fusion, which we acquired in June 2012. The increase in revenue less repair payments was primarily due to higher volumes in our retail and CPG, insurance, utilities and travel and leisure verticals partially offset by an increase in hedging loss on our revenue by $1.5 million to $6.5 million in fiscal 2013 from $5.0 million in fiscal 2012.

Revenue Less Repair Payments by Geography

The following table sets forth the composition of our revenue less repair payments based on the location of our clients in our key geographies for the periods indicated:

   Revenue less repair payments   As a percentage of
revenue less repair
payments
 
   Year ended March 31, 
   2013   2012   2013  2012 
   (US dollars in millions)        

UK

  $221.2    $211.0     50.7  53.4

North America (primarily the US)

   140.2     144.8     32.2  36.6

Europe (excluding the UK)

   27.3     26.6     6.3  6.7

South Africa

   14.2     —       3.3  —    

Australia

   10.8     4.9     2.5  1.2

Rest of world

   22.4     7.8     5.0  2.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  $436.1    $395.1     100.0  100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

The increase in revenue less repair payments from the Rest of world region was primarily due to revenue from new clients in our retail and CPG and insurance verticals in that region. The increase in revenue less repair payments from the UK region was primarily due to higher revenue in our utilities vertical and revenue from new clients in our retail and CPG verticals. The increase in revenue less repair payments from Australia was primarily attributable to higher volumes in our insurance verticals. The increase in revenue less repair payments from South Africa was primarily due to our acquisition of Fusion in June 2012. The increase in revenue less repair payments from Europe (excluding the UK) region was primarily due to higher volumes in our insurance, consulting and professional services and public sector verticals, partially offset by lower volumes in our shipping and logistics vertical. The decrease in revenue in North America (primarily the US) was primarily due to lower volumes in our retail and CPG, and banking and financial services verticals, partially offset by higher volumes in our insurance vertical in that region.

Cost of Revenue

The following table sets forth the composition of our cost of revenue for the periods indicated:

   Year ended March 31,    
   2013  2012  Change 
   (US dollars in millions) 

Employee costs

  $178.2   $159.9   $18.3  

Facilities costs

   59.3    53.7    5.6  

Repair payments

   24.1    79.1    (54.9

Depreciation

   14.2    15.4    (1.2

Travel costs

   9.5    8.4    1.1  

Legal and professional costs

   8.5    8.0    0.5  

Other costs

   17.3    16.5    0.7  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

  $311.0   $340.9   $(29.9
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

As a percentage of revenue

   67.6  71.9 

The decrease in cost of revenue was primarily due to a decrease in repair payments by $54.9 million. The decrease in repair payments was primarily attributable to the termination of a contract with a large client in our auto claims business in April 2012 to whom we had provided repair management services as discussed above and also on account of changes to certain client contracts and contracts with repair centers as discussed above, asduring the first quarter of fiscal 2012, whereby the primary responsibility for providing the services is borne by the repair centers instead of us and the credit risk that the client may not pay for the services is no longer borne by us. As a result of whichthese changes, we are no longer considered to be the principal in providing the services. Accordingly, we no longer account for the payments made to repair centers for cases referred by these clients as cost of revenue, which resultedresulting in lower repair payments. The decrease in cost of revenue was partially offset by an increase in employee costs due to higher headcount and wage increments, an increase in facilities costs was due to an expansion of facilities in Pune, Chennai and the Philippines and the addition of new facilities in Costa Rica, Mumbai, PuneVizag, the Philippines, Poland, and Chennai, theSouth Africa, an increase in employeetravel costs was primarilyassociated with transition of client processes to our delivery centers and an increase in other costs due to an increase in salarycosts associated with providing onshore services and headcount, and the increase in travel and other costs was due to an increase in headcount and the new facilities. These increases were partially offset by the impact of a depreciation of the Indian rupee against the US dollar. The decrease in depreciation and legal and professional costs were partially attributable tosubcontract costs. Further the depreciation of the Indian rupee against the US dollar.dollar by an average of 13.5% in fiscal 2013 as compared to the average exchange rate in fiscal 2012 resulted in an overall decrease of approximately $24 million in the cost of revenue.

Gross Profit

The following table sets forth our gross profit for the periods indicated:

 

   Year ended March 31,    
   2012  2011  Change 
   (US dollars in millions) 

Gross profit

  $133.2   $126.2   $6.9  

As a percentage of revenue

   28.1%  20.5% 

As a percentage of revenue less repair payments

   33.7%  34.2% 

Page 85


   Year ended March 31,    
   2013  2012  Change 
   (US dollars in millions) 

Gross profit

  $149.3   $133.2   $16.1  

As a percentage of revenue

   32.4  28.1 

As a percentage of revenue less repair payments

   34.2  33.7 

Gross profit iswas higher primarily due to higherlower cost of revenue less repair payments as discussed above and a depreciation of the Indian rupee against the US dollar, which partially offset increases in employee costs and facilities costs as discussed above. Gross profit as a percentage of revenue increased primarily due to lower repair payments which resulted in lower cost of revenue, as well as lower revenue, as a result of the termination of a contract with a large client in our auto claims business in April 2012 as discussed above, and also due to changes to certain client contracts and contracts with repair centers as discussed above,above. We had an increase in hedging loss on our revenue by $1.5 million to $6.5 million in fiscal 2013 from $5.0 million in fiscal 2012, and lower cost of revenue due to a depreciation of the Indian rupee against the US dollar by an average of 13.5% in fiscal 2013 as compared to the average exchange rate in fiscal 2012.

During fiscal 2013, our built up seats increased by 16.1% from 18,928 as at the end of fiscal 2012 to 21,975 as at the end of fiscal 2013 when we established additional delivery centers in Vizag, the Philippines, Poland, the US and South Africa and expanded seating capacities in our existing delivery centers in Pune and Chennai in India and the Philippines. This was part of our strategy to expand our delivery capabilities, including in the SEZ in India. Our total headcount increased by 6.9% from 23,874 to 25,520 during the same period, resulting in a decline in our seat utilization rate from 1.3 in fiscal 2012 to 1.2 in fiscal 2013. This 0.1 decline in our seat utilization rate reduced our gross profit as a resultpercentage of which we no longer account forrevenue by approximately 1.0% and reduced our gross profit as a percentage of revenue less repair payments by approximately 1.1%. This reduction partially offset the amounts received from these clients for paymentsincrease in gross profit as a percentage of revenue attributable to the changes to certain client contracts and contracts with repair centers as revenue, resulting in lower revenue.discussed above.

Selling and Marketing Expenses

The following table sets forth the composition of our selling and marketing expenses for the periods indicated:

 

  Year ended March 31,     Year ended March 31,   
  2012 2011 Change   2013 2012 Change 
  (US dollars in millions)   (US dollars in millions) 

Employee costs

  $19.8   $16.5   $(3.3)  $22.6   $19.8   $2.8  

Other costs

   6.5    6.9    0.4     7.6   6.5   1.1  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total selling and marketing expenses

  $26.3   $23.5   $(2.9)  $30.2   $26.3   $3.9  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

As a percentage of revenue

   5.6%  3.8%    6.6  5.6 

As a percentage of revenue less repair payments

   6.7%  6.3%    6.9  6.7 

The increase in selling and marketing expenses was primarily thedue to an increase in employee costs as a result of the expenses incurred in the expansion of our sales team and our client partner programprogram. The marginal increase in other costs was primarily due to an increase in travel and our brandinglegal and marketing initiatives. We anticipate maintaining a consistent level of such expenses (as a percentage of our revenue less repair payments) in support of our growth strategy.professional expenses.

General and Administrative Expenses

The following table sets forth the composition of our general and administrative expenses for the periods indicated:

 

  Year ended March 31,     Year ended March 31,   
  2012 2011 Change   2013 2012 Change 
  (US dollars in millions)   (US dollars in millions) 

Employee costs

  $35.4   $30.1   $(5.3)  $38.2   $35.4   $2.8  

Other costs

   16.0    26.3    10.3     18.9   16.0   2.9  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total general and administrative expenses

  $51.3   $56.4   $5.0    $57.1   $51.3   $5.7  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

As a percentage of revenue

   10.8%  9.1%    12.4  10.8 

As a percentage of revenue less repair payments

   13.0%  15.3%    13.1  13.0 

The decreaseincrease in general and administrative expenses was primarily on accountdue to an increase in other costs as a result of an increase in facilities costs, higher legal and professional expenses, expenses incurred in the establishment of our Capability Creation Group and the costs associated with acquiring Fusion and integrating Fusion into our company. The increase in employee costs was a result of an increase in headcount and wage increments, partially offset by a decrease of approximately $4.0 million due to a depreciation of the Indian rupee against the US dollar cost optimization in support functions resulting in lower facilities costs, legal and professional costs and better operating leverage. This decrease was partially offset by an increaseaverage of 13.5% in employee costsfiscal 2013 as a result of higher salary including share based compensation expense of $1.6 million. We anticipate maintaining a consistent level of employee costs and other costs (as a percentage of our revenue less repair payments).compared to the average exchange rate in fiscal 2012.

Foreign Exchange Gains,Loss / (Gains), Net

The following table sets forth our foreign exchange gains,loss / (gains), net for the periods indicated:

 

   Year ended March 31,    
   2012  2011  Change 
   (US dollars in millions) 

Foreign exchange (gains) loss, net

  $(1.9) $(15.1) $(13.2)
   Year ended March 31,    
   2013   2012  Change 
   (US dollars in millions) 

Foreign exchange loss / (gains), net

  $5.5    $(1.9 $7.4  

The higher foreign exchange losses were primarily due to a decrease in foreign currency revaluation gains recorded forby $5.8 million to $2.5 million in fiscal 2013 from $8.3 million in fiscal 2012 were on accountand higher hedging losses of realized and unrealized foreign exchange gains on revaluation of intercompany assets and liabilities, partially offset by hedging loss on$1.6 million from our rupee-denominatedrupee -denominated contracts as a result of a depreciation of the Indian rupee against the US dollar. The foreign exchange gains recorded for fiscal 2011 were on account of the impact of the transition from US GAAP to IFRS with respect to hedge accounting and, to a lesser extent, hedging gains on our rupee-denominated contracts as a result of an appreciation of the Indian rupee against the US dollar, partially offset by realized and unrealized foreign exchange loss on a revaluation of intercompany assets and liabilities.

Page 86


Amortization of Intangible Assets

The following table sets forth our amortization of intangible assets for the periods indicated:

 

   Year ended March 31,     
   2012   2011   Change 
   (US dollars in millions) 

Amortization of intangible asset

  $29.5    $31.8    $2.3  
   Year ended March 31,     
   2013   2012   Change 
   (US dollars in millions) 

Amortization of intangible assets

  $26.4    $29.5    $(3.1

The decrease in amortization of intangible assets was primarily dueattributable to the lowercomplete amortization of intangibles acquired in connection with the acquisition of Marketics and Flovate in May 2007 and June 2007, respectively, a part of intangible assets related to leasehold benefits acquired in connection with the acquisition of Aviva Global in July 2008 and depreciation of the Indian rupee against the US dollar by an average of 13.5% in fiscal 2013 as compared to the average exchange rate in fiscal 2012, partially offset by additional cost of amortization of intangible assets acquired in connection with the acquisition of FlovateFusion in June 2007 and BizAps in June 2008 due to declining balance of intangible assets subject to amortization, and the depreciation of the Indian rupee against the US dollar, which impacts the amortization charges relating to intangible assets acquired in connection with the acquisition of Aviva Global in 2008 following the transfer of the intangible assets from WNS (Mauritius) Limited (held in US dollars) to WNS Global (held in Indian rupees) in March 2011.2012.

Operating Profit

The following table sets forth our operating profit for the periods indicated:

 

  Year ended March 31,     Year ended March 31,   
  2012 2011 Change   2013 2012 Change 
  (US dollars in millions)   (US dollars in millions) 

Operating profit

  $28.0   $29.7   $(1.8)  $30.1   $28.0   $2.1  

As a percentage of revenue

   5.9%  4.8%    6.5 5.9 

As a percentage of revenue less repair payments

   7.1%  8.0%    6.9 7.1 

Operating profit as a percentage of revenue is slightlyhigher due to higher gross profit as discussed above and lower amortization costs, partially offset by higher foreign exchanges losses, higher general and administrative expenses and higher selling and marketing expenses. Operating profit as a percentage of revenue less repair payments is lower due to lowerhigher foreign exchange gainsexchanges losses, higher general and administrative expenses and higher selling and marketing expenses, partially offset by higher gross profit as discussed above and lower general and administrative expenses and amortization of intangible assets.costs.

Other (Income) Expense, Netincome, net

The following table sets forth our other income, net for the periods indicated:

 

   Year ended March 31,    
   2012  2011  Change 
   (US dollars in millions) 

Other (income)/expense, net

  $(0.0) $(1.1) $(1.1)
   Year ended March 31,     
   2013   2012   Change 
   (US dollars in millions) 

Other income, net

  $4.8    $0.0    $4.8  

The increase in expenseOther income was higher primarily relatedon account of higher interest income due to our follow-on public offering of equity shares in February 2012, partially offset by income from our investments in marketable securities.higher cash balance.

Finance Expense

The following table sets forth our finance expense for the periods indicated:

 

   Year ended March 31,     
   2012   2011   Change 
   (US dollars in millions) 

Finance expense

  $4.0    $11.4    $7.4  
   Year ended March 31,     
   2013   2012   Change 
   (US dollars in millions) 

Finance expense

  $3.6    $4.0    $(0.4

The decrease in finance expenses wasFinance expense marginally decreased primarily due to lower interest cost on account of scheduledour full repayment of principal on our 2010 Term Loan (as defined under “— Liquidity and Capital Resources”) in January and June 2011 and a one-time cost impact of $5.1 million due to an interest rate swap unwinding charge as a result of our term loan restructuringfacility of $94.0 million obtained in fiscal 2011.July 2010, partially offset by higher interest expense on our new short term loans.

Provision for Income Taxes

The following table sets forth our provision for income taxes for the periods indicated:

 

   Year ended March 31,     
   2012   2011   Change 
   (US dollars in millions) 

Provision for income taxes

  $11.5    $1.5    $(10.0)

Page 87


   Year ended March 31,     
   2013   2012   Change 
   (US dollars in millions) 

Provision for income taxes

  $9.9    $11.5    $(1.6

The increasedecrease in provision for income taxtaxes was primarily on account of the expiry of the STPIan increase in tax holiday periodcredits on our set up cost in India as at April 1, 2011.new delivery locations and higher deferred tax credits on losses in some jurisdictions.

Profit

The following table sets forth our profit for the periods indicated:

 

  Year ended March 31,     Year ended March 31,   
  2012 2011 Change   2013 2012 Change 
  (US dollars in millions)   (US dollars in millions) 

Profit

  $12.5   $17.9   $(5.4)  $21.4   $12.5   $8.9  

As a percentage of revenue

   2.6%  2.9%    4.6 2.6 

As a percentage of revenue less repair payments

   3.2%  4.8%    4.9 3.2 

The decreaseincrease in profit was primarily on account of higher employee costs,operating profit, other income, lower foreign exchange gainsfinance expense and higher provision for income taxes as discussed above, partially offset by higher revenue less repair payments, cost savings from management initiatives and a one-time cost impact of $5.1 million due to an interest rate swap unwinding charge in fiscal 2011.taxes.

Results by Reportable Segment

For purposes of evaluating operating performance and allocating resources, we have organized our company by operating segments. See note 2627 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report. For financial statement reporting purposes, we aggregate the segments that meet the criteria for aggregation as set forth in IFRS 8 “ Operating Segments.” We have separately reported our Auto Claims BPOBPM segment, as it does not meet the aggregation criteria under IFRS 8. Accordingly, pursuant to IFRS 8, we have two reportable segments: WNS Global BPOBPM and WNS Auto Claims BPO.BPM.

WNS Global BPOBPM is delivered out of our offshore delivery centers in China Costa Rica, India, the Philippines, Poland, Romania, South Africa, Sri Lanka, the UK and the US.US, as well as our subcontractor’s delivery center in China. This segment includes all of our business activities with the exception of WNS Auto Claims BPO.BPM. WNS Auto Claims BPOBPM is our automobile claims management business which is primarily based in the UK and is part of our insurance business unit. See “Part I — Item 4. Information on the Company — B. Business Overview — Business Process OutsourcingManagement Service Offerings.” We report WNS Auto Claims BPOBPM as a separate segment for financial statement reporting purposes since a substantial part of our reported revenue in this business consists of amounts invoiced to our clients for payments made by us to third party automobile repair centers, resulting in lower long-term gross margins when measured on the basis of revenue, relative to the WNS Global BPOBPM segment.

Our revenue is generated primarily from providing business process outsourcingmanagement services.

In our WNS Auto Claims BPOBPM segment, we provide both “fault” and “non fault” repairs. For “fault” repairs, we provide claims handling and repair management services, where we arrange for automobile repairs through a network of third party repair centers. In our repair management services, where we act as the principal in our dealings with the third party repair centers and our clients, the amounts which we invoice to our clients for payments made by us to third party repair centers are reported as revenue. Where we are not the principal in providing the services, we record revenue from repair services net of repair cost. Since we wholly subcontract the repairs to the repair centers, we evaluate the financial performance of our “fault” repair business based on revenue less repair payments to third party repair centers, which is a non-GAAP financial measure. We believe that revenue less repair payments for “fault” repairs reflects more accurately the value addition of the business process outsourcingmanagement services that we directly provide to our clients.

For our “non fault” repairs business, we generally provide a consolidated suite of accident management services including credit hire and credit repair, and we believe that measurement of such business on a basis that includes repair payments in revenue is appropriate. Revenue including repair payments is therefore used as a primary measure to allocate resources and measure operating performance for accident management services provided in our “non fault” repairs business. For one client in our “non fault” repairs business (whose contract with us has been terminated with effect from April 18, 2012), we provide only repair management services where we wholly subcontract the repairs to the repair centers (similar to our “fault” repairs). Accordingly, we evaluate the financial performance of our business with this client in a manner similar to how we evaluate our financial performance for our “fault” repairs business that is, based on revenue less repair payments. Our “non fault” repairs business where we provide accident management services accounts for a relatively small portion of our revenue for our WNS Auto Claims BPOBPM segment.

Revenue less repair payments is a non-GAAP financial measure which is calculated as (a) revenue less (b) in our auto claims business, payments to repair centers (1) for “fault” repair cases where we act as the principal in our dealings with the third party repair centers and our clients and (2) for “non fault” repair cases with respect to one client as discussed above. This non-GAAP financial information is not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for our financial results prepared in accordance with GAAP. Our revenue less repair payments may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies due to potential differences in the method of calculation.

Page 88


Our management allocates resources based on segment revenue less repair payments and measures segment performance based on revenue less repair payments and to a lesser extent on segment operating income. The accounting policies of our reportable segments are the same as those of our company. See “— Critical Accounting Policies.” We may in the future change our reportable segments based on how our business evolves.

The following table shows revenue and revenue less repair payments for our two reportable segments for the periods indicated:

 

  Year ended March 31, 
  2012 2011   Year ended March 31, 
  WNS Global
BPO
   WNS Auto
Claims BPO
 WNS Global
BPO
 WNS Auto
Claims BPO
   2014 2013 2012 
  WNS
Global
BPM
 WNS
Auto
Claims
BPM
 WNS Global
BPM
 WNS Auto
Claims
BPM
 WNS
Global
BPM
   WNS
Auto
Claims
BPM
 

Segment revenue(1)

  $361.8    $113.0   $332.6   $284.4    $439.9   $63.0   $405.4   $55.1   $361.8    $113.0  

Less: Payments to repair centers

   —       79.1    —      246.8     —     31.1    —     24.1    —       79.1  

Revenue less repair payments(1)

   361.8     33.9    332.6    37.6     439.9   31.9   405.4   31.0   361.8     33.9  

Cost of revenue (excluding payments to repair
centers)
(2)

   239.9     21.7    220.5    22.9     275.8   19.4   265.8   20.4   239.9     21.7  

Other costs(3)

   64.6     6.9    56.4    5.7     91.5   5.0   82.9   5.5   64.6     6.9  
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Segment operating profit

   57.4     5.4    55.7    9.0     72.6   7.4   56.7   5.1   57.4     5.4  

Other (income), net

   0.2     (0.2  (0.8)  (0.3

Other (income) / expense, net

   (8.6 (0.9 (4.0 (0.8 0.2     (0.2

Finance expense

   4.0     —      11.4    —       2.9    —     3.6    —     4.0     —    
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Segment profit before income taxes

   53.2     5.6    45.1    9.3     78.3   8.4   57.1   5.9   53.2     5.6  

(Benefit)/provision for income taxes

   10.4     1.1    (0.1)  1.6  
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   12.3   2.0   8.9   1.0   10.4     1.1  

Segment profit

  $42.8    $4.5   $45.3   $7.7    $66.0   $6.4   $48.2   $4.9   $42.8    $4.5  
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Notes:

 

(1)Segment revenue and revenue less repair payments include inter-segment revenue of $0.3 million for fiscal 2014, $0.3 million for fiscal 2013 and $0.7 million for fiscal 2012 and $0.8 million for fiscal 2011.2012.
(2)Cost of revenue includes inter-segment expenses of $0.3 million for fiscal 2014, $0.3 million for fiscal 2013 and $0.7 million for fiscal 2012, and $0.8 million for fiscal 2011, and excludes share-based compensation expenses of $1.0$1.3 million for fiscal 20122014, and $0.7$1.0 million each for fiscal 2011,2013 and 2012, which are not allocable between our segments.
(3)Other costs include selling and marketing, general and administrative expense and foreign exchange gain/loss. Excludes share-based compensation expenses of $5.6 million for fiscal 2014, $4.4 million for fiscal 2013 and $4.3 million for fiscal 2012, and $2.6 million for fiscal 2011, which are not allocable between our segments.

In fiscal 2012, WNS Global BPOBPM accounted for 87.5% of our revenue and 93.2% of our revenue less repair payments in fiscal 2014 as compared to 88.1% of our revenue and 93.0% of our revenue less repair payments in fiscal 2013, and 76.3% of our revenue and 91.6% of our revenue less repair payments as compared to 54.0% of our revenue and 90.1% of our revenue less repair payments in fiscal 2011.2012.

WNS Global BPOBPM

Segment Revenue. Revenue in the WNS Global BPOBPM segment increased by 8.8%8.5% to $361.8$439.9 million in fiscal 20122014 from $332.6$405.4 million in fiscal 2011.2013. This increase was primarily driven byattributable to the increase in the volume of transactions executed for new and existing clients, with $7.3$23.9 million being attributable to existing clients and $10.4 million being attributable to new clients and $22.0 million being attributable to existing clients. The increase iswas also, to a lesser extent, on account of an appreciation of the pound sterling against the US dollar by an average of 2.5%0.6% in fiscal 2014 as compared to the average exchange rate in fiscal 2013. In addition, we had a decrease in hedging loss of $0.2 million in fiscal 2014, from a hedging loss of $6.4 million in fiscal 2013 to a hedging loss of $6.2 million in fiscal 2014.

Revenue in the WNS Global BPM segment increased by 12.1% to $405.4 million in fiscal 2013 from $361.8 million in fiscal 2012. This increase was primarily attributable to the increase in the volume of transactions executed for new and existing clients, with $20.5 million being attributable to new clients, including revenue contribution from Fusion, which we acquired in June 2012, of $14.2 million, and $23.1 million being attributable to existing clients. The increase was partially offset by a depreciation of the pound sterling against the US dollar by an average of 0.9% in fiscal 2013 as compared to the average exchange rate in fiscal 2012. In addition, we had an increase in hedging loss of $1.4 million in fiscal 2013, from a hedging loss of $5.0 million in fiscal 2012 as compared to a hedging loss of $6.4 million in fiscal 2011. 2013.

Contract prices across the various types of processes remained substantially stable over these periods.

Segment Operating Profit. Segment operating profit in the WNS Global BPOBPM segment increased by 2.9%28.1% to $57.4$72.6 million in fiscal 20122014 from $55.7$56.7 million in fiscal 2011.2013. The increase was primarily attributable to the increase inhigher segment revenue, and lower general and administrative expenses, due to cost savings from management initiatives, partially offset by higher cost of revenue, higher selling and marketing expenses, and lowerhigher foreign exchange gains.losses.

Our cost of revenue includes employee costs, facilities costs, depreciation, legal and professional costs, travel costs and other related costs. Employee related costs represent the largest component of our cost of revenue for the WNS Global BPOBPM segment. Our cost of revenue increased by $19.4$10.0 million to $239.9$275.8 million in fiscal 20122014 from $220.5$265.8 million in fiscal 2011,2013, primarily on account of (i) an increase in facilities costs by $8.0 million due to new facilities in Costa Rica, Mumbai, Pune and Chennai, (ii) an increase in employee costs by $7.4$5.9 million due to an increase in salary and headcount, (iii)(ii) an increase in otherfacilities costs by $2.7$3.5 million due to costs stemming from our increasean expansion of facilities in headcountthe Philippines, South Africa, Romania and ourPoland and the addition of new facilities (iv) an increase in legalMumbai in India, Sri Lanka and professional costs by $1.3 million,China, and (v)(iii) an increase in travel costs by $1.0 million.$1.4 million due to travel costs associated with the transition of client processes to our delivery centers. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in depreciation cost by $1.0$0.3 million. Further, the depreciation of the Indian rupee against the US dollar by an average of 11.0% in fiscal 2014 as compared to the average exchange rate in fiscal 2013, resulted in a lower cost of revenue of approximately $17.6 million.

Page 89


Our other costs include selling and marketing expenses, general and administrative expenses and foreign exchange gain and loss.loss or gain. Our other costs increased by $8.2$8.6 million to $64.6$91.5 million in fiscal 20122014 from $56.4$82.9 million in fiscal 2011,2013, primarily on account of (i) an increase in foreign exchange loss by $5.9 million, (ii) an increase in selling and marketing expenses by $2.2$3.3 million, and (ii) a decrease in foreign exchange gain by $13.1 million, partially offset by a(iii) an decrease in general and administrative expenses by $7.1$0.6 million.

Selling and marketing expenses increasedThe higher foreign exchange losses were primarily due to an increase in foreign currency revaluation losses by $2.2$3.1 million to $20.8a loss of $0.6 million in fiscal 20122014 from $18.6a gain of $2.5 million in fiscal 2011, primarily as a result of the expenses incurred in the expansion of our sales team, our client partner program2013 and our branding and marketing initiatives.

Our foreign exchange gains of $2.0 million for fiscal 2012 were a result of realized and unrealized foreign exchange gains on revaluation of intercompany assets and liabilities, partially offset byhigher hedging losses onof $2.5 million from our rupee-denominated contracts as a result of a depreciation of the Indian rupee against the US dollar. Our foreign exchange gains of $15.1

Selling and marketing expenses increased by $3.3 million forto $30.6 million in fiscal 2011 were on account of the impact of the transition2014 from US GAAP$27.3 million in fiscal 2013, primarily due to IFRS with respect to hedge accounting and, to a lesser extent, hedging gains on our rupee-denominated contractsan increase in employee costs as a result of an appreciationthe expenses incurred in the expansion of the Indian rupee against the US dollar, partially offset by realizedour sales team and unrealized foreign exchange losses on a revaluation of intercompany assets and liabilities.our client partner program.

General and administrative expenseexpenses decreased by $7.1$0.6 million to $45.7$49.6 million in fiscal 20122014 from $52.9$50.2 million in fiscal 2011,2013, primarily on accountdue to a decrease of aapproximately $3.2 million due to depreciation of the Indian rupee against the US dollar cost optimizationby an average of 11.0% in support functions resultingfiscal 2014 as compared to the average exchange rate in lowerfiscal 2013 and a decrease in other costs as a result of a decrease in facilities costs, and legal and professional costs. The decrease in generalexpenses and administrativetravel expenses, was partially offset by an increase in employee costs as a result of an increase in headcount and wage increments.

Segment operating profit in the WNS Global BPM segment decreased by 1.1% to $56.7 million in fiscal 2013 from $57.4 million in fiscal 2012. The decrease was primarily attributable to higher salary.cost of revenue, higher selling and marketing expenses, higher general and administrative expenses and higher foreign exchange losses, partially offset by higher segment revenue.

Our cost of revenue includes employee costs, facilities costs, depreciation, legal and professional costs, travel costs and other related costs. Employee related costs represent the largest component of our cost of revenue for the WNS Global BPM segment. Our cost of revenue increased by $25.9 million to $265.8 million in fiscal 2013 from $239.9 million in fiscal 2012, primarily on account of (i) an increase in employee costs by $20.6 million due to an increase in salary and headcount, (ii) an increase in facilities costs by $4.9 million due to expansion of facilities in Pune, Chennai and the Philippines and addition of new facilities in Vizag, the Philippines, Poland, the US and South Africa, and (iii) an increase in travel costs by $1.1 million due to travel costs associated with the transition of client processes to our delivery centers. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in depreciation cost by $0.8 million. Further, the depreciation of the Indian rupee against the US dollar by an average of 13.5% in fiscal 2013 as compared to the average exchange rate in fiscal 2012 resulted in a lower cost of revenue of approximately $24 million.

Our other costs include selling and marketing expenses, general and administrative expenses and foreign exchange loss or gain. Our other costs increased by $18.4 million to $82.9 million in fiscal 2013 from $64.6 million in fiscal 2012, primarily on account of (i) an increase in foreign exchange loss by $7.4 million, (ii) an increase in selling and marketing expenses by $6.5 million, and (iii) an increase in general and administrative expenses by $4.5 million.

The higher foreign exchange losses were primarily due to higher hedging losses of $8.0 million from our rupee-denominated contracts partially offset by lower foreign currency revaluation gains of $2.5 million as a result of a depreciation of the Indian rupee against the US dollar.

Selling and marketing expenses increased by $6.5 million to $27.3 million in fiscal 2013 from $20.8 million in fiscal 2012, primarily due to an increase in employee costs as a result of the expenses incurred in the expansion of our sales team and our client partner program.

General and administrative expenses increased by $4.4 million to $50.2 million in fiscal 2013 from $45.7 million in fiscal 2012, primarily due to an increase in other costs primarily as a result of an increase in facilities costs, higher legal and professional expenses, and expenses incurred in the establishment of our Capability Creation Group and the costs associated with acquiring Fusion and integrating Fusion into our company. The increase in employee costs was a result of an increase in headcount and wage increments, partially offset by a decrease of approximately $4.0 million due to a depreciation of the Indian rupee against the US dollar by an average of 13.5% in fiscal 2013 as compared to the average exchange rate in fiscal 2012.

Segment Profit. Segment profit in the WNS Global BPOBPM segment decreasedincreased by 5.5%37.1% to $42.8$66.0 million in fiscal 20122014 from $45.3$48.2 million in fiscal 2011.2013. The decreaseincrease in profit was primarily attributable to higher employee costs,segment revenue, lower foreign exchange gainsgeneral and administrative expenses, higher other income, taxes,and lower finance expense, partially offset by higher cost of revenue less repair payments, cost savings from management initiatives and a one-time cost impact of $5.1 millionprimarily due to an interest rate swap unwinding chargehigher employee cost and facilities cost, higher selling and marketing expenses and higher other costs primarily due to higher foreign exchange losses.

The other income, net increased by $4.6 million in fiscal 2011.2014 to $8.6 million from $4.0 million in fiscal 2013.

The finance expense for fiscal 2014 was $2.9 million as compared to $3.6 million in fiscal 2013 due to lower interest cost on account of full and partial repayment of certain of our term loans

Provision for income taxes in fiscal 2014 was $12.3 million as compared to $8.9 million in fiscal 2013. The increase in provision for income taxes was primarily on account of higher profits, partially offset by higher deferred tax credits on losses in some jurisdictions.

Segment profit in the WNS Global BPM segment increased by 12.6% to $48.2 million in fiscal 2013 from $42.8 million in fiscal 2012. The increase in profit was primarily attributable to higher segment revenue, higher other income, net and lower finance expense, partially offset by higher cost of revenue primarily due to higher employee cost and facilities cost, and higher other costs primarily due to higher foreign exchange losses, selling and marketing expenses and general and administrative expenses.

The other income, net in fiscal 20122013 was an income of $4.0 million compared to an expense of $0.2 million compared to an income of $0.8 million in fiscal 2011.2012.

The finance expense for fiscal 20122013 was $4.0$3.6 million as compared to $11.4$4.0 million in fiscal 2011.2012. The decrease was primarily due to lower interest costscost on account of scheduledour full repayment of principalour 2010 term loan, partially offset by higher interest expense on our 2010 Term Loan in January and June 2011 and a one-time cost impact of $5.1 million due to an interest rate swap unwinding charge as a result of ournew short term loan restructuringloans.

Provision for income taxes in fiscal 2011.

Income tax in fiscal 20122013 was a charge of $10.4$8.9 million as compared to a benefit of $0.1$10.4 million in fiscal 2011.2012. The increasedecrease in provision for income tax is chargetaxes was primarily on account of an increase in deferred tax credits and an increase in profits in locations enjoying tax holidays as we continued with the expiryexpansion of our operations in the STPI tax holiday periodSEZ in India as at April 1, 2011.well as other locations.

WNS Auto Claims BPOBPM

Segment Revenue.Revenue in the WNS Auto Claims BPOBPM segment increased by $7.8 million to $63.0 million in fiscal 2014 from $55.1 million in fiscal 2013. The increase was primarily on account of an increase in revenue from existing clients of $6.1 million and revenue from new clients of $1.7 million. Payments made to repair centers in fiscal 2014 increased by $7.0 million to $31.1 million from $24.1 million in fiscal 2013.

Revenue less repair payments in this segment increased by 2.8% to $31.9 million in fiscal 2014 from $31.0 million in fiscal 2013 primarily due to revenue from new clients of $1.4 million partially offset by a lower volume of business of $0.5 million from existing clients.

Revenue in the WNS Auto Claims BPM segment decreased by $171.4$57.8 million to $55.1 million in fiscal 2013 from $113.0 million in fiscal 2012 from $284.4 million in fiscal 2011.2012. The decrease of $171.4 million was primarily on account of a decrease in revenue from existing clients. ThisThe decrease in revenue from existing clients was primarily on accountattributable to the termination of changesa contract with a large client in our auto claims business in April 2012 to certainwhom we had provided repair management services. As we acted as principal in our dealings with third party repair centers and this client, contracts and contracts withwe accounted for the amounts received from this client for payments to repair centers as discussed above,revenue and the payments made to repair centers in connection with our services provided to this client as cost of revenue. The termination of this contract resulted in a decrease in revenue, with a corresponding decrease of the same amount in our cost of revenue. In addition, during the first quarter of fiscal 2012, we re-negotiated contracts with certain of our clients and repair centers in the auto claims business, whereby the primary responsibility for providing the services is borne by the repair centers instead of us and the credit risk that the client may not pay for the services is no longer borne by us. As a result of whichthese changes, we are no longer considered to be the principal in providing the services. Accordingly, we no longer account for the amountsamount received from these clients for payments to repair centers as revenue, resulting in lower revenue.revenues. Payments made to repair centers in fiscal 20122013 decreased by $167.8$54.9 million to $79.1$24.1 million from $246.8$79.1 million in fiscal 20112012 for the same reason.

Revenue less repair payments in this segment decreased by 9.8%8.6% to $31.0 million in fiscal 2013 from $33.9 million in fiscal 2012 from $37.6 million in fiscal 2011 primarily due to a lower volume of business of $3.5 million from existing clients.clients, partially offset by revenue from new clients of $0.6 million.

Segment Operating Profit.Segment operating profit decreasedincreased by $3.6$2.3 million to $5.4$7.4 million in fiscal 20122014 from $9.0$5.1 million in fiscal 2011.2013. The increase was primarily on account of an increase in revenue less repair payments, lower cost of revenue (excluding payments to repair centers), and lower general and administrative expenses partially offset by higher selling and marketing expenses.

Our cost of revenue (excluding payments to repair centers), decreased by $1.0 million to $19.4 million in fiscal 2014 from $20.4 million in fiscal 2013. The decrease in cost of revenue (excluding payments made to repair centers) was primarily on account of a decrease in revenue less repair payments.

Ourfacilities cost of revenue, excluding payments to repair centers, decreased by $1.2$1.4 million, to $21.7and depreciation cost by $0.4 million in fiscal 2012 from $22.9 million in fiscal 2011. The decrease in cost of revenue, excluding payments made to repair centers, was primarily on account of a decreasepartially offset by an increase in our employee costs by $1.3$0.9 million.

Our other costs include selling and marketing expenses, general and administrative expenses and foreign exchange gain andor loss. Our other costs increaseddecreased by $0.5 million to $5.0 million in fiscal 2014 from $5.5 million in fiscal 2013, primarily on account of a decrease in general and administrative expenses by $1.9 million to $1.1 million in fiscal 2014 from $3.0 million in fiscal 2013, decrease in foreign exchange losses by $0.2 million to a gain of $0.1 million in fiscal 2014 from a loss of $0.1 million in fiscal 2013, offset by higher selling and marketing expenses by $1.5 million to $4.0 million in fiscal 2014 from $2.5 million in fiscal 2013.

Segment operating profit decreased by $0.3 million to $5.1 million in fiscal 2013 from $5.4 million in fiscal 2012. The decrease was primarily on account of a decrease in revenue less repair payments and higher general and administrative expenses, partially offset by lower cost of revenue (excluding payments to repair centers) and lower selling and marketing expenses.

Our cost of revenue (excluding payments to repair centers), decreased by $1.3 million to $20.4 million in fiscal 2013 from $21.7 million in fiscal 2012. The decrease in cost of revenue (excluding payments made to repair centers) was primarily on account of a decrease in our employee costs by $2.6 million and a decrease in depreciation cost by $0.4 million, partially offset by an increase in other costs by $1.7 million.

Our other costs include selling and marketing expenses, general and administrative expenses and foreign exchange gain or loss. Our other costs decreased by $1.2 million to $5.5 million in fiscal 2013 from $6.9 million in fiscal 2012, from $5.7 million in fiscal 2011, primarily on account of (i) an increasea decrease in selling and marketing expenses by $0.6$2.7 million to $2.5 million in fiscal 2013 from $5.2 million in fiscal 2012 from $4.6 million in fiscal 2011 and (ii)2012. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in general and administrative expenses by $0.5$1.3 million to $3.0 million in fiscal 2013 from $1.7 million in fiscal 2012 from $1.1 million in fiscal 2011. Foreign exchange gain decreased by $0.1 million to $0.0 million in fiscal 2012 from2012. We incurred foreign exchange gainlosses of $0.1 million in fiscal 2011.

2013. No foreign exchange loss was incurred in fiscal 2012.

Page 90


Segment Profit. Segment profit decreasedincreased by $3.2$1.5 million to $4.5$6.4 million in fiscal 20122014 from $7.7$4.9 million in fiscal 2011.2013. The decreaseincrease was primarily attributable to a decreasehigher operating profit and an increase in revenue less repair payment.other income, net.

The other income, net in fiscal 20122014 was an income of $0.2$0.9 million compared to an income of $0.3$0.8 million in fiscal 2011.2013.

Income taxProvision for income taxes in fiscal 20122014 was a charge of $1.1$2.0 million as compared to a charge of $1.6$1.0 million in fiscal 2011.2013. The provision for income taxtaxes in fiscal 20122014 was lowerhigher primarily on account of higher taxable profits.

Segment profit increased by $0.4 million to $4.9 million in fiscal 2013 from $4.5 million in fiscal 2012. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in other income, net, partially offset by lower operating profit.

The other income, net in fiscal 2013 was an income of $0.8 million compared to an income of $0.2 million in fiscal 2012.

Provision for income taxes in fiscal 2013 was $1.0 million as compared to $1.1 million in fiscal 2012. The provision for income taxes in fiscal 2013 was slightly lower primarily on account of an increase in deferred tax credits.

Quarterly Results

The following table presents unaudited quarterly financial information for each of our last eight fiscal quarters on a historical basis. We believe the quarterly information contains all adjustments necessary to fairly present this information. As a business process outsourcingmanagement services provider, we anticipate and respond to demand from our clients. Accordingly, we have limited control over the timing and circumstances under which our services are provided. Typically, we show a decrease in our first-quarterfirst quarter operating profit margins as a result of salary increases. For these and other reasons, we can experience variability in our operating results from quarter to quarter. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future period.

 

  Fiscal 2012 Fiscal 2011  Fiscal 2014 Fiscal 2013 
  Three months ended Three months ended  Three months ended Three months ended 
  March
2012
   December
2011
 September
2011
 June
2011
 March
2011
 December
2010
 September
2010
 June
2010
  March 31,
2014
 December 31,
2013
 September 30,
2013
 June 30,
2013
 March 31,
2013
 December 31,
2012
 September 30,
2012
 June 30,
2012
 
  (Unaudited, US dollars in millions)  (Unaudited, US dollars in millions) 

Revenue

  $113.3    $117.2   $117.9   $125.7   $159.5   $152.7   $154.2   $150.0   $130.3   $127.1   $123.1   $122.1   $119.2   $120.2   $113.1   $107.8  

Cost of revenue

   78.2     82.1    85.2    95.4    125.8    121.1    120.4    122.7   81.9   81.7   79.7   84.4   81.4   80.8   75.3   73.4  

Gross Profit

   35.1     35.1    32.7    30.3    33.7    31.6    33.8    27.2   48.3   45.5   43.4   37.7   37.8   39.3   37.8   34.4  

Operating expenses:

                  

Selling and marketing expenses

   6.3     6.4    7.0    6.6    5.9    6.1    6.4    5.1   9.5   8.9   9.0   7.8   7.8   7.8   7.2   7.4  

General and administrative expenses

   13.0     12.5    13.1    12.7    15.3    14.0    13.0    14.1   14.2   13.1   13.0   15.0   14.2   15.1   15.2   12.7  

Foreign exchange (gains) loss, net

   0.2     1.1    (1.8)  (1.3)  (4.3)  (6.2)  (1.6)  (3.0

Foreign exchange loss / (gains), net

 2.7   3.3   4.6   0.5   (1.1 2.1   2.0   2.4  

Amortization of intangible assets

   7.1     7.0    7.5    7.8    8.0    8.0    7.9    8.0   5.9   5.8   5.8   6.2   6.7   6.6   6.5   6.6  

Operating profit

   8.7     8.1    6.9    4.4    8.9    9.6    8.1    3.1   15.9   14.4   10.9   8.2   10.2   7.8   6.8   5.2  

Other (income) expense, net

   0.2     (0.2)  0.1    (0.2)  (0.5)  (0.3)  (0.2)  (0.2 (3.1 (2.5 (1.8 (2.2 (1.6 (1.3 (1.0 (1.0

Finance expense

   0.9     1.0    0.9    1.2    1.2    1.2    1.5    7.5   0.7   0.7   0.8   0.8   0.9   0.9   0.9   1.0  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

   3.1     3.2    2.4    2.7    (0.6)  (0.2  0.7    1.6  

Provision for income taxes

 4.9   3.9   2.6   2.8   2.8   2.2   2.5   2.4  

Profit

   4.4     4.0    3.4    0.7    8.8    9.0    6.0    (5.8 13.4   12.2   9.3   6.7   8.2   6.1   4.3   2.8  

The following table sets forth for the periods indicated selected consolidated financial data:

 

  Fiscal 2012 Fiscal 2011  Fiscal 2014 Fiscal 2013 
  Three months ended Three months ended  Three months ended Three months ended 
  March
2012
 December
2011
 September
2011
 June
2011
 March
2011
 December
2010
 September
2010
 June
2010
  March 31,
2014
 December 31,
2013
 September 30,
2013
 June 30,
2013
 March 31,
2013
 December 31,
2012
 September 30,
2012
 June 30,
2012
 
  (Unaudited)  (Unaudited) 

Gross profit as a percentage of revenue

   31.0  30.0  27.7  24.1  21.1  20.7  21.9  18.2 37.1 35.8 35.3 30.9 31.7 32.7 33.4 31.9

Operating income (loss) as a percentage of revenue

   7.6  6.9  5.8  3.5  5.6  6.3  5.3  2.1

Operating income as a percentage of revenue

 12.2 11.3 8.9 6.7 8.6 6.5 6.0 4.9

Gross profit as a percentage of revenue less repair payments

   35.2  36.1  32.6  30.9  35.7  34.0  36.3  30.5 39.4 38.0 37.6 33.2 33.5 34.7 35.2 33.5

Operating income (loss) as a percentage of revenue less repair payments

   8.7  8.3  6.8  4.5  9.4  10.4  8.7  3.5

Operating income as a percentage of revenue less repair payments

 13.0 12.0 9.4 7.2 9.1 6.9 6.3 5.1

The following table reconciles our revenue (a GAAP measure) to revenue less repair payments (a non-GAAP measure):

 

   Fiscal 2012   Fiscal 2011 
   Three months ended   Three months ended 
   March
2012
   December
2011
   September
2011
   June
2011
   March
2011
   December
2010
   September
2010
   June
2010
 
   (Unaudited, US dollars in millions) 

Revenue

  $113.3    $117.2    $117.9    $125.7    $159.5    $152.7    $154.2    $150.0  

Less: Payments to repair centers

   13.5     20.0     17.7     27.8     65.2     60.0     61.1     60.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue less repair payments

  $99.8    $97.2    $100.2    $97.8    $94.3    $92.7    $93.1    $89.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

  Fiscal 2014  Fiscal 2013 
  Three months ended  Three months ended 
  March 31,
2014
  December 31,
2013
  September 30,
2013
  June 30,
2013
  March 31,
2013
  December 31,
2012
  September 30,
2012
  June 30,
2012
 
  (Unaudited, US dollars in millions) 

Revenue

 $130.3   $127.1   $123.1   $122.1   $119.2   $120.2   $113.1   $107.8  

Less: Payments to repair centers

  7.5    7.5    7.7    8.4    6.5    6.7    5.8    5.2  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Revenue less repair payments

 $122.7   $119.6   $115.4   $113.8   $112.8   $113.5   $107.3   $102.6  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Page 91


Contractual Obligations

Our principal commitments consist of expected principal cash payments relating to our long term debt, obligations under operating leases for office space, which represent minimum lease payments for office space, short term line of credit, and purchase obligations for property and equipment. The following table sets out our total future contractual obligations as at March 31, 20122014 on a consolidated basis:

 

  Payments Due By Period   Payments Due By Period 
  Total   Less than
1 year
   1-3 years   3-5 years   More
than 5
years
   Total   Less than
1 year
   1-3 years   3-5 years   More
than 5
years
 
  (US dollars in millions)   (US dollars in thousands) 

Long term debt

  $62.9    $26.1    $30.4    $6.4    $—      $26,241    $12,672    $13,569    $—      $—    

Operating leases

   85.7     17.2     30.3     16.5     21.7     91,433     18,832     29,746     19,714     23,141  

Short term line of credit

   58,583     58,583     —       —       —    

Purchase obligations

   3.7     3.7     —       —       —       3,576     3,576     —       —       —    
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  $152.3    $47.0    $60.7    $22.9    $21.7    $179,833    $93,663    $43,315    $19,714    $23,141  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Uncertain income tax liabilities totaling $16.1$15.5 million are excluded from the table because we cannot make a reasonable estimate of the period of cash settlement with the relevant taxing authority.

All of our debt is floating rate debt and no interest obligation in respect of this debt is included in the table above. There is no contractual obligation to renew this debt. The debt amount, and the interest payments associated with it, will vary over time according to our funding requirements and future interest rates.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements or obligations.

Tax Assessment Orders

Transfer pricing regulations to which we are subject require that any international transaction among the WNS group enterprises be on arm’s-length terms. Transfer pricing regulations in India have been extended to cover specified Indian domestic transactions as well. We believe that the international and India domestic transactions among the WNS group enterprises are on arm’s-length terms. If, however, the applicable tax authorities determine that the transactions among the WNS group enterprises do not meet arms’ length criteria, we may incur increased tax liability, including accrued interest and penalties. This would cause our tax expense to increase, possibly materially, thereby reducing our profitability and cash flows. The applicable tax authorities may also disallow deductions or tax holiday benefits claimed by us and assess additional taxable income on us in connection with their review of our tax returns.

From time to time, we receive orders of assessment from the Indian tax authorities assessing additional taxable income on us and/or our subsidiaries in connection with their review of our tax returns. We currently have orders of assessment for fiscal 2003 through fiscal 20092011 pending before various appellate authorities. These orders assess additional taxable income that could in the aggregate give rise to an estimatedLOGO 1,878.6LOGO 2,880.7 million ($36.948.1 million based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012)2014) in additional taxes, including interest ofLOGO 667.2LOGO 1,047.5 million ($13.117.5 million based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012)2014).

The following sets forth the details of these orders of assessment:

 

Entity

  Tax Year(s)   Amount Demanded
(Including Interest)
 Interest on Amount Demanded   Tax year(s)   Amount
demanded
(including
interest)
 Interest on amount
demanded
 
  (LOGO and US dollars in millions)   (LOGO and US dollars in millions) 

WNS Global, WNS Customer Solutions and Noida

   Fiscal 2003    LOGO  180.2    $(3.5)(1) LOGO  60.0    $(1.2)(1)   Fiscal 2003    LOGO  180.2    $(3.0)(1)  LOGO  60.0    $(1.0)(1) 

WNS Global, WNS Customer Solutions and Noida

   Fiscal 2004    LOGO  12.5    $(0.2)(1) LOGO  3.1    $(0.1)(1)   Fiscal 2004    LOGO  12.5    $(0.2)(1)  LOGO  3.1    $(0.1)(1) 

WNS Global, WNS Customer Solutions and Noida

   Fiscal 2005    LOGO  27.4    $(0.5)(1) LOGO  8.6    $(0.2)(1)   Fiscal 2005    LOGO  27.4    $(0.5)(1)  LOGO  8.6    $(0.1)(1) 

WNS Global, WNS Customer Solutions and Noida

   Fiscal 2006    LOGO  539.9    $(10.6)(1) LOGO  188.9    $(3.7)(1)   Fiscal 2006    LOGO  495.3    $(8.3)(1)  LOGO  173.8    $(2.9)(1) 

WNS BCS and permanent establishment of WNS North America Inc. and WNS UK in India

   Fiscal 2006    LOGO  140.1    $(2.8)(1) LOGO  51.2    $(1.0)(1)   Fiscal 2006    LOGO  67.9    $(1.1)(1)  LOGO  24.1    $(0.4)(1) 

WNS Global, WNS Customer Solutions and Noida

   Fiscal 2007    LOGO  98.7    $(1.9)(1) LOGO  31.9    $(0.6)(1)   Fiscal 2007    LOGO  98.7    $(1.6)(1)  LOGO  31.9    $(0.5)(1) 

WNS BCS and permanent establishment of WNS North America Inc. and WNS UK in India

   Fiscal 2007    LOGO  21.6    $(0.4)(1) LOGO  8.2    $(0.1)(1)   Fiscal 2007    LOGO  21.6    $(0.4)(1)  LOGO  8.2    $(0.1)(1) 

WNS Global, WNS Customer Solutions and Noida

   Fiscal 2008    LOGO  763.3    $(15.0)(1) LOGO  287.9    $(5.7)(1)   Fiscal 2008    LOGO  819.6    $(13.7)(1)  LOGO  344.1    $(5.7)(1) 

WNS BCS and permanent establishment of WNS North America Inc. and WNS UK in India

   Fiscal 2008    LOGO  79.8    $(1.7)(1) LOGO  25.4    $(0.4)(1)   Fiscal 2008    LOGO  41.4    $(0.7)(1)  LOGO  13.2    $(0.2)(1) 

WNS Global, WNS Customer Solutions and Noida

   Fiscal 2009    LOGO  973.9    $(16.2)(1)  LOGO  336.8    $(5.6)(1) 

WNS BCS and permanent establishment of WNS North America Inc. and WNS UK in India

   Fiscal 2009    LOGO  15.1    $(0.3)(1) LOGO  2.0    $(0.1)(1)   Fiscal 2009    LOGO  22.5    $(0.4)(1)  LOGO  4.5    $(0.1)(1) 
    

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

WNS Global, WNS Customer Solutions and Noida

   Fiscal 2010    LOGO  60.2    $(1.0)(1)  LOGO  23.5    $(0.4)(1) 

WNS BCS and permanent establishment of WNS North America Inc. and WNS UK in India

   Fiscal 2011    LOGO  59.5    $(1.0)(1)  LOGO  15.7    $(0.4)(1) 

Total

    LOGO 1,878.6    $(36.9)(1) LOGO 667.2    $(13.1)(1)    LOGO  2,880.7    $(48.1)(1)  LOGO  1,047.5    $(17.5)(1) 
    

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

Note:

(1)Based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012.
(1) Based on the exchange rate as at March 31, 2014.

Page 92


The aforementioned orders of assessment allege that the transfer prices we applied to certain of the international transactions between WNS Global, one of our Indian subsidiaries, and our other wholly-owned subsidiaries named above were not on arm’s length terms, disallow a tax holiday benefit claimed by us, deny the set off of brought forward business losses and unabsorbed depreciation and disallow certain expenses claimed as tax deductible by WNS Global. As at March 31, 2012,2014, we have provided a tax reserve ofLOGO 701.5LOGO 906.6 million ($13.815.1 million based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012)2014) primarily on account of the Indian tax authorities’ denying the set off of brought forward business losses and unabsorbed depreciation. We have appealed against these orders of assessment before higher appellate authorities.

In addition, we currently have orders of assessment pertaining to similar issues that have been decided in our favor by first level appellate authorities, vacating tax demands ofLOGO 2,244.6LOGO 2,467.3 million ($44.141.2 million based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012)2014) in additional taxes, including interest ofLOGO 681.8LOGO 769.9 million ($13.412.9 million based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012)2014). The income tax authorities have filed appeals against these orders.orders at higher appellate authorities.

In case of disputes, the Indian tax authorities may require us to deposit with them all or a portion of the disputed amounts pending resolution of the matters on appeal. Any amount paid by us as deposits will be refunded to us with interest if we succeed in our appeals. We have deposited a smallsome portion of the disputed amount with the tax authorities and may be required to deposit the remaining portion of the disputed amount with the tax authorities pending final resolution of the respective matters.

As at March 31, 2014, corporate tax returns for fiscal years 2011 and thereafter remain subject to examination by tax authorities in India.

After consultation with our Indian tax advisors and based on the facts of these cases, certain legal opinions from counsel, the nature of the tax authorities’ disallowances and the orders from first level appellate authorities deciding similar issues in our favor in respect of assessment orders for earlier fiscal years, we believe these orders are unlikely to be sustained at the higher appellate authorities and we intend to vigorously dispute the orders of assessment.

In March 2009, we also received an assessment order from the Indian Service Tax Authority demanding payment ofLOGO 346.2LOGO 348.1 million ($6.85.8 million based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012)2014) of service tax and related penalty for the period from March 1, 2003 to January 31, 2005. The assessment order alleges that service tax is payable in India on BPOBPM services provided by WNS Global to clients based abroad as the export proceeds are repatriated outside India by WNS Global. In April 2009, we filedresponse to an appeal tofiled by us with the appellate tribunal against the assessment order andin April 2009, the appeal is currently pending.appellate tribunal has remanded the matter back to the lower tax authorities to be adjudicated afresh. Based on consultations with our Indian tax advisors, we believe this order of assessment is more likely than not to be upheld in our favor. We intend to continue to vigorously dispute the assessment.

No assurance can be given, however, that we will prevail in our tax disputes. If we do not prevail, payment of additional taxes, interest and penalties may adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. There can also be no assurance that we will not receive similar or additional orders of assessment in the future.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our capital requirements are principally for debt repayment and the establishment of operating facilities to support our growth and acquisitions. Our sources of liquidity include cash and cash equivalents and cash flow from operations, supplemented by equity and debt financing and bank credit lines as required.

As at March 31, 2012,2014, we had cash and cash equivalents of $46.7 million.$ 33.7 million which were primarily held in US dollars, Indian rupees, pound sterling and Philippines pesos. We typically seek to invest our available cash on hand in bank deposits and money market instruments. Our investment ininvestments includes, marketable securities consisting of liquid mutual funds was $26.4and fixed maturity plans, or FMPs which totaled $112.5 million as at March 31, 2012.2014. Our investment in FMPs represents investments in mutual funds scheme wherein the mutual fund has invested in certificates of deposit issued by banks in India.

In our WNS Auto Claims BPO segment, certain client contracts entered into in the last two years provide for a longer credit period in the payment terms extended to the client than the credit period extended to us by third party repair centers. Accordingly, under such contracts, we have to pay third party repair centers in advance of receipt of payments from the clients. This has increased our working capital requirements to fund our payments to the third party repair centers prior to receipt of payments from our clients. In June 2010, WNS UK, took a line of credit for £19.8 million from HSBC Bank plc., as described below, to partially fund our increased working capital requirements in the UK. In March 2012, WNS UK extended this line of credit, as described below. Our contract with a large client (by revenue contribution), which initially provided for a credit period of 180 days and has since December 2010 been amended to provide for a credit period of 100 days, has been the primary reason for the increase in our working capital requirements over the last two years. This client has given us notice to terminate the contract with effect from April 18, 2012. We expect our working capital requirements will likely be reduced following the termination of this contract.

As at March 31, 2012,2014, our Indian subsidiary, WNS Global, had unsecured linesa secured line of credit ofLOGO 960.0LOGO 900.0 million ($18.915.0 million based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012)2014) from The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, and an unsecured lines of credit of $15.0 million from BNP Paribas, and $9.1LOGO 1,200.0 million ($20.0 million based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2014) from Citibank N.A., interest andLOGO 810.0 million ($ 13.5 million based on whichthe exchange rate on March 31, 2014) from Standard Chartered Bank. Interest on these lines of credit would be determined on the date of the borrowing. These lines of credit generally can be withdrawn by the relevant lender at any time. As at March 31, 2012, (1) LOGO 11.52014,LOGO 3,169.1 million ($ 52.9 million based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2014) was utilized for working capital requirements from these lines of credit.

Additionally, our China subsidiary, Business Applications Associates Beijing Limited, has obtained a term loan facility of RMB1.25 million ($0.2 million based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012)2014) and a line of credit of RMB2.5 million ($0.4 million based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2014) from HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited pursuant to a facility agreement dated April 10, 2013. The term loan facility was utilized for obtaining bank guarantees fromfully repaid on August 2, 2013 and there was no amount outstanding under the line of credit available with The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, (2) $14.9 million was utilized for working capital requirements from the line of credit available with BNP Paribas and (3) $9.1 million was utilized for working capital requirements from the line of credit available with Citibank N.A.

as at March 31, 2014.

Page 93


In March 2012, WNS Global obtained two new three-year term loan facilities consisting of aLOGOLOGO 510.0 million ($10.08.5 million based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012)2014) rupee-denominated loan and a $7.0 million US dollar-denominated loan, and our UK subsidiary, WNS UK, obtained a new three-year term loan for £6.1 million ($9.810.2 million based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012)2014), rolled over its £9.9 million ($15.816.4 million based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012)2014) two-year term loan (which was originally scheduled to mature in July 2012) for another three-year term, and renewed its £9.9 million ($15.816.4 million based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012)2014) working capital facility (which was originally scheduled to mature in July 2012) until March 2013.2015.

Details of these loan facilities are described below.

 

 

WNS Global obtained from HDFC Bank Ltd., or HDFC, a three-year rupee-denominated term loan ofLOGOLOGO 510.0 million ($10.08.5 million based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012)2014) which was fully drawn on March 12, 2012. The loan iswas for the purpose of financing certain capital expenditures incurred during the period from April 2011 to December 2011. The interest on the loan bears interest at a rate ofwas 11.25% per annum for the first year, which will bewas reset at the endrate of 10.3% per annum for the firstsecond year. Interest iswas payable on a monthly basis. The principal amount iswas repayable in two equal installments on January 30, 2015 and February 27, 2015. Repayment of the loan iswas guaranteed by WNS and secured by a charge over our Pune property, which must be perfected by July 31, 2012, following the repayment on July 10, 2012 of the balance of $24 million outstanding under our 2010 Term Loan described below.property. This charge ranks rankedpari passu with other charges over the property in favor of other lenders. We arewere subject to certain covenants in respect of this loan, including restrictive covenants relating to our total debt to EBITDA ratio, total debt to tangible net worth ratio and EBITDA to debt service coverage ratio, each as defined in the term sheet relating to this loan. In connection with this rupee-denominated term loan, we havehad entered into a currency swap to convert the rupee-denominated loan to a US dollar-denominated loan which hashad resulted in the loan bearing an effective interest rate to us of 6.73%5.78% per annum.

On March 12, 2014, WNS Global prepaid the entire loan and there was no amount outstanding under the loan as at March 31, 2014.

 

WNS Global obtained from HSBC Bank (Mauritius) Limited a three-year term loan facility for $7.0 million. The facility may be drawn only after allotment of a loan registration number to the facility from the Reserve Bank of India, which was allotted onOn April 11, 2012. The facility may be drawn in four tranches16, 2012, June 20, 2012, and no later than six months from the date of the facility agreement. On AprilAugust 16, 2012, we drew down $2.0, $3.0 and $2.0 million, respectively, from this facility. The facility iswas utilized for the purpose of funding WNS Global’s capital expenditure plans for fiscal 2013 and/or for any other purpose in compliance with the Reserve Bank of India’s guidelines on “External Commercial Borrowings and Trade Credits.” The facility will bearbears interest at a rate of US dollar LIBOR plus a margin of 3.5% per annum. Interest will beis payable on a quarterly basis. The principal amount of each tranche will beis repayable at the end of three years from the date of drawdown of such tranche. Repayment of the loan under the facility is guaranteed by WNS and secured by a charge over our Pune property which must be perfected by July 31, 2012, following the repayment of our 2010 Term Loan on July 10, 2012.property. This charge ranks pari passu with other charges over the property in favor of other lenders. The facility agreement contains certain covenants, including restrictive covenants relating to our debt to EBITDA ratio, debt to adjusted tangible net worth ratio, EBITDA to debt service coverage ratio and fixed asset coverage ratio, each as defined therein. A change in the largest shareholder of WNS together with a loss of 10% of our clients by revenue within two quarters of the change may also constitute an event of default under this facility agreement.

 

WNS UK obtained from HSBC Bank plc. an additional three-year term loan facility for £6.1 million ($9.810.2 million based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012)2014), which was fully drawn on March 30, 2012. WNS UK also rolled over on March 30, 2012 its existing term loan of £9.9 million ($15.816.4 million based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012)2014) from HSBC Bank plc. (which was originally scheduled to mature on July 7, 2012) for three years until July 7, 2015. The facilities are for the purpose of providing inter-company loans within the WNS groupour company and funding capital expenditures. The facilities will bear interest at Bank of England base rate plus a margin of 2.25%. per annum. Interest is payable on a quarterly basis. 20% of the principal amount of each loan will beis repayable at the end of each of 18, 24 and 30 months after drawdown and a final installment of 40% of the principal amount of each loan will beis repayable at the end of 36 months after drawdown. Repayment of each loan is guaranteed by WNS, WNS (Mauritius) Limited, WNS Capital Investments Limited, WNS UK and AHA, and secured by pledges of shares of WNS (Mauritius) Limited and WNS Capital Investments Limited, a charge over the bank account of WNS Capital Investments Limited, and fixed and floating charges over the respective assets of WNS UK and AHA. The charge over the assets of WNS UK ranks pari passu with other charges over those assets in favor of other lenders. The security must be perfected by July 31, 2012, following the repayment of our 2010 Term Loan on July 10, 2012. The facility agreements contain certain covenants, including restrictive covenants relating to further borrowing by the borrower, total debt to EBITDA ratio, our total debt to tangible net worth ratio and EBITDA to debt service coverage ratio, each as defined in the facility agreement.

WNS UK renewed its working capital facility On September 30, 2013, January 7, 2014 and March 31, 2014, we made scheduled installment repayments of £9.9£1.2 million ($15.82.0 million based on exchange rate on March 31, 2014), £2.0 million ($3.3 million based on exchange rate on March 31, 2014) and £1.2 million ($2.0 million based on exchange rate on March 31, 2014), on the £6.1 million ($10.2 million based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012) (which was originally scheduled to mature2014) term loan and £9.9 million ($16.4 million based on July 1, 2012)the exchange rate on March 31, 2014) term loan.

WNS UK renewed its working capital facility obtained from HSBC Bank plc. of £9.9 million ($16.4 million based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2014) until March 31, 2013.2015. The working capital facility bears interest at Bank of England base rate plus a margin of 2.45% per annum and has been renewed at the existing rate. Interest is payable on a quarterly basis. Repayment of this facility is guaranteed by WNS, WNS UK and AHA, and secured by fixed and floating charges over the respective assets of WNS UK and AHA. The charge over the assets of WNS UK ranks pari passu with other charges over those assets in favor of other lenders. The security must be perfected by July 31, 2012, following the repayment of our 2010 Term Loan on July 10, 2012. The facility agreements contain covenants similar to those contained in WNS UK’s term loan facilities described above. The facility is subject to conditions to drawdown and can be withdrawn by the lender at any time by notice to the borrower.

As at March 31, 2014, £3.4 million ($ 5.7 million based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2014) was utilized for working capital requirements from the above stated lines of credit.

Page 94


In September 2010, WNS Global Services Philippines Inc. obtained a $3.2 million three-year secured term loan facility from The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited. This facility is repayablewas repaid in three equal installments on September 28, 2012, March 28, 2013 and September 27, 2013. The loan bearsbore interest at the three-month US dollar LIBOR plus a margin of 3% per annum. This facility is secured by, among other things, a guarantee provided by WNS and an assignment (with a rightFollowing the full repayment of recourse) of all rights, titles and interests in and to receivables due to WNS Global Services Philippines Inc. from WNS North America Inc. and WNS UK. The facility agreement contains certain restrictive covenants on our indebtedness, total borrowings to tangible net worth ratio and total borrowings to EBITDA ratio, as well as a minimum interest coverage ratio, each as defined in the facility agreement. As at March 31, 2012,on September 27, 2013, the amount outstandingsecurity provided under the facility was $3.2 million.

In July 2010, WNS (Mauritius) Limited obtained a term loan facility for $94.0 million, or the 2010 Term Loan, from The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, Hong Kong, DBS Bank Limited, Singapore and BNP Paribas, Singapore. The proceeds from this loan facility, together with cash on hand, was used to repay the $115.0 million outstanding balance of the $200.0 million term loan facility we had obtained in July 2008 to fund, together with cash on hand, the Aviva transaction. This 2010 Term Loan has been financed equally by all the three lenders and bears interest at a rate equivalent to three-month US dollar LIBOR plus a margin of 2% per annum. On January 10, 2011, July 11, 2011 and January 10, 2012, we made scheduled payments of principal of $20 million, $20 million and $30 million, respectively. Following the installment repayments, the amount outstanding under the facility is $24 million. The final installment of $24 million is repayable on July 10, 2012. Repayment under the facility is guaranteed by WNS, WNS UK, WNS Capital Investment Limited, WNS Global Singapore, WNS North America Inc., AHA and the Co-op, and secured by pledges of shares of WNS (Mauritius) Limited, WNS Capital Investment Limited and WNS Global Singapore, charges over the bank accounts of WNS (Mauritius) Limited, WNS Capital Investment Limited and WNS Global Singapore, a charge over receivables of WNS Capital Investment Limited from Aviva held in escrow, an assignment by WNS (Mauritius) Limited to the lenders of the 2010 Term Loan of its put option to sell its shares of WNS Capital Investment Limited to WNS Global, pursuant to which the lenders may, in the event of a default under the loan, compel WNS (Mauritius) Limited to exercise its put option and apply the proceeds from the sale of its shares of WNS Capital Investment Limited to WNS Global towards repayment of the loan, and a fixed and floating charge over the assets of WNS UK, which ranks pari passu with other charges over the same assets in favor of other lenders. The facility agreement contains certain covenants, including restrictive covenants relating to our indebtedness, total borrowings to tangible net worth ratio, total borrowings to EBITDA ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio, each as defined in the facility agreement, and undertakings by each of WNS (Mauritius) Limited and WNS Global Singapore not to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of their respective shares of WNS Global.released.

Based on our current level of operations, we expect that our anticipated cash generated from operating activities, cash and cash equivalents on hand, and use of existing credit facilities will be sufficient to meet our debt repayment obligations, estimated capital expenditures and working capital needs for the next 12 months. However, if our lines of credit were to become unavailable for any reason, we would require additional financing to meet our debt repayment obligations, capital expenditures and working capital needs. We currently expect our capital expenditures needs in fiscal 20132015 to be between $25.0 million to $30.0 million, a significant amount of which we expect to spend on infrastructure build-out and the streamlining of our operations. The geographical distribution, timing and volume of our capital expenditures in the future will depend on new client contracts we may enter into or the expansion of our business under our existing client contracts. As at March 31, 2014, we had commitments for capital expenditures of $3.6 million relating to the purchase of property and equipment for our delivery centers. Of this committed amount, we plan to spend approximately $22 million.$1.4 million in South Africa, approximately $1.2 million in India, approximately $0.6 million in the UK, approximately $0.5 million in Europe (excluding the UK) and approximately $0.2 million in the rest of the world. We expect to fund these estimated capital expenditures from cash generated from operating activities, existing cash and cash equivalents and the use of existing credit facilities. Further, under the current extremely volatile conditions as discussed under “— Global Market and Economic Conditions” above, there can be no assurance that our business activity would be maintained at the expected level to generate the anticipated cash flows from operations. If the current market conditions persist or further deteriorate, we may experience a decrease in demand for our services, resulting in our cash flows from operations being lower than anticipated. If our cash flows from operations are lower than anticipated, including as a result of the ongoing downturn in the market conditions or otherwise, we may need to obtain additional financing to meet some of our existing debt repayment obligations and pursue certain of our expansion plans. Further, we may in the future consider making acquisitions. If we have significant growth through acquisitions or require additional operating facilities beyond those currently planned to service new client contracts, we may also need to obtain additional financing. We believe in maintaining maximum flexibility when it comes to financing our business. We regularly evaluate our current and future financing needs. Depending on market conditions, we may access the capital markets to strengthen our capital position, and provide us with additional liquidity for general corporate purposes, which may include capital expenditures acquisitions, refinancing of indebtedness and working capital. If current market conditions continue to persist or deteriorate further, we may not be able to obtain additional financing or any such additional financing may be available to us on unfavorable terms. An inability to pursue additional opportunities will have a material adverse effect on our ability to maintain our desired level of revenue growth in future periods.

The following table shows our cash flows for the year ended March 31, 2012fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2011:2012:

 

   Year ended March 31, 
   2012  2011 
   (US dollars in millions) 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $57.2   $35.8  

Net cash used in investing activities

  $(50.7 $(15.4

Net cash provided (used in) by financing activities

  $27.4   $(29.0

   Year ended March 31, 
   2014  2013  2012 
   (US dollars in millions) 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $81.4   $64.8   $57.2  

Net cash used in investing activities

  $(50.9 $(89.5 $(50.7

Net cash provided (used in) by financing activities

  $(14.9) $13.2   $27.4  

Page 95


Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities increased to $57.2$81.4 million for fiscal 20122014 from $35.8$64.8 million for fiscal 2011.2013. The increase in net cash provided by operating activities for fiscal 20122014 as compared to fiscal 20112013 was attributable to an increase in profit as adjusted by non-cash related items by $23.0 million, a decrease in income taxes paid by $2.2 million, a decrease in interest paid by $0.6 million and an increase in interest income by $0.2��million which was partially offset by a decrease in cash inflow from working capital changes by $9.5 million.

The increase in profit as adjusted for non-cash related items by $23.0 million was primarily on account of (i) an increase in profit by $20.2 million, (ii) an increase in unrealized exchange loss by $10.6 million, (iii) a decrease in deferred tax credit by $6.0 million, (iv) an increase in share based compensation expense by $1.6 million and (v) an increase in deferred rent expense by $0.1 million. The increase was partially offset by (i) an increase in unrealized hedging gain by $5.2 million, (ii) an increase in unrealized gain by $3.9 million on investments, (iii) a decrease in depreciation and amortization expense by $3.3 million, (iv) a decrease in current tax expenses by $1.6 million, (v) a decrease in interest expense by $0.4 million, (vi) a decrease in allowance of doubtful debts by $0.3 million, (vii) an increase in dividend income by $0.2 million on account of our investment in marketable securities, (viii) an increase in interest income by $0.2 million, (ix) a decrease in interest expense on deferred consideration paid for Fusion Acquisition by $0.2 million, (x) a decrease in amortization of debt issue cost by $0.1 million, and (xi) an increase in excess tax benefit credit on share based options exercised by $0.1 million.

Cash flow from working capital changes decreased by $9.5 million for fiscal 2014 as compared to fiscal 2013, primarily as a result of a reduction in cash inflow from accounts receivable by $14.8 million in our WNS Auto Claims BPM segment, an increase in cash outflow towards settlement of other liabilities by $3.4 million primarily on account of settlement of derivative financial instruments and payment made towards value added tax, which was partially offset by a decrease in cash outflow by $15.0 million in accounts payable in our WNS Auto-Claims BPM segment.

Net cash provided by operating activities increased to $64.8 million for fiscal 2013 from $57.2 million for fiscal 2012. The increase in net cash provided by operating activities for fiscal 2013 as compared to fiscal 2012 was attributable to an increase in cash inflow from working capital changes by $18.1$5.9 million, a decrease in interest paid by $3.0 million and an increase in profit as adjusted by non-cash related items by $0.7$2.2 million, a decrease in interest paid by $1.8 million and an increase in interest income by $0.1 million, which was partially offset by an increase in income taxes paid by $2.5 million.

The increase in profit as adjusted for non-cash related items by $2.2 million was primarily on account of (i) an increase in profit by $8.9 million, (ii) a decrease in deferred tax credit by $7.8 million, (iii) an increase in hedging loss by $1.5 million, (iv) a decrease in excess tax benefit credit on share based options exercised by $1.2 million, (v) an increase in deferred rent expense by $0.6 million, (vi) an increase in unrealized exchange loss by $0.4 million and (vii) an increase in interest expenses by $0.2 million andon account of interest payable on purchase consideration towards our acquisition of Fusion. The increase was partially offset by (i) a decrease in current tax expenses by $9.4 million, (ii) a decrease in depreciation and amortization expense by $4.4 million, (iii) an increase in dividend by $2.5 million on account of our investment in marketable securities, (iv) a decrease in allowance of doubtful debts by $1.3 million, (v) a decrease in amortization of debt issue cost by $0.5 million, (vi) a decrease in interest expense by $0.1 million, (vii) an increase in interest income by $0.1 million.million and (viii) an increase in unrealized gain by $0.1 million on investments.

Cash flow from working capital changes increased by $18.1$5.9 million during fiscal 20122013 as compared to fiscal 2011,2012, primarily due to (i) an increase in cash inflow of $14.2 million in other current assets, primarily as a result of a decrease in funds held for clients, (ii) an increase in cash inflow from accounts receivables by $6.0 million, on account of a decrease in accounts receivables of a large client in our WNS Auto Claims , and better collection in our Global and (iii) a decrease in cash outflow towards settlement of other current liabilities of $28.4by $4.5 million, primarily as a result of a decrease in cash outflow towards settlement of derivatives financial instruments on maturity and towards payment of value-added tax payment and derivative contract liability settlement, and (ii) antax. The increase in cash inflow from accounts receivable of $25.1 million, primarily as a result of a decrease in the credit period of the payment terms extended to a large client in our WNS Auto Claims BPO segment,was partially offset by an increase inof cash outflow of (i) $18.5 million in other current assets, primarily as a result of an increase in funds held for clients, a reduction in cash received upon settlement of derivative financial instruments on maturity and an advance given to a client, (ii) $9.9$21.2 million in accounts payable primarily as a result of an increase in outflow towards accounts payable in our WNS Auto Claims BPO segment, and (iii) $7.0 million in deferred revenue primarily as a result of a decrease in an advance received from a client.segment.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities increaseddecreased to $50.7$50.9 million for fiscal 20122014 from $15.4$89.5 million for fiscal 2011.2013. Investing activities in fiscal 2012 comprised2014 consisted of the following: (i) amount invested in FMPs in fiscal 2014 of $50.5 million as compared to $43.0 million in fiscal 2013, (ii) a payment made of $7.6 million towards the settlement of deferred consideration for the acquisition of Fusion in fiscal 2014 as compared to a payment made of $7.1 million made towards the acquisition (net of cash acquired) of Fusion in fiscal 2013, (iii) net proceeds received from sale of marketable securities increased by $45.4 million in fiscal 2014 as compared to fiscal 2013, and (iv) the capital expenditures incurred for leasehold improvements, including the purchase of computers, furniture, fixtures and other office equipment and software (classified as intangibles) associated with expanding the capacity of our delivery centers, infor fiscal 20122014 was $21.2$19.6 million, which represented an increasea decrease of $6.0$1.6 million as compared to fiscal 2011, (ii)2013.

Net cash used in investing activities increased to $89.5 million for fiscal 2013 from $50.7 million for fiscal 2012. Investing activities in fiscal 2013 consisted of the following: (i) the amount invested in marketable securitiesFMPs of $43.0 million, (ii) a payment made of $7.1 million made towards the acquisition (net of cash acquired) of Fusion in fiscal 2012 was $28.02013, as compared to $2.1 million (iii) the payment of $2.1 millionmade to ACS for the acquisition of the balance 35% stake in WNS Philippines Inc. in fiscal 2012, (iii) the amount invested in marketable securities in fiscal 2013 reduced by $6.2 million as compared to fiscal 2012, (iv) the payment madeamount received towards earn out consideration of $0.5dividends increased by $2.5 million in fiscal 2011 in connection with the acquisition2013 as compared to fiscal 2012, (v) a government grant of Biz Aps in June 2008, and (iv) dividends of $0.4$0.3 million received in fiscal 2012 on accountby WNS Global Services, Inc. and (vi) the capital expenditures incurred for leasehold improvements, including the purchase of computers, furniture, fixtures and other office equipment and software (classified as intangibles) associated with expanding the capacity of our investments in marketable securities.delivery centers for fiscal 2013 was $21.2 million, which represented a decrease of $0.1 million as compared to fiscal 2012.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Net cash provided in financing activities was $27.4 million for fiscal 2012, as compared to net cash used in financing activities of $29.0was $14.9 million for fiscal 2011.2014, as compared to $13.2 million provided by investing activities for fiscal 2013. Financing activities primarily consisted of (i) net proceedsrepayments of $46.3 million from the issuance of ordinary shares in our follow-on public offering in fiscal 2012, (ii) long term debt taken by WNS Global of $8.5 million, by WNS UK for $9.7of $7.3 million and by WNS Global for $10.0Services Philippines Inc. of $1.1 million in fiscal 2012,2014 as compared to a repayment of a long term debt taken by WNS (Mauritius) Limited for $46.8of $24.0 million and by WNS Global Services Philippines Inc. for $3.2of $2.1 million and a debt taken by WNS Global of $7.0 million in fiscal 2013, and (ii) short term debt taken by WNS Global of $7.2 million partially offset by short term debt repayment by WNS UK of $5.6 million in fiscal 2014 as compared to a short term debt taken by WNS Global of $21.3 million and by WNS UK for $14.9of $11.0 million in fiscal 2011, (iii)2013.

Net cash provided in financing activities was $13.2 million for fiscal 2013, as compared to $27.4 million for fiscal 2012. Financing activities primarily consisted of (i) repayments of a loanlong term debt taken by WNS (Mauritius) Limited of $24.0 million and by WNS Global Services Philippines Inc. of $2.1 million in fiscal 2013 as compared to a repayment of $50.0 million by WNS (Mauritius) Limited in fiscal 2012, (ii) a short term debt taken by WNS Global of $21.3 million and by WNS UK of $11.0 million in fiscal 2013 as compared to a loan repayment of $107.8 million in fiscal 2011 by WNS (Mauritius) Limited and (iv) short term loansloan of $19.0 million taken by WNS Global, partially offset by a repayment of $8.8 million of a short term loan by WNS UK and a repayment of $0.7 million of a short term loan from ACS, as compared to short(iii) net proceeds of $46.3 million from the issuance of ordinary shares in the form of ADSs in our follow-on public offering in fiscal 2012, (iv) a long term loansdebt of $5.0 million and $8.6$7.0 million taken by WNS Global andIndia in fiscal 2013 as compared to long term debt taken by WNS UK respectively,for $9.7 million and by WNS Global for $10.6 million in fiscal 2011.2012, and (v) a decrease in excess tax benefits on share based options exercised by $1.2 million.

Page 96


New Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted by theour Company

Certain new standards, interpretations and amendments to existing accounting standards have been published, but have not yet been applied in our financial statements. Those which we consider to be relevant to our operations are set out below:

 

i.

IFRS 7 “Financial Instruments: Disclosure” was amended byIn November 2009, the IASB to require additional quantitative and qualitative disclosures relating to transfers of financial assets effective for annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2011, with earlier application permitted, where (i) financial assets are derecognized in their entirety, but where the entity has a continuing involvement in them (e.g., options or guarantees on the transferred assets); and (ii) financial assets are not derecognized in their entirety. We envisage there will be no impact of this additional requirement on our consolidated financial statements.

issued IFRS 9 Financial Instruments: Classification“Financial Instruments” (“IFRS 9”), “Classification and Measurement” was issued by the IASB in November 2009.Measurement”. This standard introduces certain new requirements for classifying and measuring financial assets and liabilities and divides all financial assets that are currently in the scope of IAS 39 into two classifications, those measured at amortized cost and those measured at fair value. In October 2010, the IASB issued a revised version of IFRS 9, “Financial Instruments” (IFRS 9 R).9. The revised standard adds guidance on the classification and measurement of financial liabilities. IFRS 9 R requires entities with financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss to recognize changes in the fair value due to changes in the liability’s credit risk in other comprehensive income. However, if recognizing these changes in other comprehensive income creates an accounting mismatch, an entity would present the entire change in fair value within profit or loss. There is no subsequent recycling of the amounts recorded in other comprehensive income to profit or loss, but accumulated gains or losses may be transferred within equity. In November 2013, IASB finalized the new hedge accounting guidance which forms part of IFRS 9 is effective9. There have been significant changes to the types of transactions eligible for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2015. Earlier application is permitted. We are currently evaluatinghedge accounting. In addition, the impact that this new standard will have on our consolidated financial statements.

ineffectiveness test was overhauled and replaced with the principle of an ‘economic relationship’.

The mandatory effective date for IFRS 9 is removed temporarily and IASB will determine a new mandatory effective date when it has finalized the requirements for all the other phases of the project to replace IAS 39. Earlier application is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that this new standard will have on our consolidated financial statements.

 

ii.

IFRS 13 “Fair Value Measurements” was issued byIn May 2013, the IASB issued an amendment to IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets” to reduce the circumstances in May 2011. IFRS 13 defineswhich the recoverable amount of assets or cash-generating units is required to be disclosed, clarify the disclosures required, and to introduce an explicit requirement to disclose the discount rate used in determining impairment (or reversals) where recoverable amount (based on fair value providesless costs of disposal) is determined using a single IFRS framework for measuring fairpresent value and requires disclosure about fair value measurements. IFRS 13technique. This Amendment is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, with earlier application permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that this new standard will have on our consolidated financial statements.

2014.

IFRS 10 “Consolidated Financial Statements” was issued by the IASB in May 2011 to replace consolidation requirements in IAS 27 “Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements” and SIC-12 “Consolidation — Special Purpose Entities” and to build on existing principles by identifying the concept of control as the determining factor in whether an entity should be included within the consolidated financial statements of the parent company. This pronouncement is effective for the annual period beginning on or after January 1, 2013, with earlier application permitted so long as this standard is applied together with IFRS 11 “Joint Arrangements,” IFRS 12 “Disclosure of Interest in Other Entities,” IAS 27 (Revised) “Separate Financial Statements,” and IAS 28 (Revised) “Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures.”

The remainder of IAS 27 “Separate Financial Statements” now contains accounting and disclosure requirements for investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates only when an entity prepares separate financial statements and is therefore not applicable in our consolidated financial statements.

IFRS 11 “Joint Arrangements,” which replaces IAS 31 “Interests in Joint Ventures” and SIC-13 “Jointly Controlled Entities — Non-monetary Contributions by Ventures,” requires a single method, known as the equity method, to account for interests in jointly controlled entities. The proportionate consolidation method in joint ventures is prohibited. IAS 28 “Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures,” was amended as a consequence of the issuance of IFRS 11. In addition to prescribing the accounting for investment in associates, it now sets out the requirements for the application of the equity method when accounting for joint ventures. The application of the equity method has not changed as a result of this amendment.

IFRS 12 “Disclosure of Interest in Other Entities” is a new and comprehensive standard on disclosure requirements for all forms of interests in other entities, including joint arrangements, associates, special purpose vehicles and other off balance sheet vehicles. The standard includes disclosure requirements for entities covered under IFRS 10 and IFRS 11.

We are currently evaluating the impact of the above pronouncements on our consolidated financial statements.

IAS 1 “Presentation of Financial Statements” was amended by the IASB in June 2011 to require companies preparing financial statements in accordance with IFRS to group items within other comprehensive income that may be reclassified to the profit or loss separately from those items which would not be recyclable in the profit or loss section of the statement of income. It also requires the tax associated with items presented before tax to be shown separately for each of the two groups of other comprehensive income items (without changing the option to present items of other comprehensive income either before tax or net of tax).

The amendments also reaffirm existing requirements that items in other comprehensive income and profit or loss should be presented as either a single statement or two consecutive statements. This amendment is applicable to annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2012, with early adoption permitted. We are required to adopt IAS 1 (Amended) by accounting year commencing April 1, 2013. We have evaluated the requirements of IAS 1 (Amended)the above amendment and we do not believe that the adoption of IAS 1 (Amended)this amendment will have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

 

iii.

IAS 19 “Employee Benefits” was amended byIn May 2014, the IASB in June 2011. This amendment is applicable on a modified retrospective basisissued two amendments with respect to annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013,IAS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment (IAS 16) and IAS 38 Intangible Assets (IAS 38) dealing with early adoption permitted. Apart from certain miscellaneous changes, key changes are:

(a)Recognitionacceptable methods of changes in the net defined liability/(assets) in other comprehensive income;

Page 97


(b)Introduced enhanced disclosures about defined benefit plans;depreciation and

(c)Modified accounting for termination benefits.

We are currently evaluating the impact that the above amendment will have on our consolidated financial statements.

IAS 32 “Financial Instruments: Presentation” and IFRS 7 “Financial Instruments: Disclosure,” relating to the accounting requirements and disclosures related to offsetting of financial assets and liabilities, were amended by the IASB in December 2011.

amortization.

The amended IAS 16 prohibits entities from using a revenue based depreciation method for items of property, plant and equipment. Further the amendment under IAS 38 introduces and rebuttable presumption that revenue is not an appropriate basis for amortization of an intangible assets. However this presumption can only be rebutted in two limited circumstances;

a) the intangible is expressed as a measure of revenue i.e. when the predominant limiting factor inherent in an intangible asset is the achievement of a contractually specified revenue threshold; or

b) it can be demonstrate that revenue and the consumption of economic benefits of the intangible assets are highly correlated.

In these circumstances, revenue expected to IFRS 7 requires companies to disclose information about rightsbe generated from the intangible assets can be an appropriate basis for amortization of offset and related arrangements for financial instruments under an enforceable master netting agreement or similar arrangement. The new disclosures are effective for interim or annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. It requires retrospective application for comparative periods.the intangible asset.

The IASB has amended IAS 32 to clarify the meaning of “currently has a legally enforceable right of set off”amendments apply prospectively and “simultaneous realization and settlement.” The amendments clarify that to result in offset of a financial assets and financial liability, a right to set off must be available today rather than being contingent on a future event and must be exercisable by any of the counterparties, both in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy.

Also the amendments clarify that the determination of whether the rights meet the legally enforceable criterion will depend on both the contractual terms entered into between the counterparties as well as the law governing the contract and the bankruptcy process in the event of bankruptcy or insolvency. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014 and are required to be applied retrospectively for comparative periods.2016, with earlier application permitted.

We are currently evaluatinghave evaluated the impact thatrequirements of both the above amendments and do not believe that the adoption of these amendments will have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

A. Directors and Executive Officers

Our Board of Directors consists of seveneight directors.

The following table sets forth the name, age (as at March 31, 2012)2014) and position of each of our directors and executive officers as at the date hereof.hereof and Mr. Eric B. Herr, who retired as a director of our company with effect from April 30, 2014.

 

Name

  Age  

Designation

Directors

    

Eric B. HerrAdrian T. Dillon(1)(2)(3)

  6360  Non-Executive Chairman

Albert Aboody(2)

66Director

Anthony A. Greener(3)(4)

73Director

Eric B. Herr(4)(5)(6)

65Director

Gareth Williams(7)(8)

61Director

Jeremy Young(9)

48Director

Keshav R. Murugesh

  4850  Director and Group Chief Executive Officer

Jeremy YoungMichael Menezes(7)(9)

  4661  Director

DeepakRenu S. ParekhKarnad(2)(4)(5)

  6761  Director

Richard O. Bernays(1)(3)(5)Executive Officers

  69Director

Anthony A. Greener(1)(2)(3)

71Director

Albert Aboody(6)

64Director

Executive Officers

  

Keshav R. Murugesh

  4850  Group Chief Executive Officer

Alok MisraSanjay Puria(10)

  4540  Group Chief Financial Officer

Johnson J. SelvaduraiRonald Gillette(11)

  53Managing Director – Europe

Michael Garber

55

Chief Sales and Marketing Officer

Ronald Strout

6557  Chief of Staff and Head AmericasOperating Officer

Swaminathan Rajamani

  3537  Chief People Officer

Notes:

 

(1)

Appointed as Non-Executive Chairman of our Board in place of Mr. Eric B. Herr upon his resignation as Non-Executive Chairman with effect from January 1, 2014. Prior to his appointment as Non-Executive Chairman, Mr. Adrian T. Dillon served as Non-Executive Vice Chairman of our Board. Mr. Dillon was appointed as member of the Compensation and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee effective April 30, 2014.

(2)Chairman of our Audit Committee.
(3)Chairman of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.
(4)Member of our Compensation Committee.
(5)Member of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

(2)(6)

MemberMr. Herr retired as a director of our company with effect from April 30, 2014.

(7)Appointed as a director of our company with effect from January 1, 2014.
(8)Appointed as Chairman of our Compensation Committee.

Committee with effect from January 1, 2014 in place of Mr. Richard O. Bernays who retired from our Board with effect from December 31, 2013.
(3)(9)

Member of our Audit Committee.

(4)(10)

ChairmanAppointed as our Group Chief Financial Officer with effect from August 28, 2013 in place of Mr. Deepak Sogani who resigned and left our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

employment.
(5)(11)

ChairmanAppointed as our Chief Operating Officer with effect from November 18, 2013. Mr. Gillette reports to our Group Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Keshav R. Murugesh, and has direct responsibility for sales, operations and capability creation. Following his appointment, changes were made to the roles and responsibilities of Messers. Johnson J. Selvadurai and Michael Garber with effect from January 1, 2014, as a result of which our company has determined that Mr. Gillette has become an executive officer and Messrs. Selvadurai and Garber have ceased to be executive officers of our Compensation Committee.

(6)

Chairman of our Audit Committee.

company with effect from that date.

Summarized below is relevant biographical information covering at least the past five years for each of our directors and executive officers.

Directors

Adrian T. Dillon was appointed to our Board of Directors in September 2012 and was designated as Non-Executive Vice Chairman of the Board in January 2013. In January, 2014 he was appointed as the Non-Executive Chairman of the Board. He is currently a member of the Board of Directors and Chairman of the Audit and Finance Committees of Williams-Sonoma, Inc. and member of the Board of Directors and Chairman of the Audit Committee of Wonga Group Ltd. During his career, he has served as a member of the Board of NDS Group Limited, from 2011 to 2012, Verigy Pty, from 2006 to 2007 and LumiLeds Inc., from 2002 to 2007. He has also held key finance roles including Chief Financial and Administrative Officer at Skype Limited, from 2010 to 2011, Executive Vice President—Finance & Administration and Chief Financial Officer at Agilent Technologies, Inc., from 2001 to 2010 and held various positions at Eaton Corporation, from 1979 to 2001, including Executive Vice President and Chief Financial and Planning Officer from 1995-2001. He was a member and past Chairman of The Conference Board Council of Financial Executives. Mr. Dillon graduated from Amherst College with a Bachelor of Arts degree in economics. The business address of Mr. Dillon is 490 University Avenue, Los Altos, CA 94022, USA.

Page 98Albert Aboody was appointed to our Board of Directors in June 2010 and also serves as the chairman of our Audit Committee. Mr. Aboody is based in the US. Prior to his appointment as our director, he was a partner with KPMG, US. In this role, he served on the Board of KPMG, India, including as Deputy Chairman and as head of its audit department. He also co-authored chapters on the Commission’s reporting requirements in the 2001-2008 annual editions of the Corporate Controller’s Manual. Mr. Aboody is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. He was a post-graduate research scholar at Cambridge University and received a Bachelor of Arts degree from Princeton University. The business address of Mr. Aboody is 401 E 89th Street, # 19 C, New York, NY 10128, USA.


Sir Anthony A. Greener was appointed to our Board of Directors in June 2007. He was the Deputy Chairman of British Telecom from 2001 to 2006 and Chairman of the Qualifications and Curriculum Authority from 2002 to 2008 and Diageo plc from 1997 to 2000. Prior to that, Sir Anthony was the Chairman and Chief Executive of Guinness plc from 1992 to 1997 and the Chief Executive Officer of Dunhill Holdings from 1974 to 1986. Sir Anthony is presently Chairman of the St Giles Trust (since 2009), and the Minton Trust (since 2007). He is a Director of Williams-Sonoma Inc. (since 2007), and United Church Schools which is now known as United Learning (since 2005). He was a Director of Robert Mondavi from 2000 to 2005. Sir Anthony was honored with a knighthood in 1999 for his services to the beverage industry and is also a Fellow Member of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants. The business address of Sir Anthony is the Minton Trust, 26 Hamilton House, Vicarage Gate, London W8 4HL.

Eric B. Herr was appointed to our Board of Directors in July 2006. On December 17, 2009 Mr. Herr was appointed2006 and retired as the Non-Executive Chairmana director of the Board.our company with effect from April 30, 2014. Mr. Herr is based in the United States. He currently serves on the board of directors of Edgar Online (since 2011), Regulatory Data Corporation (since 2009) and two not-for-profit organizations New Hampshire Center for Public Policy Studies (since 2011) and New Hampshire Charitable Foundation (Since(since 2010). He is also the chairman of New Hampshire Governor’s Commission on State Government Innovation, Efficiency and Transparency (since 2013), Mr. Herr served as the Non-Executive Chairman of the Board from December 17, 2009 to December 31, 2013. He was a director of Edgar Online until 2012, Taleo Corporation and Starcite Private Limited until 2010 and of Workscape from 2005 to 2008. From 1992 to 1999, Mr. Herr served first as Chief Financial Officer and then President and Chief Operating Officer of Autodesk, Inc. Mr. Herr received a Master of Arts degree in Economics from Indiana University and a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics from Kenyon College. The business address for Mr. Herr is P.O. Box 719, Bristol, NH 03222, USA.

Keshav R. MurugeshGareth Williams was appointed to our Board of Directors in January 2014. Currently Mr. Williams serves as our Group Chief Executive Officerthe advisor to the CEO of Diageo plc and also as the Non-Executive Director of YSC and is expected to be appointed as an independent director of Saga plc following their proposed initial public offering in February 2010. Mr. Murugesh is based out of Mumbai.May 2014. Prior to joining WNS, Mr. Murugeshhis appointment to our Board, he was Director Human Resources at Diageo plc, one of the Chief Executive Officer of Syntel Inc., a Nasdaq -listed information technology company, and was a director of Syntel Limited and Syntel Global Private Limited. He holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree and is a Fellow of The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.world’s leading premium drink companies. Prior to Syntel,taking over as Head of Human Resources at Diageo in January 1999, Mr. Williams held a series of key positions in HR at Grand Metropolitan, plc in North America and the UK from 1984 to 1998, leading up to the merger with Guinness that formed Diageo. Before joining Grand Metropolitan, he workedspent 10 years with Ford of Britain in various capacities with ITC Limited, an affiliatea number of BAT Plc. between 1989 and 2002. He is onHR roles. Mr. Williams studied at the Board of WNS Cares Foundation, a company that focuses on sustainability initiatives. He was the Chairman of SIFE (Students in Free Enterprise) India, which is a global organization involved in educational outreach projects in partnership with businesses across the globe, from 2005 to 2011.Warwick University. The business address forof Mr. MurugeshWilliams is Gate 4, Godrej & Boyce Complex, Pirojshanagar, Vikhroli West, Mumbai 400 079, India.High Trees, Wildernesse Avenue, Sevenoaks, Kent TN15 0EA, UK.

Jeremy Young was appointed to our Board of Directors in May 2004, as a nominee of Warburg Pincus which was the principal shareholder of our company, in May 2004.company. Having exited Warburg Pincus, he became independent director from January 2013. During his 20 years at Warburg Pincus, he has runran the firm’s Healthcare, Internet and Business Services sectors in Europe, headed the German office and beenwas responsible for fundraising in Europe and the Middle East. Prior to joining Warburg Pincus in 1992, Mr. Young held various positions at Baxter Healthcare International, Booz, Allen & Hamilton International and Cellular Transplant/Cytotherapeutics. He received a Bachelor of Arts degree from Cambridge University and a Master of Business Administration degree from Harvard Business School. He is currently also a director of Warburg Pincus Roaming II S.A as well as Vice Chairman of The Haemophilia Society.Society, a UK-based charitable organization. The business address for Mr. Young is Warburg Pincus International LLC, AlmackGloucester House, 28 King Street, St. James,29 Pembridge Gardens, London SW1Y 6QW,W2 4EB, England.

Deepak S. ParekhKeshav R. Murugesh was appointed as our Group Chief Executive Officer and director in February 2010. Mr. Murugesh is based out of Mumbai. Prior to joining WNS, Mr. Murugesh was the Chief Executive Officer of Syntel Inc., a Nasdaq -listed information technology company, and was a director of Syntel Limited and Syntel Global Private Limited. He holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree and is a Fellow of The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. Prior to Syntel, he worked in various capacities with ITC Limited, an affiliate of BAT Plc. between 1989 and 2002. He is the chairman of the Business Process Management (BPM) Council of NASSCOM since 2013 and a nominated member of the NASSCOM Executive Council. NASSCOM is the industry association for the IT-BPM sector in India. He is on the Board of WNS Cares Foundation, a company that focuses on sustainability initiatives. He was the Chairman of SIFE (Students in Free Enterprise) India, which is a global organization involved in educational outreach projects in partnership with businesses across the globe, from 2005 to 2011. The business address for Mr. Murugesh is Gate 4, Godrej & Boyce Complex, Pirojshanagar, Vikhroli West, Mumbai 400 079, India.

Michael Menezes was appointed to our Board of Directors in July 2006.January 2014. Mr. Parekh is based in Mumbai, India. He currentlyMenezes presently serves as the Chairman (since 1993)special advisor to the Continental Bank of Housing Development Finance Corporation Limited,Canada and also as an Executive-in-Residence to the MBA students at Ryerson University in Toronto on a housingvoluntary basis. He has also set up a sole proprietor business, Acumentor Inc. engaged in providing consulting and other services. Most recently, he was the CFO, Technology, Operations and Corporate Group at Bank of Montreal from 2000 to 2012. Mr. Menezes has over two decades of global exposure, both as CEO and CFO in the Financial Services, Consumer Goods and Agri-business sectors. In his previous stints, he has been the CFO for ONIC (Holding), CEO of ITC Agro Tech Ltd., India, apart from holding various senior finance companyroles at ITC Ltd. in India which he joined in 1978.India. Mr. Parekh is the non-executive Chairman (since 1994) of GlaxoSmithKline Pharmaceuticals Limited. Mr. Parekh is also a director of several Indian public companies such as Siemens Limited (since 2003), HDFC Ergo General Insurance Co. Limited (since 2002), Exide Industries Limited (since 2001), HDFC Standard Life Insurance Co. Limited (since 2000), HDFC Asset Management Co. Limited (since 2000), The Indian Hotels Co. Limited (since 2000), Infrastructure Development Finance Co. Limited (since 1997), Zodiac Clothing Company Limited (since 1994) Mahindra & Mahindra Limited (since 1990) and D P World, Dubai (since 2011). He was a director of Singapore Telecommunications Limited from 2004 to 2010. He was also a director of Airport Authority of India, Castrol India Limited, Hindustan Unilever Limited, Borax Morarji Limited, Bharat Bijlee Limited, Hindustan Oil Exploration Corporation Limited, Lafarge India Private Limited and GIC Special Investments Pte. Limited until 2011. He was appointed special director by the Government of India of Satyam Computer Services Limited during 2009 to resolve the crisis at Satyam. Mr. ParekhMenezes received a Bachelor of CommerceArts Degree in Economics from University of Delhi, India and a Master’s degree in Economics from the Bombay University and holdsLondon School of Economics, UK. He is also a Chartered Accountant degree(CA) from the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England & Wales (ICAEW).of India. The home/ business address forof Mr. ParekhMenezes is Housing Development Finance Corporation Limited, Ramon House, H.T. Parekh Marg, 169 Backbay Reclamation, Churchgate, Mumbai 400 020, India.220 Cummer Avenue, Toronto, Canada M2M 2E7.

Richard O. BernaysRenu S. Karnad was appointed to our Board of Directors in November 2006September 2012. Mrs. Karnad had joined Housing Development Finance Corporation Limited (HDFC Ltd) in 1978 and is based in London. Prior to his retirement in 2001, Mr. Bernays held various senior positions at Old Mutual, plc,currently serving as the Managing Director of HDFC Limited. She is also a London-based international financial services company, and most recently served as Chief Executive Officer of Old Mutual International. Prior to that, he was with Jupiterdirector on several other Boards, including BOSCH Limited, Credit Information Bureau (India) Limited, Gruh Finance Limited, HDFC Bank Limited, HDFC Asset Management in 1996, Hill Samuel Asset Management from 1991 to 1996, and Mercury Asset Management from 1971 to 1992. Mr. Bernays currently serves on the Boards of several public companies, including The NMR Pension Trustee Limited (since 2009), The American Museum in Britain (since 2008), Beltone MENA Equity Fund Limited (since 2007), Impax Environmental Markets Trust plc (since 2002), Taikoo Developments Limited (since 1997), MAF Trust (since 2005), and GFM Cossack Bond Company Limited, (since 1997). Mr. Bernays retiredHDFC Ergo General Insurance Company Limited, HDFC Property Ventures Limited, HDFC Standard Life Insurance Company Limited, AKZO Nobel India Limited, Credila Financial Services Private Limited, Indraprastha Medical Corporation Limited, Feedback Infrastructure Services Private Limited, G4S Corporate Services (India) Private Limited, , Lafarge India Private Limited, EIH Limited, HIREF International LLC, ABB Limited, H T Parekh Foundation, and HDFC Plc. Mrs. Karnad holds a Master’s degree in Economics from Charter Pan European, Trust plc, Henderson Global Trust (since 2001)the University of Delhi and The Throgmorton Trustis a graduate in 2012. He waslaw from the University of Mumbai. She has also been a directorParvin Fellow at Princeton University’s Woodrow Wilson School of Hermes Pension Management from 2005 to 2007, Singer and Friendlander from 2003 to 2005 and Martin Curie Income and Growth Trust from 1997 to 2008. Mr. Bernays was a member of the Supervisory Board of the National Provident Life until 2010. He received a Masters of Arts degree from Trinity College, Oxford University.International Affairs. The business address of Mr. BernaysMrs. Karnad is E72 Montevetro, 100 Battersea Church Road, London SW11 3YL.

Page 99


Sir Anthony A. Greener was appointed to our Board of Directors in June 2007. Sir Anthony is based in London. He was the Deputy Chairman of British Telecom from 2001 to 2006 and the Chairman of the Qualifications and Curriculum Authority from 2002 to 2008 and Diageo plc from 1997 to 2000. Prior to that, Sir Anthony was the Chairman and Chief Executive of Guinness plc from 1992 to 1997 and the Chief Executive Officer of Dunhill Holdings from 1974 to 1986. Sir Anthony is presently a Chairman of St. Giles Trust (since 2011), Oy Nautor AB (since 2009), Williams-Sonoma Inc. (since 2007), Minton Trust (since 2007) and United Church Schools (since 2005). He was a director of Robert Mondavi from 2000 to 2005. Sir Anthony was honored with a knighthood in 1999 for his services to the beverage industry and is also a Fellow Member of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants. The business address of Sir Anthony is the Minton Trust, 26 Hamilton House, Vicarage Gate, London W8 4HL.

Albert Aboody was appointed to our Board of Directors in June 2010 and also serves as the chairman of our Audit Committee. Mr. Aboody is based in the US. Prior to his appointment as our director, he was a partner with KPMG, US. In this role, he served on the Board of KPMG, India, including as Deputy Chairman and as head of its audit department. He also co-authored chapters on the Commission’s reporting requirements in the 2001-2008 annual editions of the Corporate Controller’s Manual. Mr. Aboody is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. He was a post-graduate research scholar at Cambridge University and received a Bachelor of Arts degree from Princeton University. The business address of Mr. Aboody is 424 East 57th Street # 3D,HDFC Limited, Capital Court, 1st Floor, Munirka, Off Palme Marg, New York, NY 10022, USA.Delhi — 110067.

Our Board believes that each of our company’s directors is highly skilled, experienced and qualified to serve as a member of the Board and its committees. Each of the directors, because of their diverse business experience and background, contribute significantly in managing the affairs of our company. The Board of Directors has not adopted any formal policy with respect to diversity, however, our Board of Directors believes that it is important for its members to represent diverse viewpoints and contribute in the Board’s decision making process. Our Board evaluates candidates for election to the Board; the Board seeks candidates with certain qualities that it believes are important, including experience, integrity, an objective perspective, business acumen and leadership skills. The continuing service by our directors promotes stability and continuity in the boardroom and gives us the benefit of their familiarity and insights into our business.

Executive Officers

Keshav R. Murugesh is our Group Chief Executive Officer. Please see “— Directors” above for Mr. Murugesh’s biographical information.

Alok MisraSanjay Puria serves as our Group Chief Financial Officer. Mr. MisraHe is based inout of Mumbai, India and joinedleads WNS’ global finance function. Presently, he serves on the Board of WNS Cares Foundation. Mr. Puria has over 15 years of experience, out of which over 11 years have been in February 2008. Mr. Misra’s responsibilitiesthe offshore services industry. He is a veteran at WNS, having managed several key finance functions including corporate strategy, mergers and acquisitions, financial planning and analysis, and strategic business development before taking over as the Group Chief Financial Officer include corporate finance, corporate development and strategy, legal and secretarial and information technology.CFO in August 2013. Prior to joining WNS in 2010, he was at the helm of operations for a global provider of integrated information technology and knowledge process outsourcing solutions, where his role centered around managing acquisitions, joint ventures, complex and multi-year contracts, strategizing on geographical expansion, revenue and cost management, pricing and commercials, and implementation of LEAN initiatives. Mr. Misra was group chief financial officer at MphasiS Limited (a subsidiary of Electronic Data Systems, now a division of Hewlett-Packard) and financial controller at ITC Limited. Mr. Misra is presently director of Value and Budget Housing Corporation (India) Private Limited (since 2009). HePuria is a Fellow ofChartered Accountant (CA) from the Institute of Chartered Accountants in India. Mr. Misra received an honors degree in commerceof India and has passed the Certified Public Accountant (CPA) examination from Calcutta University. Thethe American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.The business address forof Mr. MisraPuria is Gate 4, Godrej & Boyce Complex, Pirojshanagar, Vikhroli, West,(West) Mumbai 400 079, India.

Johnson J. SelvaduraiRonald Gillette is Managing Director of European Operations. Prior to joining WNS, he was theour Chief ExecutiveOperating Officer of our enterprise services business unit until September 2007. Mr. Selvadurai is a business process outsourcing industry specialist with over 25 years of experience in offshore outsourcing. He pioneered such services in Sri Lanka and set up and managed many processing centers in the Philippines, India, Pakistan and the UK. Mr. Selvadurai is a certified electronic data management and processing trainer and is a member of the data processing institute.responsible for WNS’ global sales, operations and capability creation. Based in Mumbai, he drives WNS’ strategic plans and operating results. Prior to joining WNS in 2002,2013, Mr. SelvaduraiGillette worked with Xerox in the US and Europe from 2007 to 2013. Most recently, he was Asia Managing Director (Business Processthe Group President, Xerox Business Services in Europe with responsibility for all Financial Services and Insurance clients, and previously led its global Finance and Accounting Outsourcing services) of Hays plc, a FTSE 100 B2B services company. Mr. Selvadurai is presently a director of Datacap Software Private Limited India (since 2000). He(FAO) business. Before joining Xerox Services, Gillette was a director of Business forms (Private) Limited, Sri Lanka from 1984 to 2011. The business addresssenior partner at Accenture, responsible for Mr. Selvadurai is Malta House, 36-38 Piccadilly, London, W1J 0DP, UK.

Michael Garber is Chief Sales and Marketing Officer. He has rich experience with an accomplished career spanning 34 years in IT enabled services, marketing, consulting and general management, of which, over a decade has been in the outsourcing space leading global teams. Prior to joining WNS, he held senior positions in several prominent outsourcing companies such as President of the Americas for Birlasoft, Senior Vice President — Business Development at InSource (a Virtusa subsidiary) and Insurance Practice Lead at eFunds.growing its BPM business. He has also served as Vice Presidentworked with Deloitte Consulting, Ernst & Young and Business Unit Head of the Insurance Practice at Cognizant Technology Solutions. After graduation from university, he spent 20 years with MassMutual Financial Group. He has a Bachelor of Arts degreeEDS in Mathematics from the Western New England University, Springfield, Massachusetts and an Associate of Arts degree in Marine Biology from the Roger Williams University, Bristol Rhode Island. He has also completed the Professional Management Practices Designation while working with MassMutual Financial Group and the Executive Management Development Program certification from the University of Michigan. The business address for Mr. Garber is 15 Exchange Place, Suite 310, Jersey City, New Jersey 07302, USA.

Page 100


Ronald Strout is Chief of Staff and Head Americas. He has over 30 years of experience in the financial services industry and consulting. He is well-known in the industry for transforming businesses in large and small corporate environments. Prior to joining WNS, he was the Executive Vice Presidentvarious leadership roles with a technology start-up. He has also held other senior positions such as the Senior Vice President at State Street Corporation and Partner / Managing Director at Bearing Point (formerly KPMG Consulting, Inc.). His vast professional experience also spans Security First Savings and Loans, Global Solutions and Interactive Data Corp. He servesfocus on the board of Kepha Partners in an advisory role.building outsourcing businesses. He has a Bachelor of Science degree from the United States Military Academy, at West Point. He holds a Master’s in Business Administration degree from Marymount University of Maine.in Arlington, Virginia. The business address of Mr. StroutGillette is 15 Exchange Place, Suite 310, Jersey City, New Jersey, USA 07302.Gate 4, Godrej & Boyce Complex, Pirojshanagar, Vikhroli, (West) Mumbai 400 079, India.

Swaminathan Rajamani is our Chief People Officer. He leads WNS’sWNS’ Human Resources function, and is responsible for the entire gamut of people-oriented processes. Prior to joining WNS in November 2010, he was with CA Technologies, where he served as Vice President — President—Human Resources and was the Country Head — Head—HR for India. He has also served as Head of HR Operations at Syntel and thereafter, for a short while, was its Global HR Head. Prior to Syntel, he had a long tenure at GE spanning multiple roles such as Master Black Belt — Belt—HR and Assistant Vice President and Head — Head—Operations for HR, Customer Research and Operational Analytics, apart from other roles in mergers and acquisitions. Presently, he serves on the Board of WNS Cares Foundation and WNS Global Services Private Limited. He is a certified Change Acceleration Coach and a keen practitioner of Six Sigma. Swaminathan has a MastersMaster’s in Social Work (MSW) from the University of Madras. The business address of Mr. Rajamani is Gate 4, Godrej & Boyce Complex, Pirojshanagar, Vikhroli, (West) Mumbai 400 079, India.

B. Compensation

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Compensation Objectives

Our compensation philosophy is to align employee compensation with our business objectives, so that compensation is used as a strategic tool that helps us recruit, motivate and retain highly talented individuals who are committed to our core values: clients first, integrity, respect, collaboration, learning and excellence. We believe that our compensation programs are integral to achieving our goal of “One WNS One Goal — Goal—Outperform!”

Our Compensation Committee is responsible for reviewing the overall goals and objectives of our executive compensation programs, as well as our compensation plans, and making any changes to such goals, objectives and plans. Our Compensation Committee bases our executive compensation programs on the following objectives, which guide us in establishing and maintaining all of our compensation programs:

 

 

Pay Differentiation: Based on the Job Responsibility, Individual Performance and Company PerformancePerformance.. As employees progress to higher levels in our company, they are abletheir ability to more directly affectimpact our results and strategic initiatives.initiatives increases. Therefore, as employees progress, an increasing proportion of their pay is linked to company performance and tied to creation of shareholder value.

 

 

Pay for Performance. Our compensation is designed to pay for performance and thus we provide higher compensation for strong performance and, conversely, lower compensation for poor performance and/or where company performance falls short of expectations. Our compensation programs are designed to ensure that successful, high-performing employees remain motivated and committed during periods of temporary downturns in our performance.

 

 

Balanced in Focus on Long Term versus Short Term Goals. As part of our compensation philosophy, we believe that equity-based compensation should be higher for employees with greater levels of responsibility and influence on our long term results. Therefore, a significant portion of these individuals’ total compensation is dependent on our long term share price appreciation. In addition, our compensation philosophy seeks to incentivize our managementexecutives to focus on achieving short term performance goals in a manner that supports and encourages long term success and profitability.

 

 

Competitive Value of the Job in the Marketplace. In order to attract and retain a highly skilled work force in a global market space, we remain competitive with the pay of other employers who compete with us for talent in relevant markets.

 

 

Easy to understand. We believe that all aspects of executive compensation should be clearly, comprehensibly and promptly disclosed to employees in order to effectively motivate them. Employees need to easily understand how their efforts can affect their pay, both directly through individual performance accomplishments and indirectly through contributions to achieving our strategic, financial and operational goals. We also believe that compensation for our employees should be administered uniformly across our company with clear-cut objectives and performance metrics to eliminate the potential for individual supervisor bias.

Our Compensation Committee also considers risk when developing our compensation programs and believes that the design of our compensation programs should not encourage excessive or inappropriate risk taking.

Page 101


Components of Executive Compensation

The compensation of our executive officers consists of the following five primary components:

 

Base salary or, in the case of executive officers based in India, fixed compensation;

 

Cash bonus or variable incentive;

 

Equity incentive grants of RSUs;

 

Other benefits and perquisites; and

 

Severance benefits.

The following is a discussion of our considerations in determining each of the compensation components for our executive officers.

Base Salary or Fixed Compensation

Base salary is a fixed element of our employees’executives’ annual cash compensation, which is not tied to any performance criteria. We consider base salary an important part of an executive’s compensation and our Compensation Committee reviews each executive officer’s base salary annually as well as at the time of a promotion or other change in responsibility. Any base salary adjustments are usually approved early in the calendarfiscal year, effective as at April 1.1, or as set out in the relevant employment agreement. The specific amount of base salary for each executive officer depends on the executive’s role, scope of responsibilities, experience and skills. Market practices are also considered in setting base salaries. Base salaries are intended to assist us in attracting executives and recognizing differing levels of responsibility and contribution among executives.

Cash Bonus or Variable Incentive

In addition to base salary, annual cash bonuses are another important piece of total compensation for our executives.executive officers. Annual bonus opportunities are intended to support the achievement of our business strategies by tying a meaningful portion of compensation to the achievement of established objectives for the year. These objectives are discussed in more detail below. Annual bonus opportunities also are a key tool in attracting highly sought-after executives, and theycash bonuses add a variable component to our overall compensation structure.

Equity Incentive Grants of RSUs

Our equity-based incentive program, through which we grant RSUs, is a key element of the total compensation for our executive officers. This equity-based incentive program is intended to attract and retain highly qualified individuals, align their long term interests with those of our shareholders, avoid short term focus and effectively execute our long term business strategies. Our equity-based compensation is subject to multi-year vesting requirements by which employeeexecutives’ gains can either be realized through (i) the achievement of set performance criteria and continued employment through the vesting period, or, simply, (ii) continued employment through the vesting period.

Other Benefits and Perquisites

We provide benefits and perquisites to our executive officers that are generally available to and consistent with those provided to our other employees in the country in which the executive officer is located. We believe these benefits are consistent with the objectives of our compensation philosophy and allow our executive officers to work more efficiently. We also provide our executive officers with certain perquisites which we believe are reasonable and consistent with market trends in the countries in which our executive officers are located. Such benefits and perquisites are intended to be partenhance the competitiveness of a competitiveour overall compensation program. Such benefits normally include medical, accidental and life insurance coverage, retirement benefits, club membership, reimbursement of telephone expenses, a car and related maintenance expenses, leased residential accommodation and other miscellaneous benefits which are customary in the location where the executive officer resides and are generally available to other employees in the country. All executive officers are covered by the directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy maintained by WNS.us.

Severance Benefits

Under the terms of our employment agreements, we are sometimes obligated to pay severance or other enhanced benefits to our executive officers upon termination of their employment.

Page 102


In addition, we provide change in control severance protection to ourcertain executive officers and certain other officers. Our Compensation Committee believes that such protection is intended to preserve employee morale and productivity and encourage retention in the face of the disruptive impact of an actual or rumored change in control. In addition, for executive officers, the program is intended to align executive officers’ and shareholders’ interests by enabling executive officers to consider corporate transactions that are in the best interests of our shareholders and other constituents without undue concern over whether the transactions may jeopardize the executive officers’ own employment.

Our executive officers globally have enhanced levels of benefits based on their job level, seniority and probable loss of employment after a change in control. Executive officers generally are paid severance for a longer period.period as compared to other employees.

 

 

Accelerated vesting of equity awards. All granted but unvested share options and RSUs would vest immediately and become exercisable by our executive officers subject to certain conditions set out in the applicable equity incentive plans.

 

 

Severance and notice payment. Eligible terminated executive officers would receive severance and notice payments as reflected in their individual employment agreements.

 

��

Benefit continuation. Eligible terminated executive officers would receive basic employee benefits such as healthmedical and life insurance and other perquisites as reflected in their individual employment agreements.

Our Assessment Process

Our Compensation Committee has established a number of processes to assist it in ensuring that our executive compensation programs are achieving their objectives. Our Compensation Committee typically reviews each component of compensation at least every 12 months with the goal of allocating compensation between long term and currently paid compensation and between cash and non-cash compensation, and combining the compensation elements for each executive in a manner we believe best fulfills the objectives of our compensation programs.

Our Compensation Committee is responsible for reviewing the performance of each of our executives,executive officers, approving the compensation level of each of our executives,executive officers, establishing criteria for the grant of equity awards tofor each of our executives and other employeesexecutive officers and approving such equity grants. Each of these tasks is generally performed annually by our Compensation Committee.

There are no predetermined individual or corporate performance factors or goals that are used by our Compensation Committee to establish the amounts or mix of any elements of compensation for the executive officers. Our Compensation Committee works closely with our Group Chief Executive Officer, discussing with him our company’s overall performance and his evaluation of and compensation recommendations for our executive officers. From time to time, our Compensation Committee also seeks the advice and recommendations of an independentexternal compensation consultant to benchmark certain components of WNS’sour compensation practices against those of its peers. The companies selected for such benchmarking include companies in similar industries and generally of similar sizes and market capitalizations. Where compensation information is not available for any specific management position an executive officer holds for companies that provide business and technology services, our Compensation Committee reviews data corresponding to the most comparable position and also considers the comparative experience of executives.

Our Compensation Committee then utilizes its judgment and experience in making all compensation determinations. Our Compensation Committee’s determination of compensation levels is based upon what the members of the committee deem appropriate, considering information such as the factors listed above, as well as input from our Group Chief Executive Officer and, from time to time, information and advice provided by an independent compensation consultant.

Other processes that our Compensation Committee has established to assist in ensuring that our compensation programs operate in line with their objectives are:

 

 

Assessment of Company Performance:Performance: Our Compensation Committee uses financial performance measures to determine a significant portion of the size of payouts under our cash bonus program. The financial performance measures, adopted on improving both top line (which refers to our revenue less repair payments as described in “Part I — Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Overview”) and bottom line (which refers to our adjusted net income, or ANI, which is calculated as our profit excluding amortization of intangible assets and share-based compensation), and other measures, such as operating margin, profit before tax and revenue less repair payments from new clients are pre-established by our Compensation Committee annually at the beginning of the fiscal year. When the pre-determined financial measures are achieved, employees who are eligible for cash incentive bonuses receive amounts that are set for these targets. These measures reflect targets that are intended to be aggressive but attainable. The remainder of an individual’s payout under our cash bonus program is determined by the achievement of individual performance.

performance objectives.

Page 103


 

Assessment of Individual Performance:Performance: Individual performance has a strong impact on the compensation of all employees, including our executive officers. The evaluation of an individual’s performance determines a portion of the size of payouts under our cash bonus program and also influences any changes in base salary. At the beginning of each fiscal year, our Compensation Committee, along with our Group Chief Executive Officer, set the respective performance objectives for the fiscal year for the executive officers. The performance objectives are initially proposed by our Group Chief Executive Officer and modified, as appropriate, by our Compensation Committee based on the performance assessment conducted for the preceding fiscal year and also looking at goals for the current fiscal year. Every evaluation metric is supplemented with key performance indicators. At the end of the fiscal year, our Group Chief Executive Officer discusses individuals’ respective achievement of the pre-established objectives as well as their contribution to our company’s overall performance and other leadership accomplishments. This evaluation is shared with our Compensation Committee and then with our executive officers.Committee. After the discussion, our Compensation Committee, in discussion with our Group Chief Executive Officer, assigns a corresponding numerical performance rating that translates into specific payouts under our cash incentive bonus program and also influences any changes in base salary.

The Compensation Committee approves awards under our cash bonus or variable incentive program consistent with the achievement of applicable goals. The Committee on occasion makes exceptions to payments in strict accordance with achievement of goals based on unusual or extraordinary circumstances. Executive officers must be on the payroll of our company aton the time of disbursementlast day of the cash bonusfiscal year, March 31, to be eligible for payment under the program.

Although most of our compensation decisions are taken in the first quarter of the fiscal year, our compensation planning process neither begins nor ends with any particular Compensation Committee meeting. Compensation decisions are designed to promote our fundamental business objectives and strategy. Our Compensation Committee periodically reviews related matters such as succession planning, evaluation of management performance and consideration of the business environment and considers such matters in making compensation decisions.

Benchmarking and Use of Compensation Consultant for Fiscal 20122014

During fiscal 2012,2014, our Compensation Committee reviewed compensation programs for our executive officers against publicly available compensation data, which was compiled directly by our external compensation consultant, Hewitt Associates (India) Private Limited, or AON Hewitt.consultant. The companies selected by AON Hewittour external compensation consultant for its survey for benchmarking our executive officers’ compensation included companies in similar industries and generally of similar sizes and market capitalizations.

The list of companies against which we benchmarked the compensation of our executive officers in fiscal 20122014 included the following companies:following:

 

Genpact Limited;

 

EXL Service Holdings Inc.;

 

First Source Solutions Limited;

 

CapGemini;

Cap Gemini;

 

Infosys Technologies Limited;

iGate;

 

Mphasis Limited;

 

Tata Consultancy Services Limited;

Syntel;

 

Wipro Limited;

Technologies (BPO);

 

IBM Global Process Services;

Steria; and

 

Tech Mahindra.

Convergys Corporation; and

InterGlobe Technologies.

Our Compensation Committee used the data derived by AON Hewittour external compensation consultant primarily to ensure that our executive compensation programs are competitive. A selected subset of companies from those listed above that were found most closely comparable as benchmark for a particular position were considered to arrive at the compensation benchmark review of individual executive officers. Where compensation information was not publicly disclosed for a specific management position for companies that provide business and technology services, our Compensation Committee reviewed data corresponding to the most comparable position and also considered the comparative experience of the relevant executive officers.

Page 104


There is enough flexibility in the existing compensation programs to respond and adjust to the evolving business environment. Accordingly, an individual’s compensation elements could be changed by our Compensation Committee based on changes in job responsibilities of the executive. In addition to input from AON Hewitt’sour external compensation consultant’s survey, our Compensation Committee also took into consideration our performance and industry indicators in deciding our compensation for fiscal 2012.2014.

Based on the elements listed above and in line with our compensation philosophy, in fiscal 20122014 our Compensation Committee adjusted our executive officers compensation as described in “—Executive Compensation for Fiscal 2012”2014” below.

Executive Compensation for Fiscal 20122014

Total Compensation of Executive Officers

The following table sets forth the total compensation paid or proposed to be paid to each of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other named executive officers for services rendered in fiscal 20122014 (excluding grants of RSUs which are described below). The individual compensation of Messrs. Keshav R. Murugesh, Alok MisraDeepak Sogani, Sanjay Puria, Ronald Gillette and Swaminathan Rajamani are disclosed in the statutory / annual accounts of our subsidiary, WNS Global Services (P) Ltd., filed with the Registrar of Companies in the state of India where its registered office is located. We are voluntarily disclosing the individual compensation of our other executive officers.

 

Name

  Base Salary   Benefits   Bonus   Total   Base Salary(1)   Benefits   Bonus   Total 

Keshav R. Murugesh

  $595,785    $32,551    $320,422    $948,758    $514,557    $51,430    $977,269    $1,543,256  

Alok Misra

  $315,766    $17,421    $140,469    $473,656  

Johnson J. Selvadurai

  $302,934    $91,105    $106,875    $500,914  

Michael Garber

  $280,000    $17,054    $53,502    $350,556  

Ronald Strout

  $225,000    $16,049    $47,972    $289,021  

Sanjay Puria (2)

  $93,903    $5,174    $95,132    $194,208  

Deepak Sogani (3)

  $86,616    $4,839    $—      $91,455  

Ronald Gillette(4) (6)

  $147,357    $9,373    $152,804    $309,535  

Swaminathan Rajamani

  $135,707    $7,666    $86,981    $230,354    $158,063    $8,728    $140,505    $307,296  

Johnson J. Selvadurai (5) (6)

  $238,452    $145,174    $166,605    $550,230  

Michael Garber(5) (6)

  $210,000    $28,967    $117,290    $356,257  

Total

  $1,855,192    $181,846    $756,221    $2,793,259    $1,448,948    $253,684    $1,649,605    $3,352,237  

Notes:

(1)Base salary does not include amount contributed towards provident fund which is set out in the table under “—Other Benefits and Perquisites”.
(2)Appointed as Group Chief Financial Officer in place of Mr. Deepak Sogani effective August 28, 2013. Amount paid during his tenure as Group Chief Financial Officer from August 28, 2013.
(3)Ceased to be Group Chief Financial Officer of our company effective August 27, 2013.
(4)Appointed as Chief Operating Officer of our company effective November 18, 2013.
(5)Ceased to be an executive officer of our company effective December 31, 2013. Amount paid during their tenure as executive officer in fiscal 2014 (from April 1, 2014 to December 31, 2013).
(6)Mr. Gillette reports to our Group Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Keshav Murugesh, and has direct responsibility for sales, operations and capability creation. Following his appointment, changes were made to the roles and responsibilities of Messrs. Selvadurai and Garber with effect from January 1, 2014, as a result of which our company has determined that Mr. Gillette has become an executive officer and Messrs. Selvadurai and Garber have ceased to be executive officers of our company with effect from that date.

Base Salary or Fixed Compensation

In reviewing base salaries for executive officers, our Compensation Committee reviewed compensation programs for our executive officers against publicly available compensation data compiled by our external compensation consultant and considered local market conditions, market data, the executive officer’s experience and responsibilities, the perceived risk of having to replace the named executive officer and the fact that the executive officers for fiscal 20122014 had satisfactorily performed against their prior year’s individual performance objectives.

Except for Mr. Alok Misra and Mr. Swaminathan Rajamani, as described below, our

Our Compensation Committee has not increasedmade the following changes to the base salary from the prior year’s level for any other executive officer.:

 

Mr. Keshav R. Murugesh, as Group Chief Executive Officer, had no increase in hisMurugesh’s base salary of $625,825 for(including employer contribution towards Provident Fund (Retirement Benefit) was revised to $606,018 from $547,907 in fiscal 2012.

2014. The salary revision was effective February 19, 2014.

 

Mr. Alok Misra,Sanjay Puria’s base salary (including employer contribution towards Provident Fund (Retirement Benefit)) was $166,000 on an annualized basis effective upon his appointment as Group Chief Financial Officer had his base salary revised to $331,687 from $312,597 in fiscal 2012. The salary revision was effective April 1, 2011.

on August 28, 2013.

 

Mr. Johnson J. Selvadurai, as Managing Director, Europe, had no increase in his base salary of $302,934 for fiscal 2012.

Mr. Michael Garber, as Chief Sales and Marketing Officer, had no increase in his base salary of $280,000 for fiscal 2012.

Mr. Ronald Strout, as Chief of Staff and Head Americas, had no increase in his base salary of $225,000 for fiscal 2012.

Mr. Swaminathan Rajamani, as Chief People Officer, had his base salary (including employer contribution towards Provident Fund (Retirement Benefit)) revised to $156,456$166,000 from $114,735$149,400 in fiscal 2012.2014. The salary revision was effective AugustApril 1, 2011.

2013.

Mr. Ronald Gillette joined us as Chief Operating Officer in November 2013 in United States at a base salary of $400,000 on an annualized basis. In January 2014 he relocated to India with a base salary of $418,400 on an annualized basis.

Cash Bonus or Variable Incentive

Our Compensation Committee believes that the executive officers must work as a team and focus primarily on company goals rather than solely on individual goals. Our Compensation Committee believes that enhancing the long term value of our company requires increased revenue (both from existing and new clients), improved contribution and increased ANI. Finally our Compensation Committee believes it must also reward and encourage individual performance and therefore assigned certain weightages of the variable incentive to company and individual objectives, including companyachievement of targets for our revenue less repair payments, ANI, operating margin /profit before tax, new client revenue and certain individual goals for various executive officers. Such bonuses are typically paid in April and/or May each year and the aggregate amount of all cash bonuses to be paid for fiscal 20122014 do not exceed the aggregate cash incentive bonus pool approved by our Compensation Committee for the fiscal year.Our executive officers’ variable incentive packages for fiscal 20122014 are as described below:

Our Compensation Committee set Mr. Murugesh’s target 2012 variable incentive, or cash bonus, for 2014 at $500,660$554,479 for 100% achievement of objectives. Our Compensation Committee assigned as Mr. Murugesh’s performance objectives the achievement of targettargets for our revenue less repair payments and ANI, and individual qualitative objectives pertaining to matters such as implementation of our revised organization structure to enable new service offerings and technology-driven non-linear revenue growth, succession planning and preparation for our follow-on public offering. Based on actual performance against these various objectives,objectives. Mr. Murugesh earned 64%176.3% of his variable incentive amount on an overall basis.

Our Compensation Committee set Mr. Misra’sPuria’s target 2012 variable incentive for 2014 at $232,180$49,127 (prorated for the period under discussion) for 100% achievement of objectives. Our Compensation Committee assigned as Mr. Misra’sPuria’s performance objectives the achievement of targettargets for our revenue less repair payments and ANI, and individual qualitative objectives pertaining to matters such as tax rate reduction, providing certain critical management information system reports by defined deadlines, creation of shared service centers, and automation and reduction in function cost.performance objectives. Based on actual performance against these various objectives, Mr. MisraPuria earned 60.5%184.6% of his variable incentive amount on an overall basis.

Our Compensation Committee set Mr. Selvadurai’sGillette’s target 2012 variable incentive for 2014 at $181,760$152,804 (prorated for the period under discussion) for 100% achievement of objectives. Our Compensation Committee assigned as Mr. Selvadurai’sGillette’s performance objectives the achievement of targettargets for revenue less repair payments, ANI new client revenue from the public sectorand operating margins for our various vertical business units, and individual qualitative objectives pertaining to matters such as execution of our near-shore delivery center strategy, creation of partnerships with public sector organizations and other objectives as assigned by the Group Chief Executive Officer from time to time.performance objectives. Based on actual performance against these various objectives, Mr. SelvaduraiGillette earned 52.5%93.7% of his variable incentive amount on an overall basis.

Page 105


Our Compensation Committee setbasis, however, Mr. Garber’s target 2012 variable incentive at $140,000 forGillette is entitled to 100% achievement of objectives. Our Compensation Committee assigned as Mr. Garber’s performance objectives the achievement of target revenue less repair payments, ANI, new client revenue and individual qualitative objectives pertaining to matters such as effective use of marketing, creation of a lead generation engine, attrition control, sales team hiring, leadership succession planning and introduction of large deals. Based on actual performance against these various objectives, Mr. Garber earned 35.5% of his variable incentive amount on an overall basis.

Our Compensation Committee set Mr. Strout’s target 2012 variable incentive at $115,000 for 100% achievement of objectives. Our Compensation Committee assignedfiscal 2014 as Mr. Strout’s performance objectives the achievement of target revenue less repair payments, ANI and individual qualitative objectives pertaining to matters such as implementation and performance of our US based delivery centers, growth of our US public sector business and other objectives as assigned by the Group Chief Executive Officer from time to time. Based on actual performance against these various objectives, Mr. Strout earned 38.8%part of his variable incentive amount on an overall basis.employment contract.

Our Compensation Committee set Mr. Swaminathan’s target 2012 variable incentive for 2014 at $78,228$83,000 for 100% achievement of objectives. Our Compensation Committee assigned as Mr. Swaminathan’s performance objectives the achievement of targettargets for our revenue less repair payments and ANI, and individual qualitative objectives pertaining to matters such as attrition control, sales team hiring, leadership succession planning, creation of human resources shared services, and automation and reduction in function cost.performance objectives. Based on actual performance against these various objectives, Mr. Swaminathan earned 63.5%169.3% of his variable incentive amount on an overall basis. Additionally, our Compensation Committee approved and paid Mr. Swaminathan a one-time incentive bonus of $41,722 during the year.

Equity Incentive Grants of RSUs

During fiscal 2012, while2014, we continued the equity incentive scheme that was introduced in fiscal 2011, which has a vesting schedule that is both based on continuity of employment and the performance of our company, we also introduced an additional equity incentive scheme which has a vesting schedule that is purely based on continuitylinked to continued employment with our company through vesting date and achievement of employment.financial performance targets.

Consistent with our philosophy on equity grants to our executive officers, we awarded the following number of RSUs to our executive officers during fiscal 2012:officers:

 

Name

  Date of Grant  Total RSUs
Granted in Fiscal
2012
   Grant Date
Fair Value ($)(1)
   Expiration Date

Keshav R. Murugesh

  19-Apr-11   113,368     9.99    18-Apr-21
  24-Feb-12   110,896     10.86    23-Feb-22

Alok Misra

  11-Apr-11   38,500     10.06    10-Apr-21
  24-Feb-12   35,000     10.86    23-Feb-22

Johnson J. Selvadurai

  11-Apr-11   11,000     10.06    10-Apr-21
  24-Feb-12   20,000     10.86    23-Feb-22

Michael Garber

  11-Apr-11   11,000     10.06    10-Apr-21
  24-Feb-12   15,000     10.86    23-Feb-22

Ronald Strout

  11-Apr-11   5,500     10.06    10-Apr-21
  24-Feb-12   5,000     10.86    23-Feb-22

Swaminathan Rajamani

  11-Apr-11   16,500     10.06    10-Apr-21
  24-Feb-12   35,000     10.86    23-Feb-22

Total

     416,764      

Name

  Date of Grant   Total RSUs
Granted for
Fiscal 2014
   Grant Date
Fair Value
($) (1)
   Expiration
Date
 

Keshav R. Murugesh

   16-Apr-13     299,719    $13.80     15-Apr-23  

Sanjay Puria (2)

   16-Apr-13     18,000    $13.80     15-Apr-23  
   28-Aug-13     18,000    $20.02     27-Aug-23  

Deepak Sogani (3)

   16-Apr-13     51,000    $13.80     15-Apr-23  

Ronald Gillette(4) (5)

   18-Nov-13     60,000    $20.47     17-Nov-23  

Swaminathan Rajamani

   16-Apr-13     24,000    $13.80     15-Apr-23  

Johnson J. Selvadurai (5) (6)

   16-Apr-13     18,000    $13.80     15-Apr-23  

Michael Garber(5) (6)

   16-Apr-13     —      $13.80     15-Apr-23  

Note:

 

(1)The amounts shown under this column reflect the dollar amount of the aggregate grant date fair value of equity-based RSUs granted during the year. The grant date fair value is the fair value of RSUs is generally the awards as derived undermarket price of our shares on the Black-Scholes-Merton pricing model.date of grant.
(2)Appointed as Chief Financial Officer from August 28, 2013.
(3)Ceased to be Group Chief Financial Officer effective August 27, 2013.
(4)Appointed as Chief Operating Officer effective November 18, 2013.
(5)Ceased to be an executive officer effective December 31, 2013.
(6)Mr. Gillette reports to our Group Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Keshav Murugesh, and has direct responsibility for sales, operations and capability creation. Following his appointment, changes were made to the roles and responsibilities of Messrs. Selvadurai and Garber with effect from January 1, 2014, as a result of which our company has determined that Mr. Gillette has become an executive officer and Messrs. Selvadurai and Garber have ceased to be executive officers of our company with effect from that date.

Other Benefits and Perquisites

The retirement plans, health and welfare benefits provided to executive officers are the same plans/plans and benefits available to all other employees of our company.

All directors and officers, including executive officers, are covered by the directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy maintained by WNS.

our company.

Page 106


WNSAdditional perquisites provided the following additional perquisites to certain executive officers in fiscal 2012 as2014 are summarized below:

 

Name

  Provident
Fund
   Health
Insurance
   Social
Security
   Medicare   401(k)   Pension   National
Insurance
   Total   Provident
Fund / 401K /
Pension
   Insurance Benefits   Social
Security
   Medicare   National
Insurance
   Club
Membership
   Total 

Keshav R. Murugesh

  $30,040    $2,511     —       —       —       —       —      $32,551    $39,922    $1,621    $—      $—      $—      $9,887    $51,430  

Alok Misra

  $15,921    $1,500     —       —       —       —       —      $17,421  

Johnson J. Selvadurai

   —       —       —       —       —      $45,017    $46,088    $91,105  

Michael Garber

   —       —      $6,622    $4,832    $5,600     —       —      $17,054  

Ronald Strout

   —       —      $6,622    $4,927    $4,500     —       —      $16,049  

Sanjay Puria (1)

  $4,735    $439    $—      $—      $—      $—      $5,174  

Deepak Sogani (2)

  $4,367    $472    $—      $—      $—      $—      $4,839  

Ronald Gillette(3)

  $5,021    $478    $3,140    $734    $—      $—      $9,373  

Swaminathan Rajamani

  $6,842    $824     —       —       —       —       —      $7,666    $7,970    $759    $—      $—      $—      $—      $8,728  

Johnson J. Selvadurai (4)

  $35,829    $4,835    $—      $—      $104,510    $—      $145,174  

Michael Garber(4)

  $10,200    $11,918    $2,772    $4,077    $—      $—      $28,967  

Total

  $52,803    $4,835    $13,244    $9,759    $10,100    $45,017    $46,088    $181,846    $108,043    $20,521    $5,912    $4,811    $104,510    $9,887    $253,685  

Note:

(1)Appointed as Group Chief Financial Officer in place of Mr. Deepak Sogani with effect from August 28, 2013. Amount paid during his tenure as our Group Chief Financial Officer from August 28, 2013.
(2)Ceased to be Group Chief Financial Officer effective August 27, 2013.
(3)Mr. Gillette reports to our Group Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Keshav Murugesh, and has direct responsibility for sales, operations and capability creation. Following his appointment, changes were made to the roles and responsibilities of Messrs. Selvadurai and Garber with effect from January 1, 2014, as a result of which our company has determined that Mr. Gillette has become an executive officer and Messrs. Selvadurai and Garber have ceased to be executive officers of our company with effect from that date.
(4)Ceased to be an executive officer effective December 31, 2013. Amount paid during their tenure as executive officer in fiscal 2014 (from April 1, 2014 to December 31, 2013).

Non-executive Director Compensation for Fiscal 20122014

Total Compensation of Non-executive Directors

The following table sets forth the compensation paid or proposed to be paid to our non-executive directors for services rendered in fiscal 20122014 (excluding grants of RSUs which are described below):

 

Name

  Sitting
fees
   Retainer
fees
   Fees for
non-executive
chairman
   Total   Retainer 
Fees
   Sitting 
Fees
   Non-executive
Chairman
   Non- executive 
Vice Chairman
   Total 

Eric B. Herr(1)

  $10,000    $63,000    $120,000    $193,000    $63,000    $4,000    $90,000    $—      $157,000  

Deepak S. Parekh

  $1,000    $58,000     —      $59,000  

Richard O. Bernays

  $9,000    $63,000     —      $72,000  

Adrian T. Dillon(2)

  $63,000    $4,000    $30,000    $56,250    $153,250  

Jeremy Young

  $63,000    $4,000    $—      $—      $67,000  

Richard O. Bernays(3)

  $47,250    $2,000    $—      $—      $49,250  

Anthony A. Greener

  $8,000    $63,000     —      $71,000    $63,000    $4,000    $—      $—      $67,000  

Albert Aboody

  $8,000    $63,000     —      $71,000    $78,000    $4,000    $—      $—      $82,000  

Renu S. Karnad

  $63,000    $4,000    $—      $—      $67,000  

Gareth Williams(4)

  $15,750    $1,000    $—      $—      $16,750  

Michael Menezes (4)

  $15,750    $1,000    $—      $—      $16,750  

Total

  $36,000    $310,000    $120,000    $466,000    $471,750    $28,000    $120,000    $56,250    $676,000  

Notes:

(1)Mr. Eric B. Herr retired as a director of our company with effect from April 30, 2014.
(2)Mr. Adrian T. Dillon was appointed as Chairman of our Board of Directors in place of Mr. Eric B. Herr upon his resignation as Chairman with effect from January 2014.
(3)With effect from December 31, 2013, Richard O. Bernays resigned as a director of our company.
(4)Messrs. Gareth Williams and Michael Menezes were each appointed as a director of our company with effect from January 2014.

Equity Incentive Grants of RSUs to Non-executive Directors

The following table sets forth information concerning RSUs awarded to our non-executive directors in fiscal 2012.2014. No options were granted in fiscal 2012.2014.

 

Name

  Date of
Grant
  Total RSUs
Granted in
Fiscal 2012
   Grant Date
Fair  Value
($)(1)
   Expiration
Date
  Date of Grant   Total RSUs
Granted for
Fiscal 2014
   Grant Date
Fair Value
($)(1)
   Expiration
Date
 

Eric B. Herr(2)

  18-Jan-12   6,300     9.95    17-Jan-22   16-Jul-13     10,517    $17.40     15-Jul-23  

Keshav R. Murugesh

  19-Apr-11   113,368     9.99    18-Apr-21
  24-Feb-12   110,896     10.86    23-Feb-22

Deepak S. Parekh

  18-Jan-12   5,800     9.95    17-Jan-22

Richard O. Bernays

  18-Jan-12   6,300     9.95    17-Jan-22

Adrian T. Dillon(3)

   16-Jul-13     7,931    $17.40     15-Jul-23  
 20-Jan-14     506    $22.25     19-Jan-24  

Jeremy Young

   10-May-13     8,240    $15.29     9-May-23  
 16-Jul-13     3,621    $17.40     15-Jul-23  

Richard O. Bernays(4)

   16-Jul-13     3,621    $17.40     15-Jul-23  

Anthony A. Greener

  18-Jan-12   6,300     9.95    17-Jan-22   16-Jul-13     3,621    $17.40     15-Jul-23  

Albert Aboody

  18-Jan-12   6,300     9.95    17-Jan-22   16-Jul-13     4,483    $17.40     15-Jul-23  

Total

     255,264      

Renu S. Karnad

   16-Jul-13     3,621    $17.40     15-Jul-23  

Gareth Williams(5)

   20-Jan-14     5,663    $22.25     19-Jan-24  

Michael Menezes(5)

   20-Jan-14     5,663    $22.25     19-Jan-24  

Note:Notes:

 

(1)The amounts shown under this column reflect the dollar amount of the aggregate grant date fair value of equity-based RSUs granted during the year. The grant date fair value is the fair value of RSUs is generally the awards as derived undermarket price of our shares on the Black-Scholes-Merton pricing model.date of grant.

Page 107


Note:

(1)(2)The amounts shown under this column reflect the dollar amountMr. Eric B. Herr retired as a director of the aggregate grant date fair valueour company with effect from April 30, 2014.

(3)Mr. Adrian T. Dillon was appointed as a Chairman of equity-based RSUs granted during the year. The grant date fair value is the fair valueour Board of the awardsDirectors in place of Mr. Eric B. Herr upon his resignation as derived under the Black-Scholes-Merton pricing model.Chairman with effect from January 2014 .
(4)With effect from December 31, 2013, Mr. Richard O. Bernays resigned as a director of our company.
(5)Messrs. Gareth Williams and Michael Menezes were each appointed as a director of our company with effect from January 2014.

Future grants of awards will continue to be determined by our Board of Directors or our Compensation Committee under the Third Amended and Restated 2006 Incentive Award Plan.

Employment Agreement of our Executive Director

We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Keshav R. Murugesh in February 2010, which was amended with effect from February 19, 2013, to serve as our Group Chief Executive Officer for a five-year term, which will renew automatically for three additional successive terms of three years each, unless either we or Mr. Murugesh elects not to renew the term. Our employment agreement with Mr. Murugesh was further amended effective February 19, 2014 to revise Mr. Murugesh’s compensation (including share grants).

Under the terms of the amended agreement, Mr. Murugesh is entitled to receive compensation, health and other benefits and perquisites commensurate with his position. In addition, pursuantPursuant to the agreement, Mr. Murugesh was in February 2010 granted RSUs representing the rightwill be eligible to receive an aggregateannually such number of 40,000 ordinary shares that vested immediatelyRSUs to be computed based on our average share price (taking the daily US dollar closing price) during March of the fiscal year preceding the date of such determination and 260,000 ordinary shares thatthe value of such grant shall not be less than eight times the sum of his annual base salary. Mr. Murugesh is entitled to receive additional performance-based grants for meeting additional performance-based criteria, the value of such grant being up to 20% of six times the sum of his annual base salary. Any grants of RSUs to Mr. Murugesh will vest over a three-year period, subjectbe made pursuant to his continued employmentand in accordance with us through the vesting dates. our Third Amended and Restated 2006 Incentive Award Plan.

If Mr. Murugesh’s employment is terminated by us without cause (asor by Mr. Murugesh for good reason (each as defined in the amended agreement) or is terminated for any reason other than those specified in the amended agreement (including without limitation, expiration of his employment agreement)period or we elect not to extend his employment), he would be entitled to all accrued and unpaid salary, accrued and unused vacation and any unreimbursed expenses. Mr. Murugesh would also be entitled to vested benefits and other amounts due to him under our employee benefit plans. Further, where Mr. Murugesh’ s employment is terminated for any reason other than those specified in the amended agreement (including without limitation, expiration of his employment period or we elect not to extend his employment), he will also be entitled to his base salary for a period of 12 months from the effective date of termination and his target bonus for the year in which the termination occurs, both of which will be paid immediately, and all of the share options and RSUs granted to him will vest and the share options and RSUs would become exercisable on a fully accelerated basis.

IfFurther, where Mr. Murugesh’s employment is terminated for reasons of death, disability or retirement as specified in the amended agreement, he would be entitled to all accrued and unpaid salary and bonus, accrued and unused vacation, any unreimbursed expenses and vested benefits and other amounts due to him under our employee benefit plans, and all of the share options and RSUs granted to him will vest and the share options and RSUs would become exercisable on a fully accelerated basis.

In addition to the above, if Mr. Murugesh’s employment is terminated by us without cause or by Mr. Murugesh for good reason, (each as defined in the employment agreement) and Mr. Murugesh executes and delivers a non-revocable general release of claims against us which is not revoked by him,in favor of our company, subject to his continued compliance with certain non-competition and confidentiality obligations, Mr. Murugesh would be entitled to receive the following severance payments and benefits from us as follows:us:

 

1.The following payments over the periods described below:

a.In the case where the termination occurs during the first year from the effective date of the employment agreement, he would be eligible to receive (i) his base salary for a period of 30 months from the effective date of termination in monthly installment in arrears; and (ii) the bonus for the period of 30 months on the basis of his target bonus as set in the year in which the termination occurs, such bonus shall be paid along with the payment of accrued obligations (as defined in the employment agreement);

b.In the case where the termination occurs during second year from the effective date of the employment agreement, he would be eligible to receive (i) his base salary for a period of 18 months from the effective date of termination in monthly installment in arrears; and (ii) the bonus for the period of 18 months on the basis of target bonus as set in the year in which the termination occurs, such bonus would be paid along with the payment of accrued obligations (as defined in the employment agreement); and

c.In the case where the termination occurs during the years after the second year from the effective date of the employment agreement, he would be eligible to receive (i) hisHis base salary for a period of 12 months from the effective date of termination, in monthly installment in arrears; and (ii) hiswhich will be paid immediately;

2.His target bonus for the year in which the termination occurs, such bonus wouldwhich will be paid along with the payment of accrued obligations (as defined in the employment agreement).immediately; and

 

2.3.Automatic accelerated vesting of RSUs or share options granted pursuant to the employment agreement, immediately on the date of termination.

3.Accelerated vesting (for each subsequent issue) of RSUs granted subsequent to the grants made under the employment agreementhim that would have vested with him through the next two vesting dates.dates of each grant from the effective date of termination. Full accelerated vesting will occur in case of termination of employment for good reason or change in control (as defined in our Restated and Amended Incentive Award Plan).reason.

If we experience a change in control (as defined in our Third Restated and Amended Incentive Award Plan) while Mr. Murugesh is employed under the employment agreement, all of the share options and RSUs granted to Mr. Murugesh under the employment agreement will vest and the share options and RSUs would become exercisable on a fully accelerated basis.

Employee Benefit Plans

2002 Stock Incentive Plan

We adopted the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan on July 3, 2002 to help attract and retain the best available personnel to serve us and our subsidiaries as officers, directors and employees. We terminated the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan upon our adoption of our 2006 Incentive Award Plan effective upon the pricing of our initial public offering as described below. Upon termination of the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan, the shares that would otherwise have been available for the grant under the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan were effectively rolled over into the 2006 Incentive Award Plan which was amended and restated in 2009 and any awards outstanding remain in full force and effect in accordance with the terms of the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan.

Page 108


Administration. The 2002 Stock Incentive Plan is administered by our Board of Directors, which may delegate its authority to a committee (in either case, the “Administrator”). The Administrator has complete authority, subject to the terms of the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan and applicable law, to make all determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan.

Eligibility. Under the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan, the Administrator was authorized to grant share options to our officers, directors and employees, and those of our subsidiaries, subject to the terms and conditions of the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan.

Share Options. Share options vest and become exercisable as determined by the Administrator and set forth in individual share option agreements, but may not, in any event, be exercised later than ten years after their grant dates. In addition, share options may be exercised prior to vesting in some cases. Upon exercise, an option holder must tender the full exercise price of the share option in cash, check or other form acceptable to the Administrator, at which time the share options are generally subject to applicable income, employment and other withholding taxes. Share options may, in the sole discretion of the Administrator as set forth in applicable award agreements, continue to be exercisable for a period following an option holder’s termination of service. Shares issued in respect of exercised share options may be subject to additional transfer restrictions. Any grants of share options under the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan to US participants were in the form of non-qualified share options. Option holders, other than option holders who are employees of our subsidiaries in India, are entitled to exercise their share options for shares or ADSs in our company.

Corporate Transactions. If we engage in a merger or similar corporate transaction, except as may otherwise be provided in an individual award agreement, outstanding share options will be terminated unless they are assumed by a successor corporation. In addition, the Administrator has broad discretion to adjust the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan and any share options thereunder to account for any changes in our capitalization.

Amendment. Our Board of Directors may amend or suspend the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan at any time, provided that any such amendment or suspension must not impact any holder of outstanding share options without such holder’s consent.

Transferability of Share Options. Each share option may be exercised during the option holder’s lifetime only by the option holder. No share option may be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of by an option holder other than by express permission of the Administrator (only in the case of employees of non-Indian subsidiaries), by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

Number of Shares Authorized; Outstanding Options. As of the date of termination of the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan on July 25, 2006, the day immediately preceding the date of pricing of our initial public offering, an aggregate of 6,082,042 of our ordinary shares had been authorized for grant under the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan, of which options to purchase 2,116,266 ordinary shares were issued and exercised and options to purchase 3,875,655 ordinary shares were issued and outstanding. Of the options to purchase 3,875,655 ordinary shares, options to purchase 3,374,4473,483,647 ordinary shares have been exercised and options to purchase 159,13740,736 ordinary shares remain outstanding as at March 31, 2012.2014. Options granted under the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan that are forfeited, lapsed or canceled, settled in cash, that expire or are repurchased by us at the original purchase price would have been available for grant under the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan and would be effectively rolled over into our 2006 Incentive Award Plan which was amended and restated in 2009.

Third Amended and Restated 2006 Incentive Award Plan

We adopted our 2006 Incentive Award Plan on June 1, 2006. The purpose of the 2006 Incentive Award Plan is to promote the success and enhance the value of our company by linking the personal interests of the directors, employees and consultants of our company and our subsidiaries to those of our shareholders and by providing these individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance. The 2006 Incentive Award Plan is further intended to provide us with the ability to motivate, attract and retain the services of these individuals.

On February 13, 2009, we adopted the Amended and Restated 2006 Incentive Award Plan. The Amended and Restated 2006 Incentive Award Plan reflects, among other changes to our 2006 Incentive Award Plan, an increase in the number of ordinary shares and ADSs available for grant under the plan from 3.0 million to 4.0 million shares/ADSs, subject to specified adjustments under the plan. On September 13, 2011, we adopted the Second Amended and Restated 2006 Incentive Award Plan that reflects an increase in the number of ordinary shares and ADSs available for granted under the plan to 6.2 million shares/ADSs, subject to specified adjustments under the plan. The increased number of ordinary shares/ ADSs available for grant underOn September 25, 2013, we adopted the SecondThird Amended and Restated 2006 Incentive Award Plan is expectedthat reflects an increase in the number of ordinary shares and ADSs available for granted under the plan to meet our anticipated needs over8.6 million shares/ADSs, subject to specified adjustments under the next 12 to 18 months from April 1, 2012.plan.

Page 109


Shares Available for Awards. Subject to certain adjustments set forth in the Third Amended and Restated 2006 Incentive Award Plan, the maximum number of shares that may be issued or awarded under the Third Amended and Restated 2006 Incentive Award Plan is equal to the sum of (x) 6,200,0008,600,000 shares, (y) any shares that remain available for issuance under the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan, and (z) any shares subject to awards under the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan which terminate, expire or lapse for any reason or are settled in cash on or after the effective date of our 2006 Incentive Award Plan. The maximum number of shares which may be subject to awards granted to any one participant during any calendar year is 500,000 shares and the maximum amount that may be paid to a participant in cash during any calendar year with respect to cash-based awards is $10,000,000. To the extent that an award terminates or is settled in cash, any shares subject to the award will again be available for the grant. Any shares tendered or withheld to satisfy the grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligation with respect to any award will not be available for subsequent grant. Except as described below with respect to independent directors, no determination has been made as to the types or amounts of awards that will be granted to specific individuals pursuant to the Third Amended and Restated 2006 Incentive Award Plan.

Administration. The Third Amended and Restated 2006 Incentive Award Plan is administered by our Board of Directors, which may delegate its authority to a committee. We anticipate that our Compensation Committee will administer the Third Amended and Restated 2006 Incentive Award Plan, except that our Board of Directors will administer the plan with respect to awards granted to our independent directors. The plan administrator will determine eligibility, the types and sizes of awards, the price and timing of awards and the acceleration or waiver of any vesting restriction, provided that the plan administrator will not have the authority to accelerate vesting or waive the forfeiture of any performance-based awards.

Eligibility. Our employees, consultants and directors and those of our subsidiaries are eligible to be granted awards, except that only employees of our company and our qualifying corporate subsidiaries are eligible to be granted options that are intended to qualify as “incentive share options” under Section 422 of the Code.

Awards

Options: The plan administrator may grant options on shares. The per share option exercise price of all options granted pursuant to the Third Amended and Restated 2006 Incentive Award Plan will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share on the date of grant. No incentive share option may be granted to a grantee who owns more than 10% of our outstanding shares unless the exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of a share on the date of grant. To the extent that the aggregate fair market value of the shares subject to an incentive share option become exercisable for the first time by any option holder during any calendar year exceeds $100,000, such excess will be treated as a non-qualified option. The plan administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the plan administrator (and may involve a cashless exercise of the option). The plan administrator shall designate in the award agreement evidencing each share option grant whether such share option shall be exercisable for shares or ADSs. The award agreement may, in the sole discretion of the plan administrator, permit the option holder to elect, at the time of exercise, whether to receive shares or ADSs in respect of the exercised share option or a portion thereof. The term of options granted under the Third Amended and Restated 2006 Incentive Award Plan may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. However, the term of an incentive share option granted to a person who owns more than 10% of our outstanding shares on the date of grant may not exceed five years. Under the Third Amended and Restated 2006 Incentive Award Plan, the number of awards to be granted to our independent directors will be determined by our Board of Directors or our Compensation Committee.

Restricted Shares. The plan administrator may grant shares subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability, limitations on the right to vote and/or limitations on the right to receive dividends.

Share Appreciation Rights. The plan administrator may grant share appreciation rights representing the right to receive payment of an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of a share on the date of exercise over the fair market value of a share on the date of grant. The term of share appreciation rights granted may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. The plan administrator may elect to pay share appreciation rights in cash, in shares or in a combination of cash and shares.

Performance Shares and Performance Shares Units. The plan administrator may grant awards of performance shares denominated in a number of shares and/or awards of performance share units denominated in unit equivalents of shares and/or units of value, including dollar value of shares. These awards may be linked to performance criteria measured over performance periods as determined by the plan administrator.

Share Payments. The plan administrator may grant share payments, including payments in the form of shares or options or other rights to purchase shares. Share payments may be based upon specific performance criteria determined by the plan administrator on the date such share payments are made or on any date thereafter.

Page 110


Deferred Shares. The plan administrator may grant awards of deferred shares linked to performance criteria determined by the plan administrator. Shares underlying deferred share awards will not be issued until the deferred share awards have vested, pursuant to a vesting schedule or upon the satisfaction of any vesting conditions or performance criteria set by the plan administrator. Recipients of deferred share awards generally will have no rights as shareholders with respect to such deferred shares until the shares underlying the deferred share awards have been issued.

Restricted Share Units. The plan administrator may grant RSUs, subject to various vesting conditions. On the maturity date, we will transfer to the participant one unrestricted, fully transferable share for each vested RSU scheduled to be paid out on such date. The plan administrator will specify the purchase price, if any, to be paid by the participant for such shares. Generally, a participant will have to be employed by us on the date of payment of vested RSUs to be eligible to receive the payment of shares issuable upon vesting of the RSUs.

Performance Bonus Awards. The plan administrator may grant a cash bonus payable upon the attainment of performance goals based on performance criteria and measured over a performance period determined appropriate by the plan administrator. Any such cash bonus paid to a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code may be a performance-based award as described below.

Performance-Based Awards. The plan administrator may grant awards other than options and share appreciation rights to employees who are or may be “covered employees,” as defined in Section 162(m) of the Code, that are intended to be performance-based awards within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code in order to preserve the deductibility of these awards for federal income tax purposes. Participants are only entitled to receive payment for performance-based awards for any given performance period to the extent that pre-established performance goals set by the plan administrator for the period are satisfied. The plan administrator will determine the type of performance-based awards to be granted, the performance period and the performance goals. Generally, a participant will have to be employed by us on the date the performance-based award is paid to be eligible for a performance-based award for any period.

Adjustments. In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, the plan administrator has broad discretion to adjust awards, including without limitation, (i) the aggregate number and type of shares that may be issued under the Third Amended and Restated 2006 Incentive Award Plan, (ii) the terms and conditions of any outstanding awards, and (iii) the grant or exercise price per share for any outstanding awards under such plan to account for such changes. The plan administrator also has the authority to cash out, terminate or provide for the assumption or substitution of outstanding awards in the event of a corporate transaction.

Change in Control. In the event of a change in control of our company in which outstanding awards are not assumed by the successor, such awards will generally become fully exercisable and all forfeiture restrictions on such awards will lapse. Upon, or in anticipation of, a change in control, the plan administrator may cause any awards outstanding to terminate at a specific time in the future and give each participant the right to exercise such awards during such period of time as the plan administrator, in its sole discretion, determines.

Vesting of Full Value Awards. Full value awards (generally, any award other than an option or share appreciation right) will vest over a period of at least three years (or, in the case of vesting based upon attainment of certain performance goals, over a period of at least one year). However, full value awards that result in the issuance of an aggregate of up to 5% to the total issuable shares under the Third Amended and Restated 2006 Incentive Award Plan may be granted without any minimum vesting periods. In addition, full value awards may vest on an accelerated basis in the event of a participant’s death, disability, or retirement, or in the event of our change in control or other special circumstances.

Non-transferability. Awards granted under the Third Amended and Restated 2006 Incentive Award Plan are generally not transferable.

Withholding. We have the right to withhold, deduct or require a participant to remit to us an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local or foreign taxes (including the participant’s employment tax obligations) required by law to be withheld with respect to any tax concerning the participant as a result of the Third Amended and Restated 2006 Incentive Award Plan.

Termination or Amendment. Unless terminated earlier, the Third Amended and Restated 2006 Incentive Award Plan will remain in effect for a period of ten years from the effective date of the 2006 Incentive Award Plan, after which no award may be granted under the Third Amended and Restated 2006 Incentive Award Plan. With the approval of our Board of Directors, the plan administrator may terminate or amend the Third Amended and Restated 2006 Incentive Award Plan at any time. However, shareholder approval will be required for any amendment (i) to the extent required by applicable law, regulation or stock exchange rule, (ii) to increase the number of shares available under the Third Amended and Restated 2006 Incentive Award Plan, (iii) to permit the grant of options or share appreciation rights with an exercise price below fair market value on the date of grant, (iv) to extend the exercise period for an option or share appreciation right beyond ten years from the date of grant, or (v) that results in a material increase in benefits or a change in eligibility requirements. Any amendment or termination must not materially adversely affect any participant without such participant’s consent.

Page 111


Outstanding Awards.As at March 31, 2012,2014, options or RSUs to purchase an aggregate of 3,800,8872,988,277 ordinary shares were outstanding, out of which options or RSUs to purchase 1,250,088913,993 ordinary shares were held by all our directors and executive officers as a group. The exercise prices of these options range from $15.32 to $35.30 and the expiration dates of these options range from July 24, 2016 to March 12, 2022.February 14, 2024. The weighted average grant date fair value of RSUs granted during fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012 2011were $14.87, $10.93 and 2010 were $10.80 $9.09 and $10.28 per ADS, respectively. There were no grants of RSUs during fiscal 2006 and 2005. There is no purchase price for the RSUs.

Other Employee Benefits

We also maintain other employee benefit plans in the form of certain statutory and incentive plans covering substantially all of our employees. For fiscal 2012,2014, the total amount accrued by us to provide for pension, retirement or similar benefits was $8.5$8.7 million.

Provident Fund

In accordance with Indian, the Philippines and Sri Lankan laws, all of our employees in these countries are entitled to receive benefits under the respective government provident fund, a defined contribution plan to which both we and the employee contribute monthly at a pre-determined rate (for India and Sri Lanka, currently 12% of the employee’s base salary and for the Philippines peso 100/-per month for every employee). These contributions are made to the respective government provident fund and we have no further obligation under this fund apart from our monthly contributions. We contributed an aggregate of $5.5$5.1 million, $5.7$5.1 million and $5.7$5.5 million in each of fiscal 2012, 20112014, 2013 and 2010,2012, respectively, to the government provident fund.

US Savings Plan

Eligible employees in the US participate in a savings plan, or the US Savings Plan, pursuant to Section 401(k) of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. The US Savings Plan allows our employees to defer a portion of their annual earnings on a pre-tax basis through voluntary contributions there under. The US Savings Plan provides that we can make optional contributions up to the maximum allowable limit under the Code.

UK Pension Scheme

Eligible employees in the UK contribute to a defined contribution pension scheme operated in the UK. The assets of the scheme are held separately from ours in an independently administered fund. The pension expense represents contributions payable to the fund by us.

Gratuity

In accordance with Indian, the Philippines and Sri Lankan laws, we provide for gratuity liability pursuant to a defined benefit retirement plan covering all our employees in India, the Philippines and Sri Lanka. Our gratuity plan provides for a lump sum payment to eligible employees on retirement, death, incapacitation or on termination of employment (provided such employee has worked for at least five years with our company) which is computed on the basis of employee’s salary and length of service with us (subject to a maximum of approximately $19,658$16,700 per employee in India). In India, we provide the gratuity benefit through determined contributions pursuant to a non-participating annuity contract administered and managed by the Life Insurance Corporation of India, or LIC, and Aviva Life Insurance Company Private Limited. Under this plan, the obligation to pay gratuity remains with us although LIC and Aviva Life Insurance Company Private Limited administer the plan. We contributed an aggregate of $1.2 million, $0.7$0.8 million and $0.1$1.2 million in fiscal 2012, 20112014, 2013 and 2010,2012, respectively, to LIC and Aviva Life Insurance Company Private Limited.

Compensated Absence

Our liability for compensated absences is determined on an accrual basis for the entire unused vacation balance standing to the credit of each employee as at year-end and were charged to income in the year in which they accrue.

C. Board Practices

Composition of the Board of Directors

Our Memorandum and Articles of Association provide that our Board of Directors consists of not less than three directors and such maximum number as our directors may determine from time to time. Our Board of Directors currently consists of seveneight directors. Each of Messrs. Herr, Bernays,Dillon, Aboody, Williams, Young, and Menezes, Mrs. Karnad and Sir Anthony satisfysatisfies the “independence” requirements of the NYSE rules.

Page 112


All directors hold office until the expiry of their term of office, their resignation or removal from office for gross negligence or criminal conduct by a resolution of our shareholders or until they cease to be directors by virtue of any provision of law or they are disqualified by law from being directors or they become bankrupt or make any arrangement or composition with their creditors generally or they become of unsound mind. The term of office of the directors is divided into three classes:

 

Class I, whose term will expire at the annual general meeting to be held in fiscal 2014;

2017;

 

Class II, whose term will expire at the annual general meeting to be held in fiscal 2015; and

 

Class III, whose term will expire at the annual general meeting to be held in fiscal 2013.

2016.

Our directors for fiscal 20122014 are classified as follows:

 

Class I: Sir Anthony A. Greener, Mr. Gareth Williams and Mr. Richard O. Bernays;

Adrian T. Dillon;

 

Class II: Mr. Keshav R. Murugesh, Mr. Albert Aboody and Mr. Albert Aboody;Michael Menezes; and

 

Class III: Mr. Jeremy Young, Mr. Eric B. Herr and Mr. Deepak S. Parekh.

Mrs. Renu S Karnad.

The appointments of Messrs. Jeremy Young, Eric HerrMurugesh, Aboody and Deepak ParekhMenezes will expire at the next annual general meeting, which we expect to hold in August 2012.September 2014. Messrs. Eric HerrMurugesh, Aboody and Jeremy YoungMenezes have expressed their willingness to be re-elected and, accordingly, we propose to seek shareholders’ approval for their re-election at the next annual general meeting. Mr. Deepak Parekh has chosen not to stand for re-election and hence his term of directorship will expire at the next annual general meeting.

At each annual general meeting after the initial classification or special meeting in lieu thereof, the successors to directors whose terms will then expire serve from the time of election until the third annual meeting following election or special meeting held in lieu thereof. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of the Board of Directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of management of our company.

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers. The employment agreement governing the services of one of our directors provide for benefits upon termination of employment as described above.

Our Board of Directors held thirteennine meetings in fiscal 2012.2014.

Board Leadership Structure and Board Oversight of Risk

Different individuals currently serve in the roles of Chairman of the Board and Group Chief Executive Officer of our company. Our Board believes that splitting the roles of Chairman of the Board and Group Chief Executive Officer is currently the most appropriate leadership structure for our company. This leadership structure will bring in greater efficiency as a result of vesting two important leadership roles in separate individuals and increased independence for the Board of Directors.

Board’s Role in Risk Oversight

Our Board of Directors is primarily responsible for overseeing our risk management processes. The Board of Directors receives and reviews periodic reports from the Head of Risk Management and Audit as considered appropriate regarding our company’s assessment of risks. The Board of Directors focuses on the most significant risks facing our company and our company’s general risk management strategy, and also ensures that risks undertaken by our company are consistent with the Board’s appetite for risk. While the Board oversees our company’s risk management, management is responsible for day-to-day risk management processes. We believe this division of responsibilities is the most effective approach for addressing the risks facing our company and that our Board leadership structure supports this approach.

The Audit Committee has special responsibilities with respect to financial risks, and regularly reports to the full Board of Directors on these issues. Among other responsibilities, the Audit Committee reviews theour company’s policies with respect to contingent liabilities and risks that may be material to our company, our company’s policies and procedures designed to promote compliance with laws, regulations, and internal policies and procedures, and major legislative and regulatory developments which could materially impact our company.

The Compensation Committee also plays a role in risk oversight as it relates to our company’s compensation policies and practices. Among other responsibilities, the Compensation Committee designs and evaluates our company’s executive compensation policies and practices so that our company’s compensation programs promote accountability among employees and the interests of employees are properly aligned with the interests of our shareholders.

Page 113


Committees of the Board

Our Board of Directors has three standing committees: an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee comprises fourthree directors: Messrs. Albert Aboody (Chairman), Eric B. Herr, Richard O. BernaysMichael Menezes and Sir Anthony A. Greener.Jeremy Young. Each of Messrs. Aboody, Herr, BernaysMenezes and Sir Anthony A. GreenerYoung satisfies the “independence” requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended, or the Exchange Act, and the NYSE listing standards. The principal duties and responsibilities of our Audit Committee are as follows:

 

to serve as an independent and objective party to monitor our financial reporting process and internal control systems;

 

to review and appraise the audit efforts of our independent accountants and exercise ultimate authority over the relationship between us and our independent accountants; and

 

to provide an open avenue of communication among the independent accountants, financial and senior management and the Board of Directors.

The Audit Committee has the power to investigate any matter brought to its attention within the scope of its duties. It also has the authority to retain counsel and advisors to fulfill its responsibilities and duties. Messrs. Aboody and HerrMenezes serve as our Audit Committee financial experts, within the requirements of the rules promulgated by the Commission relating to listed-company audit committees.

We have posted our Audit Committee charter on our website atwww.wns.com. www.wns.com. Information contained in our website does not constitute a part of this annual report.

The Audit Committee held sixfive meetings in fiscal 2012.2014.

Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee comprises four directors: Messrs. Richard O. BernaysGareth Williams (Chairman), Eric B. Herr, Deepak and Adrian T. Dillon, Mrs. Renu S. ParekhKarnad and Sir Anthony A. Greener. Mr. Adrian T. Dillon was appointed as a member of this committee in place of Mr.Eric B. Herr on April 30, 2014. Each of Messrs. Bernays, HerrWilliams and Dillon, Mrs. Karnad and Sir Anthony satisfies the “independence” requirements of the NYSE listing standards. Effective June 1, 2010, Mr. Parekh entered into a consulting arrangement with another party. Our BoardHerr satisfied the “independence” requirements of Directors decided not to consider Mr. Parekh as an independent director under the NYSE listing standards fromwhen he served as a member of the effectiveness of such arrangement. Accordingly,Compensation Committee prior to his retirement from our Board of Directors has determined that effective June 1, 2010, our Compensation Committee is no longer fully independent, whereupon we decided to follow our home country (Jersey, Channel Islands) practice, which does not impose a committee independent requirement.with effect from April 30, 2014. The scope of this committee’s duties includes determining the compensation of our executive officers and other key management personnel. The Compensation Committee also administers the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan and the Third Amended and Restated 2006 Incentive Award Plan, reviews performance appraisal criteria and sets standards for and decides on all employee shares options allocations when delegated to do so by our Board of Directors.

We have posted our Compensation Committee charter on our website atwww.wns.com. www.wns.com. Information contained in our website does not constitute a part of this annual report.

The Compensation Committee held five meetings in fiscal 2012.2014.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee comprises fourthree directors: Messrs. DeepakSir Anthony A. Greener (Chairman), Mr. Adrian T. Dillon and Mrs. Renu S. Parekh (Chairman),Karnad. Mr. Adrian T. Dillon was appointed as a member of this committee in place of Mr. Eric B. Herr Richard O. Bernays and Sir Anthony A. Greener.on April 30, 2014 upon Mr. Herr’s retirement as a director of our company. Each of Messrs. HerrDillon and Bernays andHerr, Sir Anthony and Mrs. Karnad satisfies the “independence” requirements of the NYSE listing standards. Effective June 1, 2010 Mr. Parekh entered into a consulting arrangement with another party. Our Board of Directors decided not to consider Mr. Parekh as an independent director under the NYSE listing standards from date of the effectiveness of such arrangement. Accordingly, our Board of Directors has determined that effective June 1, 2010, our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is no longer full independent, whereupon we decided to elect to follow our home country (Jersey, Channel Islands) practice, which does not impose a committee independence requirement. The principal duties and responsibilities of the nominating and governance committee are as follows:

 

to assist the Board of Directors by identifying individuals qualified to become board members and members of board committees, to recommend to the Board of Directors nominees for the next annual meeting of shareholders, and to recommend to the Board of Directors nominees for each committee of the Board of Directors;

 

Page 114


to monitor our corporate governance structure; and

 

to periodically review and recommend to the Board of Directors any proposed changes to the corporate governance guidelines applicable to us.

We have posted our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee charter on our website atwww.wns.com. www.wns.com. Information contained in our website does not constitute a part of this annual report.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee uses its judgment to identify well qualified individuals who are willing and able to serve on our Board of Directors. Pursuant to its charter, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee may consider a variety of criteria in recommending candidates for election to our board, including an individual’s personal and professional integrity, ethics and values; experience in corporate management, such as serving as an officer or former officer of a publicly held company, and a general understanding of marketing, finance and other elements relevant to the success of a publicly-traded company in today’s business environment; experience in our company’s industry and with relevant social policy concerns; experience as a board member of another publicly held company; academic expertise in an area of our company’s operations; and practical and mature business judgment, including ability to make independent analytical inquiries.

While the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee does not have a formal policy with respect to the consideration of diversity in identifying director nominees, it nevertheless considers director nominees with a diverse range of backgrounds, skills, national origins, values, experiences, and occupations.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee held fivefour meetings in fiscal 2012.2014.

Executive Sessions

Our non-executive directors meet regularly in executive session without executive directors or management present. The purpose of these executive sessions is to promote open and candid discussion among the non-executive directors. Mr. Eric B. Herr has presided over all executive sessions. Our non-executive directors held twothree executive sessions in fiscal 2012.2014.

Shareholders and other interested parties may communicate directly with the presiding director or with our non-executive directors as a group by writing to the following address: WNS (Holdings) Limited, Attention: Non-Executive Directors, Gate 4, Godrej & Boyce Complex, Pirojshanagar, Vikhroli (W), Mumbai 400 079, India.

D. Employees

For a description of our employees, see “Part I — Item 4. Information on the Company — Business Overview — Human Capital.”

E. Share Ownership

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as at March 31, 20122014 by each of our directors and all our directors and executive officers as a group.group as at that date. As used in this table, beneficial ownership means the sole or shared power to vote or direct the voting or to dispose of or direct the sale of any security. A person is deemed to be the beneficial owner of securities that can be acquired within 60 days upon the exercise of any option, warrant or right. Ordinary shares subject to options, warrants or rights that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days are deemed outstanding for computing the ownership percentage of the person holding the options, warrants or rights, but are not deemed outstanding for computing the ownership percentage of any other person. The amounts and percentages as at March 31, 20122014 are based on an aggregate of 50,078,88151,347,538 ordinary shares outstanding as at that date.

 

   Number of Ordinary Shares
Beneficially Owned
 

Name

  Number   Percent 

Directors

    

Eric B. Herr

   47,535     0.09

Keshav R. Murugesh(1)

   199,432     0.40

Jeremy Young(2)

   14,519,144     28.99

Deepak S. Parekh

   33,535     0.07

Richard O. Bernays

   33,535     0.07

Anthony A. Greener

   26,420     0.05

Albert Aboody

   3,212     0.01

Executive Officers

    

Alok Misra

   130,173     0.26

Johnson J. Selvadurai(3)

   343,444     0.69

Michael Garber

   6,000     0.01

Ronald Strout

   1,000     0.00

Swaminathan Rajamani

   7,000     0.01

All our directors and executive officers as a group (twelve persons)(4)

   15,350,430     30.65

   Number of Ordinary Shares
Beneficially Owned
 

Name

  Number   Percent 

Directors

    

Adrian T. Dillon(1)

   14,455     0.028

Albert Aboody

   14,784     0.029

Anthony A. Greener

   16,000     0.031

Eric B. Herr(2)

   18,137     0.035

Gareth Williams

   —       —    

Jeremy Young(3)

   38,998     0.076

Keshav R. Murugesh

   244,517     0.476

Michael Menezes

   —       —    

Renu S. Karnad

   2,054     0.004 

Executive Officers

    

Sanjay Puria

   14,723     0.029

Ronald Gillette

   —       —    

Swaminathan Rajamani

   28,104     0.055

All our directors and executive officers as a group (12 persons as of March 31, 2014)

   391,772     0.763

Page 115


Notes:

 

(1)Of the 199,43214,455 shares beneficially owned by Keshav R. Murugesh 19,856Mr. Adrian T. Dillon, 11,065 shares are held jointly with his wife Shamini K. Murugesh in the form of ADSs.
(2)Jeremy Young isMr. Herr retired as a director of our company and a Managing Director and member of Warburg Pincus LLC. All shares indicated as owned by Mr. Young were a result of his affiliation with the Warburg Pincus entities. Mr. Young disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares held by the Warburg Pincus entities.effect from April 30, 2014.
(3)Of the 343,44438,998 shares beneficially owned by Johnson J. Selvadurai, 251,666Mr. Jeremy Young, 37,350 shares are indirectly held via a trust which is controlled by Mr. Selvadurai.in the form of ADSs.
(4)Includes the shares beneficially owned by Jeremy Young, nominee director of Warburg Pincus, because of his affiliation with the Warburg Pincus entities. Mr. Young disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares held by the Warburg Pincus entities.

The following table sets forth information concerning options and RSUs held by our directors and executive officers as at March 31, 2012.2014:

 

  Option Summary  RSU Summary 

Name

 Number of
shares
underlying
unexercised
but vested
options
  Exercise
price
  Number of
shares
underlying
options
(that have
not vested)
  Exercise
price
  Number of
shares
underlying
RSUs held
that

have vested
but
unexercised
  Number of
shares
underlying
RSUs that
will vest
within 60
days from
Mar. 31,
2012
  Vesting
dates
  Number of
shares
underlying
RSUs held
that

have not
vested
 

Directors

        

Eric B. Herr

  14,000   $20.00    —      —      —      3,557    4-May-12    32,924  
  2,000   $22.98    —      —      —      —      —      —    

Keshav Murugesh

  —      —      —      —      158,964    20,612    19-Apr-12    392,488  

Jeremy Young

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —    

Deepak S. Parekh

  14,000   $20.00    —      —      —      3,557    4-May-12    11,424  
  2,000   $22.98    —      —      —      —      —      —    

Richard O. Bernays

  14,000   $28.87    —      —      —      3,557    4-May-12    11,924  
  2,000   $22.98    —      —      —      —      —      —    

Anthony A. Greener

  14,000   $28.48    —      —      —      3,557    4-May-12    11,924  
  2,000   $22.98    —      —      —      —      —      —    

Albert Aboody

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      19,149  

Executive Officers

        

Alok Misra

  13,260   $15.32    —      —      87,128    7,000    11-Apr-12    93,500  
  —      —      —      —      —      22,785    4-May-12    —    

Johnson J. Selvadurai

  20,000   $20.00    —      —      37,111    19,440    4-May-12    47,000  
  5,000   $30.21    —      —      —      2,000    11-Apr-12    —    
  8,227   $27.75    —      —      —      —      —      —    

Michael Garber

  —      —      —      —      4,000    2,000    11-Apr-12    42,000  

Ronald Strout

  —      —      —      —      —      1,000    11-Apr-12    27,500  

Rajamani Swaminathan

  —      —      —      —      4,000    3,000    11-Apr-12    66,500  
   Options Summary   RSU Summary 

Name

  Number of
shares
underlying
unexercised
but vested
options
  Exercise
price
   Number of
shares
underlying
unexercised
options
that will
vest in
next 60
days from
March  31,
2014
   Number of
shares
underlying
options
that have
not vested
   Exercise
price
   Number of
shares
underlying
RSUs held
that have
vested but
unexercised
   Number of
shares
underlying
RSUs
that will
vest in
next 60
days
from
March 31,
2014
   Vesting
Dates
   Number of
shares
underlying
RSUs held
that have
not vested
 

Directors

                 

Adrian T. Dillon

   —      —       —       —       —       —       —       —       21,997  

Albert Aboody

   —      —       —       —       —       —       —       —       13,147  

Anthony A. Greener

   14,000(1)  $28.48     —       —       —       —       —       —       12,285  
   2,000(2)  $22.98     —       —       —       —       —       —       —    

Eric B. Herr(3)

   14,000(4)  $20.00     —       —       —       —       —       —       27,730(6) 
   2,000(5)  $22.98     —       —       —       —       —       —       —    

Gareth Williams

   —      —       —       —       —       —       —       —       5,663  

Jeremy Young

   —      —       —       —       —       —       1,648     10-May-13     10,213  

Keshav R. Murugesh

   —      —       —       —       —       163,864     30,700     19-Apr-14     305,019  
            —       49,953     16-Apr-14     —    

Michael Menezes

   —      —       —       —       —       —       —       —       5,663  

Renu S. Karnad

   —      —       —       —       —       —       —       —       11,838  

Executive Officers

      —       —       —            

Sanjay Puria

   —      —       —       —       —       7,999     3,724     11-Apr-14     44,834  
            —       3,000     16-Apr-14     —    

Ronald Gillette

   —      —       —       —       —       —       —       —       60,000  

Swaminathan Rajamani

   —      —       —       —       —       19,636     4,468     11-Apr-14     35,167  
              4,000     16-Apr-14    

ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONSNotes:

(1)The expiration date of these options is June 14, 2017.
(2)The expiration date of these options is August 7, 2017.
(3)Mr. Herr retired as a director of our company with effect from April 30, 2014.
(4)The expiration date of these options is July 25, 2016.
(5)The expiration date of these options is August 7, 2017.
(6)Mr. Herr’s RSUs were vested on an accelerated basis on April 30, 2014 in connection with his retirement.

ITEM 7.MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

A. Major Shareholders

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as at March 31, 20122014 held by each person who is known to us to have a 5.0% or more beneficial share ownership based on an aggregate of 50,078,88151,347,538 ordinary shares outstanding as of that date. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Commission and includes shares over which the indicated beneficial owner exercises voting and/or investment power or receives the economic benefit of ownership of such securities. Ordinary shares subject to options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days are deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding the options but are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

  Number of Shares
Beneficially Owned
   Percentage
Beneficially
Owned (1)
 

Waddell & Reed Financial Inc. (2)

   7,952,321     15.5

FMR LLC(3)

   7,615,579     14.8

Nalanda India Fund Limited(4)

   5,211,410     10.1

Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC (5)

   4,881,000     9.5

William Blair & Company, LLC(6)

   4,165,461     8.1

TimesSquare Capital Management, LLC(7)

   4,155,620     8.1

Page 116


Name of Beneficial Owner

  Number of Shares
Beneficially Owned
   Percentage
Beneficially
Owned(1)
 

Warburg Pincus(2)

   14,519,144     28.99

FMR LLC(3)

   6,354,465     12.69

Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC (4)

   6,103,983     12.19

Nalanda India Fund Limited(5)

   5,211,410     10.41

Notes:

 

(1)Based on an aggregate of 50,078,88151,347,538 ordinary shares outstanding as at March 31, 2012.2014.
(2)Information is based on Amendment No. 2 to a report on Amendment No. 1 to Schedule 13G jointly filed with the Commission on March 30, 2012February 7, 2014 jointly by (i) Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P.Waddell & Reed Financial, Inc., or WRF; (ii) Waddell & Reed Financial Services, Inc., or WRFS, a Delaware limited partnership (“WP VIII”subsidiary of WRF; (iii) Waddell & Reed Inc., or WRI, a subsidiary of WRFS; (iv) Waddell & Reed Investment Management Company, or WRIMCO, a subsidiary of WRI; and together(v) Ivy Investment Management Company, or IICO, a subsidiary of WRF. IICO and WRIMCO are investment advisors or sub-advisors to one or more open-end investment companies or other managed accounts which are beneficial owners of shares of WNS. According to this Amendment No. 2 to a report on Schedule 13G jointly filed with its two affiliated partnerships, Warburg Pincus Netherlands Private Equity VIII C.V. I, a company formed under the laws ofCommission on February 7, 2014, the Netherlands (“WP VIII CV I”),investment advisory contracts grant IICO and WP-WPVIII Investors, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“WP-WPVIII Investors”), the “WP VIII Funds”); (ii) Warburg Pincus International Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“WPIP” and, together with its two affiliated partnerships, Warburg Pincus Netherlands International Partners I C.V., a company formed under the laws of the Netherlands (“WPIP I CV”), and WP-WPIP Investors L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“WP-WPIP Investors”), the “WPIP Funds”); (iii) Warburg Pincus Partners LLC, a New York limited liability company (“WPP LLC”), the general partner of WP VIII, WPIP, WP VIII CV I and WPIP I CV,WRIMCO investment power over securities owned by their advisory clients and the sole memberinvestment sub-advisory contracts grant IICO and WRIMCO investment power over securities owned by their sub-advisory clients and, in most cases, voting power. Any investment restriction of certain Delaware limited liability companies affiliated with the WP VIII Funds and the WPIP Funds; (iv) Warburg Pincus & Co., a New York general partnership (“WP”), the managing member of WPP LLC; (v) Warburg Pincus LLC,sub-advisory contract does not restrict investment discretion or power in a New York limited liability company (“WP LLC”), which manages the WP VIII Funds and the WPIP Funds; and (vi) Messrs. Charles R. Kaye and Joseph P. Landy, each a United States citizen and a Managing General Partner of WP and Co-President and Managing Member of WP LLC, and who may be deemed to control the WP VIII Funds, the WPIP Funds, WPP LLC, WP LLC and WP.material manner.
(3)Information is based on Amendment No. 9 to a report on Amendment No. 5 to Schedule 13G jointly filed with the Commission on February 14, 20112014 by FMR LLC, Edward C. Johnson 3d, Fidelity Management & Research Company and Fidelity Mid Cap Stock Fund.Select Software and Computer Services. Edward C. Johnson 3d is the Chairman of FMR LLC. Fidelity Management & Research Company aand Fidelity Select Software and Computer Services are wholly owned subsidiarysubsidiaries of FMR LLC, is the investment adviser to Fidelity Mid Cap Stock Fund.LLC.
(4)Information is based on a report on Amendment No. 4 to Schedule 13G filed with the Commission on February 10, 2012 by Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC.
(5)Information is based on a report on Schedule 13G filed with the Commission on February 2, 2011 by Nalanda India Fund Limited.
(5)Information is based on Amendment No. 6 to a report on Schedule 13G filed with the Commission on February 6, 2014 by Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC.
(6)Information is based on a report on Schedule 13G filed with the Commission on February 6, 2014 by William Blair & Company, LLC.
(7)Information is based on Amendment No. 1 to a report on Schedule 13G filed with the Commission on February 10, 2014 by TimesSquare Capital Management, LLC.

The following summarizes the significant changes in the percentage ownership held by our major shareholders during the past three years:

 

In February 2012, Warburg Pincus sold 6,847,500 of its ADSs (representing 6,847,500 ordinary shares) in our company, reducing its overall ownership from approximately 47.8% to approximately 29.0%, as described in a report on Amendment No. 1 to a report on Schedule 13G jointly filed with the Commission on March 30, 2012. In February 2013, Warburg Pincus sold its remaining 14,519,144 ADSs (representing 14,519,144 ordinary shares) in our company, after which it ceased to be a shareholder of our company, as described in Amendment No. 2 to a report on Schedule 13G jointly filed with the Commission on March 1, 2013.

FMR LLCWRF, WRFS, WRI, WRIMCO and IICO jointly reported itstheir percentage ownership of our ordinary shares to be 12.641%8.1% (based on the then number of our ordinary shares reported as outstanding at that time) in a report on Amendment No. 4 to Schedule 13G jointly filed with the Commission on February 16, 2010 and 15.00%7, 2013, 11.2% (based on the then number of our ordinary shares reported as outstanding at that time) in Amendment No. 1 to a report on Amendment No. 5 to Schedule 13G jointly filed with the Commission on February 14, 2011.

Columbia Wanger Asset Management, L.P. reported its percentage ownership of our ordinary shares to be 12.2%March 8, 2013 and 15.5% (based on the then number of our ordinary shares reported as outstanding at that time) in a report on Amendment No. 2 to a report on Schedule 13G filed with the Commission on February 10, 2010 and 13.4%7, 2014.

FMR LLC reported its percentage ownership of our ordinary shares to be 6.5% (based on the then number of our ordinary shares reported as outstanding at that time) in Amendment No. 6 to a report on Schedule 13G jointly filed with the Commission on October 10, 2012, 7.5% (based on the then number of our ordinary shares reported as outstanding at that time) in Amendment No. 37 to a report on Schedule 13G jointly filed with the Commission on February 14, 2013, 13.6% (based on the then number of our ordinary shares reported as outstanding at that time) in Amendment No. 8 to a report on Schedule 13G jointly filed with the Commission on March 11, 2011. 2013 and 14.8% (based on the then number of our ordinary shares reported as outstanding at that time) in Amendment No. 9 to a report on Schedule 13G jointly filed with the Commission on February 14, 2014.

Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC reported its percentage ownership of our ordinary shares to be 13.7% (based on the then number of our ordinary shares reported as outstanding at that time) in a report on Amendment No. 4 to a report on Schedule 13G filed with the Commission on February 10, 2012.

Page 117


Nalanda India Fund Limited Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC and Columbia Acorn Select jointly reported itstheir percentage ownership of our ordinary shares to be 12.3%12.5% (based on the then number of our ordinary shares reported as outstanding at that time) in reportsAmendment No. 5 to a report on Schedule 13G filed with the Commission on February 10, 2009 and January 13, 2010 and 11.76%14, 2013. Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC reported its percentage ownership of our ordinary shares to be 9.5% (based on the then number of our ordinary shares reported as outstanding at that time) in reportsAmendment No. 6 to a report on Schedule 13G filed with the Commission on February 2, 2011.

6, 2014.

 

Tiger Global Management,William Blair & Company, LLC reported that it divested its entire 6.6%percentage ownership of our ordinary shares to be 8.2% (based on the then number of our ordinary shares reported as outstanding at that time) in a report on Amendment No. 2 to Schedule 13G filed with the Commission on February 12, 2010.6, 2014.

TimesSquare Capital Management, LLC reported its percentage ownership of our ordinary shares to be 6.2% (based on the then number of our ordinary shares reported as outstanding at that time) in a report on Schedule 13G filed with the Commission on February 11, 2013 and 8.1% (based on the then number of our ordinary shares reported as outstanding at that time) in Amendment No. 1 to a report on Schedule 13G filed with the Commission on February 10, 2014.

None of our major shareholders have different voting rights from our other shareholders.

As at March 31, 2012, 14,569,6582014, 28,806,939 of our ordinary shares, representing 29.09%56.1% of our outstanding ordinary shares, were held by a total of 2416 holders of record with addresses in the US. As at the same date, 34,931,67150,913,991 of our ADSs (representing 34,931,67150,913,991 ordinary shares), representing 69.75%99.1% of our outstanding ordinary shares, were held by one registered holder of record with addresses in and outside of the US. Since certain of these ordinary shares and ADSs were held by brokers or other nominees, the number of record holders in the US may not be representative of the number of beneficial holders or where the beneficial holders are resident. All holders of our ordinary shares are entitled to the same voting rights.

B. Related Party Transactions

(Amounts in thousands)

Since fiscal 2003, we have entered into agreements with certain investee companies of one of ourWarburg Pincus, which was prior to February 2013, a principal shareholders, Warburg Pincus,shareholder, to provide business process outsourcing services. These investee companies are companies in which Warburg Pincus has 10% or more beneficial share ownership. In fiscal 2013 and 2012, 2011 and 2010,revenue from these investee companies in the aggregate accounted for $3,954, $3,752$3,753 and $2,625,$3,954 respectively. We have also entered into agreements with certain other investee companies of Warburg Pincus under which we receive certain enterprise resource planning services from them. In fiscal 2012, 20112013 and 2010,2012, these investee companies in the aggregate accounted for $nil, $20 and $nilnil of our expenses in expenses, respectively.both these years.

On January 1, 2005, weWe entered into an agreement with Datacap Software Private Limited, or Datacap, pursuant to which Datacap granted us the license to use its proprietary IT-enabled services software program. Mr. Johnson J. Selvadurai, our Managing Director — Europe, is a principal shareholder of DatacapDatacap. Mr. Selvadurai ceased to be an executive officer on December 31, 2013. See note eleven to the table in “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees — A. Directors and Executive Officers”.In fiscal 2012, 20112014, 2013 and 2010,2012, we paid $nil, $1$21(till December 31, 2013), $27 and $5,nil respectively, for the license under the agreement. In fiscal 2012, 20112014 (till December 31, 2013), 2013 and 2010,2012, we paid Datacap $29, $nilnil, nil and $2,$29, respectively, for purchases of computers and software.

In the

With effect from September 4, 2012, Mr. Deepak S. Parekh resigned as a director of our company. Prior to his departure, in fiscal 2011, we paid $55 to SIFE India, a non-profit company at which Mr. Keshav R. Murugesh, our director, held directorship.

In the fiscal2013 and 2012, we paid $5 and $8, respectively to HDFC Ergo General Insurance Company Limited, where Mr. Parekh was during the period the chairman of the board of directors, towards travel insurance for the employees of our company, where our director, Mr. Deepak S. Parekh, is the Chairman of the Board of Directors.company.

In March 2008, we entered into an agreement with Singapore Telecommunications Limited, or Singtel, for the provision of lease line services. Our director,addition, prior to Mr. Deepak S. Parekh, was an executive director of Singtel until July 2010. In fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010Parekh’s departure, we paid Singtel $nil, $161$0.4 (till September 4, 2012) and $319,$5, respectively, for such services.

Inin fiscal 2012, 20112013 and 2010, we paid $5, $nil and $4, respectively,2012, to The Indian Hotels Company Limited towards hiring of accommodation and related services. Our director, Mr. Deepak S. Parekh iswas a director of The Indian Hotels Company Limited.Limited during that period.

Mrs. Renu S Karnad was appointed as a director of our company on September 21, 2012.

During fiscal 2014 and 2013, we entered into the following transactions with companies in which Mrs. Karnad was during that period a director:

Invested $4,175 and $4,606 in fiscal 2014 and 2013, respectively, in fixed maturity plans issued by HDFC Asset Management Company Limited. The accrued gain on the aggregate investments was $376 and $29 for fiscal 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Prepaid in full ourLOGO 510,000 ($8,346 based on the exchange rate on March 12, 2014) three year rupee-denominated loan obtained by WNS Global from HDFC Bank Limited on March 12, 2014, obtained by WNS Global and paid an aggregate of $832 and $544 as interest on the loan in fiscal 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Paid $3 and $4 in fiscal 2014 and 2013, respectively, to HDFC Ergo General Insurance Company Limited for travel insurance premiums for employees of our company.

In fiscal 2014, we earned revenue of $1,320 from Regulatory Data Corporation, of which $135 are receivables as of March 31, 2014. Mr. Eric B. Herr was a director in Regulatory Data Corporation in fiscal 2014. Mr. Herr retired as a director of our company with effect from April 30, 2014.

Mr. Gareth Williams was appointed as a director of our company on January 1, 2014. We paid $7 in training costs of our employees to YSC India Business Psychologists Private Limited. Mr. Williams was a director in the parent company of YSC India Business Psychologists Private Limited during the relevant period. Mr. Williams is expected to be appointed as an independent director of Saga plc which is our client following their proposed initial public offering in May 2014.

C. Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ITEM 8.FINANCIAL INFORMATION

A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

Please see “Part III — Item 18. Financial Statements” for a list of the financial statements filed as part of this annual report.

Tax Assessment Orders

Transfer pricing regulations to which we are subject require that any international transaction among WNS and its subsidiaries, or the WNS group enterprises be on arm’s-length terms. Transfer pricing regulations in India have been extended to cover specified Indian domestic transactions as well. We believe that the international and India domestic transactions among the WNS group enterprises are on arm’s-length terms. If, however, the applicable tax authorities determine that the transactions among the WNS group enterprises do not meet arms’ length criteria, we may incur increased tax liability, including accrued interest and penalties. This would cause our tax expense to increase, possibly materially, thereby reducing our profitability and cash flows. The applicable tax authorities may also disallow deductions or tax holiday benefits claimed by us and assess additional taxable income on us in connection with their review of our tax returns.

Page 118


From time to time, we receive orders of assessment from the Indian tax authorities assessing additional taxable income on us and/or our subsidiaries in connection with their review of our tax returns. We currently have orders of assessment for fiscal 2003 through fiscal 20092011 pending before various appellate authorities. These orders assess additional taxable income that could in the aggregate give rise to an estimatedLOGO 1,878.6LOGO 2,880.7 million ($36.948.1 million based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012)2014) in additional taxes, including interest ofLOGO 667.2LOGO 1,047.5 million ($13.117.5 million based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012)2014).

The following sets forth the details of these orders of assessment:

 

Entity

  Tax Year(s)   Amount Demanded
(Including Interest)
 Interest on Amount Demanded   Tax year(s)   Amount
demanded
(including
interest)
 Interest on amount
demanded
 
      (LOGO and US dollars in millions)   (LOGO and US dollars in millions) 

WNS Global, WNS Customer Solutions and Noida

   Fiscal 2003    LOGO  180.2    $(3.5)(1) LOGO  60.0    $(1.2)(1)   Fiscal 2003    LOGO  180.2    $(3.0)(1)  LOGO  60.0    $(1.0)(1) 

WNS Global, WNS Customer Solutions and Noida

   Fiscal 2004    LOGO  12.5    $(0.2)(1) LOGO  3.1    $(0.1)(1)   Fiscal 2004    LOGO  12.5    $(0.2)(1)  LOGO  3.1    $(0.1)(1) 

WNS Global, WNS Customer Solutions and Noida

   Fiscal 2005    LOGO  27.4    $(0.5)(1) LOGO  8.6    $(0.2)(1)   Fiscal 2005    LOGO  27.4    $(0.5)(1)  LOGO  8.6    $(0.1)(1) 

WNS Global, WNS Customer Solutions and Noida

   Fiscal 2006    LOGO  539.9    $(10.6)(1) LOGO  188.9    $(3.7)(1)   Fiscal 2006    LOGO  495.3    $(8.3)(1)  LOGO  173.8    $(2.9)(1) 

WNS BCS and permanent establishment of WNS North America Inc. and WNS UK in India

   Fiscal 2006    LOGO  140.1    $(2.8)(1) LOGO  51.2    $(1.0)(1)   Fiscal 2006    LOGO  67.9    $(1.1)(1)  LOGO  24.1    $(0.4)(1) 

WNS Global, WNS Customer Solutions and Noida

   Fiscal 2007    LOGO  98.7    $(1.9)(1) LOGO  31.9    $(0.6)(1)   Fiscal 2007    LOGO  98.7    $(1.6)(1)  LOGO  31.9    $(0.5)(1) 

WNS BCS and permanent establishment of WNS North America Inc. and WNS UK in India

   Fiscal 2007    LOGO  21.6    $(0.4)(1) LOGO  8.2    $(0.1)(1)   Fiscal 2007    LOGO  21.6    $(0.4)(1)  LOGO  8.2    $(0.1)(1) 

WNS Global, WNS Customer Solutions and Noida

   Fiscal 2008    LOGO  763.3    $(15.0)(1) LOGO  287.9    $(5.7)(1)   Fiscal 2008    LOGO  819.6    $(13.7)(1)  LOGO  344.1    $(5.7)(1) 

WNS BCS and permanent establishment of WNS North America Inc. and WNS UK in India

   Fiscal 2008    LOGO  79.8    $(1.7)(1) LOGO  25.4    $(0.4)(1)   Fiscal 2008    LOGO  41.4    $(0.7)(1)  LOGO  13.2    $(0.2)(1) 

WNS Global, WNS Customer Solutions and Noida

   Fiscal 2009    LOGO  973.9    $(16.2)(1)  LOGO  336.8    $(5.6)(1) 

WNS BCS and permanent establishment of WNS North America Inc. and WNS UK in India

   Fiscal 2009    LOGO  15.1    $(0.3)(1) LOGO  2.0    $(0.1)(1)   Fiscal 2009    LOGO  22.5    $(0.4)(1)  LOGO  4.5    $(0.1)(1) 
    

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

WNS Global, WNS Customer Solutions and Noida

   Fiscal 2010    LOGO  60.2    $(1.0)(1)  LOGO  23.5    $(0.4)(1) 

WNS BCS and permanent establishment of WNS North America Inc. and WNS UK in India

   Fiscal 2011    LOGO  59.5    $(1.0)(1)  LOGO  15.7    $(0.4)(1) 

Total

    LOGO 1,878.6    $(36.9)(1) LOGO 667.2    $(13.1)(1)    LOGO  2,880.7    $(48.1)(1)  LOGO  1,047.5    $(17.5)(1) 
    

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

Note:

 

(1)Based on the exchange rate onas at March 31, 2012.2014.

The aforementioned orders of assessment allege that the transfer prices we applied to certain of the international transactions between WNS Global, one of our Indian subsidiaries, and our other wholly-owned subsidiaries named above were not on arm’s length terms, disallow a tax holiday benefit claimed by us, deny the set off of brought forward business losses and unabsorbed depreciation and disallow certain expenses claimed as tax deductible by WNS Global. As at March 31, 2012,2014, we have provided a tax reserve ofLOGO701.5LOGO 906.6 million ($13.815.1 million based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012)2014) primarily on account of the Indian tax authorities’ denying the set off of brought forward business losses and unabsorbed depreciation. We have appealed against these orders of assessment before higher appellate authorities.

In addition, we currently have orders of assessment pertaining to similar issues that have been decided in our favor by first level appellate authorities, vacating tax demands ofLOGO2,244.6LOGO 2,467.3 million ($44.141.2 million based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012)2014) in additional taxes, including interest ofLOGO681.8LOGO 769.9 million ($13.412.9 million based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012)2014). The income tax authorities have filed appeals against these orders.orders at higher appellate authorities.

In case of disputes, the Indian tax authorities may require us to deposit with them all or a portion of the disputed amounts pending resolution of the matters on appeal. Any amount paid by us as deposits will be refunded to us with interest if we succeed in our appeals. We have deposited a smallsome portion of the disputed amount with the tax authorities and may be required to deposit the remaining portion of the disputed amount with the tax authorities pending final resolution of the respective matters.

As at March 31, 2014, corporate tax returns for fiscal years 2011 and thereafter remain subject to examination by tax authorities in India.

After consultation with our Indian tax advisors and based on the facts of these cases, certain legal opinions from counsel, the nature of the tax authorities’ disallowances and the orders from first level appellate authorities deciding similar issues in our favor in respect of assessment orders for earlier fiscal years, we believe these orders are unlikely to be sustained at the higher appellate authorities and we intend to vigorously dispute the orders of assessment.

In March 2009, we also received an assessment order from the Indian Service Tax Authority demanding payment ofLOGO 346.2LOGO 348.1 million ($6.85.8 million based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012)2014) of service tax and related penalty for the period from March 1, 2003 to January 31, 2005. The assessment order alleges that service tax is payable in India on BPOBPM services provided by WNS Global to clients based abroad as the export proceeds are repatriated outside India by WNS Global. In April 2009, we filedresponse to an appeal tofiled by us with the appellate tribunal against the assessment order andin April 2009, the appeal is currently pending.appellate tribunal has remanded the matter back to the lower tax authorities to be adjudicated afresh. Based on consultations with our Indian tax advisors, we believe this order of assessment is more likely than not to be upheld in our favor. We intend to continue to vigorously dispute the assessment.

No assurance can be given, however, that we will prevail in our tax disputes. If we do not prevail, payment of additional taxes, interest and penalties may adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. There can also be no assurance that we will not receive similar or additional orders of assessment in the future.

Page 119


Dividend Policy

Subject to the provisions of the 1991 Law and our Articles of Association, we may by ordinary resolution declare annual dividends to be paid to our shareholders according to their respective rights and interests in our distributable reserves. Any dividends we may declare must not exceed the amount recommended by our Board of Directors. Our board may also declare and pay an interim dividend or dividends, including a dividend payable at a fixed rate, if paying an interim dividend or dividends appears to the Board to be justified by our distributable reserves. See “Part I — Item 10. Additional Information — B. Memorandum and Articles of Association.” We can only declare dividends if our directors who are to authorize the distribution make a prior statement that, having made full enquiry into our affairs and prospects, they have formed the opinion that:

 

immediately following the date on which the distribution is proposed to be made, we will be able to discharge our liabilities as they fall due; and

 

having regard to our prospects and to the intentions of our directors with respect to the management of our business and to the amount and character of the financial resources that will in their view be available to us, we will be able to continue to carry on business and we will be able to discharge our liabilities as they fall due until the expiry of the period of 12 months immediately following the date on which the distribution is proposed to be made or until we are dissolved under Article 150 of the 1991 Law, whichever first occurs.

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our ordinary shares. Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will be dependent upon our results of operations and cash flows, our financial position and capital requirements, general business conditions, legal, tax, regulatory and any contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and any other factors our Board of Directors deems relevant at the time.

Subject to the deposit agreement governing the issuance of our ADSs, holders of ADSs will be entitled to receive dividends paid on the ordinary shares represented by such ADSs.

B. Significant Changes

There have been no significant subsequent events following the close of the last fiscal year up to the date of this annual report that are known to us and require disclosure in this document for which disclosure was not made in this annual report.

 

ITEM 9.THE OFFER AND LISTING

Page 120


ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING

A. Offer and Listing Details

Our ADSs, evidenced by American Depositary Receipts, or ADRs, commenced trading on the NYSE on July 26, 2006. The ADRs evidencing ADSs were issued by our depositary, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, pursuant to a deposit agreement. The number of our outstanding ordinary shares (including the ordinary shares underlying ADSs) as at March 31, 20122014 was 50,078,881.51,347,538. As at March 31, 2012,2014, there were 34,931,67150,913,991 ADSs outstanding (representing 34,931,67150,913,991 ordinary shares).

The high and low last reported sale prices per ADS for the periods indicated are as shown below:

 

  Price per ADS on NYSE   Price per ADS on NYSE 
  High   Low   High   Low 

Fiscal year:

        

2008

  $29.85    $12.81  

2009

  $20.00    $3.10  

2010

  $17.25    $5.10    $17.25    $5.10  

2011

  $13.38    $8.46    $13.38    $8.46  

2012

  $13.05    $7.82    $13.05    $7.82  

2013

  $15.01    $9.07  

2014

  $22.61    $13.37  

Fiscal Quarter:

        

2011

    

2013

    

First quarter

  $13.38    $9.62    $12.19    $9.13  

Second quarter

  $13.35    $8.46    $10.96    $9.07  

Third quarter

  $12.94    $8.76    $11.08    $9.98  

Fourth quarter

  $11.98    $9.70    $15.01    $10.33  

2012

    

2014

    

First quarter

  $10.68    $8.64    $17.13    $13.37  

Second quarter

  $12.00    $8.81    $21.47    $16.55  

Third quarter

  $13.05    $7.82    $22.61    $18.64  

Fourth quarter

  $12.18    $8.49    $22.59    $17.89  

Month:

        

October 2011

  $12.28    $11.21  

November 2011

  $13.05    $11.20  

December 2011

  $11.67    $7.82  

January 2012

  $10.25    $8.49  

February 2012

  $11.35    $8.90  

March 2012

  $12.18    $10.74  

April 2012 (through April 23, 2012)

  $12.19    $10.93  

November 2013

  $22.60    $19.57  

December 2013

  $22.00    $19.82  

January 2014

  $22.59    $20.82  

February 2014

  $21.61    $19.01  

March 2014

  $20.57    $17.89  

April 2014

  $19.72    $17.62  

B. Plan of Distribution

Not applicable.

C. Markets

Our ADSs are listed on the NYSE under the symbol “WNS.”

D. Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

E. Dilution

Not applicable.

F. Expenses of the Issue

Not applicable.

Page 121


ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A. Share Capital

Not applicable.

ITEM 10.ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A. Share Capital

Not applicable.

B. Memorandum and Articles of Association

General

We were incorporated in Jersey, Channel Islands, as a private limited company (with registered number 82262) on February 18, 2002 pursuant to the 1991 Law. We converted from a private limited company to a public limited company on January 4, 2006 when we acquired more than 30 shareholders as calculated in accordance with Article 17A of the 1991 Law. We gave notice of this to the JFSC in accordance with Article 17(3) of the 1991 Law on January 12, 2006.

The address of our secretary and share registrar is Computershare Investor Services (Jersey) Limited, or Computershare, at Queensway House, Hilgrove Street, St Helier, Jersey JE1 1ES. Our share register is maintained at the premises of Computershare.

Our activities are regulated by our Memorandum and Articles of Association. We adopted an amended and restated Memorandum and Articles of Association by special resolution of our shareholders passed on May 22, 2006. This amended and restated Memorandum and Articles of Association came into effect immediately prior to the completion of our initial public offering in July 2006. The material provisions of our amended and restated Memorandum and Articles of Association are described below. In addition to our Memorandum and Articles of Association, our activities are regulated by (among other relevant legislation) the 1991 Law. Our Memorandum of Association states our company name, that we are a public company, that we are a par value company, our authorized share capital and that the liability of our shareholders is limited to the amount (if any) unpaid on their shares. Below is a summary of some of the provisions of our Articles of Association. It is not, nor does it purport to be, complete or to identify all of the rights and obligations of our shareholders. The summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to our Memorandum and Articles of Association. See “Part III — Item 19. Exhibits — Exhibit 1.1” and “Part III — Item 19. Exhibits — Exhibit 1.2.”

The rights of shareholders described in this section are available only to persons who hold our certificated shares. ADS holders do not hold our certificated shares and therefore are not directly entitled to the rights conferred on our shareholders by our Articles of Association or the rights conferred on shareholders of a Jersey company by the 1991 Law, including, without limitation: the right to receive dividends and the right to attend and vote at shareholders meetings; the rights described in “— Other Jersey Law Considerations — Mandatory Purchases and Acquisitions” and “— Other Jersey Law Considerations — Compromises and Arrangements,” the right to apply to a Jersey court for an order on the grounds that the affairs of a company are being conducted in a manner which is unfairly prejudicial to the interests of its shareholders; and the right to apply to the JFSC to have an inspector appointed to investigate the affairs of a company. ADS holders are entitled to receive dividends and to exercise the right to vote only in accordance with the deposit agreement.

Share Capital

Pursuant to an extraordinary general meeting held on November 22, 2011, our company’sAs at March 31, 2014, the authorized share capital increased from £5,100,000, divided into 50,000,000 ordinary shares of 10 pence each and 1,000,000 preferred shares of 10 pence each, tois £6,100,000, divided into 60,000,000 ordinary shares of 10 pence each and 1,000,000 preferred shares of 10 pence each, by the creation of 10,000,000 additional ordinary shares of 10 pence each. As at March 31, 2012, 20112014, 2013 and 2010,2012, we had 50,078,881, 44,443,72651,347,538, 50,588,044 and 43,743,95350,078,881 ordinary shares outstanding, respectively. The increase in the number of ordinary shares outstanding during the last three fiscal years resulted from (i) our follow-on offering in February 2012 and (ii) the issuance of ordinary shares pursuant to our two share-based incentive plans, our 2002 Stock Incentive Plan and our 2006 Incentive Award Plan (as amended and restated). On September 13, 2011, we adopted the second amendment and restatement of our 2006 Incentive Award Plan to increase the number of ordinary shares and ADSs available for grant thereunder by 2,200,000 ordinary shares/ADSs to a total of 6,200,000 ordinary shares/ADSs. On September 25, 2013, we adopted the third amendment and restatement of our 2006 Incentive Award Plan to increase the number of ordinary shares and ADSs available for grant thereunder by 2,400,000 ordinary shares/ADSs to a total of 8,600,000 ordinary shares/ADSs. We have not issued any shares for consideration other than cash. There are no preferred shares outstanding.

Pursuant to Jersey law and our Memorandum and Articles of Association, our Board of Directors by resolution may establish one or more classes of preferred shares having such number of shares, designations, dividend rates, relative voting rights, liquidation rights and other relative participation, optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions as may be fixed by the board without any further shareholder approval. Such rights, preferences, powers and limitations as may be established could also have the effect of discouraging an attempt to obtain control of us. None of our shares have any redemption rights.

Capacity

Under the 1991 Law, the doctrine of ultra vires in its application to companies is abolished and accordingly the capacity of a Jersey company is not limited by anything in its memorandum or articles or by any act of its members.

Page 122


Changes in Capital or our Memorandum and Articles of Association

Subject to the 1991 Law and our Articles of Association, we may by special resolution at a general meeting:

 

increase our authorized or paid-up share capital;

 

consolidate and divide all or any part of our shares into shares of a larger amount than is fixed by our Memorandum of Association;

 

sub-divide all or any part of our shares into shares of smaller amount than is fixed by our Memorandum of Association;

 

convert any of our issued or unissued shares into shares of another class;

 

convert all our issued par value shares into no par value shares and vice versa;

 

convert any of our paid-up shares into stock, and reconvert any stock into any number of paid-up shares of any denomination;

 

convert any of our issued limited shares into redeemable shares which can be redeemed;

 

cancel shares which, at the date of passing of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person, and diminish the amount of the authorized share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled;

 

reduce our issued share capital; or

 

alter our Memorandum or Articles of Association.

General Meetings of Shareholders

We may at any time convene general meetings of shareholders. We hold an annual general meeting for each fiscal year. Under the 1991 Law, no more than 18 months may elapse between the date of one annual general meeting and the next.

Our Articles of Association provide that annual general meetings and meetings calling for the passing of a special resolution require 21 days’ notice of the place, day and time of the meeting in writing to our shareholders. Any other general meeting requires no less than 14 days’ notice in writing. Our directors may, at their discretion, and upon a request made in accordance with the 1991 Law by shareholders holding not less than one tenth of our total voting rights our directors shall, convene a general meeting. Our business may be transacted at a general meeting only when a quorum of shareholders is present. Two shareholders entitled to attend and to vote on the business to be transacted (or a proxy for a shareholder or a duly authorized representative of a corporation which is a shareholder) and holding shares conferring not less than one-third of the total voting rights, constitute a quorum provided that if at any time all of our issued shares are held by one shareholder, such quorum shall consist of the shareholder present in person or by proxy.

The annual general meetings deal with and dispose of all matters prescribed by our Articles of Association and by the 1991 Law including:

 

the consideration of our annual financial statements and report of our directors and auditors;

 

the election of directors (if necessary);

 

the appointment of auditors and the fixing of their remuneration;

 

the sanction of dividends; and

 

the transaction of any other business of which notice has been given.

Failure to hold an annual general meeting is an offence by our company and our directors under the 1991 Law and carries a potential fine of up to £5,000 for our company and each director.

Page 123


Voting Rights

Subject to any special terms as to voting on which any shares may have been issued or may from time to time be held, at a general meeting, every shareholder who is present in person (including any corporation present by its duly authorized representative) shall on a show of hands have one vote and every shareholder present in person or by proxy shall on a poll have one vote for each share of which he is a holder. In the case of joint holders only one of them may vote and in the absence of election as to who is to vote, the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders.

A shareholder may appoint any person (whether or not a shareholder) to act as his proxy at any meeting of shareholders (or of any class of shareholders) in respect of all or a particular number of the shares held by him. A shareholder may appoint more than one person to act as his proxy and each such person shall act as proxy for the shareholder for the number of shares specified in the instrument appointing the person a proxy. If a shareholder appoints more than one person to act as his proxy, each instrument appointing a proxy shall specify the number of shares held by the shareholder for which the relevant person is appointed his proxy. Each duly appointed proxy has the same rights as the shareholder by whom he was appointed to speak at a meeting and vote at a meeting in respect of the number of shares held by the shareholder for which the relevant proxy is appointed his proxy.

For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, our directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders.

Shareholder Resolutions

An ordinary resolution requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority (i.e., more than 50%) of our shareholders entitled to vote in person (or by corporate representative in case of a corporate entity) or by proxy at a general meeting.

A special resolution requires the affirmative vote of a majority of not less than two-thirds of our shareholders entitled to vote in person (or by corporate representative in the case of a corporate entity) or by proxy at a general meeting.

Our Articles of Association prohibit the passing of shareholder resolutions by written consent to remove an auditor or to remove a director before the expiry of his term of office.

Dividends

Subject to the provisions of the 1991 Law and of the Articles of Association, we may, by ordinary resolution, declare dividends to be paid to shareholders according to their respective rights and interests in our distributable reserves. However, no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by our directors.

Subject to the provisions of the 1991 Law, we may declare and pay an interim dividend or dividends, including a dividend payable at a fixed rate, if an interim dividend or dividends appears to us to be justified by our distributable reserves.

Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to any shares, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up (as to both par and any premium) otherwise than in advance of calls, on the shares on which the dividend is paid. All dividends unclaimed for a period of ten years after having been declared or become due for payment shall, if wethe directors so resolve, be forfeited and shall cease to remain owing by us.us and shall henceforth belong to us absolutely.

We may, with the authority of an ordinary resolution, direct that payment of any dividend declared may be satisfied wholly or partly by the distribution of assets, and in particular of paid-up shares or debentures of any other company, or in any one or more of those ways.

We may also with the prior authority of an ordinary resolution, and subject to such conditions as we may determine, offer to holders of shares the right to elect to receive shares, credited as fully paid, instead of the whole, or some part, to be determined by us, of any dividend specified by the ordinary resolution.

For the purposes of determining shareholders entitled to receive a dividend or distribution, our directors may fix a record date for any such determination of shareholders. A record date for any dividend or distribution may be on or at any time before any date on which such dividend or distribution is paid or made and on or at any time before or after any date on which such dividend or distribution is declared.

Ownership Limitations

Our Articles of Association and the 1991 Law do not contain limits on the number of shares that a shareholder may own.

Page 124


Transfer of Shares

Every shareholder may transfer all or any of his shares by instrument of transfer in writing in any usual form or in any form approved by us. The instrument must be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and, in the case of a transfer of a share which is not fully paid up, by or on behalf of the transferee. The transferor is deemed to remain the holder until the transferee’s name is entered in the register of shareholders.

We may, in our absolute discretion and without giving any reason, refuse to register any transfer of a share or renunciation of a renounceable letter of allotment unless:

 

it is in respect of a share which is fully paid-up;

 

it is in respect of only one class of shares;

 

it is in favor of a single transferee or not more than four joint transferees;

 

it is duly stamped, if so required; and

 

it is delivered for registration to our registered office for the time being or another place that we may from time to time determine accompanied by the certificate for the shares to which it relates and any other evidence as we may reasonably require to prove the right of the transferor or person renouncing to make the transfer or renunciation.

Share Register

We maintain our register of members in Jersey. It is open to inspection during business hours by shareholders without charge and by other persons upon payment of a fee not exceeding £5. Any person may obtain a copy of our register of members upon payment of a fee not exceeding £0.50 per page and providing a declaration under oath as required by the 1991 Law.

Variation of Rights

If at any time our share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the special rights attached to any class, unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, may be varied or abrogated with the consent in writing of the holders of the majority of the issued shares of that class, or with the sanction of an ordinary resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of shares of that class, but not otherwise. To every such separate meeting all the provisions of our Articles of Association and of the 1991 Law relating to general meetings or to the proceedings thereat shall apply,mutatis mutandis , except that the necessary quorum shall be two persons holding or representing at least one-third in nominal amount of the issued shares of that class but so that if at any adjourned meeting of such holders a quorum as above defined is not present, those holders who are present in person shall be a quorum.

The special rights conferred upon the holders of any class of shares issued with preferred or other special rights shall be deemed to be varied by the reduction of the capital paid up on such shares and by the creation of further shares ranking in priority thereto, but shall not (unless otherwise expressly provided by our Articles of Association or by the conditions of issue of such shares) be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking after orpari passu therewith. The rights conferred on holders of ordinary shares shall be deemed not to be varied by the creation, issue or redemption of any preferred or preference shares.

Capital Calls

We may, subject to the provisions of our Articles of Association and to any conditions of allotment, from time to time make calls upon the members in respect of any monies unpaid on their shares (whether on account of the nominal value of the shares or by way of premium) provided that (except as otherwise fixed by the conditions of application or allotment) no call on any share shall be payable within 14 days of the date appointed for payment of the last preceding call, and each member shall (subject to being given at least 14 clear days’ notice specifying the time or times and place of payment) pay us at the time or times and place so specified the amount called on his shares.

If a member fails to pay any call or installment of a call on or before the day appointed for payment thereof, we may serve a notice on him requiring payment of so much of the call or installment as is unpaid, together with any interest (at a rate not exceeding 10% per annum to be determined by us) which may have accrued and any expenses which may have been incurred by us by reason of such non-payment. The notice shall name a further day (not earlier than fourteen14 days from the date of service thereof) on or before which and the place where the payment required by the notice is to be made, and shall state that in the event of non-payment at or before the time and at the place appointed, the shares on which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

Borrowing Powers

Our Articles of Association contain no restrictions on our power to borrow money or to mortgage or charge all or any part of our undertaking, property and assets.

Page 125


Issue of Shares and Preemptive Rights

Subject to the provisions of the 1991 Law and to any special rights attached to any shares, we may allot or issue shares with those preferred, deferred or other special rights or restrictions regarding dividends, voting, return of capital or other matters as our directors from time to time determine. We may issue shares that are redeemable or are liable to be redeemed at our option or the option of the holder in accordance with our Articles of Association. Subject to the provisions of the 1991 Law, the unissued shares at the date of adoption of our Articles of Association and shares created thereafter shall be at the disposal of our directors. We cannot issue shares at a discount to par value. Securities, contracts, warrants or other instruments evidencing any preferred shares, option rights, securities having conversion or option rights or obligations may also be issued by the directors without the approval of the shareholders or entered into by us upon a resolution of the directors to that effect on such terms, conditions and other provisions as are fixed by the directors, including, without limitation, conditions that preclude or limit any person owning or offering to acquire a specified number or percentage of shares in us in issue, other shares, option rights, securities having conversion or option rights or obligations of us or the transferee of such person from exercising, converting, transferring or receiving the shares, option rights, securities having conversion or option rights or obligations.

There are no pre-emptive rights for the transfer of our shares either within the 1991 Law or our Articles of Association.

Directors’ Powers

Our business shall be managed by the directors who may exercise all of the powers that we are not by the 1991 Law or our Articles of Association required to exercise in a general meeting. Accordingly, the directors may (among other things) borrow money, mortgage or charge all of our property and assets (present and future) and issue securities.

Meetings of the Board of Directors

A director may, and the secretary on the requisition of a director shall, at any time, summon a meeting of the directors by giving to each director and alternate director not less than 24 hours’ notice of the meeting provided that any meeting may be convened at shorter notice and in such manner as each director or his alternate director shall approve provided further that unless otherwise resolved by the directors notices of directors’ meetings need not be in writing.

Subject to our Articles of Association, our Board of Directors may meet for the conducting of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its proceedings as it sees fit. The quorum necessary for the transaction of business may be determined by the Board of Directors and unless otherwise determined shall be three persons, each being a director or an alternate director of whom two shall not be executive directors. Where more than three directors are present at a meeting, a majority of them must not be executive directors in order for the quorum to be constituted at the meeting. A duly convened meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present is necessary to exercise all or any of the board’s authorities, powers and discretions.

Our Board of Directors may from time to time appoint one or more of their number to be the holder of any executive office on such terms and for such periods as they may determine. The appointment of any director to any executive office shall be subject to termination if he ceases to be a director. Our Board of Directors may entrust to and confer upon a director holding any executive office any of the powers exercisable by the directors, upon such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as they think fit, and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers and may from time to time revoke, withdraw, alter or vary all or any of such powers.

Remuneration of Directors

Our directors shall be entitled to receive by way of fees for their services as directors any sum that we may, by ordinary resolution in general meeting from time to time determine. That sum, unless otherwise directed by the ordinary resolution by which it is voted, shall be divided among the directors in the manner that they agree or, failing agreement, equally. The remuneration (if any) of an alternate director shall be payable out of the remuneration payable to the director appointing him as may be agreed between them.

The directors shall be repaid their traveling and other expenses properly and necessarily expended by them in attending meetings of the directors or members or otherwise on our affairs.

If any director shall be appointed agent or to perform extra services or to make any special exertions, the directors may remunerate such director therefor either by a fixed sum or by commission or participation in profits or otherwise or partly one way and partly in another as they think fit, and such remuneration may be either in addition to or in substitution for his above mentioned remuneration.

Page 126


Directors’ Interests in Contracts

Subject to the provisions of the 1991 Law, a director may hold any other office or place of profit under us (other than the office of auditor) in conjunction with his office of director and may act in a professional capacity to us on such terms as to tenure of office, remuneration and otherwise as we may determine and, provided that he has disclosed to us the nature and extent of any of his interests which conflict or may conflict to a material extent with our interests at the first meeting of the directors at which a transaction is considered or as soon as practical after that meeting by notice in writing to the secretary or has otherwise previously disclosed that he is to be regarded as interested in a transaction with a specific person, a director notwithstanding his office (1) may be a party to, or otherwise interested in, any transaction or arrangement with us or in which we are otherwise interested, (2) may be a director or other officer of, or employed by, or a party to any transaction or arrangement with, or otherwise interested in, any body corporate promoted by us or in which we are otherwise interested, and (3) shall not, by reason of his office, be accountable to us for any benefit which he derives from any such office or employment or from any such transaction or arrangement or from any interest in any such body corporate and no such transaction or arrangement shall be liable to be avoided on the ground of any such interest or benefit.

Restrictions on Directors’ Voting

A director, notwithstanding his interest, may be counted in the quorum present at any meeting at which any contract or arrangement in which he is interested is considered and, subject as provided above, he may vote in respect of any such contract or arrangement. A director, notwithstanding his interest, may be counted in the quorum present at any meeting at which he is appointed to hold any office or place of profit under us, or at which the terms of his appointment are arranged, but the director may not vote on his own appointment or the terms thereof or any proposal to select that director for re-election.

Number of Directors

Our board shall determine the maximum and minimum number of directors provided that the minimum number of directors shall be not less than three.

Directors’ Appointment, Resignation, Disqualification and Removal

Our board is divided into three classes that are, as nearly as possible, of equal size. Each class of directors (other than initially) is elected for a three-year term of office but the terms are staggered so that the term of only one class of directors expires at each annual general meeting. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of the Board of Directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of management of our company. Our Board of Directors shall have power (unless they determine that any vacancy should be filled by us in general meeting) at any time and from time to time to appoint any person to be a director, either to fill any vacancy or as an addition to the existing directors. A vacancy for these purposes only will be deemed to exist if a director dies, resigns, ceases or becomes prohibited or disqualified by law from acting as a director, becomes bankrupt or enters into an arrangement or composition with his creditors, becomes of unsound mind or is removed by us from office for gross negligence or criminal conduct by ordinary resolution. A vacancy for these purposes will not be deemed to exist upon the expiry of the term of office of a director. At any general meeting at which a director retires or at which a director’s period of office expires we shall elect, by ordinary resolution of the general meeting, a director to fill the vacancy, unless our directors resolve to reduce the number of directors in office. Where the number of persons validly proposed for election or re-election as a director is greater than the number of directors to be elected, the persons receiving the most votes (up to the number of directors to be elected) shall be elected as directors and an absolute majority of the votes cast shall not be a pre-requisite to the election of such directors.

The directors shall hold office until they resign, they cease to be a director by virtue of a provision of the 1991 Law, they become disqualified by law or the terms of our Articles of Association from being a director, they become bankrupt or make any arrangement or composition with their creditors generally or they become of unsound mind or they are removed from office by us for gross negligence or criminal conduct by ordinary resolution in general meeting.

A director is not required to hold any of our shares.

Capitalization of Profits and Reserves

Subject to our Articles of Association, we may, upon the recommendation of our directors, by ordinary resolution resolve to capitalize any of our undistributed profits (including profits standing to the credit of any reserve account), any sum standing to the credit of any reserve account as a result of the sale or revaluation of an asset (other than goodwill) and any sum standing to the credit of our share premium account or capital redemption reserve.

Page 127


Any sum which is capitalized shall be appropriated among our shareholders in the proportion in which such sum would have been divisible amongst them had the same been applied in paying dividends and applied in (1) paying up the amount (if any) unpaid on the shares held by the shareholders, or (2) issuing to shareholders, fully paid shares (issued either at par or a premium) or (subject to our Articles of Association) our debentures.

Unclaimed Dividends

Any dividend which has remained unclaimed for a period of ten years from the date of declaration thereof shall, if the directors so resolve, be forfeited and cease to remain owing by us and shall thenceforth belong to us absolutely.

Indemnity, Limitation of Liability and Officers Liability Insurance

Insofar as the 1991 Law allows and, to the fullest extent permitted thereunder, we may indemnify any person who was or is involved in any manner (including, without limitation, as a party or a witness), or is threatened to be made so involved, in any threatened, pending or completed investigation, claim, action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative including, without limitation, any proceeding by or in the right of ours to procure a judgment in our favor, but excluding any proceeding brought by such person against us or any affiliate of ours by reason of the fact that he is or was an officer, secretary, servant, employee or agent of ours, or is or was serving at our request as an officer, secretary, servant, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against all expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such proceeding. Such indemnification shall be a contract right and shall include the right to receive payment in advance of any expenses incurred by the indemnified person in connection with such proceeding, provided always that this right is permitted by the 1991 Law.

Subject to the 1991 Law, we may enter into contracts with any officer, secretary, servant, employee or agent of ours and may create a trust fund, grant a security interest, make a loan or other advancement or use other means (including, without limitation, a letter of credit) to ensure the payment of such amounts as may be necessary to effect indemnification as provided in the indemnity provisions in our Articles of Association.

Our directors are empowered to arrange for the purchase and maintenance in our name and at our expense of insurance cover for the benefit of any current or former officer of ours, our secretary and any current or former agent, servant or employee of ours against any liability which is incurred by any such person by reason of the fact that he is or was an officer of ours, our secretary or an agent, servant or employee of ours.

Subject to the 1991 Law, the right of indemnification, loan or advancement of expenses provided in our Articles of Association is not exclusive of any other rights to which a person seeking indemnification may otherwise be entitled, under any statute, memorandum or articles of association, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The provisions of our Articles of Association inure for the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of any person entitled to indemnity under our Articles of Association and are applicable to proceedings commenced or continuing after the adoption of our Articles of Association whether arising from acts or omissions occurring before or after such adoption.

If any provision or provisions of our Articles of Association relative to indemnity are held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions thereof shall not in any way be affected or impaired; and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of our Articles of Association relative to indemnity shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

Nothing in our Articles of Association prohibits us from making loans to officers, our secretary, servants, employees or agents to fund litigation expenses prior to such expenses being incurred.

Distribution of Assets on a Winding-up

Subject to any particular rights or limitations attached to any shares, if we are wound up, our assets available for distribution among our shareholders shall be applied first in repaying to our shareholders the amount paid up (as to both par and any premium) on their shares respectively, and if such assets shall be more than sufficient to repay to our shareholders the whole amount paid up (as to both par and any premium) on their shares, the balance shall be distributed among our shareholders in proportion to the amount which at the time of the commencement of the winding up had been actually paid up (as to both par and any premium) on their shares respectively.

Page 128


If we are wound up, we may, with the approval of a special resolution and any other sanction required by the 1991 Law, divide the whole or any part of our assets among our shareholders in specie and our liquidator or, where there is no liquidator, our directors, may, for that purpose, value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between our shareholders or different classes of shareholders. Similarly, with the approval of a special resolution and subject to any other sanction required by the 1991 Law, all or any of our assets may be vested in trustees for the benefit of our shareholders.

Other Jersey Law Considerations

Purchase of Own Shares

The 1991 Law provides that we may, with the sanction of a special resolution and subject to certain conditions, purchase any of our shares which are fully paid.

We may fund the purchase of our own shares from any source provided that our directors are satisfied that immediately after the date on which the purchase is made, we will be able to discharge our liabilities as they fall due and that having regard to (i) our prospects and to the intentions of our directors with respect to the management of our business and (ii) the amount and character of the financial resources that will in their view be available to us, we will be able to (a) continue to carry on our business and (b) discharge our liabilities as they fall due until the expiry of the period of 12 months immediately following the date on which the purchase was made or until we are dissolved, whichever occurs first.

We cannot purchase our shares if, as a result of such purchase, only redeemable shares would be in issue. Any shares that we purchase (other than shares that are, immediately after being purchased, held as treasury shares) are treated as cancelled upon purchase.

Mandatory Purchases and Acquisitions

The 1991 Law provides that where a person (which we refer to as the “offeror”) makes an offer to acquire all of the shares (or all of the shares of any class of shares) (other than treasury shares and any shares already held by the offeror and its associates at the date of the offer), if the offeror has by virtue of acceptances of the offer acquired or contracted to acquire not less than 90% in nominal value of the shares (or class of shares) to which the offer relates, the offeror by notice may compulsorily acquire the remaining shares. A holder of any such shares may apply to the Jersey court for an order that the offeror not be entitled to purchase the holder’s shares or that the offeror purchase the holder’s shares on terms different to those of the offer.

Where, prior to the expiry of the offer period, the offeror has by virtue of acceptances of the offer acquired or contracted to acquire not less than 90% in nominal value of all of the shares of the target company (other than treasury shares and any shares already held by the offeror and its associates at the date of the offer), the holder of any shares (or class of shares) to which the offer relates who has not accepted the offer may require the offeror to acquire those shares. In such circumstances, each of the offeror and the holder of the shares are entitled to apply to the Jersey court for an order that the offeror purchase the holder’s shares on terms different to those of the offer.

Compromises and Arrangements

Where a compromise or arrangement is proposed between a company and its creditors, or a class of them, or between the company and its shareholders, or a class of them, the Jersey court may on the application of the company or a creditor or member of it or, in the case of a company being wound up, of the liquidator, order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, or of the shareholders of the company or class of shareholders (as the case may be), to be called in a manner as the court directs.

If a majority in number representing 3/4ths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, or 3/4ths of the voting rights of shareholders or class of shareholders (as the case may be), present and voting either in person or by proxy at the meeting agree to a compromise or arrangement, the compromise or arrangement, if sanctioned by the court, is binding on all creditors or the class of creditors or on all the shareholders or class of shareholders, and also on the company or, in the case of a company in the course of being wound up, on the liquidator and contributories of the company.

No Pre-Emptive Rights

Neither our Articles of Association nor the 1991 Law confers any pre-emptive rights on our shareholders.

Page 129


No Mandatory Offer Requirements

In some countries, the trading and securities legislation contains mandatory offer requirements when shareholders have reached certain share ownership thresholds. There are no mandatory offer requirements under Jersey legislation. The Companies (Takeovers and Mergers Panel) (Jersey) Law 2009 empowers the Minister for Economic Development in Jersey, or the Minister, to appoint a Panel on Takeovers and Mergers, or the Jersey Panel, as the body responsible for regulating takeovers and mergers of companies incorporated in Jersey. The Minister has appointed the UK Panel on Takeovers and Mergers, or the UK Panel, to carry out the functions of the Jersey Panel. The Jersey Panel will be empowered to promulgate rules regulating takeovers and mergers of Jersey companies, or the Jersey Code. The rules applicable to the regulation of takeovers and mergers promulgated by the UK Panel as set out in The City Code on Takeovers and Mergers, or the UK Code, have been adopted as the Jersey Code. Rule 9 of the UK Code contains rules relative to mandatory offers. However, the UK Code only applies to (i) offers for Jersey companies if any of their securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market in the United Kingdom or any stock exchange in the Channel Islands or the Isle of Man and (ii) to public or certain private Jersey companies which are considered by the Panel to have their place of central management and control in the United Kingdom, the Channel Islands or the Isle of Man. As none of our securities are listed on a regulated market in the United Kingdom or on any stock exchange in the Channel Islands or the Isle of Man and as we are not centrally managed and controlled in the United Kingdom, the Channel Islands or the Isle of Man, it is not anticipated that the UK Code (which has been adopted as the Jersey CodeCode) will apply to us.

In 2012, the UK Panel published consultation paper ‘PCP 2012/3: Companies subject to the Takeover Code’, which sought views on proposed amendments to the rules for determining the companies that are subject to the UK Code. No changes have yet been made to the UK Code on the basis of that consultation. It is possible that future changes to the rules for determining the companies that are subject to the UK Code, made on the basis of that consultation or otherwise, could result in the UK Code (which has been adopted as the Jersey Code) applying to us.

Non-Jersey Shareholders

There are no limitations imposed by Jersey law or by our Articles of Association on the rights of non-Jersey shareholders to hold or vote on our ordinary shares or securities convertible into our ordinary shares.

Rights of Minority Shareholders

Under Article 141 of the 1991 Law, a shareholder may apply to court for relief on the ground that our affairs are being conducted or have been conducted in a manner which is unfairly prejudicial to the interests of our shareholders generally or of some part of our shareholders (including at least the shareholder making the application) or that an actual or proposed act or omission by us (including an act or omission on our behalf) is or would be so prejudicial. What amounts to unfair prejudice is not defined in the 1991 Law. There may also be common law personal actions available to our shareholders.

Under Article 143 of the 1991 Law (which sets out the types of relief a court may grant in relation to an action brought under Article 141 of the 1991 Law), the court may make an order regulating our affairs, requiring us to refrain from doing or continuing to do an act complained of, authorizing civil proceedings and providing for the purchase of shares by us or by any of our other shareholders.

Jersey Law and our Memorandum and Articles of Association

The content of our Memorandum and Articles of Association reflects the requirements of the 1991 Law. Jersey company law draws very heavily from company law in England and there are various similarities between the 1991 Law and English company law. However, the 1991 Law is considerably more limited in content than English company law and there are some notable differences between English and Jersey company law. There are, for example, no provisions under Jersey law (as there are under English law):

 

controlling possible conflicts of interests between us and our directors, such as loans by us or directors, and contracts between us and our directors other than a duty on our directors to disclose an interest in any transaction to be entered into by us or any of our subsidiaries which to a material extent conflicts with our interest;

 

specifically requiring particulars to be shown in our accounts of the amount of loans to officers or directors’ emoluments and pensions, although these would probably be required to be shown in our accounts in conformity to the requirement that accounts must be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

requiring us to file details of charges other than charges of Jersey realty; or

 

as regards statutory preemption provisions in relation to further issues of shares.

Comparison of Shareholders’ Rights

We are incorporated under the laws of Jersey, Channel Islands. The following discussion summarizes certain material differences between the rights of holders of our ordinary shares and the rights of holders of the common stock of a typical corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware which result from differences in governing documents and the laws of Jersey, Channel Islands and Delaware. The rights of holders of our ADSs differ in certain respects from those of holders of our ordinary shares.

Page 130


This discussion does not purport to be a complete statement of the rights of holders of our ordinary shares under applicable law in Jersey, Channel Islands and our Memorandum and Articles of Association or the rights of holders of the common stock of a typical corporation under applicable Delaware law and a typical certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

 

Corporate Law Issue

  

Delaware Law

  

Jersey Law

Special Meetings of Shareholders  Shareholders of a Delaware corporation generally do not have the right to call meetings of shareholders unless that right is granted in the certificate of incorporation or by-laws. However, if a corporation fails to hold its annual meeting within a period of 30 days after the date designated for the annual meeting, or if no date has been designated for a period of 13 months after its last annual meeting, the Delaware Court of Chancery may order a meeting to be held upon the application of a shareholder.  Under the 1991 Law, directors shall, notwithstanding anything in a Jersey company’s articles of association, call a general meeting on a shareholders’ requisition. A shareholders’ requisition is a requisition of shareholders holding not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of the shareholders of the company who have the right to vote at the meeting requisitioned. Failure to call an annual general meeting in accordance with the requirements of the 1991 Law is a criminal offense on the part of a Jersey company and its directors. The JFSC may, on the application of any officer, secretary or shareholder call, or direct the calling of, an annual general meeting.

Corporate Law Issue

Delaware Law

Jersey Law

Interested Director Transactions  Interested director transactions are not voidable if (i) the material facts as to the interested director’s relationship or interests are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors and the board in good faith authorizes the transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, (ii) the material facts are disclosed or are known to the shareholders entitled to vote on such transaction and the transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the majority of shares entitled to vote on the matter or (iii) the transaction is fair as to the corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee or the shareholders.  A director of a Jersey company who has an interest in a transaction entered into or proposed to be entered into by the company or by a subsidiary which conflicts or may conflict with the interests of the company and of which the director is aware, must disclose the interest to the company. Failure to disclose an interest entitles the company or a member to apply to the court for an order setting aside the transaction concerned and directing that the director account to the company for any profit. A transaction is not voidable and a director is not accountable notwithstanding a failure to disclose if the transaction is confirmed by special resolution and the nature and extent of the director’s interest in the transaction are disclosed in reasonable detail in the notice calling the meeting at which the resolution is passed. Without prejudice to its power to order that a director account for any profit, a court shall not set aside a transaction unless it is satisfied that the interests of third parties who have acted in good faith thereunder would not thereby be unfairly prejudiced and the transaction was not reasonable and fair in the interests of the company at the time it was entered into.

Page 131


Corporate Law Issue

  

Delaware Law

  

Jersey Law

Cumulative Voting  Delaware law does not require that a Delaware corporation provide for cumulative voting. However, the certificate of incorporation of a Delaware corporation may provide that shareholders of any class or classes or of any series may vote cumulatively either at all elections or at elections under specified circumstances.  There are no provisions in the 1991 Law relating to cumulative voting.
Approval of Corporate Matters by Written Consent  Unless otherwise specified in a Delaware corporation’s certificate of incorporation, action required or permitted to be taken by shareholders at an annual or special meeting may be taken by shareholders without a meeting, without notice and without a vote, if consents in writing setting forth the action, are signed by shareholders with not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize the action at a meeting. All consents must be dated. No consent is effective unless, within 60 days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the corporation.  Insofar as the memorandum or articles of a Jersey company do not make other provision in that behalf, anything which may be done at a meeting of the company (other than remove an auditor) or at a meeting of any class of its shareholders may be done by a resolution in writing signed by or on behalf of each shareholder who, at the date when the resolution is deemed to be passed, would be entitled to vote on the resolution if it were proposed at a meeting. A resolution shall be deemed to be passed when the instrument, or the last of several instruments, is last signed or on such later date as is specified in the resolution.
Business Combinations  With certain exceptions, a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all the assets of a Delaware corporation must be approved by the Board of Directors and a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon.  A sale or disposal of all or substantially all the assets of a Jersey company must be approved by the Board of Directors and, only if the Articles of Association of the company require, by the shareholders in general meeting. A merger involving a Jersey company must be generally documented in a merger agreement which must be approved by special resolution of that company.

Page 132


Corporate Law Issue

  

Delaware Law

  

Jersey Law

Limitations on Directors Liability  A Delaware corporation may include in its certificate of incorporation provisions limiting the personal liability of its directors to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for many types of breach of fiduciary duty. However, these provisions may not limit liability for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty, acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, the authorization of unlawful dividends, or unlawful share purchase or redemption, or any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit. Moreover, these provisions would not be likely to bar claims arising under US federal securities laws.  The 1991 Law does not contain any provisions permitting Jersey companies to limit the liability of directors for breach of fiduciary duty. Any provision, whether contained in the articles of association of, or in a contract with, a Jersey company or otherwise, whereby the company or any of its subsidiaries or any other person, for some benefit conferred or detriment suffered directly or indirectly by the company, agrees to exempt any person from, or indemnify any person against, any liability which by law would otherwise attach to the person by reason of the fact that the person is or was an officer of the company is void (subject to what is said below).
Indemnification of Directors and Officers  A Delaware corporation may indemnify a director or officer of the corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in defense of an action, suit or proceeding by reason of his or her position if (i) the director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and (ii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the director or officer had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.  The prohibition referred to above does not apply to a provision for exempting a person from or indemnifying the person against (a) any liabilities incurred in defending any proceedings (whether civil or criminal) (i) in which judgment is given in the person’s favor or the person is acquitted, (ii) which are discontinued otherwise than for some benefit conferred by the person or on the person’s behalf or some detriment suffered by the person, or (iii) which are settled on terms which include such benefit or detriment and, in the opinion of a majority of the directors of the company (excluding any director who conferred such benefit or on whose behalf such benefit was conferred or who suffered such detriment), the person was substantially successful on the merits in the person’s resistance to the proceedings, (b) any liability incurred otherwise than to the company if the person acted in good faith with a view to the best interests of the company, (c) any liability incurred in connection with an application made to the court for relief from liability for negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust under Article 212 of the 1991 Law in which relief is granted to the person by the court or (d) any liability against which the company normally maintains insurance for persons other than directors.

Page 133


Corporate Law Issue

  

Delaware Law

  

Jersey Law

Appraisal Rights  A shareholder of a Delaware corporation participating in certain major corporate transactions may, under certain circumstances, be entitled to appraisal rights pursuant to which the shareholder may receive cash in the amount of the fair value of the shares held by that shareholder (as determined by a court) in lieu of the consideration the shareholder would otherwise receive in the transaction.  The 1991 Law does not confer upon shareholders any appraisal rights.
Shareholder Suits  Class actions and derivative actions generally are available to the shareholders of a Delaware corporation for, among other things, breach of fiduciary duty, corporate waste and actions not taken in accordance with applicable law. In such actions, the court has discretion to permit the winning party to recover attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with such action.  Under Article 141 of the 1991 Law, a shareholder may apply to court for relief on the ground that a company’s affairs are being conducted or have been conducted in a manner which is unfairly prejudicial to the interests of its shareholders generally or of some part of its shareholders (including at least the shareholder making the application) or that an actual or proposed act or omission by the company (including an act or omission on its behalf) is or would be so prejudicial. There may also be common law personal actions available to shareholders. Under Article 143 of the 1991 Law (which sets out the types of relief a court may grant in relation to an action brought under Article 141 of the 1991 Law), the court may make an order regulating the affairs of a company, requiring a company to refrain from doing or continuing to do an act complained of, authorizing civil proceedings and providing for the purchase of shares by a company or by any of its other shareholders.
Inspection of Books and Records  All shareholders of a Delaware corporation have the right, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, to inspect or obtain copies of the corporation’s shares ledger and its other books and records for any proper purpose.  The register of shareholders and books containing the minutes of general meetings or of meetings of any class of shareholders of a Jersey company must during business hours be open to the inspection of a shareholder of the company without charge. The register of directors and secretaries must during business hours (subject to such reasonable restrictions as the company may by its articles or in general meeting impose, but so that not less than two hours in each business day be allowed for inspection) be open to the inspection of a shareholder or director of the company without charge.

Page 134


Corporate Law Issue

  

Delaware Law

  

Jersey Law

Amendments to Charter  Amendments to the certificate of incorporation of a Delaware corporation require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon or such greater vote as is provided for in the certificate of incorporation; a provision in the certificate of incorporation requiring the vote of a greater number or proportion of the directors or of the holders of any class of shares than is required by Delaware corporate law may not be amended, altered or repealed except by such greater vote.  The memorandum and articles of association of a Jersey company may only be amended by special resolution (being a two-third majority if the articles of association of the company do not specify a greater majority) passed by shareholders in general meeting or by written resolution signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our ADSs is Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas.

C. Material Contracts

The following is a summary of each contract that is or was material to us during the last two years.

(1) Master Services Agreement dated July 11, 2008 between Aviva Global Services (Management Services) Private Ltd. and WNS Capital Investment Limited (“Aviva master services agreement”), (2) Variation Agreement dated August 3, 2009 to the Aviva master services agreement and (3) Novation and Agreement of Amendment dated March 24, 2011 among Aviva Global Services (Management Services) Private Ltd., WNS Capital Investment Limited and WNS Global Services Private Limited.

On July 11, 2008, WNS Capital Investment Limited entered into the Aviva master services agreement with Aviva MS, pursuant to which Aviva MS agrees to appoint us as service provider and prime contractor to supply certain BPOBPM services to the Aviva group for a term of eight years and four months. Under the agreement, Aviva MS has agreed to provide a minimum volume of business, or minimum volume commitment, to us during the term of the contract. The minimum volume commitment is calculated as 3,000 billable full-time employees, where one billable full-time employee is the equivalent of a production employee engaged by us to perform our obligations under the contract for one working day of at least nine hours for 250 days a year. In August 2009, we entered into a variation agreement to the Aviva master services agreement pursuant to which Aviva MS agreed to increase the minimum volume commitment from the current 3,000 billable full time employees to 3,300 billable full time employees for a period of 17 months from March 1, 2010 to July 31, 2011 and to 3,250 billable full time employees for a period of six months from August l, 2011 to January 31, 2012. The minimum volume commitment will revert to 3,000 billable full time employees after January 31, 2012 for the remaining term of the Aviva master services agreement. In the event the mean average monthly volume of business in any rolling three-month period does not reach the minimum volume commitment, Aviva MS has agreed to pay us a minimum commitment fee as liquidated damages. The agreement may be terminated by Aviva MS for a variety of reasons, including a material breach of agreement by us, or at will at any time after the expiry of 24 months from October 9, 2008, except in the case of the Chennai facility which was transferred to WNS Global Singapore in July 2008, at any time after the expiry of 24 months from September 19, 2008 and in the case of the Pune facility which was transferred to WNS Global Singapore in August 2008, at any time after the expiry of 24 months after 60 days from the date of completion of the transfer of the Pune facility, in each case, with six months’ notice upon payment of a termination fee. We may also terminate the agreement for a variety of reasons, including the failure by Aviva MS to pay any invoiced amounts where such invoiced amounts are overdue for a period of at least 30 business days or if it is otherwise in material breach of the agreement.

Pursuant to a novation and agreement of amendment dated March 24, 2011 among Aviva MS, WNS Capital Investment Limited and WNS Global, WNS Capital Investment Limited’s rights and obligations under the Aviva master services agreement have been novated to WNS Global effective March 31, 2011. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Revenue by Top Clients”.

Facility(1) Sale and Purchase Agreement dated July 2, 2010, byJune 21, 2012 between BFSL Limited and among (1)BGL Group Limited on the one hand, and WNS (Mauritius)Global Services (UK) Limited as the Borrower, (2)and WNS (Holdings) Limited, on the other hand (“Fusion Sale and its subsidiaries named as guarantors therein, or collectively the Guarantors, (3) The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking CorporationPurchase Agreement”), (2) Co-existence Agreement dated June 21, 2012 among BFSL Limited, as Agent (4) The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking CorporationBGL Group Limited, DBS BankFusion Outsourcing Services Proprietary Limited, WNS Global Services (UK) Limited and BNP Paribas, as Arrangers, (5)WNS (Holdings) Limited (“Fusion Co-existence Agreement”), and (3) Agreement for the Lenders named therein, (6) Morgan Walker SolicitorsNovation of Loan relating to Fusion Outsourcing Services Proprietary Limited as Security Trustee, and (7) The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporationdated June 21, 2012 among Fusion Outsourcing Services Proprietary Limited, BFSL Limited and HSBC Bank (Mauritius)WNS Global Services (UK) Limited as Account Banks.(“Fusion Loan Novation Agreement”).

On July 2, 2010,June 21, 2012, WNS UK and WNS entered into the Fusion Sale and Purchase Agreement with BFSL Limited, or BFSL, and BGL Group Limited, or BGL Group, pursuant to which we acquired Fusion. Under the agreement, the purchase price shall be payable by us in two installments and we have paid the first installment of £5,000,000 on June 21, 2012 and a payment on completion of £399,000 on October 30, 2012. Pursuant to the agreement, on May 31, 2013, the second installment of the purchase consideration of £5,000,000 plus interest of £151,000 was duly paid by us.

In connection with the acquisition of Fusion, on June 21, 2012, WNS UK and WNS entered into the Fusion Co-existence Agreement with BFSL, BGL Group and Fusion. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, the parties have agreed to use the tradename “Fusion” (together with certain marks) subject to certain territorial restrictions and other restrictions on use.

On June 21, 2012, WNS UK entered into the Fusion Loan Novation Agreement with BFSL and Fusion pursuant to which BFSL novated to WNS UK all of its rights and obligations under a facility agreement dated April 8, 2004 (as amended) for a term loan of $94 million (which we refer£10,000,000 which BFSL had advanced to herein as the 2010 Term Loan) to refinance, together with cash on hand, the $115 million outstanding balance of the $200.0 million term loan facility we had obtained in July 2008 to fund, together with cash on hand, the Aviva transaction. This term loan bears interest equal to the three-month US dollar LIBOR plus a margin of 2% per annum. The variable interest rate as at March 31, 2011 was 2.30%.Fusion. As at March 31, 2011, our interest rate swap agreement converted the floating rate loan to a weighted average effective fixed rate of 5.84%. This term loan2014, there is repayable in semi-annual installments of $20 million on each of January 10, 2011 and July 11, 2011 and $30 million on January 10, 2012 with the final installment of $24 million payable on July 10, 2012.

Page 135


Repayment under the facility is guaranteed by WNS, WNS UK, WNS Capital Investment Limited, WNS Global Singapore, WNS North America Inc., AHA and the Co-op, and secured by pledges of shares of WNS (Mauritius) Limited, WNS Capital Investment Limited and WNS Global Singapore, charges over the bank accounts of WNS (Mauritius) Limited, WNS Capital Investment Limited and WNS Global Singapore, a charge over receivables of WNS Capital Investment Limited from Aviva held in escrow, an assignment by WNS (Mauritius) Limited to the lenders of the 2010 Term Loan of its put option to sell its shares of WNS Capital Investment Limited to WNS Global, pursuant to which the lenders may, in the event of a default under the loan, compel WNS (Mauritius) Limited to exercise its put option and apply the proceeds from the sale of its shares of WNS Capital Investment Limited to WNS Global towards repayment of the loan, and a fixed and floating charge over the assets of WNS UK, which ranks pari passu with other charges over the same assets in favor of other lenders. The facility agreement contains certain covenants, including restrictive covenants relating to our indebtedness, total borrowings to tangible net worth ratio, total borrowings to EBITDA ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio, each as defined in the facility agreement, and undertakings by each of WNS (Mauritius) Limited and WNS Global Singapore not to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of their respective shares of WNS Global. As at March 31, 2012, the amountno outstanding under the facility was $24 million.agreement.

Leave and Licence Agreement dated May 10, 2011 between Godrej & Boyce Manufacturing Company Limited and WNS Global Services Private Limited with respect to Plant 11.

On May 10, 2011, WNS Global entered into an agreement with Godrej & Boyce Manufacturing Company Ltd., or GBMC, pursuant to which GBMC granted a licence to WNS Global to occupy and use existing office premises with an aggregate area of 84,934 square feet in Mumbai, India, known as Plant 11, for a term of 60 months commencing on February 16, 2011. The monthly licence fees payable under this agreement areLOGOLOGO 1,359,000 ($26,71522,695 based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012)2014) with an escalation of 5% every 12 calendar months. The agreement will expire on February 15, 2016.

Leave and Licence Agreement dated May 10, 2011 between Godrej & Boyce Manufacturing Company Limited and WNS Global Services Private Limited with respect to Plant 10.

On May 10, 2011, WNS Global entered into an agreement with GBMC pursuant to which GBMC granted a licence to WNS Global to WNS Global to occupy and use existing office premises with an aggregate area of 84,429 square feet in Mumbai, India, known as Plant 10, for a term of 60 months commencing on February 16, 2011. The monthly licence fees payable under this agreement areLOGOLOGO 1,350,800 ($26,55422,558 based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012)2014) with an escalation of 5% every 12 calendar months. The agreement will expire on February 15, 2016.

Leave and Licence Agreement dated May 10, 2011 between Godrej & Boyce Manufacturing Company Limited and WNS Global Services Private Limited with respect to Plant 5.

On May 10, 2011, WNS Global entered into an agreement with GBMC pursuant to which GBMC granted a licence to WNS Global pertaining to the existing office premises with an aggregate area of 108,000 square feet in Mumbai, India, known as Plant 5, is for a term of 60 months commencing on February 16, 2011. The monthly licence fees payable under this agreement areLOGOLOGO 1,728,000 ($33,96928,858 based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012)2014) with an escalation of 5% every 12 calendar months. The agreement will expire on February 15, 2016.

Lease Deed dated January 25, 2006 between DLF Cyber City and WNS Global Services Private Limited.

On January 25, 2006, WNS Global entered into a lease deed with DLF Cyber City for the lease of two office spaces in Gurgaon, India, with an aggregate built up area of 51,244 square feet at a monthly rental ofLOGO 30 per square feet. The lease commenced on April 1, 2006 for a term of 54 months from the commencement date with an option to renew for a further term of 54 months.

An addendum was subsequently signed to renew the agreements on December 7, 2010 for a term of 54 months commencing from October 1, 2010 at a monthly rental ofLOGO 34.50 per square feet. The agreements will expire on March 31, 2015.

Lease Deed dated April 25, 2005 between DLF Cyber City and WNS Global Services Private Limited.

On April 25, 2005, WNS Global entered into a lease deed with DLF Cyber City for the lease of two office spaces in Gurgaon, India with an aggregate area of 38,576 square feet and 52,419 square feet, respectively, at a monthly rental ofLOGO 30 per square feet. The said lease expired at the end of its term of 54 months. WNS Global extended the lease for a further period of 54 months at a monthly rental ofLOGO 34.50 per square feet. This extension of the lease for the two office spaces with an aggregate area of 38,576 square feet and 52,419 square feet will expire on April 30, 2014 and May 31, 2014, respectively.

Lease Deed dated December 6, 2010 between DLF Assets Private Limited and WNS Global Services Private Limited.

On December 6, 2010, WNS Global executed a lease deed for an aggregate area of 70,657 square feet at Chennai, India with DLF Assets Private Limited having a monthly rental ofLOGO 2.8 million ($55,042 based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012) for the first three years and a 15% escalation in the monthly rentals from the beginning of the fourth year of the lease. The total lease term is five years with a lock-in period of 36 months. After the lock-in period has expired, WNS Global can terminate the agreement by giving three months prior notice in writing. The lease will expire on March 31, 2017.

Page 136


Lease Deed dated January 28, 2011 between BCR Real Estate Fund and WNS BPO Services Costa Rica, S.A.

On January 28, 2011, WNS BPO Services Costa Rica, S.A. entered into a lease deed with BCR Real Estate Fund for the office premises situated in San Jose, Costa Rica for a period of five years effective from May 1, 2011 for an aggregate area of 2,339.64 square meters. The monthly rental is $37,434 and will be increased annually by 3% from the beginning of the third year of the lease. The lease will expire on April 30, 2016.

Lease Deed dated January 20, 2012 between Sri Divi Satya Mohan, Sri Attaluri Praveen and Sri Divi Satya Sayee Babu, on the one hand, and WNS Global Services Private Limited, on the other hand and (2) Addendum to Lease Deed dated July 23, 2012 between Sri Divi Satya Mohan, Sri Attaluri Praveen and Sri Divi Satya Sayee Babu, on the one hand, and WNS Global Services Private Limited and WNS Business Consulting Services Private Limited, on the other hand.

On January 20, 2012, WNS Global entered into a lease deed with Sri Divi Satya Mohan, Sri Attaluri Praveen and Sri Divi Satya Sayee Babu for the office premises situatedwith an aggregate area of 31,332.20 square feet in Vishakhapatnam, India for a period of five years commencing from March 5, 2012 for an aggregate area of 31,332.20 square feet.2012. The monthly rental payable under this agreement isLOGO 24 per square feet which will be raised byLOGO 751,973 ($12,558 based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2014) with an escalation of 5% every 12 months following the commencement date.calendar months. The lease will expire on March 4, 2017, but may further be extended for two consecutive terms of five years each, on mutually agreed terms.

On July 23, 2012, WNS Global entered into an addendum to lease deed with Sri Divi Satya Mohan, Sri Attaluri Praveen and Sri Divi Satya Sayee Babu for the lease of additional office premises on the ground floor of the building and pursuant to which WNS Business Consulting Services Private Limited was included as a party to the lease, bringing the aggregate area under lease to 37,050 square feet. In addition, it was agreed that the 3rd and 4th floor of the office premises will be leased to WNS Business Consulting Services Private Limited and WNS Global will continue to use the remaining office premises. The monthly rental payable under this agreement was also revised and it was agreed that WNS Global shall payLOGO 622,440 ($10,395 based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2014) and WNS Business Consulting Services Private Limited shall payLOGO 414,960 ($6,930 based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2014).

Contract of Lease dated September 27, 2012 between Megaworld Corporation and WNS Global Services Philippines, Inc.

On September 27, 2012, WNS Global Services Philippines, Inc. entered into an agreement with Megaworld Corporation for the office premises with an aggregate area of 6,331.16 square meters located on the 5th and 6th floors of Techno Plaza II Building in Quezon City, Philippines. The lease for the 5th floor of Techno Plaza II Building is for a term of six years and six months commencing from November 1, 2012 and the lease for the 6th floor of Techno Plaza II Building is for a term of six years commencing from May 1, 2013. The monthly rental payable under this agreement is five hundred pesos per square meter which will be raised by 5% every 12 months from May 1, 2015. Both of these leases will expire on April 30, 2019 and may be further extended for another term of five years.

(1) Letter of Intent dated February 14, 2014 between DLF Assets Private Limited and WNS Global Services Private Limited with respect to premises comprising the 8th, 9th and part of the 11th floors in Blocks A2 and A3 at DLF World Tech Park, (2) Letter of Intent dated February 14, 2014 between DLF Assets Private Limited and WNS Global Services Private Limited with respect to premises comprising the 10th floor in Blocks A2 and A3 at DLF World Tech Park and (3) Letter dated May 8, 2014 between DLF Assets Private Limited and WNS Global Services Private Limited extending expirations of letters of intent.

On February 14, 2014, WNS Global entered into two letters of intent with DLF Assets Private Limited in respect of (i) a lease of an office premises with an aggregate area of 9,536.70 square meters comprising the 8th, 9th and part of the 11th floors in Blocks A2 and A3 at DLF World Tech Park in Gurgaon, India, and (ii) a lease of an office premises with an aggregate area of 4,144.10 square meters comprising the 10th floor in Blocks A2 and A3 at DLF World Tech Park in Gurgaon, India, each for a period of five years commencing from March 1, 2014. The aggregate monthly rental payable for the premises isLOGO 6,148,574, which includes the rental paid for parking places associated with the premises. The monthly rentals will be raised by 15% every 36 calendar months through the term of the leases. The leases each expire on February 28, 2019, and may be extended for an additional five years at the sole option of WNS Global. As a result of delays in executing a lease deed, pursuant to a written agreement, dated May 8 2014, between the parties, the deadline for executing a lease deed pursuant to the terms of the letters of intent was extended to May 17, 2014, prior to which the leases for the premises continue to be valid on the terms set out in the letters of intent.

Employment Agreement dated February 1, 2010 between Keshav R. Murugesh and WNS Global Services Private Limited.

Please see “Part I — Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees — B. Compensation — Employment Agreement of our Executive Director.”

D. Exchange Controls

There are currently no Jersey or United Kingdom foreign exchange control restrictions on the payment of dividends on our ordinary shares or on the conduct of our operations. Jersey is in a monetary union with the United Kingdom. There are currently no limitations under Jersey law or our Articles of Association prohibiting persons who are not residents or nationals of United Kingdom from freely holding, voting or transferring our ordinary shares in the same manner as United Kingdom residents or nationals.

Exchange Rates

Substantially all of our revenue is denominated in pound sterling or US dollars and large part of our expenses, other than payments to repair centers, are incurred and paid in Indian rupees. We report our financial results in US dollars. The exchange rates among the Indian rupee, the pound sterling and the US dollar have changed substantially in recent years and may fluctuate substantially in the future. The results of our operations are affected as the Indian rupee and the pound sterling appreciate or depreciate against the US dollar and, as a result, any such appreciation or depreciation will likely affect the market price of our ADSs in the US.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, information concerning the exchange rates between Indian rupees and US dollars based on the spot rate released by the Federal Reserve Board:

 

Fiscal year:

  Period  End(1)   Average(2)   High   Low   Period End(1)   Average(2)   High   Low 

2008

  LOGO  40.02    LOGO  40.13    LOGO  43.05    LOGO  38.48  

2009

   50.98     45.84     51.96     39.73  

2010

   44.95     47.39     50.48     44.94    LOGO  44.95    LOGO  47.39    LOGO  50.48    LOGO  44.94  

2011

   44.54     45.49     47.49     43.90     44.54     45.49     47.49     43.90  

2012

   50.89     47.81     53.71     44.00     50.89     47.81     53.71     44.00  

2013 (till April 20, 2012)

   52.02     51.37     52.07     50.64  

2013

   54.52     54.36     57.13     50.64  

2014

   60.00     60.35     68.80     53.65  

2015 (till April 30, 2014)

   60.21     60.35     61.17     59.86  

Notes:

 

(1)The spot rate at each period end and the average rate for each period may differ from the exchange rates used in the preparation of financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report.
(2)Represents the average of the daily exchange rates during the period.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, information concerning the exchange rates between Indian rupees and US dollars based on the spot rate released by the Federal Reserve Board:

 

Month:

  High   Low 

October 2011

  LOGO  49.86    LOGO  48.63  

November 2011

   52.48     48.94  

December 2011

   53.71     50.50  

January 2012

   53.11     49.39  

February 2012

   49.48     48.65  

March 2012

   51.38     49.14  

April 2012 (till April 20, 2012)

   52.07     50.64  

Month:

  High   Low 

November 2013

   LOGO 63.73     LOGO 61.74  

December 2013

   62.38     60.87  

January 2014

   63.09     61.45  

February 2014

   62.63     61.78  

March 2014

   62.17     59.89  

April 2014

   61.17     59.86  

Page 137


The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, information concerning the exchange rates between the pound sterling and US dollars based on the spot rate released by the Federal Reserve Board:

 

Fiscal year:

  Period  End(1)   Average(2)   High   Low   Period End(1)   Average(2)   High   Low 

2008

  £0.50    £0.50    £0.52    £0.47  

2009

   0.70     0.58     0.73     0.50  

2010

   0.66     0.63     0.69     0.59    £0.66    £0.63    £0.69    £0.59  

2011

   0.62     0.64     0.70     0.61     0.62     0.64     0.70     0.61  

2012

   0.63     0.63     0.65     0.60     0.63     0.63     0.65     0.60  

2013 (till April 20, 2012)

   0.62     0.63     0.63     0.62  

2013

   0.66     0.63     0.67     0.61  

2014

   0.60     0.63     0.67     0.60  

2015 (till April 30, 2014)

   0.59     0.60     0.60     0.59  

Notes:

 

(1)The spot rate at each period end and the average rate for each period may differ from the exchange rates used in the preparation of financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report.
(2)Represents the average of the daily exchange rates during the period.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, information concerning the exchange rates between the pound sterling and US dollars based on the spot rate released by the Federal Reserve Board:

 

Month:

  High   Low 

October 2011

  £0.65    £0.62  

November 2011

   0.65     0.62  

December 2011

   0.65     0.64  

January 2012

   0.65     0.63  

February 2012

   0.64     0.63  

March 2012

   0.64     0.63  

April 2012 (till April 20, 2012)

   0.63     0.62  

Month:

  High   Low 

November 2013

  £0.63    £0.61  

December 2013

   0.62     0.60  

January 2014

   0.61     0.60  

February 2014

   0.61     0.60  

March 2014

   0.61     0.60  

April 2014

   0.60     0.59  

E. Taxation

Jersey Tax Consequences

General

The following summary of the anticipated tax treatment in Jersey in relation to the payments on the ordinary shares is based on the taxation law in force at the date of this annual report, and does not constitute legal or tax advice and investors should be aware that the relevant fiscal rules and practice and their interpretation may change. We encourage you to consult your own professional advisors on the implications of subscribing for, buying, holding, selling, redeeming or disposing of ordinary shares (or ADSs) and the receipt of interest and distributions, whether or not on a winding-up, with respect to the ordinary shares (or ADSs) under the laws of the jurisdictions in which they may be taxed. Under the Income Tax (Jersey) Law 1961, as amended, or the Jersey Income Tax Law: (i) we are regarded as tax resident in Jersey but, being neither a financial services company nor a specified utility company under the Jersey Income Tax Law at the date hereof, we will not be liable to pay Jersey income tax, (ii) we will continue to be able to pay dividends on our ordinary shares without any withholding or deduction for or on account of Jersey tax, and (iii) holders of our ordinary shares (other than Jersey residents) will not be subject to any Jersey tax in respect of the holding, sale or other disposition of their ordinary shares.

On May 6, 2008, Jersey introduced a 3% general sales tax on goods and services which was increased to 5% with effect from June 1, 2011. We have the benefit of exemption or end user relief from this charge as we have obtained international services entity status (for which an annual administrative fee of £200 is payable).

Currently, there is no double tax treaty or similar convention between the US and Jersey.

As part of an agreement reached in connection with the EU Savings Tax Directive income in the form of interest payments, and in line with steps taken by other relevant third countries, with effect from July 1, 2005 a retention tax system was introduced in respect of payments of interest, or other similar income, made to an individual beneficial owner resident in an EU Member State by a paying agent established in Jersey (the terms “beneficial owner” and “paying agent” are defined in the EU Savings Tax Directive). The retention tax system applies for a transitional period prior to the implementation of a system of automatic communication to EU Member States of information regarding such payments. The transitional period will only end after all EU Member States apply automatic exchange of information and EU Member States unanimously agree that the US has committed to exchange of information upon request. During this transitional period, such an individual beneficial owner resident in an EU Member State is entitled to request a paying agent not to retain tax from such payments but instead to apply a system by which the details of such payments are communicated to the tax authorities of the EU Member State in which the beneficial owner is resident.

Page 138


The retention tax system and disclosure arrangements are implemented by means of bilateral agreements with each of the EU Member States, the Taxation (Agreements with European Union Member States) (Jersey) Regulations 2005 and Guidance Notes issued by the Policy & Resources Committee of the States of Jersey. Based on these provisions and the current practice of the Jersey tax authorities, dividend distributions to shareholders and income realized by shareholders in a Jersey company upon the sale, refund or redemption of shares do not constitute interest payments for the purposes of the retention tax system and therefore neither a Jersey company nor any paying agent appointed by it in Jersey is obliged to levy retention tax in Jersey under these provisions in respect thereof. However, the retention tax system could apply in the event that an individual resident in an EU Member State, otherwise receives an interest payment in respect of a debt claim (if any) owed by a company to the individual.

Taxation of Dividends

Under existing Jersey law, provided that the ordinary shares and ADSs are not held by, or for the account of, persons resident in Jersey for income tax purposes, payments in respect of the ordinary shares and ADSs, whether by dividend or other distribution, will not be subject to any taxation in Jersey and no withholding in respect of taxation will be required on those payments to any holder of our ordinary shares or ADSs.

Holders of our ordinary shares or ADSs who are resident in Jersey for Jersey income tax purposes suffer deduction of tax on payment of dividends by us at the standard rate of Jersey income tax for the time being in force. Any individual investor who is resident in Jersey who, directly or indirectly, owns more than 2% of our ordinary shares or ADSs may be subject to the deemed dividend or full attribution provisions which seek to tax shareholders or ADS holders of securities on all or a proportion of our profits in proportion to their shareholdings.

Taxation of Capital Gains and Estate and Gift Tax

Under current Jersey law, there are no death or estate duties, capital gains, gift, wealth, inheritance or capital transfer taxes. No stamp duty is levied in Jersey on the issue or transfer of ordinary shares or ADSs. In the event of the death of an individual sole shareholder, duty at rates of up to 0.75% of the value of the ordinary shares or ADSs held may be payable on the registration of Jersey probate or letters of administration which may be required in order to transfer or otherwise deal with ordinary shares or ADSs held by the deceased individual sole shareholder.

The European Union’s evaluation of Jersey’s business tax regime

In late 2009 it was reported that concerns had been raised by some members of the ECOFIN Code of Conduct group that the current tax regime for companies in Jersey, known as “zero-ten,” could be interpreted as being outside the spirit of the EU Code of Conduct for Business Taxation. In light of this, the Treasury and Resources Minister of the States of Jersey announced a review of business taxation in Jersey in his budget speech on December 8, 2009. In a review undertaken on January 31, 2011 by the EU Council’s High Level Working Party on Tax issues, or HLWP, it was concluded that the personal tax provisions known as the “deemed distribution” and “attribution” rules were in fact a business tax measure, and were therefore within the scope of the Code of Conduct. On February 15, 2011, and in the light of the HLWP’s conclusions, the States of Jersey announced that Jersey’s business taxation regime known as “zero-ten” will remain in place but that, as part of its good neighbor policy, Jersey will abolish the deemed distribution and attribution rules with effect from January 1, 2012. Representatives from Jersey met with the ECOFIN Code of Conduct group on September 13, 2011 to discuss Jersey’s position on the harmful elements of the zero-ten regime. Jersey explained to the ECOFIN Code of Conduct group that legislation had been passed to abolish the deemed distribution and attribution rules with effect from January 1, 2012, thus removing the harmful elements of the zero-ten regime. The ECOFIN Code of Conduct group accepted Jersey’s position and will now recommend to ECOFIN that Jersey has rolled back on the harmful tax measures and what now remains (the zero-ten tax rates) is compliant with the Code of Conduct. In December 2011, ECOFIN formally ratified the ECOFIN Code of Conduct group’s recommendations. Accordingly, the way in which either we or our shareholders not resident in Jersey are taxed in Jersey will not change. We cannot assure you that in the future, the current taxation regime applicable in Jersey will not be amended and render us liable for taxation.

US Federal Income Taxation

The following discussion describes certain material US federal income tax consequences to US Holders (defined below) under present law of an investment in the ADSs or ordinary shares. This summary applies only to US Holders that hold the ADSs or ordinary shares as capital assets and that have the US dollar as their functional currency. This discussion is based on the tax laws of the US as in effect on the date of this annual report and on US Treasury regulations in effect or, in some cases, proposed, as of the date of this annual report, as well as judicial and administrative interpretations thereof available on or before such date. All of the foregoing authorities are subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and could affect the tax consequences described below.

Page 139


The following discussion does not address the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income or the tax consequences to any particular investor or to persons in special tax situations, such as:

 

banks;

 

certain financial institutions;

 

insurance companies;

 

broker dealers;

 

traders that elect to mark-to-market;

 

tax-exempt entities;

 

persons liable for alternative minimum tax;

 

real estate investment trusts;

regulated investment companies;

 

regulated investment companies;

US expatriates;

 

US expatriates;

persons holding ADSs or ordinary shares as part of a straddle, hedging, conversion or integrated transaction;

 

entities treated as partnerships or other pass-through entities, or persons holding ADSs or ordinary shares through such entities; or

 

persons that actually or constructively own 10% or more of our voting stock

stock; or

persons who acquired ADSs or ordinary shares pursuant to the exercise of any employee share option or otherwise as compensation.

US HOLDERS OF OUR ADSs OR ORDINARY SHARES ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS ABOUT THE APPLICATION OF THE US FEDERAL TAX RULES TO THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES AS WELL AS THE STATE AND LOCAL AND NON-US TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR ADSs OR ORDINARY SHARES.

The discussion below of the US federal income tax consequences to “US Holders” will apply to you if you are a beneficial owner of ADSs or ordinary shares and you are, for US federal income tax purposes:

 

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the US;

 

a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation) organized under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

an estate whose income is subject to US federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and the control of one or more US persons for all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable US Treasury regulations to be treated as a US person.

If you are a partner in a partnership or otheran entity taxabletreated as a partnership that holds ADSs or ordinary shares, your tax treatment will depend on your status and the activities of the partnership.such entity.

The discussion below assumes that the representations contained in the deposit agreement are true and that the obligations in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be complied with in accordance with their terms. If you hold ADSs, you should be treated as the holder of the underlying ordinary shares represented by those ADSs for US federal income tax purposes. The US Treasury has expressed concerns that intermediaries in the chain of ownership between the holder of an ADS and the issuer of the security underlying the ADS may be taking actions that are inconsistent with the beneficial ownership of the underlying security (for example, pre-releasing ADSs to persons that do not have the beneficial ownership of the securities underlying the ADSs). Accordingly, the creditability of any foreign taxes paid and the availability of the reduced tax rate for any dividends received by certain non-corporate US Holders, including individuals US Holders (as discussed below), could be affected by actions taken by intermediaries in the chain of ownership between the holders of ADSs and us if as a result of such actions the holders of ADSs are not properly treated as beneficial owners of the underlying ordinary shares.

Page 140


Distributions

Subject to the rules applicable to PFICs, discussed below, the gross amount of distributions made by us with respect to the ADSs or ordinary shares (including the amount of any taxes withheld therefrom) will be includable in your gross income in the year received (or deemed received) as dividend income to the extent that such distributions are paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined under US federal income tax principles. To the extent the amount of the distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under US federal income tax principles), such excess amount will be treated first as a tax-free return of your tax basis in your ADSs or ordinary shares, and then, to the extent such excess amount exceeds your tax basis in your ADSs or ordinary shares, as capital gain. We do not intend to calculate our earnings and profits under US federal income tax principles. Therefore, a US Holder should expect that a distribution will be treated as a dividend. No dividends received deduction will be allowed for US federal income tax purposes with respect to dividends paid by us.

With respect to non-corporate US Holders, including individual US Holders, for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2013, under current law dividends may be “qualified dividend income” that is taxed at the lower applicable capital gains rate provided that (1) we are notneither a PFIC nor treated as such with respect to you (as discussed below) for either our taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year, (2) certain holding period requirements are met, and (3) the ADSs or ordinary shares, as applicable, are readily tradable on an established securities market in the US. Under US Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, authority, common shares, or ADSs representing such shares, are considered to be readily tradable on an established securities market in the US if they are listed on the NYSE, as our ADSs are. However, based on existing guidance, it is not entirely clear whether any dividends you receive with respect to the ordinary shares will be taxed as qualified dividend income, because the ordinary shares are not themselves listed on US exchange. You should consult your tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower rate for dividends paid with respect to ADSs or ordinary shares, including the effects of any change in law after the date of this annual report.

The amount of any distribution paid in a currentcurrency other than the US dollar (a foreign currency) will be equal to the US dollar value of such foreign currency on the date such distribution is received by the depositary, in the case of ADSs, or by you, in the case of ordinary shares, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into US dollars at that time. Gain or loss, if any, realized on the sale or other disposition of such foreign currency will be US source ordinary income or loss, subject to certain exceptions and limitations. If such foreign currency is converted into US dollars on the date of receipt, a US Holder generally should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend. The amount of any distribution of property other than cash will be the fair market value of such property on the date of distribution.

Subject to certain exceptions, for foreign tax credit purposes, dividends distributed by us with respect to ADSs or ordinary shares generally will constitute foreign source income. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, dividends distributed by us with respect to the ADSs or ordinary shares will generally constitute “passive category income.” To the extent the dividends would be taxable as qualified dividend income with respect to non-corporate US Holders, including individual US Holders (subject to the discussion above), the amount of the dividends taken into account for purposes of calculating the foreign tax credit limitation will in general be limited to the gross amount of the dividend, multiplied by the reduced tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income and divided by the highest tax rate normally applicable to dividends. You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the foreign tax credit limitation and source of income rules with respect to distributions on the ADSs or ordinary shares.

Sale or Other Disposition of ADSs or Ordinary Shares

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, upon a sale or other taxable disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares, you generally will recognize a capital gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the difference between the US dollar value of the amount realized and your tax basis in such ADSs or ordinary shares. If the consideration you receive for the ADSs or ordinary shares is not paid in US dollars, the amount realized will be the US dollar value of the payment received determined by reference to the spot rate of exchange on the date of the sale or other disposition. However, if the ADSs or ordinary shares, as applicable, are treated as traded on an “established securities market” and you are either a cash basis taxpayer or an accrual basis taxpayer that has made a special election (which must be applied consistently from year to year and cannot be changed without the consent of the IRS), you will determine the US dollar value of the amount realized in a foreign currency by translating the amount received at the spot rate of exchange on the settlement date of the sale. Your initial tax basis in your ADSs or ordinary shares will equal the US dollar value of the cost of such ADSs or ordinary shares, as applicable. If you use foreign currency to purchase ADSs or ordinary shares, the cost of such ADSs or ordinary shares will be the US dollar value of the foreign currency purchase price determined by reference to the spot rate of exchange on the date of purchase. However, if the ADSs or ordinary shares, as applicable, are treated as traded on an established securities market and you are either a cash basis taxpayer or an accrual basis taxpayer who has made the special election described above, you will determine the US dollar value of the cost of such ADSs or ordinary shares, as applicable, by translating the amount paid at the spot rate of exchange on the settlement date of the purchase.

Subject to certain exceptions and limitations, capital gain or loss on a sale or other taxable disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares generally will be US source gain or loss and treated as long-term capital gain or loss, if your holding period in the ADSs or ordinary shares exceeds one year. Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below and other limitations, if you are a non-corporate US Holder, including an individual US Holder, any long-term capital gain will be subject to US federal income tax at preferential rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to significant limitations.

Page 141


Passive Foreign Investment Company

A non-US corporation is considered a PFIC for any taxable year if either:

 

at least 75% of its gross income is passive income, or

 

at least 50% of its assets (determined on the basis of a quarterly average) is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income.

We will be treated as owning our proportionate share of the assets and earning our proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, 25% or more (by value) of the stock.

Based on our financial statements and relevant market and shareholder data, we believe that we should not be treated as a PFIC with respect to our most recently closed taxable year. If we were treated as a PFIC for any year during which you held ADSs or ordinary shares, we will continue to be treated as a PFIC for all succeeding years during which you hold ADS or ordinary shares, absent a special election as discussed below. The application of the PFIC rules is subject to uncertainty in several respects, and we cannot assure you we will not be a PFIC for any taxable year. Furthermore, because PFIC status is a factual determination based on actual results for the entire taxable year, our US counsel expresses no opinion with respect to our PFIC status and expresses no opinion with respect to our expectations contained in this paragraph.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which you hold ADSs or ordinary shares, you will be subject to special tax rules with respect to any “excess distribution” you receive and any gain you recognize from a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of the ADSs or ordinary shares, unless you make a “mark-to-market” or qualified electing fund, or QEF, election (if available) as discussed below. Distributions you receive in a taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions you received during the shorter of the three preceding taxable years or your holding period for the ADSs or ordinary shares will be treated as an excess distribution.

Under these special tax rules:

 

the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the ADSs or ordinary shares,

 

the amount allocated to the current taxable year, and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which we became a PFIC, will be treated as ordinary income, and

 

the amount allocated to each other year will be subject to tax at the highest tax rate in effect for that year and the interest charge normally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the resulting tax attributable to each such year.

The tax liability for amounts allocated to years prior to the year of disposition or “excess distribution” cannot be offset by any net operating losses for such years, and gains (but not losses) realized on the sale of the ADSs or ordinary shares cannot be treated as capital, even if you hold the ADSs or ordinary shares as capital assets.

In addition, if we are a PFIC, to the extent any of our subsidiaries are also PFICs, you may be deemed to own shares in such subsidiaries that are directly or indirectly owned by us in that proportion which the value of the shares you own so bears to the value of all of our shares, and may be subject to the adverse tax consequences described above with respect to the shares of such subsidiaries you would be deemed to own.

If we are a PFIC, you may avoid taxation under the rules described above by making a QEF election to include your share of our income on a current basis in any taxable year that we are a PFIC, provided we agree to furnish you annually with certain tax information. However, we do not presently intend to prepare or provide such information.

Alternatively, if the ADSs are “marketable stock” (as defined below), you can avoid taxation under the unfavorable PFIC rules described above in respect of the ADSs by making a mark-to-market election in respect of the ADSs by the due date (determined with regard to extensions) for your tax return in respect of your first taxable year during which we are treated as a PFIC. If you make a mark-to-market election for the ADSs or ordinary shares, you will include in income in each of your taxable years during which we are a PFIC an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the ADSs or ordinary shares as of the close of your taxable year over your adjusted basis in such ADSs or ordinary shares. You are allowed a deduction for the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of the ADSs or ordinary shares over their fair market value as of the close of the taxable year. However, deductions are allowable only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains on the ADSs or ordinary shares included in your income for prior taxable years. Amounts included in your income under a mark-to-market election, as well as gain on the actual sale or other disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares, are treated as ordinary income. Ordinary loss treatment also applies to the deductible portion of any mark-to-market loss on the ADSs or ordinary shares, as well as to any loss realized on the actual sale or disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares, to the extent that the amount of such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included for such ADSs or ordinary shares. Your basis in the ADSs or ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts. Further, distributions would be taxed as described above under “— Distributions,” except the preferential dividend rates with respect to “qualified dividend income” would not apply. You will not be required to recognize mark-to-market gain or loss in respect of your taxable years during which we were not at any time a PFIC.

Page 142


The mark-to-market election is available only for “marketable stock,” which is stock that is traded in other than de minimis quantities on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter on a qualified exchange, including the NYSE, or other market, as defined in the applicable US Treasury regulations. Our ADSs are listed on the NYSE and consequently, if you hold ADSs the mark-to-market election would be available to you, provided the ADSs are traded in sufficient quantities. US Holders of ADSs or ordinary shares should consult their tax advisors as to whether the ADSs or ordinary shares would qualify for the mark-to-market election.

You also generally can make a “deemed sale” election in respect of any time we cease being a PFIC, in which case you will be deemed to have sold, at fair market value, your ADSs or ordinary shares (and shares of our PFIC subsidiaries, if any, that you are deemed to own) on the last day of our taxable year immediately prior to our taxable year in respect of which we are not a PFIC. If you make this deemed sale election, you generally would be subject to the unfavorable PFIC rules described above in respect of any gain realized on such deemed sale, but as long as we are not a PFIC for future years, you would not be subject to the PFIC rules for those future years.

If you hold ADSs or ordinary shares in any year in which we or any of our subsidiaries are a PFIC, you would be required to file an annual information report with the US Internal Revenue Service, for each entity that is a PFIC, regarding distributions received on the ADSs or ordinary shares and any gain realized on the disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares. You should consult your tax advisors regarding the potential application of the PFIC rules to your ownership of ADSs or ordinary shares and the elections discussed above.

US Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Dividend payments with respect to ADSs or ordinary shares and proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption of ADSs or ordinary shares may be subject to information reporting to the IRS and possible US backup withholding. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a US Holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and makes any other required certification or who is otherwise exempt from backup withholding and establishes such exempt status. US Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the US information reporting and backup withholding rules.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against your US federal income tax liability, and you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the IRS and furnishing any required information.

Newly enacted legislation requires certain US Holders who are individuals, estates or trusts to pay a 3.8% tax on, among other things, dividends and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. In addition, for taxable years beginning after March 18, 2010, new legislation requires certain US Holders who are individuals to report information relating to an interest in our ADSs or ordinary shares, subject to certain exceptions. US Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding the effect, if any, of new US federal income tax legislation on their ownership and disposition of ADS or ordinary shares.

Additional Reporting Requirements

US individuals that own “specified foreign financial assets” with an aggregate value in excess of US$50,000 are generally required to file an information report with respect to such assets with their tax returns. “Specified foreign financial assets” include any financial accounts maintained by foreign financial institutions, as well as any of the following, but only if they are not held in accounts maintained by financial institutions: (i) stocks and securities issued by non-US persons, (ii) financial instruments and contracts held for investment that have non-US issuers or counterparties, and (iii) interests in foreign entities. Our ADSs or ordinary shares may be subject to these rules. US Holders that are individuals should consult their tax advisers regarding the application of this requirement to their ownership of our shares.

F. Dividends and Paying Agents

Not applicable.

G. Statement by Experts

Not applicable.

H. Documents on Display

Publicly filed documents concerning our company which are referred to in this annual report may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of these materials can also be obtained from the Public Reference Room at the Commission’s principal office, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549, after payment of fees at prescribed rates.

Page 143


The Commission maintains a website atwww.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that make electronic filings through its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval, or EDGAR, system. We have made all our filings with the Commission using the EDGAR system.

I. Subsidiary Information

For more information on our subsidiaries, please see “Part I — I—Item 4. Information on the Company — C. Organizational Structure.”

ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

A. General

Market risk is attributable to all market sensitive financial instruments including foreign currency receivables and payables. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of changes in the interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes that affect market risk sensitive instruments.

Our exposure to market risk is primarily a function of our revenue generating activities and any future borrowings in foreign currency. The objective of market risk management is to avoid excessive exposure of our earnings to loss.losses. Most of our exposure to market risk arises from our revenue and expenses that are denominated in different currencies.

The following risk management discussion and the estimated amounts generated from analytical techniques are forward-looking statements of market risk assuming certain market conditions occur.conditions. Our actual results in the future may differ materially from these projected results due to actual developments in the global financial markets.

B. Risk Management Procedures

We manage market risk through our treasury operations. Our senior management and our Board of Directors approve our treasury operations’ objectives and policies. The activities of our treasury operations include management of cash resources, implementation of hedging strategies for foreign currency exposures, implementation of borrowing strategies and monitoring compliance with market risk limits and policies. Our foreign exchange committee,Foreign Exchange Committee, comprising the Chairman of the Board, our Group Chief Executive Officer and our Group Chief Financial Officer, is the approving authority for all our hedging transactions.

Components of Market Risk

Exchange Rate Risk

Our exposure to market risk arises principally from exchange rate risk. Although substantially all of our revenue less repair payments is denominated in pound sterling and US dollars, and Euros, approximately 53.7%56.1% of our expenses (net of payments to repair centers made as part of our WNS Auto Claims BPOBPM segment) in fiscal 20122014 were incurred and paid in Indian rupees. The exchange rates among the Indian rupee, the pound sterling and the US dollar have changed substantially in recent years and may fluctuate substantially in the future. We hedge a portion of our foreign currency exposures. See “Part I — Item 5. Operating and Financial Review Prospects — Foreign Exchange — Exchange Rates.”

Our exchange rate risk primarily arises from our foreign currency-denominated receivables. Based upon our level of operations in fiscal 2012,2014, a sensitivity analysis shows that a 10.0%10% appreciation or depreciation in the pound sterling against the US dollar would have increased or decreased revenue by approximately $36.2$26.9 million and increased or decreased revenue less repair payments by approximately $28.3$23.8 million in fiscal 2012.2014. Similarly, a 10.0%10% appreciation or depreciation in the Indian rupee against the US dollar would have increased or decreased our expenses incurred and paid in Indian rupee in fiscal 20122014 by approximately $8.8$24.1 million.

To protect against foreign exchange gains (losses)or losses on forecasted revenue/revenue and inter-company revenue, we have instituted a foreign currency cash flow hedging program. Our operating entities hedge a part of their forecast revenue/revenue and inter-company revenue denominated in foreign currencies with forward contracts and options.

Page 144


Interest Rate Risk

Our exposure to interest rate risk arises principally from our borrowings which have a floating rate of interest, a portion of which is linked to the US dollar LIBOR and the remainder is linked to the Bank of England base rate. We manage this risk by maintaining an appropriate mix between fixed and floating rate borrowings and through the use of interest rate swap contracts. The costs of floating rate borrowings may be affected by the fluctuations in the interest rates. In connection with the term loan facility entered into in 2008, which we refinanced in 2010, we entered into interest rate swap agreements with banks in fiscal 2009. These swap agreements effectively converted the term loan from a variable US dollar LIBOR interest rate to a fixed rate, thereby managing our exposure to changes in market interest rates under the term loan. The outstanding swap agreements as at March 31, 2012 aggregated $24.0 million.

Based upon our level of operations in fiscal 2012,2014, if interest rates were to increase or decrease by 1.0%, the impact on annual interest expense on our floating rate borrowing would be approximately $0.2$0.3 million.

We monitor our positions and do not anticipate non-performance by the counterparties. We intend to selectively use interest rate swaps, options and other derivative instruments to manage our exposure to interest rate movements. These exposures are reviewed by appropriate levels of management on a periodic basis. We do not enter into hedging agreements for speculative purposes.

ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

A. Debt Securities

Not applicable.

B. Warrants and Rights

Not applicable.

C. Other Securities

Not applicable.

D. American Depositary Shares

Our ADR facility is maintained with Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, or the Depositary, pursuant to a Deposit Agreement, dated as ofat July 18, 2006, among us, our Depositary and the holders and beneficial owners of ADSs. We use the term “holder” in this discussion to refer to the person in whose name an ADR is registered on the books of the Depositary.

In accordance with the Deposit Agreement, the Depositary may charge fees up to the amounts described below:

 

   

Type of Service

  

Fees

1.

  Issuance of ADSs, including upon the deposit of ordinary shares or to any person to whom an ADS distribution is made pursuant to share dividends or other free distributions of shares, bonus distributions, share splits or other distributions (except where converted to cash)  $5.00 per 100 ADSs (or any portion thereof)

2.

  Surrender of ADSs for cancellation and withdrawal of ordinary shares underlying such ADSs (including cash distributions made pursuant to a cancellation or withdrawal)  $5.00 per 100 ADSs (or any portion thereof)

3.

  Distribution of cash proceeds, including cash dividends or sale of rights and other entitlements, not made pursuant to a cancellation or withdrawal)  $2.00 per 100 ADSs (or any portion thereof)

4.

  Issuance of ADSs upon the exercise of rights  $5.00 per 100 ADSs (or any portion thereof)

5.

  Operations and maintenance costs in administering the ADSs (provided that the total fees assessed under this item, combined with the total fees assessed under item 3 above, should not exceed $0.02 per ADS in any calendar year)  $0.02 per ADS per calendar year

In addition, holders or beneficial owners of our ADS, persons depositing ordinary shares for deposit and persons surrendering ADSs for cancellation and withdrawal of deposited securities will be required to pay the following charges:

 

taxes (including applicable interest and penalties) and other governmental charges;

 

registration fees for the registration of ordinary shares or other deposited securities with applicable registrar and applicable to transfers of ordinary shares or other deposited securities in connection with the deposit or withdrawal of ordinary shares or other deposited securities;

 

certain cable, telex, facsimile and electronic transmission and delivery expenses;

 

expenses and charges incurred by the Depositary in the conversion of foreign currency into US dollars;

 

fees and expenses incurred by the Depositary in connection with compliance with exchange control regulations and other regulatory requirements applicable to ordinary shares, deposited securities, ADSs and ADRs;

fees and expenses incurred by the Depositary in connection with the delivery of deposited securities; and

 

Page 145


any additional fees, charges, costs or expenses that may be incurred by the Depositary from time to time.

In the case of cash distributions, the applicable fees, charges, expenses and taxes will be deducted from the cash being distributed. In the case of distributions other than cash, such as share dividends, the distribution generally will be subject to appropriate adjustments for the deduction of the applicable fees, charges, expenses and taxes. In certain circumstances, the Depositary may dispose of all or a portion of such distribution and distribute the net proceeds of such sale to the holders of ADS, after deduction of applicable fees, charges, expenses and taxes.

If the Depositary determines that any distribution in property is subject to any tax or other governmental charge which the Depositary is obligated to withhold, the Depositary may withhold the amount required to be withheld and may dispose of all or a portion of such property in such amounts and in such manner as the Depositary deems necessary and appropriate to pay such taxes or charges and the Depositary will distribute the net proceeds of any such sale after deduction of such taxes or charges to the holders of ADSs entitled to the distribution.

During fiscal 2011, the Depository has made a payment of $5,500 to IPREO (Hemscott Holdings Limited) on behalf of our company in consideration for our access to Bigdough investor relations tool.

Page 146


PART II

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

None.

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Not applicable.

ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As required by Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act, management has evaluated, with the participation of our Group Chief Executive Officer and Group Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this annual report. Disclosure controls and procedures refer to controls and other procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Commission. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in our reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Group Chief Executive Officer and Group Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding our required disclosure.

Based on the foregoing, our management, including our Group Chief Executive Officer and Group Chief Financial Officer hashave concluded that, as at March 31, 2012,2014, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective and provide a reasonable level of assurance.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal controlscontrol over financial reporting.

Internal controlscontrol over financial reporting refers to a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our Group Chief Executive Officer and Group Chief Financial Officer and effected by our Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

 

pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

 

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and members of our Board of Directors; and

 

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

Management recognizes that there are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any system of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or override of internal control. Accordingly, even effective internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation, and may not prevent or detect all misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate due to changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as at March 31, 20122014, based on the criteria established in 1992Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.Commission . Based on the above criteria, and as a result of this assessment, management concluded that, as at March 31, 2012,2014, our internal control over financial reporting was effective in providing reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as at March 31, 20122014, has been audited by Grant Thornton India LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report set out below.

Page 147


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting FirmREPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Shareholders of

WNS (Holdings) Limited

We have audited WNS (Holdings) Limited and Subsidiaries’ (the “Company”)the internal control over financial reporting of WNS (Holdings) Limited and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2012,2014, based on criteria established in 1992Internal Control — Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company;Company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, WNS (Holdings) Limited and subsidiariesthe Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2012,2014, based on criteria established in1992 Internal Control — Control—Integrated Frameworkissued by COSO.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of financial position of the Companystatements as of March 31, 2012, March 31, 2011 and April 1, 2010, andfor the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income/(loss), changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the periodyear ended March 31, 20122014 and our report dated April 26, 2012May 14, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

/s/ Grant Thornton IndiaGRANT THORNTON INDIA LLP

Mumbai, India

April 26, 2012

May 14, 2014

Page 148


Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management has evaluated, with the participation of our Group Chief Executive Officer and Group Chief Financial Officer, whether any changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during our last fiscal yearthe period covered by the annual report have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. Based on the evaluation we conducted, management has concluded that no such changes have occurred.

ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

Our Audit Committee members are Messrs. Albert Aboody (Chairman), Eric B. Herr, Richard O. BernaysMichael Menezes and Sir Anthony A. Greener.Jeremy Young. Each of Messrs. Aboody, Herr, BernaysMenezes and Sir Anthony A. GreenerYoung is an independent director pursuant to the applicable rules of the Commission and the NYSE. See “Part I — Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees — A. Directors and Executive Officers” for the experience and qualifications of the members of the Audit Committee. Our Board of Directors has determined that Messrs. Aboody and HerrMenezes each qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 16A of Form 20-F.

ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS

We have adopted a written Code of Business Ethics and Conduct that is applicable to all of our directors, senior management and employees. We have posted the code on our website atwww.wns.com.Information contained in our website does not constitute a part of this annual report. We will also make available a copy of the Code of Business Ethics and Conduct to any person, without charge, if a written request is made to our General Counsel at our principal executive offices at Gate 4, Godrej & Boyce Complex, Pirojshanagar, Vikhroli (W), Mumbai 400 079, India.

ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Grant Thornton India LLP has served as our independent public accountant for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012. Prior to fiscal 2011, Ernst & Young served as our independent public accountant for fiscal year ended March 31, 2010 and the subsequent interim reporting period through August 31, 2010.2014. The following table shows the fees we paid or accrued for the audit and other services provided by Grant Thornton India LLP for the years ended March 31, 20122014 and March 31, 2011, and the fees we paid or accrued for the audit and other services provided by our former independent auditor, Ernst & Young for the interim reporting period from March 31, 2010 through August 31, 2010.2013.

 

  Fiscal   Fiscal 
  2012   2011(1)   2011(2)   2014   2013 

Audit fees

  $374,000    $499,000    $200,000    $465,000    $433,000  

Audit-related fees

   261,700     28,250     101,000     24,800     77,200  

Tax fees

   6,000     6,000     —       26,000     6,000  

Notes:

(1)Fees of Grant Thornton India LLP.
(2)Fees of Ernst & Young.

Audit fees. This category consists of fees billed for the audit of financial statements, quarterly review of financial statements and other audit services, which are normally provided by the independent auditors in connection with statutory and accounting matters that arose during, or as a result of, the audit or the review of interim financial statements and include the group audit; statutory audits required by non-US jurisdictions; comfort letters and consents; attest services; and assistance with and review of documents filed with the Commission.

Audit-related fees. This category consists of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements or that are traditionally performed by the external auditor, and include service tax certifications advisory services relating to financial reporting in interactive data format (XBRL) and SAS 70 audits.

Tax fees. This category includes fees billed for tax compliance services, including tax consultations, such as assistance and representation in connection with tax audits and appeals, tax advice related to mergers and acquisitions, and requests for rulings or technical advice from taxing authorities and tax planning services.audits.

Audit Committee Pre-approval Process

Our Audit Committee reviews and pre-approves the scope and the cost of all audit and permissible non-audit services performed by our independent auditor. All of the services provided by Grant Thornton India LLP during the last fiscal year have been pre-approved by our Audit Committee.

Page 149


ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

Not applicable.

ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

Neither we, nor any affiliated purchaser, made any purchase of our equity securities in fiscal 2012.2013.

ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

We changed our auditor from Ernst & Young to Grant Thornton India LLP in August 2010. For more details, please see “Part II — Item 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant” in our annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended March 31, 2011.Not Applicable.

ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

We have posted our Corporate Governance Guidelines on our website atwww.wns.com.. Information contained in our website does not constitute a part of this annual report.

Messrs. Eric B. Herr, Richard O. Bernays, DeepakAdrian T. Dillon and Gareth Williams, Mrs. Renu S. Parekh,Karnad and Sir Anthony A. Greener are members of our Board of Directors and they serve on each of our Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, except Mr. Williams who serves only on the Compensation Committee. Also Mr. Eric B. Herr served on our Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee until his retirement as a director from our company on April 30, 2014. Messrs. Albert Aboody, Eric B. Herr, Richard O. BernaysMichael Menezes and Sir Anthony A. GreenerJeremy Young serve on our Audit Committee. Each of Messrs. Dillon, Herr, Menezes, Young, Williams and Aboody, Herr, BernaysMrs. Karnad and Sir Anthony A. Greener satisfies the “independence” requirements of the NYSE listing standards and the “independence” requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. Effective June 1, 2010 (when Mr. Parekh entered into a consulting arrangement with another party), our Board of Directors decided that our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and our Compensation Committee

We are not fully independent.

As our ADSs are listed on the NYSE, we are subject to the NYSE listing standards. We believe thataware of any significant differences between our corporate governance practices do not differ in any significant way fromand those required to be followed by US issuers incorporated in the United States under the NYSE listing standards, except that:standards.

The NYSE listing standards provide that US companies must have a nominating/corporate governance committee and a compensation committee each composed entirely of independent directors. Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and our Compensation Committee are not composed entirely of independent directors.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act generally provides shareholders of US public companies with the right to cast three types of votes: (i) an advisory vote to approve the compensation of the named executive officers, (ii) an advisory vote on the frequency with which shareholders should be entitled to cast votes on the company’s executive compensation, and (iii) an advisory vote to approve certain payments made in connection with an acquisition, merger or other specified corporate transaction. We, asAs a foreign private issuer, we are not subjectexempt from the rules under the Exchange Act governing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, including disclosure relating to these requirementsany conflicts of interests concerning the issuer’s compensation consultants, and we do not adopt any such voting practices.

our directors, senior management and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing profit” recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

Page 150


ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

PART III

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

See “Part III — Item 18. Financial Statements” for a list of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report.

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following statements are filed as part of this annual report, together with the report of the independent registered public accounting firm:

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as at March 31, 2012, 20112014 and April 1, 2010

2013

 

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended March 31, 20122014, 2013 and 2011

2012

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income/Income / (Loss) for the years ended March 31, 20122014, 2013 and 2011

2012

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended March 31, 20122014, 2013 and 2011

2012

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 20122014, 2013 and 2011

2012

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

ITEM 19. EXHIBITS

The following exhibits are filed as part of this annual report:

 

1.1

  Memorandum of Association of WNS (Holdings) Limited, as amended — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-135590) of WNS (Holdings) Limited, as filed with the Commission on July 3, 2006.

1.2

  Articles of Association of WNS (Holdings) Limited, as amended — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-135590) of WNS (Holdings) Limited, as filed with the Commission on July 3, 2006.

2.1

  Form of Deposit Agreement among WNS (Holdings) Limited, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Depositary, and the holders and beneficial owners of American Depositary Shares evidenced by American Depositary Receipts, or ADR, issued thereunder (including the Form of ADR) — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-135590) of WNS (Holdings) Limited, as filed with the Commission on July 3, 2006.

2.2

  Specimen Ordinary Share Certificate of WNS (Holdings) Limited — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of the Registration Statement on Form 8-A (File No. 001-32945) of WNS (Holdings) Limited, as filed with the Commission on July 14, 2006.

4.1

Lease Deed dated January 25, 2006 between DLF Cyber City and WNS Global Services Private Limited — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal 2007 (File No. 001-32945) of WNS (Holdings) Limited, as filed with the Commission on June 26, 2007.

4.2

Lease Deed dated March 10, 2005 between DLF Cyber City and WNS Global Services Private Limited — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-135590) of WNS (Holdings) Limited, as filed with the Commission on July 3, 2006.

4.3

  Leave and Licence Agreement dated May 10, 2011 between Godrej & Boyce Manufacturing Company Limited and WNS Global Services Private Limited with respect to the lease of office premises with an aggregate area of 84,429 square feet at Plant 10.**10 — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal 2012 (File No. 001-32945) of WNS (Holdings) Limited, as filed with the Commission on April 26, 2012.

Page 151


  4.4

4.2
  Leave and Licence Agreement dated May 10, 2011 between Godrej & Boyce Manufacturing Company Limited and WNS Global Services Private Limited with respect to the lease of office premises with an aggregate area of 108,000 square feet at Plant 5.**5 — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of the Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal 2012 (File No. 001-32945) of WNS (Holdings) Limited, as filed with the Commission on April 26, 2012.

  4.5

4.3
  Leave and Licence Agreement dated May 10, 2011 between Godrej & Boyce Manufacturing Company Limited and WNS Global Services Private Limited with respect to the lease of office premises with an aggregate area of 84,934 square feet at Plant 11.**

  4.6

Lease Deed dated December 6, 2010 between DLF Assets Private Limited and WNS Global Services Private Limited with respect to lease of office premises11 — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.74.5 of the Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal 20112012 (File No. 001-32945) of WNS (Holdings) Limited, as filed with the Commission on April 29, 2011.26, 2012.

  4.7

4.4
  Lease Deed dated January 28, 201120, 2012 between BCR Real Estate FundSri Divi Satya Mohan, Sri Attaluri Praveen and Sri Divi Satya Sayee Babu, on the one hand, and WNS BPOGlobal Services Costa Rica, S.A.Private Limited, on the other hand, with respect to lease of office premises — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 of the Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal 20112012 (File No. 001-32945) of WNS (Holdings) Limited, as filed with the Commission on April 29, 2011.26, 2012.

  4.8

4.5
  Addendum to Lease Deed dated January 20,July 23, 2012 between Sri Divi Satya Mohan, Sri Attaluri Praveen and Sri Divi Satya Sayee Babu, on the one hand, and WNS Global Services Private Limited and WNS Business Consulting Services Private Limited, on the other hand. — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of the Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal 2013 (File No. 001-32945) of WNS (Holdings) Limited, as filed with the Commission on May 2, 2013.
4.6Contract of Lease dated September 27, 2012 between Megaworld Corporation and WNS Global Services Philippines, Inc. with respect to lease of office premises.** — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 of the Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal 2013 (File No. 001-32945) of WNS (Holdings) Limited, as filed with the Commission on May 2, 2013.

  4.9

4.7
  WNS (Holdings) Limited 2002 Stock Incentive Plan — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-135590) of WNS (Holdings) Limited, as filed with the Commission on July 3, 2006.

  4.10

4.8
  Form of the SecondThird Amended and Restated WNS (Holdings) Limited 2006 Incentive Award Plan — incorporated by reference to Appendix A to WNS (Holdings) Limited’s Proxy Statement which was furnished as Exhibit 99.3 of its Report on Form 6-K (File No. 001-32945), as furnished to the Commission on August 12, 2011.23, 2013.

  4.11

4.9
  Master Services Agreement dated July 11, 2008 between Aviva Global Services (Management Services) Private Ltd. and WNS Capital Investment Limited — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.16 of the Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal 2008 (File No. 001-32945) of WNS (Holdings) Limited, as filed with the Commission on August 1, 2008. #

  4.12

4.10
  Variation Agreement dated August 3, 2009 between Aviva Global Services (Management Services) Private Ltd. and WNS Capital Investment Limited — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 of the Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal 2011 (File No. 001-32945) of WNS (Holdings) Limited, as filed with the Commission on April 29, 2011.

  4.13

4.11
  Novation and Agreement of Amendment dated March 24, 2011 between Aviva Global Services (Management Services) Private Ltd., on the one hand, and WNS Capital Investment Limited and WNS Global Services Private Limited, on the other hand, to assign the Master Services Agreement dated July 11, 2008, between Aviva Global Services (Management Services) Private Ltd. and WNS Capital Investment Limited which was incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.16 of the Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal 2008 (File No. 001-32945) of WNS (Holdings) Limited, as filed with the Commission on August 1, 2008. — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 of the Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal 2011 (File No. 001-32945) of WNS (Holdings) Limited, as filed with the Commission on April 29, 2011.

  4.14

4.12
  FacilitySale and Purchase Agreement dated July 2, 2010June 21, 2012, between BFSL Limited, and BGL Group Limited, on the one hand, and WNS (Mauritius)Global Services (UK) Limited as borrower,and WNS (Holdings) Limited, and subsidiary guarantors named there in,on the Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, DBS Bank Ltd and BNP Paribas, as lead arrangers, and othersother hand. — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.14.12 of the Annual Report on Form 6-K20-F for fiscal 2013 (File No. 001-32945) of WNS (Holdings) Limited, as furnished tofiled with the Commission on July 30, 2010.May 2, 2013.

  8.1

4.13
  Co-existence Agreement dated June 21, 2012 among BFSL Limited, BGL Group Limited, Fusion Outsourcing Services Proprietary Limited, WNS Global Services (UK) Limited and WNS (Holdings) Limited. — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 of the Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal 2013 (File No. 001-32945) of WNS (Holdings) Limited, as filed with the Commission on May 2, 2013.

4.14Agreement for the Novation of Loan relating to Fusion Outsourcing Services Proprietary Limited dated June 21, 2012 among Fusion Outsourcing Services Proprietary Limited, BFSL Limited and WNS Global Services (UK) Limited. — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 of the Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal 2013 (File No. 001-32945) of WNS (Holdings) Limited, as filed with the Commission on May 2, 2013.
4.15Letter of Intent dated February 14, 2014 between WNS Global Services Private Limited and DLF Assets Private Limited with respect to the lease of office premises on the 8th, 9th and 11th floors of Blocks A2 and A3 at World Tech Park.**
4.16Letter of Intent dated February 14, 2014 between WNS Global Services Private Limited and DLF Assets Private Limited with respect to the lease of office premises on the 10th floor of Blocks A2 and A3 at World Tech Park.**
4.17Letter dated May 8, 2014 between WNS Global Services Private Limited and DLF Assets Private Limited with respect to extension of existing letters of intent for lease of office premises at World Tech Park.**
8.1

List of subsidiaries of WNS (Holdings) Limited.**

12.1

  Certification by the Chief Executive Officer to 17 CFR 240, 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. ****

12.2

  Certification by the Chief Financial Officer to 17 CFR 240, 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. ****

13.1

  Certification by the Chief Executive Officer to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. ****

13.2

  Certification by the Chief Financial Officer to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. ****

Page 152


15.1

  Consent of Grant Thornton India LLP, independent registered public accounting firm. ****

 

**Filed herewith.
#Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a confidential treatment order of the Commission. The omitted portions have been separately filed with the Commission.

Page 153


SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

Date: April 26, 2012May 14, 2014

 

WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
By: 

By:

/s/ Keshav R. Murugesh

Name:

 Keshav R. Murugesh

Title:

 Group Chief Executive Officer

INDEX TO WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED’S CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2  

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as at March 31, 2012, 20112014 and April 1, 20102013

   F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended March 31, 20122014, 2013 and 20112012

   F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income/(Loss) for the years ended March 31, 20122014, 2013 and 20112012

   F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 2011

   F-6  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 20122014, 2013 and 20112012

F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-8  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-9

 

F - 1


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Shareholders of

WNS (Holdings) Limited

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of WNS (Holdings) Limited and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2012,2014 and March 31, 2011 and April 1, 2010,2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income/(loss), changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the twothree years in the period ended March 31, 2012.2014. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the consolidatedthese financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of WNS (Holdings) Limited and subsidiaries as of March 31, 2012,2014 and March 31, 2011 and April 1, 2010,2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the twothree years in the period ended March 31, 2012,2014, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

We also have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2012,2014, based on the criteria established inInternal 1992 Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated April 26, 2012May 14, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Grant Thornton India LLP

Mumbai, India

April 26, 2012

/s/ GRANT THORNTON INDIA LLP

Mumbai, India

May 14, 2014

 

F - 2


Part I — FINANCIAL INFORMATION

WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     As at 
  Notes  As at
March 31,
2012
 As at
March 31,
2011
 As at
April 1,
2010
   Notes  March 31,
2014
 March 31,
2013
 

ASSETS

           

Current assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

  4  $46,725   $27,090   $32,311    5  $33,691   $27,878  

Bank deposits and marketable securities

  5   26,384    12    45  

Investments

  6   83,817   46,473  

Trade receivables, net

  6   66,421    78,586    44,821    7   61,983   64,438  

Unbilled revenue

     35,878    30,837    40,892       34,716   25,530  

Funds held for clients

     20,706    8,799    11,372       15,936   19,877  

Current tax assets

     3,860    8,502    5,602  

Derivative assets

  12   3,724    11,182    22,808    13   6,792   7,589  

Prepayments and other current assets

  7   21,925    16,447    16,694    8   16,925   12,021  
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

Total current assets

     225,623    181,455    174,545       253,860    203,806  

Non-current assets:

           

Investments

     2    2    —    

Goodwill

  8   86,695    93,533    90,662    9   85,654    87,132  

Intangible assets

  9   115,141    156,587    188,079    10   67,222    92,104  

Property and equipment

  10   45,418    47,178    48,547    11   45,165    48,440  

Derivative assets

  12   1,550    2,282    8,375    13   4,131    3,756  

Deferred tax assets

  23   43,712    33,518    25,200    24   37,066    41,642  

Investments

  6   28,674    43,216  

Other non-current assets

  7   6,880    8,040    8,611    8   16,653    14,797  
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

Total non-current assets

     299,398    341,140    369,474       284,565    331,087  
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

    $525,021   $522,595   $544,019      $538,425   $534,893  
    

 

  

 

  

 

 
    

 

  

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

           

Current liabilities:

           

Trade payables

    $47,304   $43,748   $27,900      $29,059   $29,321  

Provisions and accrued expenses

  14   31,854    32,933    43,390    15   23,897    26,743  

Derivative liabilities

  12   9,849    9,963    17,597    13   9,076    3,857  

Pension and other employee obligations

  13   29,027    31,029    31,023    14   36,302    32,749  

Short term line of credit

  11   23,965    14,593    —      12   58,583    54,921  

Current portion of long term debt

  11   26,031    49,392    39,567    12   12,637    7,701  

Deferred revenue

  15   6,180    6,962    4,891    16   5,371    6,508  

Current taxes payable

  23   8,183    3,088    2,550       3,269    5,188  

Other liabilities

  16   5,208    4,126    8,745    17   6,650    15,397  
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

Total current liabilities

     187,601    195,834    175,663       184,844    182,385  

Non-current liabilities:

           

Derivative liabilities

  12   1,210    431    7,600    13   1,399    1,265  

Pension and other employee obligations

  13   4,565    4,485    4,286    14   5,168    5,596  

Long term debt

  11   36,674    42,889    94,658    12   13,509    33,741  

Deferred revenue

  15   4,072    5,976    3,515    16   1,677    3,308  

Other non-current liabilities

  16   2,675    2,978    3,727    17   3,909    4,395  

Deferred tax liabilities

  23   4,097    5,146    8,226    24   2,949    3,606  
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

     53,293    61,905    122,012       28,611    51,911  
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     240,894    257,739    297,675       213,455    234,296  
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

           

Share capital (ordinary shares $0.16 (10 pence) par value, authorized 60,000,000 shares; issued: 50,078,881, 44,443,726 and 43,743,953 shares each as at March 31,2012, March 31,2011 and April 1, 2010, respectively)

  17   7,842    6,955    6,848  

Share capital (ordinary shares $0.16 (10 pence) par value, authorized 60,000,000 shares; issued: 51,347,538 and 50,588,044 shares each as at March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2013, respectively)

  18   8,044    7,922  

Share premium

     263,529    211,430    206,968       276,601    269,300  

Retained earnings

     59,122    46,589    28,676       121,731    80,084  

Other components of equity

     (46,366)  (118)  3,852    1   (81,406  (56,709
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     284,127    264,856    246,344       324,970    300,597  
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

    $525,021   $522,595   $544,019      $538,425   $534,893  
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F - 3


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Year ended
March 31,
      Year ended March 31, 
  Notes  2012 2011   Notes  2014 2013 2012 

Revenue

  18  $474,122   $616,251    19  $502,621   $460,263   $474,122  

Cost of revenue

  18,19   340,951    490,021    19,20   327,680   311,006   340,951  
    

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Gross profit

     133,171    126,230       174,941    149,257    133,171  

Operating expenses:

           

Selling and marketing expenses

  19   26,336    23,454    20   35,235    30,191    26,336  

General and administrative expenses

  19   51,344    56,363    20   55,385    57,091    51,344  

Foreign exchange gains, net

     (1,948  (15,123)

Foreign exchange loss/(gain), net

     11,173    5,496    (1,948

Amortization of intangible assets

     29,476    31,810       23,789    26,350    29,476  
    

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Operating profit

     27,963    29,726       49,359    30,129    27,963  

Other income, net

  21   (43  (1,125)  22   (9,525  (4,767  (43

Finance expense

  20   4,017    11,446    21   2,948    3,633    4,017  
    

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Profit before income taxes

     23,989    19,405       55,936    31,263    23,989  

Provision for income taxes

  23   11,456    1,492    24   14,289    9,864    11,456  
    

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Profit

    $12,533   $17,913      $41,647   $21,399   $12,533  
    

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Earnings per share of ordinary share

  24     25    

Basic

    $0.28   $0.40      $0.82   $0.43   $0.28  
    

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Diluted

    $0.27   $0.40      $0.79   $0.41   $0.27  
    

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F - 4


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

      Year ended
March 31,
       Year ended March 31, 
  Notes   2012 2011   Notes   2014 2013 2012 

Profit

    $12,533   $17,913      $41,647   $21,399   $12,533  

Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of taxes

   23           

Items that may not be reclassified to profit or loss:

      

Pension adjustment

     108    683       1,605   (117 108  

Items that are or may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

      

Changes in fair value of cash flow hedges:

           

Current year (loss)/gain

     (5,992)  (11,466)

Current period gain/(loss)

     (21,404 5,658   (10,331

Reclassification to profit/(loss)

     (2,967  (378     12,935   8,692   (2,827

Foreign currency translation

     (37,397)  7,191       (19,885 (20,272 (37,397

Income tax provision/(benefit) relating to above

   24     2,052   (4,304 4,198  
    

 

  

 

  

 

 
    

 

  

 

     $(26,302 $(10,226 $(46,356
    

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total other comprehensive loss, net of taxes

    $(46,248) $(3,970)    $(24,697 $(10,343 $(46,248
    

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total comprehensive income/(loss)

    $16,950   $11,056   $(33,715
    

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total comprehensive (loss)/income

    $(33,715) $13,943  
    

 

  

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F - 5


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)

                   Other components of equity     
   

 

Share capital

           Foreign
currency

translation
reserve
  Cash  flow
hedging
reserve
  Pension
adjustments
   Total
shareholders’
equity
 
   Number   Par
value
   Share
premium
   Retained
earnings
       

Balance as at April 1, 2010

   43,743,953    $6,848    $206,968    $28,676    $(11,578 $15,430   $—      $246,344  

Shares issued for exercised options and restricted share units (“RSUs”)

   699,773     107     672     —       —      —      —       779  

Share-based compensation

       3,221           3,221  

Excess tax benefits from exercise of share-based options and RSUs

   —       —       569     —       —      —      —       569  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transactions with owners

   699,773     107     4,462     —       —      —      —       4,569  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit

   —       —       —       17,913     —      —      —       17,913  

Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of taxes

   —       —       —       —       7,191    (11,844  683     (3,970
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the period

   —       —       —       17,913    7,191    (11,844  683     13,943  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2011

   44,443,726    $6,955    $211,430    $46,589    $(4,387 $3,586   $683    $264,856  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

                   Other components of equity     
   

 

Share capital

           Foreign
currency

translation
reserve
  Cash  flow
hedging
reserve
  Pension
adjustments
   Total
shareholders’
equity
 
   Number   Par
value
   Share
premium
   Retained
earnings
       

Balance as at April 1, 2011

   44,443,726    $6,955    $211,430    $46,589    $(4,387 $3,586   $683    $264,856  

Issue of ordinary shares net of issuance cost (net of tax)

   5,400,000     849     45,448     —       —      —      —       46,297  

Shares issued for exercised options and restricted share units (“RSUs”)

   235,155     38     93     —       —      —      —       131  

Share-based compensation

   —       —       5,316     —       —      —      —       5,316  

Excess tax benefits from exercise of share-based options and RSUs

   —       —       1,242     —       —      —      —       1,242  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transactions with owners

   5,635,155     887     52,099     —       —      —      —       52,986  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit

   —       —       —       12,533     —      —      —       12,533  

Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of taxes

   —       —       —       —       (37,397)  (8,959  108     (46,248
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the period

   —       —       —       12,533     (37,397)  (8,959  108     (33,715
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2012

   50,078,881    $7,842    $263,529    $59,122    $(41,784 $(5,373) $791    $284,127  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes

F - 6


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)

   Year ended March 31, 
   2012  2011 

Cash flows from operating activities:

   

Profit

  $12,533   $17,913  

Adjustments to reconcile profit to net cash generated from operating activities:

   

Depreciation and amortization

   45,436    49,429  

Share-based compensation

   5,309    3,218  

Amortization of debt issue cost

   669    1,281  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   1,171    1,249  

Unrealized exchange loss, net

   1,880    1,040  

Current tax expense

   22,832    13,263  

Interest expense

   3,348    10,165  

Interest income

   (63)  (101

Dividend income

   (424  —    

Gain on sale of property and equipment

   (9)  (19

Deferred income taxes

   (11,376)  (11,771)

Deferred rent

   214    (16)

Excess tax benefit from share based compensation

   (1,242)  (569)

Unrealized gain on derivative instruments

   20    (5,445)

Others, net

   56    56  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

   

Accounts receivable and unbilled revenue

   4,657    (20,409)

Other current assets

   (11,113)  7,423  

Accounts payable

   3,763    13,643  

Deferred revenue

   (2,594)  4,381  

Other liabilities

   1,501    (26,914)
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash generated from operating activities before interest and income taxes

   76,568    57,817  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income taxes paid

   (13,946)  (13,711)

Interest paid

   (5,437)  (8,412)

Interest received

   62    112  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   57,247    35,806  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

   

Earn-out payment

   —      (494)

Purchase of remaining (35%) stake in joint venture

   (2,132)  —    

Subscription of shares in a non-profit organization

   —      (2

Purchase of property and equipment and intangibles

   (21,218)  (15,263)

Proceeds from release of deposit

   —      34  

Marketable securities purchased, net

   (27,995  —    

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment, net

   212    309  

Dividend received

   437    —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   (50,696)  (15,416)
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

   

Proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares through public offering

   49,950    —    

Direct cost incurred in relation to public offering

   (3,636  —    

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

   131    779  

Repayment of long term debt

   (50,000)  (107,750)

Proceeds from long term debt

   20,396    64,895  

Payment of debt issuance cost

   (102)  (1,093)

Proceeds from short term borrowings, net

   9,454    13,608  

Excess tax benefit from share based compensation

   1,242    569  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided (used) by financing activities

   27,435    (28,992)
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Exchange difference on cash and cash equivalents

   (14,351)  3,381  

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

   19,635    (5,221)

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

   27,090    32,311  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

  $46,725   $27,090  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

F - 7


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

                   Other components of equity    
                   

Foreign

currency

  Cash flow     Total 
   Share Capital   Share   Retained   translation  hedging  Pension  shareholders’ 
   Number   Par value   premium   earnings   reserve  reserve  adjustments  equity 

Balance as at April 1, 2011

   44,443,726    $6,955    $211,430    $46,152    $(4,387 $3,586   $683   $264,419  

Issue of ordinary shares net of issuance cost (net of tax)

   5,400,000     849     45,448     —       —      —      —      46,297  

Shares issued for exercised options and RSUs

   235,155     38     93     —       —      —      —      131  

Share-based compensation

   —       —       5,316     —       —      —      —      5,316  

Excess tax benefits from exercise of share-based options and RSUs

   —       —       1,242     —       —      —      —      1,242  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Transactions with owners

   5,635,155     887     52,099     —       —      —      —      52,986  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit

   —       —       —       12,533     —      —      —      12,533  

Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of taxes

   —       —       —       —       (37,397  (8,959  108    (46,248
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

   —       —       —       12,533     (37,397  (8,959  108    (33,715
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2012

   50,078,881    $7,842    $263,529    $58,685    $(41,784 $(5,373 $791   $283,690  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
                   Other components of equity    
   Share capital   Share   Retained   

Foreign

currency
translation

  Cash flow
hedging
  Pension  Total
shareholders’
 
   Number   Par value   premium   earnings   reserve  reserve  adjustments  equity 

Balance as at April 1, 2012

   50,078,881    $7,842    $263,529    $58,685    $(41,784 $(5,373 $791   $283,690  

Shares issued for exercised options and RSUs

   509,163     80     198     —       —      —      —      278  

Reversal of share issuance cost

   —       —       10     —       —      —      —      10  

Share-based compensation

   —       —       5,352     —       —      —      —      5,352  

Excess tax benefits from exercise of share-based options and RSUs

   —       —       211     —       —      —      —      211  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Transactions with owners

   509,163     80     5,771     —       —      —      —      5,851  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit

   —       —       —       21,399     —      —      —      21,399  

Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of taxes

   —       —       —       —       (20,272  10,046    (117  (10,343
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

   —       —       —       21,399     (20,272  10,046    (117  11,056  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2013

   50,588,044    $7,922    $269,300    $80,084    $(62,056 $4,673   $674   $300,597  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

F - 6


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (cont’d)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

                   Other components of equity     
       

Foreign

currency

  Cash flow      Total 
   Share capital   Share   Retained   translation  hedging  Pension   shareholders’ 
   Number   Par value   premium   earnings   reserve  reserve  adjustments   equity 

Balance as at April 1, 2013

   50,588,044    $7,922    $269,300    $80,084    $(62,056 $4,673   $674    $300,597  

Shares issued for exercised options and RSUs

   759,494     122     157     —       —      —      —       279  

Share-based compensation

   —       —       6,935     —       —      —      —       6,935  

Excess tax benefits from exercise of share-based options and RSUs

   —       —       209     —       —      —      —       209  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transactions with owners

   759,494     122     7,301     —       —      —      —       7,423  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit

   —       —       —       41,647     —      —      —       41,647  

Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of taxes

   —       —       —       —       (19,885  (6,417  1,605     (24,697
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

   —       —       —       41,647     (19,885  (6,417  1,605     16,950  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2014

   51,347,538    $8,044    $276,601    $121,731    $(81,941 $(1,744 $2,279    $324,970  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Amounts in thousands)

   Year ended March 31, 
   2014  2013  2012 

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Profit

  $41,647   $21,399   $12,533  

Adjustments to reconcile profit to net cash generated from operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

   37,749    41,059    45,436  

Share-based compensation

   6,935    5,343    5,309  

Amortization of debt issue cost

   113    209    669  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   (449  (115  1,171  

Unrealized exchange loss, net

   12,831    2,268    1,880  

Current tax expense

   11,828    13,425    22,832  

Interest expense

   2,812    3,210    3,348  

Interest on deferred consideration

   23    215    —    

Interest income

   (349  (184  (63

Dividend income

   (3,131  (2,958  (424

Unrealized gain on investments

   (4,000  (102  —    

Loss/(gain) on sale of property and equipment

   (28  50    (9

Deferred income taxes

   2,461    (3,561  (11,376

Deferred rent

   917    768    214  

Excess tax benefit from share based compensation

   (106  (55  (1,242

Unrealized loss (gain) on derivative instruments

   (3,697  1,499    20  

Others

   56    55    56  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Trade receivable and unbilled revenue

   (4,085  10,699    4,657  

Other assets

   (576  3,133    (11,113

Trade payable

   (2,442  (17,406  3,763  

Deferred revenue

   (2,881  (268  (2,594

Other liabilities

   2,614    5,972    1,501  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash generated from operating activities before interest and income taxes:

   98,242    84,655    76,568  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income taxes paid

   (14,251  (16,419  (13,946

Interest paid

   (2,957  (3,594  (5,437

Interest received

   357    169    62  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   81,391    64,811    57,247  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchase of remaining (35%) share of non-controlling interest

   —      —      (2,132

Acquisition, net of cash acquired (Refer note 4)

    (7,053  —    

Deferred consideration paid towards acquisition of Fusion (Refer note 4)

   (7,608  

Purchase of property and equipment and intangibles

   (19,563  (21,152  (21,218

Marketable securities purchased, net

   23,598    (21,783  (27,995

Investments in fixed maturity plan

   (50,527  (43,047  —    

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

   59    296    212  

Government grants received

   —      250    —    

Dividend received

   3,146    2,943    437  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   (50,895  (89,546  (50,696
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares through public offering

   —      —      49,950  

Direct cost incurred in relation to public offering

   —      (16  (3,636

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

   279    278    131  

Repayment of long term debt

   (16,836  (26,133  (50,000

Proceeds from long term debt

   —      7,000    20,396  

Payment of debt issuance cost

   —      (279  (102

Proceeds from short term borrowings, net

   1,517    32,252    9,454  

Excess tax benefit from share based compensation

   106    55    1,242  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided (used) by financing activities

   (14,934  13,157    27,435  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Exchange difference on cash and cash equivalents

   (9,749  (7,269  (14,351

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

   5,813    (18,847  19,635  

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

   27,878    46,725    27,090  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

  $33,691   $27,878   $46,725  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-cash transactions:

    

Note 1: Liability towards property and equipment and intangible assets purchased on credit/deferred credit

  $2,486   $2,394   $799  

See accompanying notes.

F - 8


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

1. Company overview

WNS (Holdings) Limited (“WNS Holdings”), along with its subsidiaries (collectively, “the Company”), is a global business process outsourcingmanagement (“BPO”BPM”) company with client service offices in Australia, Dubai (United Arab Emirates), London (UK), New JersyJersey (US), and Singapore and delivery centers in the People’s Republic of China (“China”), Costa Rica, India, the Philippines, Poland, Romania, Republic of South Africa (“South Africa”), Sri Lanka, the UKUnited Kingdom (“UK”) and the US.United States (“US”). The Company’s clients are primarily in the travel, banking, financial services, healthcare, insurance, healthcare and utilities,manufacturing, media, professional services, public sector, retail and consumer productpackaged goods (“CPG”), shipping and logistics, telecommunications, travel and leisure, and utilities industries.

WNS Holdings is incorporated in Jersey, Channel Islands and maintains a registered office in Jersey at Queensway House, Hilgrove Street, St Helier, Jersey JE1 1ES.

These consolidated financial statements were authorized for issueapproved by the Board of Directors and authorized for issue on April 26, 2012.May 14, 2014.

2. Summary of significant accounting policies

 

a.Basis of preparation

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standard Board.

These consolidated financial statements forcorrespond to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012 are covered by Internationalclassification provisions contained in IAS 1(revised), “Presentation of Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) 1, “First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting StandardsStatements”” (“IFRS 1”), as they are Company’s first annual IFRS financial statements.

The Company has adopted IFRS and the adoption was carried out in accordance with IFRS 1. The transition was carried out from United States generally accepted accounting principles (“US GAAP”) which is considered as the Previous GAAP. An explanation of the effect of the transition from Previous GAAP to IFRS on the Company’s equity and profit and comprehensive income is provided in note 2.y.

Accounting policies have been applied consistently to all periods presented in thethese consolidated financial statements including the preparation of the IFRS opening statement of financial position as at April 1, 2010 (“Transition Date”) for the purpose of the transition to IFRS and as required by IFRS 1.statements.

 

b.Basis of measurement

TheThese consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost convention and on an accrual basis, except for the following material items that have been measured at fair value as required by relevant IFRS:-

 

a.Derivative financial instruments;

 

b.Share based payment transactions;

c.Marketable securities; and

 

d.c.Marketable securities.Investments in fixed maturity plan (FMP’s).

F - 8


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

c.Use of estimates and judgments

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amount of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimates are revised and in any future period affected. In particular, information about significant areas of estimation, uncertainty and critical judgments in applying accounting policies that have the most significant effect on the amount recognized in the consolidated financial statements is included in the following notes:

 

 i.Revenue recognition:recognition

The Company has, in limited instances, minimum commitment arrangements, wherein the service contracts provide for a minimum revenue commitment on a cumulative basis over multiple years, stated in terms of annual minimum amounts. However, when the shortfall in a particular year can be offset with revenue received in excess of minimum commitments in subsequent years, the Company recognizes deferred revenue for the shortfall which has been invoiced and received. To the extent the Company has sufficient experience to conclude that the shortfall will not be satisfied by excess revenue in a subsequent period, the deferred revenue will be recognized as revenue in that period.

F - 9


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

Key factors that are used to determine whether the Company has sufficient experience include:

 

the historical volume of business done with a client as compared with initial projections of volume as agreed to by the client and the Company;

 

the length of time for which the Company has such historical experience;

 

future volume expected based on projections received from the client; and

 

the Company’s internal expectations of the ongoing volume with the client.

Otherwise the deferred revenue will remain until such time the Company concludes that it will not receive revenue in excess of the minimum commitment.

For certain agreements, the Company has retroactive discounts related to meeting agreed volumes. In such situations, the Company records revenue at the discounted rate, although the Company initially bills at the higher rate, unless the Company can determine that the agreed volumes will not be met, based on the factors discussed above.

The Company provides automobile claims handling services, wherein the Company enters into contracts with its clients to process all their claims over the contract period and the fees are determined either on a per claim basis or is a fixed payment for the contract period. Where the contracts are on a per claim basis, the Company invoices the client at the inception of the claim process. The Company estimates the processing period for the claims and recognizes revenue over the estimated processing period. This processing period generally ranges between one to two months. The processing time may be greater for new clients and the estimated service period is adjusted accordingly. The processing period is estimated based on historical experience and other relevant factors, if any.

 

 ii.Allowance for doubtful accounts:accounts

The allowance for doubtful accounts is evaluated on a regular basis and adjusted based upon management’s best estimate of probable losses inherent in accounts receivable. In estimating probable losses, the Company reviews accounts that are past due, non-performing or in bankruptcy. The Company determines an estimated loss for specific accounts and estimates an additional amount for the remainder of receivables based on historical trends and other factors. Adverse economic conditions or other factors that might cause deterioration of the financial health of customers could change the timing and levels of payments received and necessitate a change in estimated losses.

 

 iii.Current income taxes:taxes

The major tax jurisdictions for the Company are India, United Kingdom and the United States of America, though the Company also files tax returns in other foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgments are involved in determining the provision for income taxes including judgment on whether tax positions are probable of being sustained in tax assessments. A tax assessment can involve complex issues, which can only be resolved over extended time periods. The recognition of taxes that are subject to certain legal or economic limits or uncertainties is assessed individually by management based on the specific facts and circumstances.

 

F - 9


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 iv.Deferred income taxes:taxes

The assessment of the probability of future taxable profit in which deferred tax assets can be utilized is based on the Company’s latest approved budget forecast, which is adjusted for significant non-taxable profit and expenses and specific limits to the use of any unused tax loss or credit. The tax rules in the numerous jurisdictions in which the Company operates are also carefully taken into consideration. If a positive forecast of taxable profit indicates the probable use of a deferred tax asset, especially when it can be utilized without a time limit, that deferred tax asset is usually recognized in full. The recognition of deferred tax assets that are subject to certain legal or economic limits or uncertainties is assessed individually by management based on the specific facts and circumstances.

 

 v.Impairment:Impairment

An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which an asset’s or cash-generating unit’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. To determine the recoverable amount, management estimates expected future cash flows from each asset or cash-generating unit and determines a suitable interest rate in order to calculate the present value of those cash flows. In the process of measuring expected future cash flows management makes assumptions about future operating results. These assumptions relate to future events and circumstances. The actual results may vary, and may cause significant adjustments to the Company’s assets within the next financial year.

F - 10


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

In most cases, determining the applicable discount rate involves estimating the appropriate adjustment to market risk and the appropriate adjustment to asset-specific risk factors.

 

 vi.Valuation of derivative financial instrument:instrument

Management uses valuation techniques in measuring the fair value of financial instruments, where active market quotes are not available. In applying the valuation techniques, management makes maximum use of market inputs, and uses estimates and assumptions that are, as far as possible, consistent with observable data that market participants would use in pricing the instrument. Where applicable data is not observable, management uses its best estimate about the assumptions that market participants would make. These estimates may vary from the actual prices that would be achieved in an arm’s length transaction at the reporting date.

 

 vii.Accounting for defined benefit plans:plans

In accounting for pension and post-retirement benefits, several statistical and other factors that attempt to anticipate future events are used to calculate plan expenses and liabilities. These factors include expected return on plan assets, discount rate assumptions and rate of future compensation increases. To estimate these factors, actuarial consultants also use estimates such as withdrawal, turnover, and mortality rates which require significant judgment. The actuarial assumptions used by the Company may differ materially from actual results in future periods due to changing market and economic conditions, regulatory events, judicial rulings, higher or lower withdrawal rates, or longer or shorter participant life spans.

 

 viii.Other estimates:Share-based compensation

Other significant estimates and assumptions that affect the financial statements include, but are not limited to, income-tax uncertainties and other contingencies, depreciation and amortization periods and theThe share based compensation expense is determined based on the Company’s estimate of equity instruments that will eventually vest.

 

F - 10


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

d.Basis of consolidation

The Company consolidates entities over which it owns or controls.has control. Control exists when the Company has existing rights that give the Company the current ability to direct the activities which affect the entity’s returns; the Company is exposed to or has rights to return which may vary depending on the entity’s performance; and the Company has the ability to use its power to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefitsaffect its own returns from its activities. In assessing control, potential voting rights that are currently exercisable are taken into account.involvement with the entity. Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date control commences until the date control ceases.

 

 i.Business combinations

Business combinations consummated subsequent to the Transition Date are accounted for using the acquisition method under the provisions of IFRS 3 (Revised),Business Combinations”Combinations.

The cost of an acquisition is measured at the fair value of the assets transferred, equity instruments issued and liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of acquisition. The cost of acquisition also includes the fair value of any contingent consideration. Identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair value on the date of acquisition. Significant estimates are required to be made in determining the value of contingent consideration and intangible assets.

Transaction costs that the Company incurs in connection with a business combination such as finders’ fees, legal fees, due diligence fees, and other professional and consulting fees are expensed as incurred.

F - 11


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 ii.Transactions eliminated on consolidation

All significant inter-companyintra-company balances, transactions, income and expenses including unrealized income or expenses are eliminated on consolidation.

 

F - 11


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

e.Functional and presentation currency

The consolidated financial statements of each of the Company’s subsidiaries are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which these entities operate (i.e. the functional currency). The consolidated financial statements are presented in US dollars (USD) which is the presentation currency of the Company and has been rounded off to the nearest thousands.

 

f.Foreign currency transactions and translation

 

 i.Transactions in foreign currency

Transactions in foreign currency are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at the exchange rates prevailing at reporting date of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the consolidated statement of income. Gains/losses relating to translation or settlement of trading activities are disclosed under foreign exchange gains/losses and translation or settlements of financing activities are disclosed under finance expenses exceptexpenses. In the case of foreign exchange gains/losses on borrowings whichthat are considered as a natural economic hedge for the foreign currency monetary assets, which are classified assuch foreign exchange gains/losses, net are presented within results from operating activities.

 

 ii.Foreign operations

For the purpose of presenting consolidated financial statements, the assets and liabilities of the Company’s foreign operations that have local functional currency are translated into USDUS dollars using exchange rates prevailing at the reporting date. Income and expense are translated at the average exchange rates for the period. Exchange differences arising, if any, are recorded in equity as part of the Company’s other comprehensive income. Such exchange differences are recognized in the consolidated statement of income in the period in which such foreign operations are disposed. Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of foreign operation are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign operation and translated at the exchange rate prevailing at the reporting date.

 

g.Financial instruments — initial recognition and subsequent measurement

Financial instruments are classified in the following categories:

 

Non-derivative financial assets comprising loans and receivables andat fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”) or available-for-sale.

 

Non-derivative financial liabilities comprising long term and short term borrowings and trade and other payables.

 

Derivative financial instruments under the category of financial assets or financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”).

FVTPL.

The classification of financial instruments depends on the purpose for which those were acquired. Management determines the classification of the Company’s financial instruments at initial recognition.

 

F - 12


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 i.Non-derivative financial assets

 

 a)Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They are presented as current assets, except for those maturing later than 12 months after the balance sheet date which are presented as non-current assets. Loans and receivables are measured initially at fair value plus transaction costs and subsequently carried at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method, less any impairment loss or provisions for doubtful accounts. Loans and receivables are represented by trade receivables, net of allowances for impairment, unbilled revenue, cash and cash equivalents, funds held for clients, prepayments and other assets.

F - 12


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 b)Financial assets designated as FVTPL

Financial assets at FVTPL include financial assets that are either classified as held for trading if acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the short term or that meet certain conditions and are designated at FVTPL upon initial recognition. All derivative financial instruments fall into this category, except for those designated and effective as hedging instruments, for which the hedge accounting requirements apply. Assets in this category are measured at fair value with gains or losses recognized in profit or loss. The fair values of financial assets in this category are determined by reference to active market transactions or using a valuation technique where no active market exists. Assets in this category are classified as current assets if expected to be settled within 12 months, otherwise they are classified as non-current.

c)Available-for-sale financial assets

Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivative financial assets that are either designated in this category or are not classified in any of the other categories. Available-for-sale financial assets are recognized initially at fair value plus transactions costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, these are measured at fair value and changes therein, other than impairment losses, are recognized directly in other comprehensive income. When an investment is derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss in other comprehensive income is transferred to the consolidated statement of income. These are presented as current assets unless management intends to dispose of the assets after 12 months from the balance sheet date.

 

 ii.Non derivativeNon-derivative financial liabilities

All financial liabilities are recognized initially at fair value, except in the case of loans and borrowings which are recognized at fair value net of directly attributable transaction costs. The Company’s financial liabilities include trade and other payables, bank overdrafts, loans and borrowings.

Trade and other payables maturing later than 12 months after the balance sheet date are presented as non-current liabilities.

After initial recognition, interest bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. Gains and losses are recognized in the consolidated statement of income when the liabilities are derecognized as well as through the effective interest rate method amortization process.

 

 iii.Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting

The Company is exposed to foreign currency fluctuations on foreign currency assets, liabilities, net investment in foreign operations and forecasted cash flows denominated in foreign currency. The Company limits the effect of foreign exchange rate fluctuation by following established risk management policies including the use of derivatives. The Company enters into derivative financial instruments where the counter party is a bank. The Company holds derivative financial instruments such as foreign exchange forward and option contracts and interest rate swaps to hedge certain foreign currency and interest rate exposures.

Cash flow hedges

The Company recognizes derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position at fair value. Derivative instruments qualify for hedge accounting when the instrument is designated as a hedge; the hedged item is specifically identifiable and exposes the Company to risk; and it is expected that a change in fair value of the derivative instrument and an opposite change in the fair value of the hedged item will have a high degree of correlation.

For derivative instruments where hedge accounting is applied, the Company records the effective portion of derivative instruments that are designated as cash flow hedges in other comprehensive income (loss) in the statement of comprehensive income, which is reclassified into earnings in the same period during which the hedged item affects earnings. The remaining gain or loss on the derivative instrument in excess of the cumulative change in the present value of future cash flows of the hedged item, if any (i.e., the ineffective portion) or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness, and changes in fair value of other derivative instruments not designated as qualifying hedges is recorded as gains /losses,gains/losses, net in the consolidated statement of income. Gains/losses on cash flow hedges on intercompany forecasted revenue transactions are recorded in foreign exchange gains/losses and cash flow hedge on interest rate swaps are recorded in finance expense. Cash flows from the derivative instruments are classified within cash flows from operating activities in the statement of cash flows.

 

F - 13


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 iv.Offsetting of financial instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset against each other and the net amount reported in the consolidated statement of financial position if, and only if, there is a currently enforceable legal right to offset the recognized amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or to realize the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously.simultaneously

 

 v.Fair value of financial instruments

The fair value of financial instruments that are traded in active markets at each reporting date is determined by reference to quoted market prices or dealer price quotations, without any deduction for transaction costs. For financial instruments not traded in an active market, the fair value is determined using appropriate valuation models. Where applicable, these models project future cash flows and discount the future amounts to a present value using market-based observable inputs including interest rate curves, credit risk, foreign exchange rates, and forward and spot prices for currencies.

 

 vi.Impairment of financial assets

The Company assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset is considered impaired if objective evidence indicates that one or more events have had a negative effect on the estimated future cash flows of that asset. Individually significant financial assets are tested for impairment on an individual basis. The remaining financial assets are assessed collectively in groups that share similar credit risk characteristics.

 

 a)Loans and receivables

Impairment loss in respect of loans and receivables measured at amortized cost are calculated as the difference between their carrying amount, and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate. Such impairment loss is recognized in the consolidated statement of income.

 

 b)Available-for-sale financial assets

Significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost and the disappearance of an active trading market for the security are objective evidence that the security is impaired. An impairment loss in respect of an available-for-sale financial asset is calculated by reference to its fair value. The cumulative loss that was recognized in the equity is transferred to the consolidated statement of income upon impairment.

 

h.Equity and share capital

 

 i.Share capital and share premium

The Company has only one class of equity shares. Par value of the equity share is recorded as the share capital and the amount received in excess of par value is classified as share premium. The credit corresponding to the share-based compensation and excess tax benefit related to the exercise of share options is recorded in share premium.

 

 ii.Retained earnings

Retained earnings comprise the Company’s undistributed earnings after taxes.

 

 iii.Other components of equity

Other components of equity consist of the following:

Cash flow hedging reserve

Changes in fair value of derivative hedging instruments designated and effective as a cash flow hedge are recognized net of taxes.

Foreign currency translation reserve

Foreign currency translation consists of the exchange difference arising from the translation of financial statement of foreign subsidiaries.

F - 14


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

Pension adjustments

This reserve represents cumulative actuarial gain and losses recognized on defined benefits plans.

 

F - 14


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

i.Cash and cash equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an initial maturity of up to three months to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are readily convertible into known amounts of cash and subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

 

j.Bank deposits and marketable securitiesInvestments

Bank deposits consist of term deposits with an original maturity of more than three months.

i.Marketable securities

The Company’s marketable securities represent highly liquid investments and are acquired principally for the purpose of earning daily dividend income. All additions and redemptions of such investments are recognized on the trade date. Investments are initially measured at cost, which is the fair value of the consideration paid, including transaction costs. All marketableMarketable securities are classified under Available-for-sale category of financial instruments and are recorded at amortized cost,fair value, with changes in fair value, if any recognized in the other comprehensive income. Interest and dividendDividend income earned on these investments areis recorded in consolidated statement of income.

 

k.ii.Investments in fixed maturity plan

The Company’s investments in fixed maturity plan (“FMPs”) represent investments in mutual fund scheme wherein the mutual fund issuer has invested these funds in certificate of deposits with banks in India. The investments in FMP are designated as fair value through profit or loss and change in fair value recognized in the income statement. The fair value represents original cost of an investment and the investment’s fair value at each reporting period or net asset value (“NAV”) as quoted.

The Company manages FMPs on a fair value basis in accordance with the entity’s documented risk management, investment strategy and information provided to the key managerial personnel. The returns on the investment are measured based on the fair value movement rather than looking at the overall returns on the maturity. The Company’s investment purchase and sale decisions are also based on the fair value fluctuations rather than a predetermined policy to hold the investment till maturity. Key management personnel believe that recording these investments through the income statement would provide more relevant information to measure the performance of the investment.

k.Funds held for clients

Some of the Company’s agreements in the auto claims handling services allow the Company to temporarily hold funds on behalf of the client. The funds are segregated from the Company’s funds and there is usually a short period of time between when the Company receives these funds from the client and when the payments are made on their behalf.

 

l.Property and equipment

Property and equipment are stated at historical cost except for certain items of furniture, fixture and office equipment and leasehold improvements for which fair value as of the Transition Date is taken as its deemed cost (see note 2 x. a)ii.), and depreciation and amortization is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which are as follows:

 

Asset description

  Asset life (in years) 

Buildings

   20  

Computers and software

   3-4  

Furniture, fixtures and office equipment

   2-5  

Vehicles

   3  

Leasehold improvements

   Lesser of estimated useful life or lease term  

Assets acquired under finance leases are capitalized as assets by the Company at the lower ofan amount equal to the fair value of the leased propertyasset or, if lower, the present value of the relatedminimum lease payments, or where applicable,each determined at the estimated fair valueinception of such assets.the lease. Assets under finance leases and leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the assets. Where the fair valuation of an asset on the Transition Date is taken as the deemed cost, the depreciation is calculated over its estimated remaining useful life.

Advances paid towards the acquisition of property and equipment and the cost of property and equipment not put to use before the balance sheet date are disclosed under the captionas capital work-in-progress.work-in-progress in note 11.

F - 15


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

The Company assesses property and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets may not be recoverable. If any such indication exists, the Company estimates the recoverable amount of the asset. The recoverable amount of an asset or cash generating unit is the higher of its fair value less cost to sell (“FVLCTS”) and its value-in-use (“VIU”). If the recoverable amount of the asset or the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit to which the asset belongs is less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount is reduced to its recoverable amount. The reduction is treated as an impairment loss and is recognized in the consolidated statement of income. If at the reporting date there is an indication that a previously assessed impairment loss no longer exists, the recoverable amount is reassessed and the impairment losses previously recognized are reversed such that the asset is recognized at its recoverable amount but not exceeding written down value which would have been reported if the impairment losses had not been recognized initially.

 

F - 15


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

m.Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Company’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is allocated to the cash-generating units expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination for the purpose of impairment testing. Goodwill is tested, at the cash-generating unit (or group of cash generating units) level, for impairment annually or if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Goodwill is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Impairment loss on goodwill is not reversed. See further discussion on impairment testing under “Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill” below.

 

n.Intangible assets

Intangible assets are recognized only when it is probable that the expected future economic benefits attributable to the assets will accrue to the Company and the cost can be reliably measured. Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are recorded at fair value using generally accepted valuation methods appropriate for the type of intangible asset. Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over the estimated useful lives and are reviewed for impairment, if indicators of impairment arise. See further discussion on impairment testing under “Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill” below.

The Company’s definite lived intangible assets are amortized over the estimated useful life of the assets:

 

Asset description

  Weighted average
amortization period
(in months)
 

Customer contracts

   10099  

Customer relationship

   90

Intellectual property rights

36

Leasehold benefits

48

Covenant not-to-compete

4891  

Software

   5658  

 

o.Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill

Goodwill is not subject to amortization and tested annually for impairment and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Intangible assets that are subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s FVLCTS and VIU. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the cash generating unit level which is the lowest level for which there are separately identifiable cash flows. Impairment losses recognized in respect of cash generating units are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the cash generating units (or group of cash generating units) and then, to reduce the carrying amount of the other assets in the cash generating unit (or group of cash generating units) on a pro rata basis. Intangible assets that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

 

F - 16


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

p.Employee benefits

i. Defined contribution plans

US Savings Plan

Eligible employees of the Company in the US participate in a savings plan (“the Plan”) under Section 401(k) of the United States Internal Revenue Code (“the Code”). The Plan allows for employees to defer a portion of their annual earnings on a pre-tax basis through voluntary contributions to the Plan. The Plan provides that the Company can make optional contributions up to the maximum allowable limit under the Code.

UK Pension Scheme

Eligible employees in the UK contribute to a defined contribution pension scheme operated in the UK. The assets of the scheme are held separately in an independently administered fund. The pension expense represents contributions payable to the fund maintained by the Company.

Provident Fund

Eligible employees of the Company in India, the Philippines, and Sri Lanka and the UK participate in a defined contribution fund in accordance with the regulatory requirements in the respective jurisdictions. Both the employee and the Company contribute an equal amount to the fund which is equal to a specified percentage of the employee’s salary.

The Company has no further obligation under defined contribution plans beyond the contributions made under these plans. Contributions are charged to income in the year in which they accrue and are included in the consolidated statement of income.

ii. Defined benefit plans

ii.Defined benefit plan

Employees in India, the Philippines and Sri Lanka are entitled to a defined benefit retirement plan covering eligible employees of the Company. The plan provides for a lump-sum payment to eligible employees, at retirement, death, and incapacitation or on termination of employment, of an amount based on the respective employees’ salary and tenure of employment (subject to a maximum of approximately $20$17 per employee in India). In India contributions are made to funds administered and managed by the Life Insurance Corporation of India (“LIC”) and Aviva Life Insurance Company Private Limited (“ALICPL”) (together, the “Fund Administrators”) to fund the gratuity liability of an Indian subsidiary. Under this scheme, the obligation to pay gratuity remains with the Company, although the Fund Administrators administer the scheme. The Company’s Sri Lanka subsidiary, Philippines subsidiary and one Indian subsidiary have unfunded gratuity obligations.

Gratuity liabilities are determined by actuarial valuation, performed by an independent actuary, at each balance sheet date using the projected unit credit method. The Company recognizes the net obligation of a defined benefit plan in its balance sheet as an asset or liability, respectively, in accordance with IAS 19,“Employee “Employee Benefits”(revised 2011). The discount rate is based on the Governmentgovernment securities yield. Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are recorded in other comprehensive income in the statement of comprehensive income in the period in which they arise.

iii. Compensated absences

iii.Compensated absences

The Company’s liability for compensated absences, which are expected to be settled within one year, is determined on an accrual basis for the entire unused vacation balance standing to the credit of each employee as at year-end and were charged to income in the year in which they accrue.

 

q.Share-based payments

The Company accounts for share-based compensation expense relating to share-based payments using a fair-valuefair value method in accordance with IFRS 2,“Share-based “Share-based Payments”. Grants issued by the Company vest in a graded manner. Under the fair value method, the estimated fair value of awards is charged to income over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the award, for each separately vesting portion of the award as if the award was, in substance, multiple awards. The Company includes a forfeiture estimate in the amount of compensation expense being recognized based on the Company’s estimate of equity instruments that will eventually vest.

 

F - 17


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

r.Provisions and accrued expenses

A provision is recognized in the balance sheet when the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. If the effect is material, provisions are recognized at present value by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money.

Provisions for onerous contracts are recognized when the expected benefits to be derived by the Company from a contract are lower than the unavoidable costs of meeting the future obligations under the contract. The provision is measured at the present value of the lower of the expected cost of terminating the contract and the expected net cost of continuing with the contract. Before a provision is established, the Company recognizes any impairment loss on the assets associated with that contract.

 

s.Revenue recognition

The Company derives revenue from BPOBPM services comprised of back office administration, data management, contact center management and auto claims handling services.

Revenue is recognized to the extent it is probable that the economic benefit will flow to the Company, the amount of revenue can be measured reliably, collection is probable, and the cost incurred or to be incurred can be measured reliably. Revenue from rendering services is recognized on an accrual basis when services are performed.

Revenue earned by back office administration, data management and contact center management services

Back office administration, data management and contact center management contracts are based on the following pricing models:

 

 a)per full-time-equivalent arrangements, which typically involve billings based on the number of full-time employees (or equivalent) deployed on the execution of the business process outsourced;

 

 b)per transaction arrangements, which typically involve billings based on the number of transactions processed (such as the number of e-mail responses, or airline coupons or insurance claims processed);

 

 c)fixed-price arrangements, which typically involve billings based on achievements of pre-defined deliverables or milestones;

 

 d)outcome-based arrangements, which typically involve billings based on the business result achieved by our clients through our service efforts (such as measured based on a reduction in days sales outstanding, improvement in working capital, increase in collections or a reduction in operating expenses); or

 

 e)other pricing arrangements, including cost-plus arrangements, which typically involve billing the contractually agreed direct and indirect costs and a fee based on the number of employees deployed under the arrangement.

Revenues from the Company’s services are recognized primarily on a time-and-material, cost-plus or unit-priced basis. Revenues under time-and-material contracts are recognized as the services are performed. Revenues are recognized on cost-plus contracts on the basis of contractually agreed direct and indirect costs incurred on a client contract plus an agreed upon profit mark-up. Revenues are recognized on unit-price based contracts based on the number of specified units of work delivered to a client. Such revenues are recognized as the related services are provided in accordance with the client contract.

Amounts billed or payments received, where revenue recognition criteria have not been met, are recorded as deferred revenue and are recognized as revenue when all the recognition criteria have been met. However, the costs related to the performance of BPOBPM services unrelated to transition services (see discussion below) are recognized in the period in which the services are rendered. An upfront payment received towards future services is recognized ratably over the period when such services are provided.

 

F - 18


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

The Company has certain minimum commitment arrangements that provide for a minimum revenue commitment on an annual basis or a cumulative basis over multiple years, stated in terms of annual minimum amounts. Where a minimum commitment is specific to an annual period, any revenue shortfall is invoiced and recognized at the end of this period. When the shortfall in a particular year can be offset with revenue received in excess of minimum commitments in a subsequent year, the Company recognizes deferred revenue for the shortfall which has been invoiced and received. To the extent the Company has sufficient experience to conclude that the shortfall will not be satisfied by excess revenue in a subsequent period, the deferred revenue will be recorded as revenue in that period. In order to determine whether the Company has sufficient experience, the Company considers several factors which include (i) the historical volume of business done with a client as compared with initial projections of volume as agreed to by the client and the Company, (ii) the length of time for which the Company has such historical experience, (iii) future volume expected based on projections received from the client, and (iv) the Company’s internal expectations of ongoing volume with the client. Otherwise, the deferred revenue will remain until such time when the Company can conclude that it will not receive revenue in excess of the minimum commitment.

For certain BPOBPM customers, the Company performs transition activities at the outset of entering into a new contract. The Company has determined these transition activities do not meet the criteria using the guidance in IAS 18 “Revenue” (“IAS 18”), to be accounted for as a separate unit of accounting with stand-alone value separate from the ongoing BPOBPM contract. Accordingly, transition revenue and costs are subsequently recognized ratably over the period in which the BPOBPM services are performed. Further, the deferral of costs is limited to the amount of the deferred revenue. Any costs in excess of the deferred transition revenue are recognized in the period incurred.

Revenue earned by auto claims handling services

Auto claims handling services include claims handling and administration (“Claims Handling”), car hire and arranging for repairs with repair centers across the United KingdomUK and the related payment processing for such repairs (“Accident Management”). With.With respect to Claims Handling, the Company receives either a per-claim fee or a fixed fee. Revenue for per claim fee is recognized over the estimated processing period of the claim, which currently ranges from one to two months and revenue for fixed fee is recognized on a straight line basis over the period of the contract. In certain cases, the fee is contingent upon the successful recovery of a claim on behalf of the customer. In these circumstances, the revenue is deferred until the contingency is resolved. Revenue in respect of car hire is recognized over the car hire term.

In order to provide Accident Management services, the Company arranges for the repair through a network of repair centers. The repair costs are invoiced to customers. In determining whether the receipt from the customers related to payments to repair centers should be recognized as revenue, the Company considers the criteria established by IAS 18, Illustrative example (“IE”) 21 — “Determining whether an entity is acting as a principal or as an agent”. When the Company determines that it is the principal in providing Accident Management services, amounts received from customers are recognized and presented as third party revenue and the payments to repair centers are recognized as cost of revenue in the consolidated statement of income. Factors considered in determining whether the Company is the principal in the transaction include whetherwhether:

 

 a)the Company has the primary responsibility for providing the services,

 

 b)the Company negotiates labor rates with repair centers,

 

 c)the Company is responsible for timely and satisfactory completion of repairs, and

 

 d)the Company bears the risk that the customer may not pay for the services provided (credit risk).

If there are circumstances where the above criteria are not met and therefore the Company is not the principal in providing Accident Management services, amounts received from customers are recognized and presented net of payments to repair centers in the consolidated statement of income. Revenue from Accident Management services is recorded net of the repairer referral fees passed on to customers.

 

F - 19


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

t.Leases

The Company leases most of its delivery centers and office facilities under operating lease agreements that are renewable on a periodic basis at the option of the lessor and the lessee. The lease agreements contain rent free periods and rent escalation clauses. Rental expenses for operating leases with step rents are recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. When a lease agreement undergoes a substantial modification of the existing terms, it would be accounted as a new lease agreement with the resultant deferred rent liability credited to the consolidated statement of income.

Leases under which the Company assumes substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as finance leases. When acquired, such assets are capitalized at fair value or present value of the minimum lease payments at the inception of the lease, whichever is lower.

 

u.Income taxes

Income tax comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax expense is recognized in statements of income except to the extent it relates to items directly recognized in equity, in which case it is recognized in equity.

 

 i.Current income tax

Current income tax for the current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities based on the taxable profit for the period. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted by the reporting date and applicable for the period. The Company offsets current tax assets and current tax liabilities, where it has a legally enforceable right to set off the recognized amounts and where it intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realize the asset and liability simultaneously.

Significant judgments are involved in determining the provision for income taxes including judgment on whether tax positions are probable of being sustained in tax assessments. A tax assessment can involve complex issues, which can only be resolved over extended time periods. The recognition of taxes that are subject to certain legal or economic limits or uncertainties is assessed individually by management based on the specific facts and circumstances. Though the Company has considered all these issues in estimating its income taxes, there could be an unfavorable resolution of such issues that may affect results of the Company’s operations.

 

 ii.Deferred income tax

Deferred income tax is recognized using the balance sheet approach. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for all deductible temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amount in financial statements, except when the deferred income tax arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and affects neither accounting nor taxable profits or loss at the time of transaction.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.

Deferred income tax asset in respect of carry forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses are recognized to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences, and the carry forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses can be utilized.

The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred income tax asset to be utilized.

The Company recognizes deferred tax liabilities for all taxable temporary differences except those associated with the investments in subsidiaries and associates where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

 

F - 20


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

v.Finance expense

Finance expense comprises of interest cost on borrowings, transaction cost and the gains/losses on settlement of related derivative instruments. The foreign exchange gains/losses on borrowings are considered as a natural economic hedge for the foreign currency monetary assets which are classified as foreign exchange gains/losses, net within results from operating activities. Borrowing costs are recognized in the consolidated statement of income using the effective interest method.

 

w.Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share are computed using the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by considering the impact of the potential issuance of ordinary shares, using the treasury stock method, on the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period, except where the results would be anti-dilutive.

 

x.Transition to IFRS

The Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2012 are the first annual consolidated financial statements prepared in compliance with IFRS.

The adoption of IFRS was carried out in accordance with IFRS 1, using April 1, 2010 as the Transition Date. IFRS 1 requires that all IFRS standards and interpretations that are effective for the first IFRS consolidated financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2012, be applied consistently and retrospectively for all fiscal years presented.

Until the adoption of IFRS, the financial statements included in the Company’s annual reports on Form 20-F and reports on Form 6-K were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (US GAAP), which is considered as the Previous GAAP.

All applicable IFRS have been applied consistently and retrospectively wherever required. The resulting difference between the carrying amounts of the assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements under IFRS and Previous GAAP as of the Transition Date are recognized directly in equity at the Transition Date.

F - 21


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

In preparing these consolidated financial statements, the Company has availed itself of certain exemptions and complied with exceptions in accordance with IFRS 1 as explained below:

a)Exemptions from retrospective application

The following are the optional exemptions available and elected by the Company:

i.Business combinations exemption — The Company has applied the exemption as provided in IFRS 1 on non-application of IFRS 3 (Revised) to business combinations consummated prior to Transition Date, pursuant to which goodwill and other assets acquired under business combinations prior to Transition Date have been stated at the carrying amount as per Previous GAAP.

ii.Fair value as deemed cost exemption — The Company has applied the exemption as provided in IFRS 1 and measured specific items of property and equipment, on a selective basis within certain classes of assets, at its fair value as at the date of transition. The Company has chosen to fair value items of following classes of assets namely, furniture and fixtures, equipment and fittings, generators and leasehold improvements, as at the Transition Date. Consequent to this, the fair value as of Transition Date is taken as its deemed cost for all those assets within these classes of assets where the fair value was lower than the carrying value. Such impact has been taken to retained earnings. For all other assets within these classes of assets where the fair value was greater than the carrying value, those assets have not been restated and their Previous GAAP amount has been considered as cost under IFRS. For all other asset classes namely building, computers and software and vehicles, their Previous GAAP amount have been considered as cost under IFRS.

iii.Employee benefits exemption — The Company has applied the exemption as provided in IFRS 1 relating to application of the corridor approach and recognized all cumulative actuarial gains and losses up to the date of transition to retained earnings. Any actuarial gains and losses after Transition Date would be recognized in other comprehensive income.

iv.Fair value measurement of financial assets or liabilities at initial recognition — The Company has not applied the amendment offered by the revision of IAS 39, “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement”, on the initial recognition of the financial assets and financial liabilities that are not traded in an active market.

b)Exceptions from full retrospective application

The following are the exceptions from full retrospective application:

i.De-recognition of financial assets and liabilities exception — No arrangements were identified that had to be assessed under this exception.

ii.Hedge accounting exception — The Company has followed hedge accounting under Previous GAAP which is aligned to IFRS. Accordingly, this exception of not reflecting in its opening IFRS statement of financial position a hedging relationship of a type that does not qualify for hedge accounting under IAS 39, is not applicable to the Company.

iii.Estimates exception — Upon an assessment of the estimates made under Previous GAAP, the Company has concluded that there was no necessity to revise such estimates under IFRS, except where estimates were required by IFRS and not required by Previous GAAP.

iv.Noncontrolling Interest — The Company does not have noncontrolling interests under IFRS. Hence this exception is not applicable to the Company.

F - 22


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

y.Reconciliations

As required under IFRS 1, the Company has prepared the reconciliations of equity and profit and comprehensive income in accordance with IFRS 1 to provide a quantification of the effect of the transition to IFRS from previous GAAP;

equity as at April 1, 2010;

equity as at March 31, 2011;

profit and comprehensive income for the year ended March 31, 2011

There is no material changes in cash flows statements, accordingly the reconciliation has not been presented.

F - 23


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

Reconciliation of equity as at April 1, 2010

   Notes   Amount as
per Previous
GAAP
  Effect of
transition to
IFRS
  Amount as
per IFRS
 

ASSETS

      

Current assets:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

    $32,311   $—     $32,311  

Bank deposits and marketable securities

     45    —      45  

Trade receivables

     44,821    —      44,821  

Unbilled revenue

     40,892    —      40,892  

Funds held for clients

     11,372    —      11,372  

Current tax assets

     5,602    —      5,602  

Derivative assets

     22,808    —      22,808  

Prepayments and other current assets

   1     17,127    (433)  16,694  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     174,978    (433)  174,545  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Goodwill

     90,662    —      90,662  

Intangible assets

     188,079    —      188,079  

Property and equipment

   2     51,700    (3,153)  48,547  

Derivative assets

     8,375    —      8,375  

Deferred tax assets

   3     27,143    (1,943)  25,200  

Other non-current assets

   1     8,953    (342)  8,611  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

    $549,890   $(5,871) $544,019  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

      

Current liabilities:

      

Trade payables

    $27,900   $—     $27,900  

Provisions

   4     42,919    471    43,390  

Derivative liabilities

     17,597    —      17,597  

Pension and other employee obligations

   5     30,977    46    31,023  

Current portion of long term debt

   1     40,000    (433)  39,567  

Deferred revenue

     4,891    —      4,891  

Income taxes payable

     2,550    —      2,550  

Other liabilities

   6     7,069    1,676    8,745  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     173,903    1,760    175,663  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities

     7,600    —      7,600  

Pension and other employee obligations

   5     3,921    365    4,286  

Long term debt

   1     95,000    (342)  94,658  

Deferred revenue

     3,515    —      3,515  

Other non-current liabilities

     3,727    —      3,727  

Deferred tax liabilities

   3     8,343    (117)  8,226  

Redeemable noncontrolling interest

   6     278    (278)  —    
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     296,287    1,388    297,675  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

      

Share capital

     6,848    —      6,848  

Share premium

   7,8     203,531    3,437    206,968  

Retained earnings

   2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9     50,797    (22,121)  28,676  

Other components of equity

   3,5,6,9     (7,573)  11,425    3,852  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     253,603    (7,259)  246,344  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

    $549,890   $(5,871) $544,019  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

F - 24


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

Notes:

1.Under IFRS, debt is a financial liability recognized initially at fair value adjusted for transaction costs that are directly attributable to the issue of the financial liability and measured subsequently at amortized cost. Accordingly, debt issue costs have been netted off against long term debt. Under Previous GAAP, such debt issue costs were recorded as deferred charges. Due to the netting off of debt issue cost with the carrying amount of long term debt, prepayment and other current assets and other non-current assets are lower by $433 and $342 and current portion and non-current portion of the long term debt are lower by $433 and $342, respectively.

2.The Company has applied the exemption as provided in IFRS 1 with respect to deemed cost and measured specific items of property and equipment, on a selective basis within certain classes of assets, at their fair values at the Transition Date. Consequent to this, the fair value as of the Transition Date is taken as their deemed cost for all those assets within these classes of assets where the fair value is lower than the carrying value. For all other assets within these classes of assets where the fair value is greater than the carrying value, those assets have been carried at their Previous GAAP amounts. As a result, property and equipment under IFRS is lower by $3,153, with a corresponding impact to retained earnings.

3.Certain deferred tax credits (net) amounting to $1,826 not recognized under Previous GAAP are now recognized under IFRS due to a difference in accounting treatment on account of:

a)accelerated amortization of share-based compensation expense in the initial years following the grant of share options and measurement of deferred tax asset based on share price at each reporting date under IFRS amounting to a credit of $1,408;

b)time value of purchased options amounting to a credit of $720;

c)application of substantially enacted tax rates amounting to a credit of $203; and

d)deferred tax debit amounting to $505 on account of election of IFRS 1 exemption on the Transition Date relating to selective measurement of items of property and equipment at their fair value.

The above adjustments have an impact on retained earnings and other components of equity.

4.Under IFRS, any contingent consideration payable on the date of acquisition shall be recognized at the fair value on the acquisition date and shall be recognized as a liability. The transition guidance on IFRS 3 requires contingent consideration balances arising from previous business combinations to be accounted as cost of acquisition and adjusted to goodwill, which do not apply to a first time adopter of IFRS. However IFRS 1 states that only intangible assets and its’ related deferred tax recognized under Previous GAAP that do not meet the recognition criteria under IFRS be adjusted against goodwill. Under IFRS, the Company has recognized $471 of contingent consideration as liability and the corresponding impact to retained earnings. Under Previous GAAP, such earn out consideration was recorded as an addition to goodwill.

5.Under employee benefits in India, the defined benefit plan provides for a lump-sum payment to eligible employees at retirement, death and incapacitation or on termination of employment, of an amount based on the respective employees’ salary and tenure of employment, subject to a maximum of approximately $8 per employee. In March 2010, the Indian Union Cabinet gave its consent for enhancing the gratuity limit at the time of retirement from $8 to $22 per employee in India. The amendment was subsequently passed in the Parliament on May 2010. As a result of the law being substantially enacted on the Transition Date, the carrying value of employee benefits increased by $255 with a corresponding impact to retained earnings. The impact of the above change was accounted in the first quarter of fiscal 2011 under Previous GAAP.

Under IFRS, the Company uses the projected unit credit method to determine the present value of defined benefit obligations using the market yields on Government bonds. Under Previous GAAP, the Company used a discount rate that reflects Government bond yield plus a spread for credit risk. As a result, the carrying value of employee benefits increased by $156 with a corresponding impact to retained earnings.

The Company has applied the exemption as provided in IFRS 1 with respect to employee benefits and has elected to recognize all cumulative actuarial gains and losses up to the Transition Date. As a result, the Company has recognized $454 in retained earnings under IFRS with a corresponding debit to other comprehensive income.

F - 25


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

6.Under IFRS, the noncontrolling interest is derecognized, since the Company believes that the risk and reward of ownership of the joint venture always vested with the Company.

Under IFRS, the put option in the joint venture agreement has been classified as a financial liability and valued based on the probability weighted assessment of possible outcomes of the various conditions for the put option. Further, the exercise of the put option is not under the control of the Company. Accordingly, under IFRS, a liability has been recorded based on the obligation existing as at the Transition Date based on the present value of the put option amounting to $1,676.

Under Previous GAAP, redeemable noncontrolling interest was classified as temporary equity as the net settlement of the put option and call option is not possible and hence was not classified as a derivative. The Company recognized the changes in redemption value of the redeemable noncontrolling interest at the end of each reporting period.

As a result, under IFRS, the redemption value of redeemable noncontrolling interest of $278 has been reclassed to other liabilities. Further, this liability was increased by $1,398 to record the existing obligation as at the Transition Date with a corresponding debit to retained earnings of $1,354 and a debit of $44 to other components of equity.

7.The Company grants share options to its employees. These share options vest in a graded manner over the vesting period. Under IFRS, each tranche of vesting is treated as a separate award and the share-based compensation expense relating to that tranche is amortized over the vesting period of the underlying tranche. This results in accelerated amortization of share-based compensation expense in the initial years following the grant of share options.

Under Previous GAAP, an entity was allowed to recognize the share-based compensation expense, relating to share options which vest in a graded manner, on a straight-line basis over the requisite vesting period for the entire award. However, the amount of compensation cost recognized at any date must at least equal the portion of the grant-date value of the award that is vested at that date.

Accordingly, the share-based compensation expense recognized under IFRS is higher by $2,150 as at the Transition Date in respect of the unvested awards.

8.Under the Indian tax laws, Fringe Benefit Tax (“FBT”) was imposed on all stock options exercised on or after April 1, 2007. Under this legislation, on exercise of an option or Restricted Share Unit (“RSUs”), employers were responsible for a tax equal to the intrinsic value at its vesting date multiplied by the applicable tax rate. The FBT was included as a component of the exercise price while computing the fair value of the grant. In August 2009, the Indian tax laws withdrew the levy of FBT with effect from April 1, 2009. Consequent to this change in legislation, no FBT were recovered for options and RSUs issued to Indian option holders, resulting in a reduction in the exercise price of the options and RSUs. Under Previous GAAP, the charge in FBT was treated as a modification.

Under IFRS, the levy of FBT is accounted as reimbursement under IAS 37, “Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets”. The grant date fair values of options and RSUs computed under Previous GAAP have been recomputed to remove the effect of FBT component included in the exercise price. As a result of the change in accounting treatment under IFRS, share-based compensation expense is higher by $1,287 as on the Transition Date.

9.Under IFRS, the time value of the options are separated from the option value and recorded at fair value at each reporting period with the resultant gains or losses reported in the statement of income. Consequently under IFRS, the change in accounting treatment resulted in an increase to other components of equity by $11,015 (net of tax) and a corresponding debit to retained earnings. Under Previous GAAP, for effective hedges the premium paid for purchased options were recorded in other components of equity.

F - 26


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

Reconciliation of equity as at March 31, 2011

   Notes   Amount as
per Previous
GAAP
  Effect of
transition to
IFRS
  Amount as
per IFRS
 

ASSETS

      

Current assets:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

    $27,090   $—     $27,090  

Bank deposits and marketable securities

     12    —      12  

Trade receivables

     78,586    —      78,586  

Unbilled revenue

     30,837    —      30,837  

Funds held for clients

     8,799    —      8,799  

Current tax assets

     8,502    —      8,502  

Derivative assets

     11,182    —      11,182  

Prepayments and other current assets

   1     16,679    (232)  16,447  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     181,687    (232)  181,455  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Investments

     2    —      2  

Goodwill

   2     94,036    (503)  93,533  

Intangible assets

     156,587    —      156,587  

Property and equipment

   3     48,592    (1,414)  47,178  

Derivative assets

     2,282    —      2,282  

Deferred tax assets

   4     36,820    (3,302)  33,518  

Other non-current assets

   1     8,413    (373)  8,040  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

    $528,419   $(5,824) $522,595  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

      

Current liabilities:

      

Trade payables

    $43,748   $—     $43,748  

Provisions

     32,933    —      32,933  

Derivative liabilities

     9,963    —      9,963  

Pension and other employee obligations

   5     31,034    (5)  31,029  

Short term line of credit

     14,593    —      14,593  

Current portion of long term debt

   1     50,000    (608)  49,392  

Deferred revenue

     6,962    —      6,962  

Income taxes payable

     3,088    —      3,088  

Other liabilities

   9     2,359    1,767    4,126  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     194,680    1,154    195,834  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities

     431    —      431  

Pension and other employee obligations

   5     4,087    398    4,485  

Long term debt

   1     43,095    (206)  42,889  

Deferred revenue

     5,976    —      5,976  

Other non-current liabilities

     2,978    —      2,978  

Deferred tax liabilities

   4     5,953    (807)  5,146  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     257,200    539    257,739  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

      

Share capital

     6,955    —      6,955  

Share premium

   6,7,10     208,050    3,380    211,430  

Retained earnings

   2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10     60,259    (13,670)  46,589  

Other components of equity

   4,5,8,9     (4,045)  3,927    (118)
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     271,219    (6,363)  264,856  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

    $528,419   $(5,824) $522,595  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

F - 27


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

Notes:

1.Under IFRS, debt is a financial liability recognized initially at fair value adjusted for transaction costs that are directly attributable to the issue of the financial liability and measured subsequently at amortized cost. Accordingly, debt issue costs have been netted off against long term debt. Under Previous GAAP, such debt issue costs were recorded as deferred charges. Due to the netting off of debt issue cost with the carrying amount of long term debt, prepayment and other current assets and other non-current assets are lower by $505 and $90 and current portion and non-current portion of the long term debt are lower by $505 and $90, respectively.

Further, under Previous GAAP, in connection with the refinancing of the long term debt, the debt issue cost incurred with third parties for the new loan pertaining to existing lenders continuing as new lenders were charged to the statement of income. Under IFRS, the same has been netted off against the long term debt. As a result, under IFRS, the long term debt is lower by $219.

Under IFRS, lease deposits have been recorded at fair value, and the resultant difference between the fair value and carrying value is shown as prepaid rent. As a result, prepayment and other current assets have increased by $273 and other non-current assets have reduced by $283.

2.Under IFRS, contingent consideration relating to acquisitions is recognized if it is probable that such consideration would be paid and can be measured reliably. Under Previous GAAP, contingent consideration is recognized after the contingency is resolved and additional consideration becomes payable. As a result, under IFRS, the Company has recognized contingent consideration as additional liability and retained earnings on the Transition Date. Consequently, goodwill under IFRS is lower by $503.

3.The Company has applied the exemption as provided in IFRS 1 with respect to deemed cost and measured specific items of property and equipment, on a selective basis within certain classes of assets, at their fair values at the Transition Date. Consequent to this, the fair value as of the Transition Date is taken as their deemed cost for all those assets within these classes of assets where the fair value was lower than the carrying value. For all other assets within these classes of assets where the fair value is greater than the carrying value, those assets have been carried at their Previous GAAP amounts. As a result, under IFRS, property and equipment is lower by $1,414, with a corresponding impact to retained earnings.

4.Certain deferred tax credits (net) amounting to $2,495 not recognized under Previous GAAP are now recognized under IFRS due to a difference in accounting treatment on account of:

a)accelerated amortization of share-based compensation expense amounting to a credit of $1,119;

b)time value of purchased options amounting to a credit of $1,672;

c)application of substantially enacted tax rates amounting to $198; and

d)deferred tax debit amounting to $494 on account of the following:

i)$426 on account of selective measurement of items of property and equipment at its fair value; and

ii)deferred tax created on employee benefits plan in India of $68.

The above adjustment has an impact on retained earnings and other components of equity.

5.Under IFRS, the Company uses the projected unit credit method to determine the present value of defined benefit obligations using the market yields on Government bonds. Under Previous GAAP, the Company used a discount rate that reflects Government bond yield plus a spread for credit risk. As a result, the carrying value of employee benefits increased by $393 with a corresponding impact to retained earnings.

The Company has appliedrecognizes government grants only when there is reasonable assurance that the exemptionconditions attached to them shall be complied with, and the grants will be received. Government grants related to depreciable assets are treated as provided in IFRS 1 with respect to employee benefitsdeferred income and has elected to recognize all cumulative actuarial gains and losses up to the Transition Date. As a result, under IFRS, the Company hasare recognized $425 into retained earnings.

F - 28


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

6.The Company grants share options to its employees. These share options vest in a graded manner over the vesting period. Under IFRS, each tranche of vesting is treated as a separate award and the share-based compensation expense relating to that tranche is amortized over the vesting period of the underlying tranche. This results in accelerated amortization of share-based compensation expense in the initial years following the grant of share options.

Previous GAAP permits an entity to recognize the share-based compensation expense, relating to share options which vest in a graded manner on a straight-line basis over the requisite vesting period for the entire award. However, the amount of compensation cost recognized at any date must at least equal the portion of the grant-date value of the award that is vested at that date. As a result of the change in accounting treatment under IFRS, share premium is higher by $1,858 on account of higher share-based compensation expense.

7.Under the Indian tax laws, FBT was imposed on all stock options exercised on or after April 1, 2007. Under this legislation, on exercise of an option or RSUs, employers were responsible for a tax equal to the intrinsic value at its vesting date multiplied by the applicable tax rate. The FBT was included as a component of the exercise price while computing the fair value of the grant. In August 2009, Indian tax laws withdrew the levy of FBT with effect from April 1, 2009. Consequent to this change in legislation, no FBT were recovered for options and RSUs issued to Indian optionees, resulting in a reduction in the exercise price of the options and RSUs. Under Previous GAAP, FBT charge was treated as a modification.

Under IFRS, the levy of FBT is accounted as reimbursement under IAS 37. The grant date fair values of options and RSUs computed under the Previous GAAP have been recomputed to remove the effect of FBT component included in the exercise price. As a result of the change in accounting treatment under IFRS, share premium is higher by $782 on account of higher share-based compensation expense.

8.Under Previous GAAP, for effective hedges the premium paid for purchased options were recorded in other components of equity. Under IFRS, the time value of the options are separated from the option value and recorded at fair value at each reporting period with the resultant gains or losses reported in the statement of income. Consequently under IFRS, the change in accounting treatment resulted in an increase to other components of equity by $3,613 (net of tax).

9.Under IFRS the redeemable noncontrolling interest is derecognized, since the Company believes that the risks and rewards of the joint venture always vested with the Company.

Under IFRS, the put option in the joint venture agreement has been classified as a financial liability and valued based on the probability weighted assessment of possible outcomes of the various conditions for the put option. Further, the exercise of the put option is not under the control of the Company. Accordingly, under IFRS, a liability has been recorded based on the obligation existing as at the Transition Date based on the present value of the put option.

Under Previous GAAP, redeemable noncontrolling interest was classified as temporary equity as the net settlement of the put option and call option is not possible and hence was not classified as a derivative. The Company recognized the changes in redemption value of the redeemable noncontrolling interest at the end of each reporting period. As a result, under IFRS, the share of losses on redeemable noncontrolling interest amounting to $53 recorded in other components of equity has been transferred to retained earnings.

10.Under IFRS, the deferred tax asset on share-based compensation expense is adjusted based on the prevailing share price at each reporting date. Any fluctuation in share price will result in a change in deferred tax. At the time of exercise of options, any excess deferred tax created is recognized as a charge in the statement of income.

Under Previous GAAP, deferred tax asset on share-based compensation expense is calculated at the date of the grant of option. At the time of exercise of option, the shortfall is recorded as a debit to equity to the extent prior excess tax benefits exist.

As a result of the change in accounting treatment under IFRS, the Company has recognized $740 of tax deficiency in the statement of comprehensive income withon a corresponding creditsystematic and rational basis over the useful life of the asset. Government grants related to share premium.

F - 29


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amountsrevenue are recognized on a systematic basis in thousands, except share and per share data)

Reconciliation of profits for the year ended March 31, 2011

   Relevant
notes for
adjustment
   Amount as
per
Previous
GAAP
  Effect of
transition to
IFRS
  Amount
as per
IFRS
  Reclassification  Amount as
per IFRS
 

Revenue

    $616,251   $—     $616,251   $—     $616,251  

Cost of revenue

   1,2,3,4     491,847    (1,826)  490,021    —      490,021  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross profit

     124,404    1,826    126,230    —      126,230  

Operating expenses:

        

Selling and marketing expenses

   1,3     23,787    (333)  23,454    —      23,454  

General and administrative expenses

   1,3     56,756    (393)  56,363    —      56,363  

Foreign exchange gain

   9    —      —      —      (15,123)  (15,123)

Amortization of intangible assets

     31,810    —      31,810     31,810  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating profits

     12,051    2,552    14,603    15,123    29,726  

Other (income)/expense, net

   4,6,9     (6,106)  (6,914)  (13,020)  11,895    (1,125)

Finance expense

   5     8,018    200    8,218    3,228    11,446  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit before income taxes

     10,139    9,266    19,405    —      19,405  

Provision for income taxes

   7     1,052    440    1,492    —      1,492  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit after tax

     9,087    8,826    17,913    —      17,913  

Redeemable noncontrolling interest

   8     (730)  730    —      —      —    
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit

    $9,817   $8,096   $17,913   $—     $17,913  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

F - 30


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

Reconciliationstatement of comprehensive income forover the year ended March 31, 2011

   Relevant
notes for
adjustments
   Amount as
per Previous
GAAP
  Effect of
transition to
IFRS
  Amount
as per
IFRS
  Reclassification   Amount as
per IFRS
 

Profit

    $9,087   $8,826   $17,913   $—      $17,913  

Other comprehensive income for the period, net of taxes

         

Pension adjustment

   10     788    (105)  683    —       683  

Changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

   11     (4,707)  (7,137)  (11,844)  —       (11,844)

Foreign currency translation

   1     7,544    (353)  7,191    —       7,191  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income/ (loss), net of taxes

     3,625    (7,595)  (3,970)  —       (3,970)
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Comprehensive income attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest

   12     (633)  633    —      —       —    
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

    $13,345   $598   $13,943   $—      $13,943  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Notes:

1.Under IFRS, the Company has applied the exemption as provided in IFRS 1 with respect to deemed cost and measured specific items of property and equipment, on a selective basis within certain classes of assets, at their fair values at the Transition Date. Consequent to this, the fair value as of the Transition Date is taken as their deemed cost for all those classes of assets where the fair value is lower than the carrying value. As a result, under IFRS, the depreciation charge is lower by $1,524 in cost of revenue, $206 in selling and marketing expenses and $12 in general and administrative expenses.

2.Under IFRS, the Company uses the projected unit credit method to determine the present value of defined benefit obligations using the market yields on Government bonds. Under Previous GAAP, the Company used a discount rate that reflects Government bond yield plus a spread for credit risk. As a result of the change in discount rates, under IFRS, the employee benefit expense has reduced by $49 in cost of revenue.

F - 31


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

3.Under IFRS, the Company amortizes share-based compensation expense, relating to share options which vest in a graded manner on an accelerated basis. Under Previous GAAP, share-based compensation expense is recorded on a straight-line basis. Accordingly, due to the change in expense recognition method under IFRS, the Company has recognized lower share-based compensation expense of $286 in cost of revenue, $127 in selling and marketing expenses and $381 in general and administrative expenses.

4.Under IFRS, the Company has recorded at fair value lease deposits and the resultant difference between the amount paid and fair value is recognized as prepaid rent difference. As a result of the fair valuation, under IFRS, the cost of revenue has increased by $33 on account of the amortization of deferred rent cost on a straight line basis and recorded interest income $23 based on the effective interest rate method.

5.Under Previous GAAP, in connection with the refinancing of the long term debt, the debt issue cost for the new loan pertaining to existing lenders continuing as new lenders were charged to the statement of income. Under IFRS, the debt issue costs have been netted off against the long term debt and amortized to the statement of income over the period of the loan. As a result, under IFRS, the expenses are higher on account of debt issue cost amortization by $200.

6.Under Previous GAAP, for effective hedges, the premium paid for purchased options is recorded in other comprehensive income. Under IFRS, the time value of the options are separated from the option value and recorded at fair value at each reporting period and the resultant gains or losses are reported under the statement of income. As a result, under IFRS, the Company has recognized foreign exchange gains of $6,496.

Under Previous GAAP, in connectionperiods necessary to match them with the refinancing of the long term debt, the debt issuance cost incurred with third parties for the new loan pertainingrelated costs that they are intended to existing lenders continuing as new lenders were charged to the statement of income. Under IFRS, the debt issue cost has been netted off against the long term debt. As a result, under IFRS, the other (income)/expenses are lower by $418.compensate.

The Company recorded revaluation loss on account of payout made in respect of contingent consideration amounting to $23.

7.Certain deferred tax debit (net) amounting to $440 not recognized under Previous GAAP are now recognized under IFRS due to a difference in accounting treatment on account of:

a)tax deficiencies on exercise of options recognized in the statement of income amounting to a debit of $738;

b)selective measurement of items of property and equipment at their fair value amounting to a debit of $83;

c)time value of purchased option amounting to a debit of $46;

d)accelerated amortization of share-based compensation expense amounting to a credit of $132;

e)deferred tax asset created on employee benefits in India amounting to a credit of $100; and

f)application of substantially enacted rate amounting to a credit of $196.

8.Under Previous GAAP, redeemable noncontrolling interest was classified as temporary equity as certain conditions of the put option and call option are not within the control of the Company. Under IFRS, the shares held by redeemable noncontrolling interest do not meet the conditions for being classified as equity since the Company has a contractual obligation to deliver cash and hence they have been classified as financial liability. As a result, under IFRS, the Company bears all the losses attributable to noncontrolling interest amounting to $730.

9.Under IFRS, the Company has reclassified and presented foreign exchange (gain)/losses as a separate line item under Operating Profits. Under Previous GAAP, these transactions were presented under Other (income)/expenses, net. Similarly, under IFRS, the mark to market loss of $3,228 on interest rate swap has been reclassified into finance expense from Other (income)/expense.

F - 32


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

10.Under Previous GAAP the Company recognizes actuarial gains and losses in other comprehensive income and subsequently, accumulated gains and losses over and above the 10% corridor are recognized, systematically over the expected working lives of the employees, as an expense component of net periodic benefit cost. Under IFRS, the Company has applied the exemption as provided in IFRS 1 with respect to employee benefits and has elected to recognize all cumulative actuarial gains and losses in other comprehensive income and subsequently not to recognize the same in the statement of income. As a result, under IFRS, the other comprehensive income with respect to pension adjustment is lower by $105.

11.Under Previous GAAP, for effective hedges the premium paid for purchased options were recorded in other components of equity. Under IFRS, the time value of the options are separated from the option value and recorded at fair value at each reporting period with the resultant gains or losses reported in the statement of income. As a result, under IFRS, the other comprehensive income with respect to cash flow hedges (net of tax) is lower by $7,137.

12.Under IFRS, the shares held by redeemable noncontrolling interest do not meet the conditions for being classified as equity since the Company has a contractual obligation to deliver cash and hence they have been classified as financial liability.

Under Previous GAAP, redeemable noncontrolling interest was classified as temporary equity as certain conditions of the put option and call option are not within the control of the Company. The Company recognized the changes in redemption value of the redeemable noncontrolling interest at the end of each reporting period.

Under IFRS, the Company bears all the changes attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest. Consequently, the other comprehensive income with respect to noncontrolling interest is higher by $633.

F - 33


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

3. New accounting pronouncements not yet adopted by the Company

Certain new standards, interpretations and amendments to existing standards have been published that are mandatory for the Company’s accounting periods beginning on or after April 1, 20122014 or later periods. Those which are considered to be relevant to the Company’s operations are set out below.

 

i.International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) issued an amendment in IFRS 7“Financial Instruments: Disclosure” (“IFRS 7”) that requires additional quantitative and qualitative disclosures relating to transfers of financial assets effective for annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2011 with earlier application permitted, where:

financial assets are derecognized in their entirety, but where the entity has a continuing involvement in them (e.g., options or guarantees on the transferred assets); and

financial assets are not derecognized in their entirety.

The Company envisage there will be no impact of this additional disclosure requirement on its consolidated financial statements.

ii.In November 2009, the IASB issued IFRS 9“Financial Instruments: Classification and Measurement” “Financial Instruments” (“IFRS 9”), “Classification and Measurement”. This standard introduces certain new requirements for classifying and measuring financial assets and liabilities and divides all financial assets that are currently in the scope of IAS 39 into two classifications, viz. those measured at amortized cost and those measured at fair value. In October 2010, the IASB issued a revised version of IFRS 9, “Financial Instruments” (IFRS 9 R).9. The revised standard adds guidance on the classification and measurement of financial liabilities. IFRS 9 R requires entities with financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss to recognize changes in the fair value due to changes in the liability’s credit risk in other comprehensive income. However, if recognizing these changes in other comprehensive income creates an accounting mismatch, an entity would present the entire change in fair value within profit or loss. There is no subsequent recycling of the amounts recorded in other comprehensive income to profit or loss, but accumulated gains or losses may be transferred within equity. In November 2013, IASB finalized the new hedge accounting guidance which forms part of IFRS 9. There have been significant changes to the types of transactions eligible for hedge accounting. In addition, the ineffectiveness test was overhauled and replaced with the principle of an ‘economic relationship’.

The mandatory effective date for IFRS 9 is removed temporarily and IASB will determine a new mandatory effective date when it has finalized the requirements for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2015.all the other phases of the project to replace IAS 39. Earlier application is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that this new standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

ii.iii.In May 2011,2013, the IASB issued IFRS 13“Fair Value Measurements” (“IFRS 13”). IFRS 13 definesan amendment to IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets” to reduce the circumstances in which the recoverable amount of assets or cash-generating units is required to be disclosed, clarify the disclosures required, and to introduce an explicit requirement to disclose the discount rate used in determining impairment (or reversals) where recoverable amount (based on fair value provides single IFRS framework for measuring fair value; and requires disclosure about fairless costs of disposal) is determined using a present value measurements. IFRS 13technique. This Amendment is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, with earlier application permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that this new standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.2014.

iv.In May, 2011, the IASB issued IFRS 10 “Consolidated Financial Statements” (“IFRS 10”) which replaces consolidation requirements in IAS 27 “Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements” and SIC-12 “Consolidation — Special Purpose Entities” and builds on existing principles by identifying the concept of control as the determining factor in whether an entity should be included within the consolidated financial statements of the parent company. This pronouncement is effective for the annual period beginning on or after January 1, 2013 with earlier application permitted so long as each of this standard is applied together with other four standards as mentioned below;

IFRS 11“Joint Arrangements”

IFRS 12“Disclosure of Interest in Other Entities”

IAS 27 (Revised)“Separate Financial Statements”

IAS 28 (Revised)“Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures”

The remainder of IAS 27, ‘Separate Financial Statements’, now contains accounting and disclosure requirements for investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates only when an entity prepares separate financial statements and is therefore not applicable in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

IFRS 11 “Joint Arrangements” (“IFRS 11”), which replaces IAS 31,“Interests in Joint Ventures” and SIC-13, “Jointly Controlled Entities — Non-monetary Contributions by Ventures”, requires a single method, known as the equity method, to account for interests in jointly controlled entities. The proportionate consolidation method in joint ventures is prohibited. IAS 28, “Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures”, was amended as a consequence of the issuance of IFRS 11. In addition to prescribing the accounting for investment in associates, it now sets out the requirements for the application of the equity method when accounting for joint ventures. The application of the equity method has not changed as a result of this amendment.

F - 34


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

IFRS 12 “Disclosure of Interest in Other Entities” is a new and comprehensive standard on disclosure requirements for all forms of interests in other entities, including joint arrangements, associates, special purpose vehicles and other off balance sheet vehicles. The standard includes disclosure requirements for entities covered under IFRS 10 and IFRS 11.

The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the above pronouncements on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

v.In June 2011, the IASB published amendments to IAS 1“Presentation of Financial Statements” (“IAS 1”). The amendments to IAS 1 require companies preparing financial statements in accordance with IFRS to group items within other comprehensive income that may be reclassified to the profit or loss separately from those items which would not be recyclable in the profit or loss section of the statement of income. It also requires the tax associated with items presented before tax to be shown separately for each of the two groups of other comprehensive income items (without changing the option to present items of other comprehensive income either before tax or net of tax).

The amendments also reaffirm existing requirements that items in other comprehensive income and profit or loss should be presented as either a single statement or two consecutive statements. This amendment is applicable to annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2012, with early adoption permitted. The Company is required to adopt IAS 1 (Amended) by accounting year commencing April 1, 2013. The Company has evaluated the requirements of IAS 1 (Amended)the above amendment and the Company does not believe that the adoption of IAS 1 (Amended)this amendment will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

 

vi.iii.In June 2011,May 2014, the IASB issued an amendedtwo amendments with respect to IAS 19“Employee Benefits”. This amendment is applicable on a modified retrospective basis to annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013,16 Property, Plant and Equipment (IAS 16) and IAS 38 Intangible Assets (IAS 38) dealing with early adoption permitted. Apart from certain miscellaneous changes, key changes are:

a.recognitionacceptable methods of changes in the net defined liability/(assets) in other comprehensive income;

b.introduced enhanced disclosures about defined benefit plans;depreciation and

c.modified accounting for termination benefits. amortization.

The Companyamended IAS 16 prohibits entities from using a revenue based depreciation method for items of property, plant and equipment. Further the amendment under IAS 38 introduces and rebuttable presumption that revenue is currently evaluatingnot an appropriate basis for amortization of an intangible assets. However this presumption can only be rebutted in two limited circumstances;

a) the impactintangible is expressed as a measure of revenue i.e. when the predominant limiting factor inherent in an intangible asset is the achievement of a contractually specified revenue threshold; or

b) it can be demonstrate that revenue and the above amendment will have on its consolidated financial statements.consumption of economic benefits of the intangible assets are highly correlated.

vii.In December 2011, the IASB amended the accounting requirements and disclosures related to offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities by issuing an amendment to IAS 32 “Financial Instruments: Presentation” and IFRS 7 “Financial Instruments: Disclosure”.

The amendmentIn these circumstances, revenue expected to IFRS 7 requires companies to disclose information about rightsbe generated from the intangible assets can be an appropriate basis for amortization of offset and related arrangements for financial instruments under an enforceable master netting agreement or similar arrangement. The new disclosure are effective for interim or annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. It requires retrospective application for comparative periods.the intangible asset.

The IASB has amended IAS 32 to clarify the meaning of ‘currently has a legally enforceable right of set off’amendments apply prospectively and ‘simultaneous realization and settlement’. The amendment’s clarify that to result in offset of a financial assets and financial liability, a right to set off must be available today rather than being contingent on a future event and must be exercisable by any of the counterparties, both in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy.

Also the amendments clarify that the determination of whether the rights meets the legally enforceable criterion will depend on both the contractual terms entered into between the counterparties as well as the law governing the contract and the bankruptcy process in the event of bankruptcy or insolvency. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014 and are required to be applied retrospectively for comparative periods.2016, with earlier application permitted.

The Company is currently evaluatinghas evaluated the impact thatrequirements of both the above amendments and does not believe that the adoption of these amendments will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F - 3521


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

4. Acquisition

On June 21, 2012, the Company acquired all outstanding equity shares of Fusion Outsourcing Services (Proprietary) Limited (“Fusion”) (subsequently renamed as WNS Global Services SA (Pty) Ltd), a provider of a range of outsourcing services including contact center, customer care and business continuity services to both South African and international clients.

The purchase price for the acquisition was £10,000 ($15,680 based on the exchange rate on June 21, 2012) plus £399 ($644 based on the exchange rate on October 30, 2012) towards adjustment for cash and working capital.

In accordance with the terms of the sale and purchase agreement entered in connection with the acquisition of Fusion, £5,000 ($7,840 based on the exchange rate on June 21, 2012) was paid at the completion arrangement on June 21, 2012, £399 ($644 based on the exchange rate on October 30, 2012) was paid based on completion accounts on October 30, 2012 and the remainder £5,000 ($7,840 based on the exchange rate on June 21, 2012) was paid on May 31, 2013 along with interest of 3% per annum above the base rate of Barclays Bank Plc. amounting to £151.

 

4.F - 22


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

The Company incurred acquisition related cost of $401 which has been included in “General and administrative expenses” in the consolidated statements of income.

The purchase price has been allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as set out below:

   Amount 

Cash

  $1,431  

Trade receivables

   3,309  

Prepayments and other current assets

   185  

Property and equipment

   2,315  

Deferred tax assets, net

   1,722  

Intangible assets

  

— Customer relationship

   2,148  

— Customer contracts

   1,427  

— Software

   383  

Current liabilities

   (2,795
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

  $10,125  

Less: Purchase consideration

   16,324  
  

 

 

 

Goodwill on acquisition

  $6,199  
  

 

 

 

5. Cash and cash equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an initial maturity of up to three months to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents consist of the following:

 

  As at   As at 
  March 31,   March 31,   April 1,   March 31,   March 31, 
  2012   2011   2010   2014   2013 

Cash and bank balance

  $34,821    $21,631    $25,320    $25,546    $21,323  

Short term deposits with bank

   11,904     5,459     6,991     8,145     6,555  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  $46,725    $27,090    $32,311    $33,691    $27,878  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Short term deposits can be withdrawn by the Company at any time without prior notice and are readily convertible into known amounts of cash with an insignificant risk of changes in value.

5. Bank deposits and marketable securities

Bank deposits consist of term deposits with an original maturity of more than three months. The Company’s marketable securities represent short term investments and are acquired principally for the purpose of earning dividend income. Bank deposits and marketable securities consist of the following:

   As at 
   March 31,   March 31,   April 1, 
   2012   2011   2010 

Bank deposits

  $—      $12    $45  

Marketable securities

   26,384     —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $26,384    $12    $45  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

6. Trade receivables

Trade receivables consist of the following:

   As at 
   March 31,  March 31,  April 1, 
   2012  2011  2010 

Trade receivables

  $71,287   $82,427   $47,234  

Trade receivables from related parties

   604    556    739  

Allowances for doubtful account receivables

   (5,470  (4,397)  (3,152)
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  $66,421   $78,586   $44,821  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The movement in the allowances for doubtful accounts receivables is as follows:

   As at 
   March 31,
2012
  March 31,
2011
  April 1,
2010
 

Balance at the beginning of the period

  $4,397   $3,152   $1,935  

Charged to operations

   1,381    1,794    1,666  

Write-off, net of collections

   (27  (183)  (20)

Reversal

   (226  (510)  (428)

Translation adjustment

   (55  144    (1)
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the period

  $5,470   $4,397   $3,152  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

F - 3623


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

6. Investments

Investments consist of the following:

   As at 
   March 31,   March 31, 
   2014   2013 

Marketable securities(1)

  $18,332    $46,473  

Investments in FMPs

   94,159     43,216  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $112,491    $89,689  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note:

(1) Marketable securities represent short term investments made principally for the purpose of earning dividend income.

The current and non—current classification of investments are as follows:

   As at 
   March 31,   March 31, 
   2014   2013 

Current investments

  $83,817    $46,473  

Non- current investments

   28,674     43,216  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $112,491    $89,689  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

7. Trade receivables

Trade receivables consist of the following:

   As at 
   March 31,  March 31, 
   2014  2013 

Trade receivables

  $66,982   $69,583  

Allowances for doubtful account receivables

   (4,999  (5,145

Total

  $61,983   $64,438  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The movement in the allowances for doubtful trade receivables is as follows:

   As at 
   March 31,
2014
  March 31,
2013
  March 31,
2012
 

Balance at the beginning of the period

  $5,145   $5,470   $4,397  

Charged to operations

   1,211    1,190    1,381  

Write-off

   (1,058  (955  (27

Reversal

   (602  (349  (226

Translation adjustment

   303    (211  (55
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the period

  $4,999   $5,145   $5,470  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

7.F - 24


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

8. Prepayment and other assets

Prepayment and other assets consist of the following:

 

  As at 
  March 31,   March 31,   April 1,   As at 
  2012   2011   2010   March 31,
2014
   March 31,
2013
 

Current:

          

Value Added Tax (VAT) receivables

  $10,118    $10,103    $8,644  

Service tax and other tax receivables

  $5,710    $4,588  

Deferred transition cost

   944     1,153     907     702     498  

Employee receivables

   1,504     1,232     1,526     1,398     1,190  

Advances to suppliers

   2,341     1,006     1,035     1,041     774  

Deposit with client

   3,206     —       —    

Prepaid expenses

   3,551     2,581     2,101     4,683     3,329  

Other assets

   261     372     2,481     3,391     1,642  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  $21,925    $16,447    $16,694    $16,925    $12,021  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Non-current:

      

Non-current:

    

Deposits

  $6,355    $6,085  

Non-current tax assets

   4,288     3,826  

Service tax and other tax receivables

   3,324     4,199  

Deferred transition cost

  $428    $734    $1,224     747     274  

Transition premium

   190     246     301  

Deposits

   6,262     7,060     7,086  

Others

   1,939     413  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  $6,880    $8,040    $8,611    $16,653    $14,797  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

8.9. Goodwill

The movement in goodwill balance by reportable segment as at March 31, 20122014 and 20112013 is as follows:

 

   WNS
Global
BPO
  WNS
Auto
Claims
  Total 

Balance as at April 1, 2010

  $59,515   $31,147   $90,662  

Foreign currency translation

   774    2,097    2,871  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2011

  $60,289   $33,244   $93,533  

Foreign currency translation

   (6,719  (119  (6,838
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2012

  $53,570   $33,125   $86,695  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   WNS
Global BPM
  WNS Auto
Claims BPM
  Total 

Balance as at April 1, 2012

  $53,570   $33,125   $86,695  

Goodwill arising from acquisition of Fusion (See Note 4)

   6,199    —      6,199  

Foreign currency translation

   (3,883  (1,879  (5,762
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2013

  $55,886   $31,246   $87,132  

Foreign currency translation

   (4,580  3,102    (1,478
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2014

  $51,306   $34,348   $85,654  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The carrying value of goodwill allocated to the cash generating units (CGU)(“CGU”) is as follows:

 

  As at   As at 
  March 31,   March 31,   April 1,   March 31,   March 31, 
  2012   2011   2010   2014   2013 

WNS Global BPO*

  $4,453    $4,941    $4,903  

WNS Global BPM*

  $3,917    $4,229  

South Africa

   4,882     5,596  

Research & Analytics

   44,962     51,177     50,704     38,197     42,142  

Technology Services

   4,155     4,171     3,908     4,310     3,920  

WNS Auto Claims BPO

   33,125     33,244     31,147  

WNS Auto Claims BPM

   34,348     31,245  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
  $86,695    $93,533    $90,662    $85,654    $87,132  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

*Excluding Research & Analytics, South Africa and Technology ServicesServices.

 

F - 3725


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually in accordance with the Company’s procedure for determining the recoverable value of such assets. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to a CGU representing the lowest level within the GroupCompany at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes, and which is not higher than the Group’sCompany’s operating segment. The recoverable amount of the CGU is the higher of its FVLCTS and its VIU. The FVLCTS of the CGU is determined based on the market capitalization approach, using the turnover and earnings multiples derived from observed market data.VIU. The VIU is determined based on discounted cash flow projections.

Key assumptions on which the Company has based its determination of VIUs include:

 

a)Estimated cash flows for five years based on approved internal management budgets with extrapolation for the remaining period, wherever such budgets were shorter than 5five years period.

 

b)Terminal value arrived by extrapolating last forecasted year cash flows to perpetuity using long-term growth rates. These long-term growth rates take into consideration external macro-economic sources of data. Such long-term growth rate considered does not exceed that of the relevant business and industry sectorsector.

 

c)The discount rates used are based weighted average cost of capital of a comparable market participant, which are adjusted for specific country risks.

The key assumptions used in performing the impairment test, by each CGU, were as follows:

 

  CGU’s 
  WNS Global
BPO
 Research and
Analysis
 Technology
Services
 WNS Auto
Claims BPO
   CGU’s 
  WNS Global
BPM*
 South Africa Research &
Analytics
 Technology
Services
 WNS Auto
Claims BPM
 

Discount rate

   16  16  13  13   20.0 20.0 20.0 14.0 14.0

Perpetual growth rate

   3  3  3  2   3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.0

*Excluding research & analytics, South Africa and Technology Services

The assumptions used were based on the Company’s internal budget. The Company projected revenue, operating margins and cash flows for a period of five years, and applied a perpetual long-term growth rate thereafter.

In arriving at its forecasts, the Company considered past experience, economic trends and inflation as well as industry and market trends. The projections also took into account factors such as the expected impact from new client wins and expansion from existing clients businesses and efficiency initiatives, and the maturity of the markets in which each business operates.

Based on the above, no impairment was identified as atof March 31, 20122014 as the recoverable valueamount of the CGUs exceeded the carrying value.

An analysis of the calculation’s sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in the key parameters (revenue growth, operating margin, discount rate and long-term growth rate) did not identify any probable scenarios where the CGU’s recoverable amount would fall below its carrying amount.

 

F - 3826


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

9. Intangibles10. Intangible assets

The changes in the carrying value of acquired intangible assets for the year ended March 31, 20112013 are as follows:

 

Gross carrying value

  Customer
contracts
   Customer
relationship
   Intellectual
property
rights
   Leasehold
benefits
   Covenant
not-
to-compete
   Total 

Balance as at April 1, 2010

  $189,961    $64,891    $4,660    $1,835    $337    $261,684  

Translation adjustments

   249     617     314     —       16     1,196  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2011

  $190,210    $65,508    $4,974    $1,835    $353    $262,880  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization and impairment

            

Balance as at April 1, 2010

  $49,301    $19,962    $3,344    $789    $209    $73,605  

Amortization

   21,270     8,822     1,198     459     61     31,810  

Translation adjustments

   248     351     270     —       9     878  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2011

  $70,819    $29,135    $4,812    $1,248    $279    $106,293  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net carrying value as at March 31, 2011

  $119,391    $36,373    $162    $587    $74    $156,587  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
         Intellectual      Covenant       

Gross carrying value

  Customer
contracts
  Customer
relationship
  property
rights
  Leasehold
benefits
   not-to-
compete
  Software  Total 

Balance as at April 1, 2012

  $175,967   $64,482   $4,956   $1,835    $353   $1,017   $248,610  

Additions

   —      —      —      —       —      4,890    4,890  

On acquisition of Fusion

   1,427    2,148    —      —       —      383    3,958  

Translation adjustments

   (6,536  (1,155  (281  —       (15  (147  (8,134
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2013

  $170,858   $65,475   $4,675   $1,835    $338   $6,143   $249,324  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization

         

Balance as at April 1, 2012

  $89,372   $37,043   $4,956   $1,707    $343   $48   $133,469  

Amortization

   17,887    7,425    —      128     10    900    26,350  

Translation adjustments

   (1,401  (912  (281  —       (15  10    (2,599
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2013

  $105,858   $43,556   $4,675   $1,835    $338   $958   $157,220  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net carrying value as at March 31, 2013

  $65,000   $21,919   $—     $—      $—     $5,185   $92,104  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The changes in the carrying value of acquired intangible assets for the year ended March 31, 20122014 are as follows::

 

Gross carrying value

  Customer
contracts
  Customer
relationship
  Intellectual
property
rights
  Leasehold
benefits
   Covenant
not-
to-compete
   Software  Total 

Balance as at April 1, 2011

  $190,210   $65,508   $4,974   $1,835    $353    $—     $262,880  

Additions

   —      —      —      —       —       1,053    1,053  

Translation adjustments

   (14,243)  (1,026)  (18)  —       —       (36)  (15,323)
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2012

  $175,967   $64,482   $4,956   $1,835    $353    $1,017   $248,610  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization and impairment

          

Balance as at April 1, 2011

  $70,819   $29,135   $4,812   $1,248    $279    $—     $106,293  

Amortization

   19,949    8,792    161    459     64     51    29,476  

Translation adjustments

   (1,396  (884)  (17)  —       —       (3)  (2,300)
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2012

  $89,372   $37,043   $4,956   $1,707    $343    $48   $133,469  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net carrying value as at March 31, 2012

  $86,595   $27,439   $—     $128    $10    $969   $115,141  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

         Intellectual       Covenant        

Gross carrying value

  Customer
contracts
  Customer
relationship
  property
rights
   Leasehold
benefits
   not-to-
compete
   Software  Total 

Balance as at April 1, 2013

  $170,858   $65,475   $4,675    $1,835    $338    $6,143   $249,324  

Additions

   167    —      —       —       —       5,083    5,250  

Translation adjustments

   (8,469  (76  464     —       23     (403  (8,461
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2014

  $162,556   $65,399   $5,139    $1,835    $361    $10,823   $246,113  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization

           

Balance as at April 1, 2013

  $105,858   $43,556   $4,675    $1,835    $338    $958   $157,220  

Amortization

   16,379    5,798    —       —       —       1,612    23,789  

Translation adjustments

   (2,802  142    464     —       23     55    (2,118
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2014

  $119,435   $49,496   $5,139    $1,835    $361    $2,625   $178,891  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net carrying value as at March 31, 2014

  $43,121   $15,903   $—      $—      $—      $8,198   $67,222  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

F - 3927


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

As at March 31, 2012,2014, the estimated remaining weighted average amortization periods for intangiblesintangible assets are as follows:

 

   Balance Life
(In months) 

Customer contracts

   5632  

Customer relationship

   53

Leasehold benefits

3

Covenant not-to-compete

338  

Software

   5443  

The estimated annual amortization expense based on remaining weighted average amortization periods for intangible balanceassets and exchange rates, each as at March 31, 20122014 are as follows:

 

  Amount   Amount 

2013

  $26,438  

2014

   24,622  

2015

   24,544    $24,477  

2016

   24,495     24,325  

2017

   15,042     15,715  

2018

   1,499  

2019

   1,206  
  

 

   

 

 
  $115,141    $67,222  
  

 

   

 

 

 

F - 4028


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

10.11. Property and equipment, net

The changes in the carrying value of property and equipment for the year ended March 31, 20112013 are as follows:

 

Gross carrying value

  Buildings   Computers
and
software
   Furniture,
fixtures and
office
equipment
   Vehicles   Leasehold
improve-
ments
   Total 

Balance as at April 1, 2010

  $12,424    $59,828    $51,269    $2,299    $40,193    $166,013  

Additions

   170     5,375     5,184     1,180     4,326     16,235  

Disposal/retirements

   —       294     422     1,174     590     2,480  

Translation adjustments

   79     1,573     686     22     514     2,874  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2011

  $12,673    $66,482    $56,717    $2,327    $44,443    $182,642  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

            

Balance as at April 1, 2010

  $846    $51,293    $41,128    $1,807    $27,885    $122,959  

Depreciation

   674     5,792     5,175     408     5,571     17,620  

Disposal/retirements

   —       256     452     547     605     1,860  

Translation adjustments

   19     1,334     566     15     403     2,337  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2011

  $1,539    $58,163    $46,417    $1,683    $33,254    $141,056  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital work-in-progress

             5,592  
            

 

 

 

Net carrying value as at March 31, 2011

            $47,178  
            

 

 

 

Gross carrying value

  Buildings  Computers
and
software
  Furniture,
fixtures and
office
equipment
  Vehicles  Leasehold
improvements
  Total 

Balance as at April 1, 2012

  $11,495   $64,668   $55,861   $1,648   $47,924   $181,596  

Additions

   —      4,148    5,595    363    4,932    15,038  

On acquisition of Fusion

   —      805    1,014    —      496    2,315  

Disposal/Retirements

   —      790    3,131    811    2,773    7,505  

Translation adjustments

   (363  (3,662  (2,988  (101  (2,694  (9,808
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2013

  $11,132   $65,169   $56,351   $1,099   $47,885   $181,636  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation

       

Balance as at April 1, 2012

  $1,846   $57,804   $44,419   $1,177   $34,175   $139,421  

Depreciation

   555    4,668    5,145    134    4,207    14,709  

Disposal/Retirements

   —      783    2,992    268    2,733    6,776  

Translation adjustments

   (57  (3,467  (2,424  (71  (2,026  (8,045
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2013

  $2,344   $58,222   $44,148   $972   $33,623   $139,309  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Capital work-in-progress

        6,113  
       

 

 

 

Net carrying value as at March 31, 2013

       $48,440  
       

 

 

 

The changes in the carrying value of property and equipment for the year ended March 31, 20122014 are as follows:

 

Gross carrying value

  Buildings Computers
and
software
 Furniture,
fixtures and
office
equipment
 Vehicles Leasehold
improve-
ments
 Total   Buildings Computers
and
software
 Furniture,
fixtures and
office
equipment
 Vehicles Leasehold
improvements
 Total 

Balance as at April 1, 2011

  $12,673   $66,482   $56,717   $2,327   $44,443   $182,642  

Balance as at April 1, 2013

  $11,132   $65,169   $56,351   $1,099   $47,885   $181,636  

Additions

   —      4,846    6,678    939    8,526    20,989     5,552   4,819   6   3,708   14,085  

Disposal/Retirements

   —      790    1,325    1,359    26    3,500      124   513   394   1,031  

Translation adjustments

   (1,178)  (5,870)  (6,209)  (259)  (5,019)  (18,535)   (509 (2,609 (4,367 (104 (4,025 (11,614
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2012

  $11,495   $64,668   $55,861   $1,648   $47,924   $181,596  

Balance as at March 31, 2014

  $10,623   $68,112   $56,679   $488   $47,174   $183,076  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

       

Balance as at April 1, 2011

  $1,539   $58,163   $46,417   $1,683   $33,254   $141,056  

Accumulated depreciation

       

Balance as at April 1, 2013

  $2,344   $58,222   $44,148   $972   $33,623   $139,309  

Depreciation

   594    5,843    4,376    234    4,913    15,960     530    4,358    4,796    75    4,201    13,960  

Disposal/Retirements

   —      822    1,089    551    15    2,477       117    498    395    1,010  

Translation adjustments

   (287)  (5,380)  (5,285)  (189)  (3,977)  (15,118)   (105  (2,230  (3,400  (92  (2,947  (8,774
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2012

  $1,846   $57,804   $44,419   $1,177   $34,175   $139,421  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Balance as at March 31, 2014

  $2,769   $60,350   $45,427   $457   $34,482   $143,485  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Capital work-in-progress

        3,243          5,574  
       

 

        

 

 

Net carrying value as at March 31, 2014

       $45,165  
       

 

 

Net carrying value as at March 31, 2012

       $45,418  
       

 

 

Certain property and equipment are pledged as collateral against borrowings with a carrying amount of $15,030$12,627 and $16,848$11,946 as at March 31, 20122014 and 2011, respectively.2013.

 

F - 4129


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The Company has applied the exemption as provided in IFRS 1 with respect to deemed cost and measured specific items of property and equipment, on a selective basis within certain classes of assets, at their fair values at the Transition Date. Consequent to this, the fair value as of the Transition Date is taken as their deemed cost for all those assets within these classes of assets where the fair value is lower than the carrying value. For all other assets within these classes of assets where the fair value is greater than the carrying value, those assets have been carried at their Previous GAAP amounts.

The reconciliation of property and equipment from Previous GAAP to IFRS as at April 1, 2010 is as follows:

Assets

  Carrying
amount as per
Previous GAAP
   Effect of
fair value as
deemed cost
  Carrying
amount as per
IFRS
 

Buildings

  $11,578    $—     $11,578  

Computers and Software

   8,535     —      8,535  

Furniture, fixtures and office equipment

   13,086     (2,945  10,141  

Vehicles

   492     —      492  

Leasehold improvements

   12,516     (208  12,308  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $46,207    $(3,153) $43,054  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Capital work-in-progress

   5,493     —      5,493  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

  $51,700    $(3,153 $48,547  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

F - 42


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

11.12. Loans and borrowings

Short-term line of credit

The Company’s Indian subsidiary, WNS Global Services Private Limited (“WNS Global”), has set upsecured and unsecured lines of credit with banks amounting to $63,597. Of these available lines ofLOGO960,000 credit, as at March 31, 2014, $52,925 was utilized for working capital requirements.

The Company has also established a line of credit in the UK amounting to £9,880 ($18,87216,423 based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012) from The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, $15,000 from BNP Paribas and $9,057 from Citibank N.A, interest on2014), of which would be determined on the date of the borrowing. As at March 31, 2012LOGO11,482£3,404 ($2265,658 based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012) was utilized for obtaining bank guarantees from the line of credit available with The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, and $14,908 and $9,0572014) was utilized for working capital requirements as at March 31, 2014. Further, the Company obtained a term loan facility of $201 and a line of credit of $402 in China. The term loan facility was fully repaid on August 2, 2013 and there was no amount utilized from the linesline of credit available with BNP Paribas and Citibank N.A. respectively. These lines of credit can be withdrawn by bankas at any point of time.March 31, 2014.

Long-term debt

The long- termlong-term loans and borrowings consist of the following:

 

            As at 
            March 31, 2012   March 31, 2011 

Currency

  

Interest rate

    Final
maturity

( fiscal  year)
   Foreign
currency
   Total   Foreign
currency
   Total 

Indian Rupee

  11.25%  *  2015    LOGO 510,000    $10,026    LOGO   —     $—    

US dollars

  3M USD Libor +2%  **  2013    $—       23,907    $—       73,297  

US dollars

  3M USD Libor +3%    2014    $—       3,189    $—       3,181  

Pound Sterling

  

Bank of England

base rate+1.95%

  ***  2016    £9,880     15,822    £9,880     15,803  

Pound Sterling

  

Bank of England

base rate+2.25%

    2015    £6,120     9,761    £—       —    
         

 

 

     

 

 

 
         $62,705      $92,281  
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

Current portion of long term debt

         $26,031      $49,392  
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

Long term debt

         $36,674      $42,889  
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

*The Company has entered into a currency swap to effectively reduce the overall cost
**The Company has entered into a floating to fixed interest rate swap
***From July 7, 2012 the revised rate will be Bank of England base rate+2.25%

On July 12, 2010 the Company entered into a term loan facility of $94,000 in Mauritius with interest equal to the three month US dollar LIBOR plus a margin of 2% per annum. In connection with the term loan, the Company has entered into an interest rate swap with banks to swap the variable portion of the interest based on US dollar LIBOR to a fixed average rate. This term loan was repayable in semi-annual installments of $20,000 on each of January 10, 2011 and July 11, 2011 and $30,000 on January 10, 2012 with the final installment of $24,000 payable on July 10, 2012. On January 10, 2011, July 11, 2011 and January 10, 2012, the Company made scheduled installment repayments of $20,000, $20,000 and $30,000, respectively, following which the amount outstanding under the facility is $24,000.

The Company has also established a £19,760 ($31,676 based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012) line of credit in UK pursuant to a facility agreement dated June 30, 2010. This facility consists of a two year term loan facility of £9,880 ($15,838 based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012) at the Bank of England (“BOE”) base rate plus a margin of 1.95% per annum and a working capital facility of £9,880 ($15,838 based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012) at the BOE base rate plus a margin of 2.45% per annum which has been renewed on June 30, 2011.

   As at 
   March 31, 2014   March 31, 2013 

Interest rate

  Amount of
borrowing
   Total   Amount of
borrowing
   Total 

10.30%

  LOGO  —      $—      LOGO  510,000    $9,384  

3M USD Libor +3.5%

  $—       6,944    $—       6,889  

3M USD Libor +3%

  $—       —      $—       1,065  

Bank of England

base rate+2.25%

  £7,904     13,113    £9,880     14,887  

Bank of England

base rate+2.25%

  £3,672     6,089    £6,120     9,217  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 
    $26,146      $41,442  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Current portion of long term debt

    $12,637      $7,701  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Long term debt

    $13,509      $33,741  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

On March 30, 2012, the Company signed a facility agreement in the UK to roll over its existingfor a term loan of £9,880 ($15,83816,423 based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012)2014) from HSBC Bank plc (which was originally scheduled to mature on July 7, 2012) for three years until July 7, 2015 and obtained from HSBC Bank plc an additional three-year term loan facility of £6,120 ($9,81010,173 based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012)2014). The facilities will bear interest at BOEthe Bank of England base rate plus a margin of 2.25% per annum with 20% of the principal amount of each loan to be repayable at the end of each of 18, 24 and 30 months and a final installment of 40% at the end of 36 months after drawdown. The Company has also renewed its working capital facility of £9,880 ($15,83816,423 based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012)2014) in the UK (which was originally scheduled to mature on July 1, 2012) up to March 31, 20132015 at an interest rate of BOE base rate plus a margin of 2.45% per annum. As at March 31, 2012,2014, the amount outstanding under the term loan facility was £16,000£11,576 ($25,64819,242 based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012) and there was no amount outstanding under the working capital facility.

2014).

 

F - 4330


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The Company has also established a $3,200 line of credit in the Philippines pursuant to a facility agreement dated September 8, 2010. This facility consists of a three year term loan facility at the three-month US dollar LIBOR plus a margin of 3% per annum. As at March 31, 2012, the amount2013, $1065 was outstanding under the facility and there was $3,200.no amount outstanding as at March 31, 2014.

On March 9, 2012, WNS Global entered into a three year term loan facility ofLOGOLOGO 510,000 ($10,0268,517 based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012)2014) in India with interest equal to 11.25% per annum for the first year with reset at the end of the first year.India. This term loan iswas repayable in two installments ofLOGOLOGO 255,000 ($5,0134,259 based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2012)2014) on each of January 30, 2015 and February 27, 2015. In order to reduce the cost on this rupee-denominated term loan, the Company also entered into a currency swap to convert the rupee-denominated loan to a US dollar-denominated loan. The facility was fully drawn2015, however, on March 12, 2012.2014, WNS Global prepaid the entire facility ofLOGO 510,000 ($8,517 based on the exchange rate on March 31, 2014).

On March 30, 2012, WNS Global also signed a facility agreement with HSBC Bank (Mauritius) Limited for a three year external commercial borrowing of $7,000. The loan registration number for the saidOf this facility has been allotted by the Reserve Bankamount of India$2,000, $3,000 and $2,000 were drawn on April 11, 2012. The facility may be drawn in four tranches within six months from the date of the facility agreement16, 2012, June 20, 2012 and August 16, 2012, respectively. This facility bears interest at a rate equivalent to three-month US dollar LIBOR plus a margin of 3.5% per annum. The principal amount of each tranche will be repayable at the end of three years from the date of each drawdown. On April 16, 2012, the Company has drawn $2,000 from this facility.

The Company has pledged trade receivables, other financial assets, property and equipment with a carrying amount of $196,652$145,523 and $161,964$166,996 as of March 31, 20122014 and March 31, 20112013, respectively, as collateralscollateral for the above borrowings. In addition, the above facility agreements containscontain certain restrictive covenants on the indebtedness of the Company, total borrowings to tangible net worth ratio, total borrowings to EBITDA ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio. As of March 31, 20122014 the Company was in compliance with all of itsthe covenants.

 

F - 4431


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

12.13. Financial instruments

Financial instruments by category

The carrying value and fair value of financial instruments by categoriesclass as at March 31, 20122014 are as follows:

Financial assets

 

  Loans and
receivables
   Financial
assets at
FVTPL
   Derivative
designated
as cash flow
hedges (carried
at fair value)
   Available
for

sale
   Total
carrying
value
   Loans and
receivables
   Financial
assets at
FVTPL
   Derivative
designated
as cash flow
hedges (carried
at fair value)
   Available
For
Sale
   Total
carrying
value
   Total fair
value
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $46,725    $—      $—      $—      $46,725    $33,691    $    $    $    $33,691    $33,691  

Bank deposits and marketable securities

   —       —       —       26,384    26,384 

Investments

        94,159          18,332     112,491     112,491  

Trade receivables

   66,421     —       —       —       66,421     61,983                    61,983     61,983  

Unbilled revenue

   35,878     —       —       —       35,878     34,716                    34,716     34,716  

Funds held for clients

   20,706     —       —       —       20,706     15,936                    15,936     15,936  

Prepayments and other assets(1)

   1,765     —       —       —       1,765     3,716                    3,716     3,716  

Investments

   —       —       —       2     2  

Other non-current assets(2)

   6,262     —       —       —       6,262     6,355                    6,355     6,355  

Derivative assets

   —       1,787     3,487     —       5,274          1,118     9,805          10,923     10,923  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total carrying value

  $177,757    $1,787    $3,487    $26,386    $209,417    $156,397    $95,277    $9,805    $18,332    $279,811    $279,811  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total fair value

  $176,192    $1,787    $3,487    $26,386    $207,852  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Financial liabilities

 

  Financial
liabilities at
FVTPL
   Derivative
designated
as cash flow
hedges (carried
at fair value)
   Financial
liabilities at
amortized
cost
   Total
carrying
value
   Financial
liabilities at
FVTPL
   Derivative
designated
as cash flow
hedges (carried
at fair value)
   Financial
liabilities at
amortized
Cost
   Total
carrying
value
   Total
fair
value
 

Trade payables

  $—      $—      $47,304    $47,304    $ —    $    $29,059    $29,059    $29,059  

Current portion of long term debt

   —       —       26,031     26,031               12,637     12,637     12,637  

Long term debt

   —       —       36,674     36,674               13,509     13,509     13,509  

Short term line of credit

   —       —       23,965     23,965               58,583     58,583     58,583  

Other employee obligations(3)

   —       —       25,621     25,621  

Pension and other employee obligations (3)

             32,369     32,369     32,368  

Provision and accrued expenses(4)

   —       —       31,049     31,049               23,204     23,204     23,204  

Other liabilities(5)

   —       —       961     961  

Other liabilities(5)

             1,660     1,660     1,660  

Derivative liabilities

   1,131     9,928     —       11,059     674     9,801          10,475     10,475  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total carrying value

  $1,131    $9,928    $191,605    $202,664    $674    $9,801    $171,021    $181,496    $181,495  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total fair value

  $1,131    $9,928    $191,319    $202,378  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Notes:

 

1.(1)Excluding non-financial assets $20,160.$13,209.
2.(2)Excluding non-financial assets $618.$10,298.
3.(3)Excluding non-financial liabilities $7,971.$9,102.
4.(4)Excluding non-financial liabilities $805.$693.
5.(5)Excluding non-financial liabilities $4,247.$8,899.

 

F - 4532


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The carrying value and fair value of financial instruments by categoriesclass as at March 31, 20112013 are as follows:

Financial assets

 

  Loans and
receivables
   Financial
assets at
FVTPL
   Derivative
designated
as cash flow
hedges (carried at
fair  value)
   Available
for

sale
   Total
carrying
value
   Loans and
receivables
   Financial
assets at
FVTPL
   Derivative
designated
as cash flow
hedges (carried
at fair value)
   Available
for
sale
   Total
carrying
value
   Total
fair
value
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $27,090    $—      $—      $—      $27,090    $27,878    $    $    $    $27,878    $27,878  

Bank deposits and marketable securities

   12     —       —       —       12  

Investments

        43,216          46,473     89,689     89,689  

Trade receivables

   78,586     —       —       —       78,586     64,438                    64,438     64,438  

Unbilled revenue

   30,837     —       —       —       30,837     25,530                    25,530     25,530  

Funds held for clients

   8,799     —       —       —       8,799     19,877                    19,877     19,877  

Prepayments and other assets(1)

   1,604     —       —       —       1,604     2,186                    2,186     2,186  

Investments

   —       —       —       2     2  

Other non-current assets(2)

   7,060     —       —       —       7,060     6,085                    6,085     4,996  

Derivative assets

   —       8,409     5,055     —       13,464          817     10,528          11,345     11,345  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total carrying value

  $153,988    $8,409    $5,055    $2    $167,454    $145,994    $44,033    $10,528    $46,473    $247,028    $245,939  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total fair value

  $152,843    $8,409    $5,055    $2    $166,309  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Financial liabilities

 

  Financial
liabilities
at
FVTPL
   Derivative
designated
as cash flow
hedges (carried at
fair value)
   Financial
liabilities at
amortized
cost
   Total
carrying
value
   Financial
liabilities at
FVTPL
   Derivative
designated
as cash flow
hedges (carried
at fair value)
   Financial
liabilities at
amortized
cost
   Total
carrying
value
   Total
fair
value
 

Trade payables

  $—      $—      $43,748    $43,748    $ —    $    $29,321    $29,321    $29,321  

Current portion of long term debt

   —       —       49,392     49,392               7,701     7,701     7,701  

Long term debt

   —       —       42,889     42,889               33,741     33,741     33,717  

Short term line of credit

   —       —       14,593     14,593               54,921     54,921     54,921  

Other employee obligations(3)

   —       —       26,132     26,132  

Pension and other employee obligations (3)

             28,542     28,542     28,542  

Provision and accrued expenses(4)

   —       —       31,421     31,421               26,069     26,069     26,069  

Other liabilities(5)

   1,767     —       1,125     2,892  

Other liabilities(5)

             11,819     11,819     11,819  

Derivative liabilities

   5,410     4,984     —       10,394     3,842     1,280          5,122     5,122  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total carrying value

  $7,177    $4,984    $209,300    $221,461    $3,842    $1,280    $192,114    $197,236    $197,212  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total fair value

  $7,177    $4,984    $208,747    $220,908  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Notes:

 

1.(1)Excluding non-financial assets $14,843.$9,835.
2.(2)Excluding non-financial assets $980.$8,710.
3.(3)Excluding non-financial liabilities $9,382.$9,803.
4.(4)Excluding non-financial liabilities $1,512.$674.
5.(5)Excluding non-financial liabilities $1,234.$7,973.

 

F - 4633


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The carrying valueFinancial assets and fair value of financial instruments by categoriesliabilities subject to offsetting, enforceable master netting arrangements or similar agreements as at April 01, 2010March 31, 2014 are as follows:

Financial assets

Description

of types of

financial assets

  Gross
amounts of

recognized
financial
assets
   Gross amounts
of recognized
financial
liabilities offset
in the

statement  of
financial
position
   Net amounts
of financial
assets
presented in

the statement
of financial
position
   Related amount not set off in
financial instruments
   

Net
amount

 
        Financial
instruments
  Cash
collateral
received
   

Derivative assets

  $10,923    $—      $10,923    $(3,758 $—      $7,165  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $10,923    $—      $10,923    $(3,758 $—      $7,165  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   Loans and
receivables
   Financial
assets at
FVTPL
   Derivative
designated
as cash flow
hedges (carried at
fair  value)
   Available
for

sale
   Total
carrying
value
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $32,311    $—      $—      $—      $32,311  

Bank deposits and marketable securities

   45     —       —       —       45  

Trade receivables

   44,821     —       —       —       44,821  

Unbilled revenue

   40,892     —       —       —       40,892  

Funds held for clients

   11,372     —       —       —       11,372  

Prepayments and other assets(1)

   4,007     —       —       —       4,007  

Other non-current assets(2)

   7,086     —       —       —       7,086  

Derivative assets

   —       2,155     29,028     —       31,183  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total carrying value

  $140,534    $2,155    $29,028    $—      $171,717  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fair value

  $140,521    $2,155    $29,028    $—      $171,704  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Description

of types of

financial liabilities

  Gross
amounts of

recognized
financial
liabilities
   Gross amounts
of recognized
financial assets
offset in the

statement  of
financial
position
   Net amounts
of financial
liabilities
presented in

the statement
of financial
position
   Related amount not set off in
financial instruments
   

Net
amount

 
        Financial
instruments
  Cash
collateral
pledged
   

Derivative liabilities

  $10,475    $—      $10,475    $(3,758 $—      $6,717  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $10,475    $—      $10,475    $(3,758 $—      $6,717  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

   Financial
liabilities
at
FVTPL
   Derivative
designated
as cash flow
hedges (carried at
fair value)
   Financial
liabilities at
amortized
cost
   Total
carrying
value
 

Trade payables

  $—      $—      $27,900    $27,900  

Current portion of long term debt

   —       —       39,567     39,567  

Long term debt

   —       —       94,658     94,658  

Other employee obligations(3)

   —       —       27,308     27,308  

Provision and accrued expenses(4)

   —       —       42,516     42,516  

Other liabilities(5)

   1,676     —       4,341     6,017  

Derivative liabilities

   749     24,448     —       25,197  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total carrying value

  $2,425    $24,448    $236,290    $263,163  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fair value

  $2,425    $24,448    $236,199    $263,072  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Notes:

1.Excluding non-financial assets $12,687.
2.Excluding non-financial assets $1,525.
3.Excluding non-financial liabilities $8,001.
4.Excluding non-financial liabilities $874.
5.Excluding non-financial liabilities $2,728.

F - 47


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

Fair value hierarchy

The following is the hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of financial instruments by valuation technique:

Level 1 — quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 — other techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3 — techniques which use inputs whichthat have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable market data.

The assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as at March 31, 2012 are as follows:-

       Fair value measurement at reporting date using 

Description

  March 31,
2012
   Quoted
prices in
active
markets
for identical
assets

(Level 1)
   Significant
other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
unobservable
inputs

(Level 3)
 

Assets

        

Financial assets at FVTPL

        

Foreign exchange contracts

  $1,787    $—      $1,787    $—    

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

        

Foreign exchange contracts

   3,487     —       3,487     —    

Investments available for sale

   26,386     26,384     2     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $31,660    $26,384   $5,276    $—    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

        

Financial liabilities at FVTPL

        

Foreign exchange contracts

  $838    $—      $838    $—    

Currency swap

   293     —       293     —    

Financial liabilities at fair value through other comprehensive income

        

Foreign exchange contracts

   9,702     —       9,702     —    

Interest rate swaps

   226     —       226     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  $11,059    $—      $11,059    $—    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F - 4834


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as at March 31, 20112014 are as follows:-

 

      Fair value measurement at reporting date using 

Description

  March 31,
2014
   Fair value measurement at reporting date using 
  March 31,
2011
   Quoted
prices in
active
markets
for identical
assets
(Level 1)
   Significant
other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
unobservable
inputs

(Level 3)
    Quoted
prices in
Active
Markets
for identical
assets
(Level 1)
   Significant
other
observable
inputs

(Level 2)
   Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets

                

Financial assets at FVTPL

                

Foreign exchange contracts

  $8,409    $—      $8,409    $—      $1,118    $—      $1,118    $—    

Investment in FMPs

   94,159     94,159     —       —    

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

                

Foreign exchange contracts

   5,055     —       5,055     —       9,805     —       9,805     —    

Investments available for sale

   2     —       2     —       18,332     18,332       —    
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total assets

  $13,466    $—      $13,466    $—      $123,414    $112,491    $10,923    $—    
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Liabilities

                

Financial liabilities at FVTPL

                

Foreign exchange contracts

  $5,410    $—      $5,410    $—      $674    $—      $674    $—    

Put option liability

   1,767     —       1,767     —    

Currency swap

     —         —    

Financial liabilities at fair value through other comprehensive income

                

Foreign exchange contracts

   3,083     —       3,083     —       9,801     —       9,801     —    

Interest rate swaps

   1,901     —       1,901     —    
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total liabilities

  $12,161    $—      $12,161    $—      $10,475    $—      $10,475    $—    
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

F - 35


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

The assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as at March 31, 2013 are as follows:

Description

  March 31,
2013
   Fair value measurement at reporting date using 
    Quoted
prices in
active
markets
for identical
assets

(Level 1)
   Significant
other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets

        

Financial assets at FVTPL

        

Foreign exchange contracts

  $817    $—      $817    $—    

Investment in FMPs

   43,216     43,216     —       —    

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

        

Foreign exchange contracts

   10,528     —       10,528     —    

Investments available for sale

   46,473     46,473     —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $101,034    $89,689    $11,345    $—    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

        

Financial liabilities at FVTPL

        

Foreign exchange contracts

  $2,782    $—      $2,782    $—    

Currency swap

   1,060     —       1,060     —    

Financial liabilities at fair value through other comprehensive income

        

Foreign exchange contracts

   1,280     —       1,280     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  $5,122    $—      $5,122    $—    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The fair value is estimated using the discounted cash flow approach and market rates of interest. The valuation techniquewhich involves assumptionassumptions and judgments regarding risk characteristics of the instruments, discount rates, future cash flows, foreign exchange spot and other factors.forward premium rates. During the year ended March 31, 20122014 and 2011,2013, there were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements, and no transfers into and out of Level 3 fair value measurements.

 

F - 4936


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Derivative financial instruments

The primary risks managed by using derivative instruments are foreign currency exchange risk and interest rate risk. Forward and option contracts up to 24 months on various foreign currencies are entered into to manage the foreign currency exchange rate risk on forecasted revenue denominated in foreign currencies and monetary assets and liabilities held in non-functional currencies. Interest rate swaps are entered into to manage interest rate risk associated with the Company’s floating rate borrowings. The Company has entered into a currency swap to convert Rupee liability into a US dollar liability, thereby reducing the overall borrowing cost. The Company’s primary exchange rate exposure is with the US dollars, pound sterling and the Indian rupee. For derivative instruments which qualify for cash flow hedge accounting, the Company records the effective portion of gain or loss from changes in the fair value of the derivative instruments in other comprehensive income/income (loss), which is reclassified into earnings in the same period during which the hedged item affects earnings. Derivative instruments qualify for hedge accounting when the instrument is designated as a hedge; the hedged item is specifically identifiable and exposes the Company to risk; and it is expected that a change in fair value of the derivative instrument and an opposite change in the fair value of the hedged item will have a high degree of correlation. Determining the high degree of correlation between the change in fair value of the hedged item and the derivative instruments involves significant judgment including the probability of the occurrence of the forecasted transaction. When it is probable that a forecasted transaction will not occur, the Company discontinues the hedge accounting and recognizes immediately in the consolidated statement of income, the gains and losses attributable to such derivative instrument that were accumulated in other comprehensive income/income (loss).

The following table presents the notional values of outstanding foreign exchange forward contracts and foreign exchange option contracts are as follows:contracts:

 

  As at 
  March 31,
2012
   March 31,
2011
   April 01,
2010
   March 31,
2014
   March 31,
2013
 

Forward contracts (Sell)

          

In US dollars

  $140,306    $175,494    $168,244    $139,980    $166,109  

In United Kingdom Pound Sterling

   104,554     83,907     45,845     140,357     116,798  

In Euro

   8,953     5,394     3,317     10,241     8,152  

In Australian dollars

   5,511     —       —       21,102     14,675  

Others

   9,715     8,705     1,330     19,421     26,578  
  

 

   

 

   

 

 
  $269,039    $273,500    $218,736    

 

   

 

 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   $331,101    $332,312  
  

 

   

 

 

Option contracts (Sell)

          

In US dollars

  $116,145    $126,597    $151,454    $75,843    $74,332  

In United Kingdom Pound Sterling

   126,336     114,535     57,752     126,280     106,535  

In Euro

   11,233     4,760     1,179     8,995     10,096  

In Australian dollars

   6,008     —       —       19,408     9,657  

Others

   4,500     4,120     778     4,279     4,748  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
  $264,222    $250,012    $211,163    $234,805    $205,368  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

The amount of gain/(loss)(gain)/loss reclassified from other comprehensive income into consolidated statement of income net of taxes in respective line items for the yearyears ended March 31, 20122014, 2013 and March 31, 20112012 are as follows:

 

  Year ended March 31, 
  March 31,
2012
   March 31,
2011
   2014 2013 2012 

Revenue

  $1,552    $(2,409  $(4,938 $(1,763 $1,136  

Foreign exchange gains, net

   1,145     9,309  

Foreign exchange (gain)/loss, net

   (7,997 (6,968 1,421  

Finance expense

   270     (6,522   —     39   270  

Income tax related to amounts reclassified into statement of income

   4,418   3,566   140  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total

  $2,967    $378    $(8,517 $(5,126 $2,967  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

F - 37


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

As at March 31, 20122014, the loss amounting to $5,373$1,744 on account of cash flow hedges, is expected to be reclassified from other comprehensive income into statement of income over a period of 24 months.

The ineffectiveness dueDue to discontinuancethe discontinuation of cash flow hedge accounting on account of non-occurrence of original forecasted transactions by the end of the originally specified time period, the Company recognized in the consolidated statement of income for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 gains of $125, $1,105 and March 31, 2011 amounted to a gain of $1,923, and a loss of $3,703.respectively.

F - 50


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

Financial risk management

Financial risk factors

The Company’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk, interest risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The Company’s primary focus is to foresee the unpredictability of financial markets and seek to minimize potential adverse effects on its financial performance. The primary market risk to the Company is foreign exchange risk. The Company uses derivative financial instruments to mitigate foreign exchange related risk exposures. The Company’s exposure to credit risk is influenced mainly by the individual characteristic of each customer and the concentration of risk from the top few customers. The demographics of the customer including the default risk of the industry and country in which the customer operates also has an influence on credit risk assessment. The Company does not enter into or trade financial instruments, including derivative financial instruments, for speculative purposes.

Risk management procedures

The Company manages market risk through treasury operations. Senior management and Board of Directors approve the Company’s treasury operations’ objectives and policies. The activities of treasury operations include management of cash resources, implementation of hedging strategies for foreign currency exposures, implementation of borrowing strategies and monitoring compliance with market risk limits and policies. The Company’s foreign exchange committee, comprising the Chairman of the Board, Group Chief Executive Officer and Group Chief Financial Officer, is the approving authority for all hedging transactions.

Components of market risk

Exchange rate or currency risk:

The Company’s exposure to market risk arises principally from exchange rate risk. Although substantially all of revenue is denominated in pound sterling and US dollars, a significant portion of expenses for the year ended March 31, 20122014 (net of payments to repair centers made as part of the Company’s WNS Auto Claims BPOBPM segment) were incurred and paid in Indian rupees. The exchange rates among the Indian rupee, the pound sterling and the US dollar have changed substantially in recent years and may fluctuate substantially in the future. The Company hedges a portion of forecasted external and inter-company revenue denominated in foreign currencies with forward contracts and options. The Company does not enter into hedging agreements for speculative purposes and does not anticipate non-performance by the counterparties.

Based upon the Company’s level of operations for the year ended March 31, 2012,2014, a sensitivity analysis shows that a 10% appreciation in the pound sterling against the US dollar would have increased revenue for the year ended March 31, 20122014 by approximately $36,223.$26,918. Similarly, a 10% appreciation or depreciation in the Indian rupee against the US dollar would have increased or decreased, respectively, the Company’s expenses incurred and paid in Indian rupee for the year ended March 31, 20122014 by approximately $8,774.

The foreign currency risk from non-derivative financial instruments as at March 31, 2012 is as follows:

   As at March 31, 2012 
   US Dollar  Pound
Sterling
  Indian
Rupees
  Euro  Other
Currencies
  Total 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $932   $559   $—     $88   $777   $2,356  

Trade receivables

   118,070    38,179    2,908    3,052    4,455    166,664  

Unbilled revenue

   1,801    2,484    —      1,524    482    6,291  

Prepayments and other current assets

   361    328    61    49    322    1,121  

Other non-current assets

   3    54    —      —      17    74  

Trade payables

   (43,575)  (12,345)  (4,439)  (3,254)  (1,503)  (65,116)

Provision and accrued expenses

   (3,950)  (47)  (10)  (398)  (201)  (4,606)

Current portion of long term debt

   (2,133  —      —      —      —      (2,133

Pension and other employee obligations

   (28)  —      (9)  (18)  (277)  (332)

Short term line of credit

   (9,057)  (14,908)  —      —      —      (23,965)

Long term debt

   (1,067)  —      —      —      —      (1,067)

Other liabilities

   (13)  1    —      —      (1)  (13)
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net assets (liabilities)

  $61,344   $14,305   $(1,489) $1,043   $4,071   $79,274  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

$24,129.

 

F - 5138


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The foreign currency risk from non-derivative financial instruments as at March 31, 20112014 is as follows:

 

  As at March 31, 2011   As at March 31, 2014 
  US Dollar Pound
Sterling
 Indian
Rupees
 Euro Other
Currencies
 Total   US Dollar Pound
Sterling
 Indian
Rupees
 Euro Other
Currencies
 Total 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $2,826   $752   $—     $125   $748   $4,451    $3,706   $382   $—     $57   $317   $4,462  

Trade receivables

   139,217    32,392    736    2,536    1,947    176,828     89,182   50,721   6,179   4,805   13,481   164,368  

Unbilled revenue

   1,722    1,925    —      2,406    127    6,180     3,745   280    —     677   2,505   7,207  

Prepayments and other current assets

   306    505    16    138    37    1,002     710   1,379   244   271   44   2,648  

Non-current assets

   15    62    —      —      —      77  

Other non-current assets

   3    —      —      —     17   20  

Trade payables

   (145,523)  (28,400)  (3,737)  (1,343)  (274)  (179,277)   (39,130 (20,497 (11,380 (1,239 (10,168 (82,414

Provision and accrued expenses

   (2,332)  (110)  (112)  (48)  (122)  (2,724)

Provisions and accrued expenses

   (2,546 (31 (217 (317 (40 (3,151

Current portion of long term debt

   —      —      —      —      —      —    

Pension and other employee obligations

   (22)  (15)  —      (41)  (54)  (132)   —     (15  —     (54 (301 (370

Short term line of credit

   (5,000)  —      —      —      —      (5,000)   (25,000 (27,925  —      —      —     (52,925

Long term debt

   (3,200)  —      —      —      —      (3,200)   (7,000  —      —      —      —     (7,000

Other liabilities

   (13)  (561)  —      (1)  —      (575)   (44  —      —      —     (2 (46
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net assets (liabilities)

  $(12,004) $6,550   $(3,097) $3,772   $2,409   $(2,370)  $23,626   $4,294   $(5,174 $4,200   $5,853   $32,799  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

F - 39


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

The foreign currency risk from non-derivative financial instruments as at April 1, 2010March 31, 2013 is as follows:

 

  As at April 1, 2010   As at March 31, 2013 
  US Dollar Pound
Sterling
 Indian
Rupees
 Euro Other
Currencies
 Total   US Dollar Pound
Sterling
 Indian
Rupees
 Euro Other
Currencies
 Total 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $485   $650   $—     $261   $1,069   $2,465    $603   $347   $—     $108   $819   $1,877  

Trade receivables

   88,228    30,702    240    3,465    1,499    124,134     145,800   35,004   4,813   3,326   15,778   204,721  

Unbilled revenue

   592    33    —      3    1    629     2,459   1,098    —     590   1,546   5,693  

Prepayments and other current assets

   862    430    (1)  139    16    1,446     392   263   237   79   19   990  

Non-current assets

   22    60    —      —      —      82  

Other non-current assets

   3   54    —      —     37   94  

Trade payables

   (28,192)  (20,554)  (2,633)  (2,797)  (324)  (54,500)   (48,894 (21,646 (9,757 (1,328 (10,504 (92,129

Provision and accrued expenses

   (2,633)  (870)  (12)  (70)  (1)  (3,586)

Provisions and accrued expenses

   (2,077 (129 (86 (334 (56 (2,682

Current portion of long term debt

   (1,067  —      —      —      —     (1,067

Pension and other employee obligations

   (48)  (14)  —      (68)  (47)  (177)   (28 (13  —     (52 (322 (415

Short term line of credit

   (30,800 (13,609  —      —      —     (44,409

Long term debt

   (7,000  —      —      —      —     (7,000

Other liabilities

   (714)  (3,585)  —      —      —      (4,299)   (16  —      —      —     (3 (19
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net assets (liabilities)

  $58,602   $6,852   $(2,406) $933   $2,213   $66,194    $59,375   $1,369   $(4,793 $2,389   $7,314   $65,654  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Other currencies reflect currencies such as Philippines Peso (PHP), Sri Lankan Rupee (LKR), Romanian Leu (RON) and South African Rand (ZAR) etc.

As at March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011 and April 1, 2010,2014, every 5% increase/(decrease)appreciation or depreciation of the respective foreign currencies compared to the functional currency of the Company would impact resultsthe Company’s profit before tax from operating activities by approximately $3,964, $(119) and $3,310, respectively.$423.

Interest rate risk:

The Company’s exposure to interest rate risk arises principally from borrowings which have a floating rate of interest, a portion of which is linked to the US dollar LIBOR and the remainder is linked to the BOE base rate. The risk is managed by the Company by maintaining an appropriate mix between fixed and floating rate borrowings and by the use of interest rate swap contracts. The costs of floating rate borrowings may be affected by the fluctuations in the interest rates. In connection with the term loan facility entered into in 2008, which was refinanced in 2010, the Company entered into interest rate swap agreements with banks in fiscal 2009. These swap agreements effectively converted the term loan from a variable US dollar LIBOR interest rate to a fixed rate, thereby managing the Company’s exposure to changes in market interest rates under the term loan. The outstanding swap agreements as at March 31, 2012 aggregated $24,000. If interest rates were to increase by 100 bps, additional annual interest expense on the Company’s floating rate borrowingsborrowing would amount to approximately $208.$313.

The Company monitors positions and does not anticipate non-performance by the counterparties. It intends to selectively use interest rate swaps, options and other derivative instruments to manage exposure to interest rate movements. These exposures are reviewed by appropriate levels of management on a periodic basis. The Company does not enter into hedging agreements for speculative purposes.

F - 52


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

Credit risk:

Credit risk arises from the possibility that customers may not be able to settle their obligations as agreed. Trade receivables are typically unsecured and are derived from revenue earned from customers primarily located in the United Kingdom and the United States. Credit risk is managed through periodical assessment of the financial reliability of customers, taking into account the financial condition, current economic trends, analysis of historical bad debts and ageing of accounts receivable. The credit risk on marketable securities, FMPs and derivative financial instruments is limited because the counterparties are banks and mutual funds with high credit-ratings assigned by international credit-rating agencies.

F - 40


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

The percentagesfollowing table gives details in respect of the percentage of revenue generated from the Company’s top customer and top five customers are as follows:customers:

 

  Year ended March 31,   Year Ended March 31, 
  2012 2011   2014 2013 2012 

Revenue from top customer

   17.3%  16.4%   15.2 16.9 17.3

Revenue from top five customers

   41.4%  54.0%   36.9 37.1 41.4

Financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired

Cash equivalents, bank deposits, and marketable securities, investment in FMPs, unbilled revenue and other assets, are neither past due and nor impaired except trade receivables as described below.

Financial assets that are past due but not impaired

There is no other class of financial assets that is past due but not impaired except for trade receivables. The Company’s credit period generally ranges from 30- 6030-60 days. The age wiseage-wise break up of trade receivables, net of allowances that are past due beyond credit period, are as follows:

 

  As at   As at 
  March
31, 2012
 March
31, 2011
 April
01, 2010
   March
31, 2014
 March
31, 2013
 

Neither past due nor impaired

  $48,854   $44,323   $18,144    $48,421   $48,713  

Past due but not impaired Past due 0-30 days

   6,742    9,362    8,962  

Past due but not impaired

   

Past due 0-30 days

   7,322   8,489  

Past due 31-60 days

   1,094    1,580    8,684     1,625   1,702  

Past due 61-90 days

   2,722    4,934    4,975     1,077   666  

Past due over 90 days

   12,479    22,784    7,208     3,538   4,868  

Past due and impaired

   4,999   5,145  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total

  $71,891   $82,983   $47,973    $66,982   $69,583  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Allowances for doubtful account receivables

  $(5,470) $(4,397 $(3,152  $(4,999 $(5,145
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Trade receivables net of allowances for doubtful account receivables

  $66,421   $78,586   $44,821    $61,983   $64,438  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Liquidity risk:

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with its financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. The Company’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due, under normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the reputation. Typically the Company ensures that it has sufficient cash on demand to meet expected operational expenses and service financial obligations. In addition, the Company has concluded arrangements with well reputed banks and has unused lines of credit of $34,576$21,839 as of March 31, 20122014 that could be drawn upon should there be a need.

 

F - 5341


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The contractual maturities of significant financial liabilities are as follows.follows:

 

  As at March 31, 2012   As at March 31, 2014 
  Less than
1 Year
   1-2 years   2-4 years   Total   Less than
1 Year
   1-2 years   2-4 years   Total 

Long term debt(1)

  $26,133    $8,159    $28,581    $62,873    $12,672    $13,569    $—      $26,241  

Trade Payables

   47,304     —       —       47,304     29,059     —       —       29,059  

Short term line of credit

   23,965     —       —       23,965     58,583     —       —       58,583  

Provision and accrued expenses

   31,049     —       —       31,049     23,204     —       —       23,204  

Other liabilities

   961     —       —       961     1,660     —       —       1,660  

Other employee obligations

   25,621     —       —       25,621     32,369     —       —       32,369  

Derivative financial instruments

   9,849     917     293     11,059     9,076     1,399     —       10,475  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  $164,882    $9,076    $28,874    $202,832    $166,623    $14,968    $—      $181,591  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Note:Notes:

 

1.(1)Before netting off debt issuance cost of $168.$95.
2.(2)Non-financial liabilities are explained in financial instruments categories table above.

 

  As at March 31, 2011   As at March 31, 2013 
  Less than
1 Year
   1-2 years   2-4 years   Total   Less than
1 Year
   1-2 years   2-4 years   Total 

Long term debt(1)

  $50,000    $42,028    $1,067    $93,095    $7,756    $20,925    $12,975    $41,656  

Trade Payables

   43,748     —       —       43,748     29,321     —       —       29,321  

Short term line of credit

   14,593     —       —       14,593     54,921     —       —       54,921  

Provision and accrued expenses

   31,421     —       —       31,421     26,069     —       —       26,069  

Other liabilities

   2,892     —       —       2,892     10,899     920     —       11,819  

Other employee obligations

   26,132     —       —       26,132     28,542     —       —       28,542  

Derivative financial instruments

   9,963     431     —       10,394     3,857     1,265     —       5,122  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  $178,749    $42,459    $1,067    $222,275    $161,365    $23,110    $12,975    $197,450  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Note:Notes:

 

1.(1)Before netting off debt issuance cost of $814.$214.
2.(2)Non-financial liabilities are explained in financial instruments categories table above.

The balanced view of liquidity and financial indebtedness is stated in the table below. This calculation of the net cash position is used by the management for external communication with investors, analysts and rating agencies:management:

 

  As at   As at 
  March 31,
2012
 March 31,
2011
 April 1,
2010
   March 31,
2014
 March 31,
2013
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $46,725   $27,090   $32,311    $33,691   $27,878  

Bank deposits and marketable securities

   26,384    12    45  

Investments

   112,491   89,689  

Short term line of credit

   (23,965)  (14,593)  —       (58,583 (54,921

Long term debt(1)

   (62,873)  (93,095)  (135,000)   (26,146 (41,442
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Net cash position

  $(13,729) $(80,586) $(102,644)  $61,453   $21,203  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Note:

 

1.(1)Before netting off debt issuance costsThis includes the current portion of $168, $814 and $775 as at March 31, 2012, 2011 and April 1, 2010, respectively.long term debt.

 

F - 5442


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

13.14. Employee benefits

Pension and other employee obligations consist of the following:

 

  As at   As at 
  March 31,
2012
   March 31,
2011
   April 1,
2010
   March 31,
2014
   March 31,
2013
 

Current:

          

Salaries and bonus

  $25,569    $26,004    $27,308    $32,234    $28,506  

Pension

   1,201     1,365     923     363     1,181  

Withholding taxes on salary and statutory payables

   2,205     3,532     2,792     3,572     3,026  

Other employees payable

   52     128     —       133     36  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  $29,027    $31,029    $31,023    $36,302    $32,749  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Non-current:

          

Pension

  $4,565    $4,485    $4,286    $5,168    $5,596  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Employee costs consist of the following:following:

 

  Year ended March 31,   Year ended March 31, 
  2012   2011   2014   2013   2012 

Salaries and bonus

  $201,292    $187,921    $235,280    $225,184    $201,292  

Employee benefit plans

    

Employee benefit plans:

      

Defined contribution plan

   6,583     6,762     6,434     6,521     6,583  

Defined benefit plan

   1,893     1,957     2,234     1,957     1,893  

Share based compensation

   5,309     3,218     6,935     5,343     5,309  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  $215,077    $199,858    $250,833    $239,005    $215,077  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

The employee benefit cost consists of the following:

 

  Year ended March 31,   Year ended March 31, 
  2012   2011   2014   2013   2012 

Cost of revenue

  $159,897    $153,251    $184,655    $178,206    $159,897  

Selling and marketing expenses

   19,800     16,518     26,397     22,570     19,800  

General and administrative expenses

   35,380     30,089     39,831     38,229     35,380  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  $215,077    $199,858    $250,883    $239,005    $215,077  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Defined contribution plan

The Company’s contributioncontributions to defined contribution plans are as follows:

 

   Year ended March 31, 
   2012   2011 

India

  $5,141    $5,292  

Philippines

   40     37  

Sri Lanka

   280     324  

United Kingdom

   808     781  

United States

   314     328  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $6,583    $6,762  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

   Year ended March 31, 
   2014   2013   2012 

India

  $4,534    $4,798    $5,141  

Philippines

   57     57     40  

South Africa

   494     349     —    

Sri Lanka

   466     291     280  

United Kingdom

   743     849     808  

United States

   140     177     314  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $6,434    $6,521    $6,583  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F - 5543


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Defined benefit plan

The net periodic cost recognized by the Company in respect of gratuity payments under the Company’s gratuity plans covering eligible employees of the Company in India, the Philippines and Sri Lanka is as follows.follows:

 

  Year ended March 31,   Year ended March 31, 
  2012 2011   2014   2013   2012 

Service cost

  $1,430   $1,539    $1,780    $1,487    $1,430  

Interest cost

   471    418  

Expected return on plan asset

   (8  —    

Interest on the net defined benefit liability

   454     470     463  
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Net gratuity cost

  $1,893   $1,957    $2,234    $1,957    $1,893  
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

  As at   As at 
  March
2012
 March
2011
   March
2014
 March
2013
 

Change in projected benefit obligations

      

Obligation at beginning of the year

  $5,964   $5,405    $7,134   $6,088  

Foreign currency translation

   (715)  75     (633 (279

Service cost

   1,430    1,539     1,780   1,487  

Interest cost

   471    418     479   493  

Benefits paid

   (976)  (780)   (792 (776

Plan Amendments

   —      —    

Actuarial (gain)/loss

   (86)  (692)   

From changes in demographic assumptions

   (56 

From changes in financial assumptions

   (494 121  

From actual experience compared to assumptions

   (1,081 
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of the year

  $6,088   $5,965    $6,337   $7,134  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Change in plan assets

      

Plan assets at beginning of the year

  $115   $231    $357   $322  

Foreign currency translation

   (27)  —       (31  (16

Expected return on plan asset

   8    —       25    23  

Actuarial gain/(loss)

   22    (9)

Actuarial (loss)/gain

   (26  4  

Actual contributions

   1,180    673     1,273    800  

Benefits paid

   (976)  (780)   (792  (776
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Plan assets at end of the year

  $322   $115    $806   $357  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Accrued pension liability

      

Current

  $1,201   $1,365    $363   $1,181  

Non-current

   4,565    4,485     5,168    5,596  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Net amount recognized

  $5,766   $5,850    $5,531   $6,777  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Present value of funded defined benefit obligation

  $4,925   $5,107  

Fair value of plan assets

   (806  (357
   4,119    4,750  
  

 

  

 

 

Present value of unfunded defined benefit obligation

  $1,412   $2,027  
  

 

  

 

 

Net amount recognized relating to India plan, Philippines plan and Sri Lanka plan was $4,134, $1,046 and $351 as at March 31, 2014 and $4,769, $1,717 and $291 as at March 31, 2013, respectively.

 

F - 5644


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The assumptions used in accounting for the gratuity planplans are as follows:

 

   As at March 31,
   2012  2011

Discount rate

  6% to 10%  7% to 9%

Rate of increase in compensation level

  8% to 10%  8% to 10%

Rate of return on plan assets

  7.50%  7.50%
   Year ended March 31, 
   2014   2013   2012 

Discount rate:

      

India

   8.75%     7.85%     8.20%  

Philippines

   5.52%     3.91%     6.25%  

Sri Lanka

   9.5%     11.00%     10.00%  

Rate of increase in compensation level

   6% to 8%     8.00%     8% to 10%  

Expected rate of return on plan assets

   8.75%     7.50%     7.50%  

The Company evaluates these assumptions annually based on its long-term plans of growth and industry standards. The discount rates are based on current market yields on government securities adjusted for a suitable risk premium to reflect the additional risk for high quality corporate bonds.

As at March 31, 2012, $12014, for each of the Company’s defined benefit plans, the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to a change in each significant actuarial assumption is as follows:

   India  Philippines  Sri Lanka 

Discount rate:

    

Increase in discount rate by 1%

   (4.0)%   (20.9)%   (9.4)% 

Decrease in discount rate 1%

   4.0  27.3  11.4

Rate of increase in compensation level:

    

Increase in salary escalation rate by 1%

   4.0  25.5  11.5

Decrease in salary escalation rate by 1%

   (4.0)%   (20.1)%   (9.6)% 

Each sensitivity amount is calculated assuming that all other assumptions are held constant. The Company is not able to predict the extent of likely future changes in these assumptions, but based on past experience, the discount rate for each plan could change by up to 1% within a 12 month period.

As at March 31, 2014, $3 and $321$803 ($354 and $80,$353, respectively, as at March 31, 2011)2013) of the fund assets are invested with LIC and AICPL,ALICPL, respectively. Of the funds invested with LIC, approximately 40% and 60% of the funds are invested in unquoted government securities and money market instruments, respectively. Of the funds invested with ALICPL, approximately 4%, 17%, 9%97% and 70%3% are invested in cash andunquoted money market instruments equity, government securities and corporate bonds, respectively. Since the Company’s plan assets are managed by third party fund administrators, the contributions made by the Company are pooled with the corpus of the funds managed by such fund administrators and invested in accordance with the regulatory guidelines. The Company’s funding policy is to contribute to the Plan amounts necessary on an actuarial basis to, at a minimum, satisfy the minimum funding requirements. Additional discretionary contributions above the minimum funding requirement can be made and are generally based on adjustment for any over or under funding.

The expected benefits are based on the same assumptions used to measure the Company’s benefit obligations as at March 31, 2012.2014.

   As at, 
   March
2012
  March
2011
 

Obligation at end of the year

  $6,088   $5,964  

Fair value of plan assets at end of the year

   322    115  

Deficit

   (5,806)  (5,849)

Experience adjustments on plan liabilities

   (7)  (315)

Experience adjustments on plan assets

   21    (9)

The Company expects to contribute $575$816 for the year ending March 31, 2013.

2015.

 

F - 5745


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

14.15. Provisions and accrued expenses

Provisions and accrued expenses are as follows:consist of the following:

 

  As at   As at 
  March 31,
2012
   March 31,
2011
   April 1,
2010
   March 31,
2014
   March 31,
2013
 

Provisions

  $805    $1,512    $874    $693    $674  

Accrued expenses

   31,049     31,421     42,516     23,204     26,069  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  $31,854    $32,933    $43,390    $23,897    $26,743  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

A summary of activity for provision is as follows:

 

  As at   As at 
  March 31,
2012
 March 31,
2011
   March 31,
2014
 March 31,
2013
 

Balance at the beginning of the year

  $1,512   $874    $674   $805  

Additional provision

   1,169    1,477     649   627  

Provision used

   1,729    859     (622 (710

Translation adjustments

   (147)  20     (8 (48
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Balance at the end of the period

  $805   $1,512    $693   $674  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

15.16. Deferred revenue

Deferred revenue consists of the following:

 

   As at 
   March 31,
2012
   March 31,
2011
   April 1,
2010
 

Payments in advance of services

  $1,898    $4,356    $5,234  

Advance billings

   6,591     6,546     1,615  

Claims handling services

   585     1,399     862  

Others

   1,178     637     695  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $10,252    $12,938    $8,406  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

16. Other liabilities

Other liabilities consist of the following:

   As at 
   March 31,
2012
   March 31,
2011
   April 1,
2010
 

Current:

      

Withholding taxes and VAT payables

  $3,830    $1,005    $2,728  

Put option liability

   —       1,767     1,676  

Deferred rent

   417     229     —    

Other liabilities

   961     1,125     4,341  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $5,208    $4,126    $8,745  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current:

      

Deferred rent

  $2,675    $2,851    $3,071  

Other liabilities

   —       127     656  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $2,675    $2,978    $3,727  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

   As at 
   March 31,
2014
   March 31,
2013
 

Current:

    

Payments in advance of services

  $775    $885  

Advance billings

   3,651     4,054  

Claims handling

   11     304  

Others

   934     1,265  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $5,371    $6,508  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   As at 
   March 31,
2014
   March 31,
2013
 

Non-current:

    

Payments in advance of services

  $495    $780  

Advance billings

   1,182     2,440  

Claims handling

   —       —    

Others

   —       88  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $1,677    $3,308  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F - 5846


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

17. Other liabilities

Other liabilities consist of the following:

   As at 
   March 31,
2014
   March 31,
2013
 

Current:

    

Withholding taxes and value added tax payables

  $3,265    $3,482  

Deferred purchase consideration payable

   —       7,766  

Deferred rent

   644     485  

Other liabilities

   2,741     3,664  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $6,650    $15,397  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current:

    

Deferred rent

  $3,609    $3,225  

Other liabilities

   300     1,170  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $3,909    $4,395  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

18. Share capital

As at March 31, 2014, the authorized share capital was £6,100 divided into 60,000,000 ordinary shares of 10 pence each and 1,000,000 preferred shares of 10 pence each. The Company had 51,347,538 ordinary shares outstanding as at March 31, 2014. There were no preferred shares outstanding as at March 31, 2014.

As at March 31, 2013, the authorized share capital was £6,100 divided into 60,000,000 ordinary shares of 10 pence each and 1,000,000 preferred shares of 10 pence each. The Company had 50,588,044 ordinary shares outstanding as at March 31, 2013. There were no preferred shares outstanding as at March 31, 2013.

On February 9, 2012, the Company completed a public offering of its American Depositary Shares (“ADS”). The Company sold 5,400,000 ADSs and certain selling stockholders sold an aggregate of 6,847,500 ADSs at a price of $9.25 per ADS less underwriting discount. The Company received net proceeds of $46,297 from the offering.

As at March 31, 2012, the authorized share capital was £6,100 divided into 60,000,000 ordinary shares of 10 pence each and 1,000,000 preferred shares of 10 pence each. The Company had 50,078,881 ordinary shares outstanding as at March 31, 2012. There were no preferred shares outstanding as at March 31, 2012.

As at March 31, 2011, the authorized share capital was £5,100 divided into 50,000,000 ordinary shares of 10 pence each and 1,000,000 preferred shares of 10 pence each. The Company had 44,443,726 ordinary shares outstanding as at March 31, 2011. There were no preferred shares outstanding as at March 31, 2011.

As at April 1, 2010, the authorized share capital was £5,100 divided into 50,000,000 ordinary shares of 10 pence each and 1,000,000 preferred shares of 10 pence each. The Company had 43,743,953 ordinary shares outstanding as at April 1, 2010. There were no preferred shares outstanding as at April 1, 2010.

18.19. Revenue recognition

In the WNS Auto Claims BPOBPM segment, the Company has been re-negotiating contractual terms with insurance companies and the repair centers as and when they come up for renewal. The Company has renewed its contract with one of its customers and negotiated a new contract with a repair center in April 2011. In May 2011, the Company has further negotiated a new contract with a repair center, which is appended as part of the main revenue contract with two other insurance customers.

The key changes to the “Principal Agent Consideration” are summarized below:

 

 a)The primary responsibility of the repair work has now shifted from the Company to the repair center.

 

 b)The credit risk thatis now passed on from the client may not pay forCompany to the services is no longer borne by the Company.insurance company.

 

 c)The true economic benefit which the Company earns in the process is the claims handling fee with the repairs cost being a pass through from the insurance company to the repair center without any significant risk and reward involved on the Company’s part.

F - 47


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

The Company has evaluated the principal or agent recognition criteria as per IAS 18. Based on the evaluation of the terms of the contracts with these repair centers and arrangements with these insurance companies, the Company has concluded that it is not the principal in providing claims handling services and hence it would be appropriate to record revenue from repair services on a net basis i.e. net of repair cost.

Accordingly, the Company no longer accounts for the amount received from three of the Company’s clients in the WNS Auto Claims BPOBPM segment for payments to repair centers as its revenue and the payments made to repair centers for cases referred by these customers as its cost of revenue, resulting in lower revenue and cost of revenue being recognized in respect of the services rendered to these clients, as the revenues have been recorded net of repair cost. The change in revenue accounting for one of its clients is effective from April 2011 and the balance two clients are effective from May 2011. The process of re-negotiation ofre-negotiating the contracts with other clients is ongoing and is aimed at establishing consistent accounting for all such contracts entered into by the Company.

F - 59


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

19.20. Expenses by nature

Expenses by nature are as follows:consist of the following:

 

  Year ended
March 31,
   Year ended March 31, 
  2012   2011   2014   2013   2012 

Employee cost

  $215,077    $199,858    $250,883    $239,005    $215,077  

Repair payments

   79,065     246,850     31,099     24,132     79,065  

Facilities cost

   58,295     56,472     65,652     65,684     58,295  

Depreciation cost

   15,960     17,619  

Depreciation

   13,960     14,709     15,960  

Legal and professional expenses

   13,788     15,710     17,735     15,162     13,788  

Travel expenses

   13,236     12,554     16,804     15,214     13,236  

Other cost

   23,210     20,775  

Others

   22,167     24,382     23,210  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total cost of revenue, selling and marketing and general and administrative expenses

  $418,631    $569,838    $418,300    $398,288    $418,631  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

20.21. Finance expense

Finance expense consists of the following:

 

  Year ended March 31, 
  2012   2011   Year ended March 31, 
  2014   2013 2012 

Interest expense

  $2,858    $3,373    $2,812    $3,224   $2,858  

Interest on deferred purchase consideration

   23     215    —    

Interest rate swap

   490     6,792     —       (15 490  

Debt issue cost

   669     1,281     113     209   669  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total

  $4,017    $11,446    $2,948    $3,633   $4,017  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

21.22. Other income, net

Other income, net consists of the following:

 

  Year ended March 31, 
  2012 2011   Year ended March 31, 
  2014   2013   2012 

Income from interest and dividend on marketable securities

  $487   $360    $3,480    $3,140    $487  

Net gain(loss) arising on financial assets designated as FVTPL

   4,000     102     —    

Share issue expense

   (827  —       —       —       (827

Others

   383    765     2,045     1,525     383  
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  $43   $1,125    $9,525    $4,767    $43  
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

22.

F - 48


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

23. Share-based payments

The Company has two share-based incentive plans, the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan adopted on July 1, 2002 and the 2006 Incentive Award Plan adopted on June 1, 2006, as amended and restated in February 2009 and September 2011 (collectively referred to as the “Plans”). Under the Plans, share based awardsoptions may be granted to eligible participants. AwardsOptions are generally granted for a term of ten years and have a graded vesting period of up to four years. The Company settles employee share-based awardoption exercises with newly issued ordinary shares. As at March 31, 2012,2014, the Company had 243,695855,768 ordinary shares available for future grants.

Share-based compensation expense during the yearyears ended March 31, 20122014, 2013 and 20112012 are as follows:

 

  Year ended March 31,   Year ended March 31, 
  2012   2011   2014   2013   2012 

Share-based compensation expense recorded in

      $    $    $  

— Cost of revenue

  $1,012    $651     1,316     992     1,012  

— Selling and marketing expenses

   361     218     591     425     361  

— General and administrative expenses

   3,936     2,349     5,028     3,926     3,936  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total share-based compensation expense

  $5,309    $3,218    $6,935    $5,343    $5,309  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Upon exercise of share options and RSUs, the Company issued 235,155759,494, 509,163 and 699,773235,155 shares, respectively, for the yearyears ended March 31, 20122014, 2013 and 2011.

2012.

 

F - 6049


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Share-based options

A summaryMovements in the number of option activityoptions outstanding under the Plans2006 Incentive Award Plan and their related weighted average exercise prices are as at March 31, 2012, and changes during the year then ended is as follows:follow:

 

   Shares  Weighted
average
exercise
price
   Weighted
average
remaining
contract term
(in years)
   Aggregate
intrinsic
value
 

Outstanding as at April 1, 2011

   1,015,250   $19.84     5.24    $796  

Granted

   —      —        

Exercised

   (30,391)  4.92      

Forfeited

   —      —        

Lapsed

   (10,344)  12.25      

Outstanding as at March 31, 2012

   974,515   $20.38     4.37    $764  

Options vested

   974,515   $20.38     4.37    $764  

Options exercisable

   974,515   $20.38     4.37    $764  
   Shares  Weighted
average
exercise
price
   Weighted
average
remaining
contract term
(in years)
   Aggregate
intrinsic
value
 

Outstanding as at April 1, 2012

   974,515   $20.38     4.37    $764  

Exercised

   (64,069  4.76      

Lapsed

   (8,201  8.96      
  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Outstanding as at March 31, 2013

   902,245   $21.60     3.45    $491  

Exercised

   (45,131  7.01      

Lapsed

   (1,000  12.26      
  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Outstanding as at March 31, 2014

   856,114   $22.38     2.52    $339  

Options exercisable

   856,114   $22.38     2.52    $339  

The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the year ended March 31, 20122014 and 20112013 was $178$584 and $728,$443, respectively. The total grant date fair value of options vested during the year ended March 31, 20122014 and 20112013 was $nil and $319, respectively.for each year. Total cash received as a result of option exercisesexercised during the year ended March 31, 20122014 and 2011March 31, 2013 was $131$279 and $779,$278 respectively.

The fair value of options granted is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. No options were granted during the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

The weighted average share price of options exercised during the year ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $19.09, $11.23 and 2011.$10.19 respectively.

The expected term of options is based on the historic exercise pattern of the Company’s employees. The volatility was calculated based on the volatility of the Company’s share price. The risk free rate is based on the United States Federal Reserve rates. Forfeitures are estimated based on the Company’s historical analysis of actual stock option forfeitures. The Company does not currently pay cash dividends on its ordinary shares and does not anticipate doing so in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the expected dividend yield is zero.

Restricted Share Units

The 2006 Incentive Award Plan also allows for grant of RSUs. Each RSU represents the right to receive one ordinary share and vests over a period of up to three years.

A summaryMovements in the number of RSU activityRSUs outstanding under the 2006 Incentive Award Plan and their related weighted average exercise prices are as at March 31, 2012, and changes during the year then ended is as follows:follow:

 

   Shares  Weighted
average
fair value
   Weighted
average
remaining
contract term
(in years)
   Aggregate
intrinsic
value
 

Outstanding as at April 1, 2011

   1,338,225   $12.46     8.37    $14,118  

Granted

   935,183    10.53      

Exercised

   (204,524)  14.70      

Forfeited

   (89,440)  9.41      

Lapsed

   —      —        

Outstanding as at March 31, 2012

   1,979,444   $11.46     8.48    $23,852  

RSUs vested and expected to vest

   1,688,769   $11.46     8.48    $20,519  

RSUs exercisable

   531,136   $13.81     7.06    $6,400  

   Shares  Weighted
average
fair value
   Weighted
average
remaining
contract term
(in years)
   Aggregate
intrinsic
value
 

Outstanding as at April 1, 2012

   1,979,444   $11.46     8.48    $23,852  

Granted

   136,327    10.93      

Exercised

   (445,094  11.89      

Forfeited

   (188,500  10.45      

Lapsed

   —      —        
  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Outstanding as at March 31, 2013

   1,482,177   $11.41     7.82    $21,847  

Granted

   592,547    14.87      

Exercised

   (676,045  12.24      

Forfeited

   (53,567  12.64      

Lapsed

   —      —        
  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Outstanding as at March 31, 2014

   1,345,112   $12.47     7.93    $24,212  

RSUs exercisable

   464,189   $10.80     6.53    $8,355  

 

F - 6150


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The fair value of RSUs is generally the market price of the Company’s shares on the date of grant. As at March 31, 2012,2014, there was $7,234$4,016 of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested RSUs. This amount is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.32.87 years. To the extent the actual forfeiture rate is different than what the Company has anticipated, share based compensation related to these RSUs will be different from the Company’s expectations.

The weighted average grant date fair value of RSUs granted during the year ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $14.87, $10.93, and 2011 was $10.53 and $9.17 per ADS, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of RSUs exercised during the year ended March 31, 20122014 and 20112013 was $2,152$13,139 and $5,870,$4,731, respectively. The total grant date fair value of RSUs vested during the year ended March 31, 20122014 and 20112013 was $5,817$26,524 and $8,315,$7,260, respectively.

The weighted average share price of RSU exercised during the year ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $19.43, $10.63 and $10.52 respectively.

Performance share units

The 2006 Incentive Award Plan also allows for grant of performance share units (“PSUs”). Each PSU represents the right to receive one ordinary share based on the Company’s performance against specified targets and vests over a period of up to four years.

A summaryMovements in the number of PSU activityPSUs outstanding under the 2006 Incentive Award Plan and their related weighted average exercise prices are as at March 31, 2012, and changes during the year then ended is as follows:follow:

 

  Shares Weighted
average
fair value
   Weighted
average
remaining
contract term
(in years)
   Aggregate
intrinsic
value
   Shares Weighted
average
fair value
   Weighted
average
remaining
contract term
(in years)
   Aggregate
intrinsic
value
 

Outstanding as at April 1, 2011

   285,159   $9.00     9.42    $3,008  

Outstanding as at April 1, 2012

   1,006,065   $10.39     9.16    $12,123  

Granted

   771,906    10.84         50,000   9.63      

Vested/exercised

   —      —           —      —        

Forfeited

   (104,875 9.57      
  

 

  

 

     

Outstanding as at March 31, 2013

   951,190   $10.44     8.26    $14,021  

Granted

   203,434    14.53      

Exercised

   (38,318  8.77      

Forfeited

   (51,000)  9.38         (638,393  10.90      

Lapsed

   —      —        
  

 

  

 

     

Outstanding as at March 31, 2012

   1,006,065   $10.39     9.16    $12,123  

PSUs, net of estimated forfeiture

   804,148   $10.39     9.16    $9,690  

Outstanding as at March 31, 2014

   477,913   $11.70     7.98    $8,602  

PSUs exercisable

   —     $—       —      $—       39,563   $9.19     6.44    $712  

The fair value of PSUs is generally the market price of the Company’s shares on the date of grant, and assumes that performance targets will be achieved. As at March 31, 2012,2014, there was $1,708$1,622 of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested PSUs, net of forfeitures. This amount is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.21.0 years. Over the performance period, the number of shares that will be issued will be adjusted upward or downward based upon the probability of achievement of the performance targets. The ultimate number of shares issued and the related compensation cost recognized as expense will be based on a comparison of the final performance metrics to the specified targets.

The weighted average grant date fair value of PSUs granted during the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $14.53, $9.63, and $10.84 respectively, per ADS. The aggregate intrinsic value of PSUs exercised during the year ended March 31, 20122014 and 20112013 was $10.84$789 and $8.98 respectively per ADS.$Nil respectively. The total grant date fair value of PSUs vested during the year ended March 31, 2014 was $712. No PSUs vested during the years ended March 31, 2013.

The weighted average share price of PSU exercised during the year ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $20.60, $Nil and 2011.

$Nil respectively.

 

F - 6251


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

23.24. Income taxes

The domestic and foreign source component of profit/profit (loss) before income taxes is as follows:

 

  Year ended March 31,   Year ended March 31, 
  2012 2011   2014 2013 2012 

Domestic

  $(3,451) $(94)  $(3,501 $(589 $(3,451

Foreign

   27,440    19,499     59,437   31,852   27,440  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Profit before income taxes

  $23,989   $19,405    $55,936   $31,263   $23,989  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

The Company’s provision for income taxes consists of the following:

 

  Year ended
March 31,
   Year ended March 31, 
  2012 2011   2014   2013 2012 

Current taxes

        

Domestic taxes

  $—     $—      $—      $—     $—    

Foreign taxes

   22,832    13,262     11,828     13,425   22,832  
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 
  $22,832   $13,262     11,828     13,425    22,832  
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Deferred taxes

        

Domestic taxes

  $—     $—       —       —      —    

Foreign taxes

   (11,376)  (11,770)   2,461     (3,561  (11,376
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 
  $(11,376) $(11,770)   2,461     (3,561  (11,376
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 
  $11,456   $1,492    $14,289    $9,864   $11,456  
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Domestic taxes are nil as there are no statutory taxes applicable in Jersey, Channel Islands. Foreign taxes are based on applicable tax rates in each subsidiary’s jurisdiction.

The Company has 13 delivery centers in India which were eligible to claim income-tax exemption with respect to profits earned from export revenue from operating units registered under the Software Technology Parks of India (“STPI”) which expired on April 1, 2011. The Company has a delivery center located in Gurgaon, India registered under the Special Economic Zone (“SEZ”) scheme and eligible for 100% income tax exemption until fiscal 2012, and 50% income tax exemption from fiscal 2013 till fiscal 2022. DuringThe Company in fiscal 2012 the Company has also started its operations in delivery centers in Pune, Navi Mumbai &and Chennai, India registered under the SEZ scheme and eligible for 100% income tax exemption until fiscal 2016 and 50% income tax exemption from fiscal 2017 till fiscal 2026. The Government of India pursuant to the Indian Finance Act, 2011 has also levied minimum alternate tax (“MAT”) on the book profits earned by the SEZ units at the prevailing rate of 20.01%which is currently 20.96%. The Company’s operations in Costa Rica and Philippines are also eligible for tax exemptions which expire in fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2013, respectively.2017. The Company’s operationsCompany has a delivery center in Sri Lanka were also eligiblethe Philippines that is registered with the Philippines Economic Zone Authority which is eligble for tax exemptions which expiredthat expire in fiscal 2011. However, the2017. The Government of Sri Lanka has exempted the profits earned from export revenue from tax. This will enabletax, which enables the Company’s Sri Lankan subsidiary to continue to claim a tax exemption.

If the income tax exemption underwas not available, the additional income tax expense at the respective statutory rates in India, Sri Lankan Inland Revenue Act followingLanka and Philippines would have been approximately $1,671, $769 and $1,707 for the expiry ofyears ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Such additional tax would have decreased the tax holiday providedbasic and diluted earnings per share for the year ended March 31, 2014 by Board of Investment, Sri Lanka.

$0.03 and $0.03, respectively ($0.02 and $0.01, respectively for the year ended March 31, 2013 and $0.04 and $0.04, respectively, for the year ended March 31, 2012).

 

F - 6352


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Income taxes recognized directly in equity are as follows:

 

  Year ended
March 31,
   Year ended March 31, 
  2012 2011       2014         2013         2012     

Current taxes

   

Current taxes:

    

Excess tax deductions related to share-based payments

   (1,188)  (569)   (104 (55 (1,188
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 
  $(1,188) $(569)  $(104 $(55 $(1,188
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Deferred taxes

   

Deferred taxes:

    

Excess tax deductions related to share-based payments

   (53)  —       (105  (156  (54
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 
  $(53) $—      $(105 $(156 $(54
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total income tax recognized directly in equity

  $(1,241) $(569)  $(209 $(211 $(1,242
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Income taxes recognized in other comprehensive income are as follows:

 

  Year ended
March 31,
   Year ended March 31, 
  2012 2011       2014         2013           2012     

Current taxes

  $—     $—       —      —       —    

Deferred taxes

   

Unrealized gain/ (loss) on cash flow hedging derivatives

   (4,198)  871  

Deferred taxes:

     

Unrealized gain/(loss) on cash flow hedging derivatives

   (2,052 4,304     (4,198
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

Total income tax recognized directly in other comprehensive income

  $(4,198) $871    $(2,052 $4,304    $(4,198
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

The reconciliation of the Jersey statutoryestimated income tax rate with the effective tax rate is as under:to provision for income tax:

 

   Year ended
March 31,
 
   2012  2011 

Net income before taxes

  $23,989   $19,405  

Enacted tax rates in Jersey

   0  0

Statutory income tax

   —      —    

Increase/(decrease) due to:

   

Effect of foreign tax rates in foreign jurisdictions

   8,896    (13,675

Tax exempt income

   1,841    14,109  

Current year losses for which no deferred tax asset was recognized

   719    1,058  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

  $11,456   $1,492  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

   Year ended March 31, 
       2014          2013          2012     

Profit before income taxes

  $55,936   $31,263   $23,989  

Income tax expense at tax rates applicable to individual entities

   20,365    11,094    12,137  

Effect of:

    

Items not deductible for tax

   80    96    42  

Exempt income

   (3,509  (1,766  (3,164

(Gain)/Loss in respect of which deferred tax (liability)/asset not recognized due to uncertainty and ineligibility to carry forward

   (47  2,983    3,274  

Temporary difference that will reverse during tax holiday period

   (2,154  (2,338  (4,289

Change in tax rate

   169    (318  118  

Provision for uncertain tax position

   (163  (80  1,996  

State taxes

   27    (5  289  

Others, net

   (479  198    1,053  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Provision for income tax

  $14,289   $9,864   $11,456  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

F - 6453


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The movement in deferredDeferred taxes for the year ended March 31, 2012 is as follows:2014 arising from temporary differences and unused tax losses can be summarized below:

 

  

Opening

balance

   

Recognized

in statement of

income

 

Recognized

in equity

   

Recognized
in other

comprehensive

income

 

Translation

differences

 

Closing

balance

   Opening
balance
   Additions
due to
acquisition
during the
year
   Recognized
in
statement of
income
 Recognized
in equity
   Recognized in/
Reclassified
from Other
comprehensive
income
 Foreign
currency
translation
 Closing
balance
 

Deferred tax assets:

             

Property and equipment

  $11,374    $532   $—      $—     $(1,332 $10,574    $9,927    $—      $(821 $—      $—     $(826 $8,280  

Net operating loss carry forward

   555     (70  —       —      (15  470     4,165     —       695    —       —     (497 4,363  

Accruals deductible on actual payment

   2,317     63    —       —      (296  2,084     3,298     —       764    —       —     (342 3,720  

Share-based compensation

   654     2,428    53     —      (78  3,057     4,200     —       1,303   105     —     (252 5,356  

Minimum alternate tax

   20,398     8,873    —       —      (2,810  26,461     23,306     —       (5,668  —       —     (2,349 15,289  

Others

   1,088     (82  —       —      (3  1,003     1,397     —       261    —       —     52   1,710  
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

  $36,386    $11,744   $53    $—     $(4,534 $43,649    $46,293    $—      $(3.466 $105    $—     $(4,214 $38,718  
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

             

Intangibles

   6,471     570    —       —      (156  6,885     7,008     —       (1,798  —       —      (324  4,886  

Unrealized gain/(loss) on cash flow hedging

   1,543     (202  —       (4,198  6    (2,851   1,249     —       793    —       (2,052  (275  (285
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

  $8,014    $368   $—      $(4,198)  $(150 $4,034    $8,257    $—      $(1,005 $—      $(2,052 $(599 $4,601  
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

  $28,372    $11,376   $53    $(4,198)  $(4,384 $39,615    $38,036    $—      $(2,461 $105    $2,052   $(3,615 $34,117  
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

The movement in deferredDeferred taxes for the year ended March 31, 2011 is as follows:2013 arising from temporary differences and unused tax losses can be summarized below:

 

   

Opening

balance

   Recognized
in statement of
income
  

Recognized

in equity

   Recognized
in other
comprehensive
income
  

Translation

differences

   

Closing

balance

 

Deferred tax assets:

          

Property and equipment

  $9,827    $1,395   $—      $—     $152    $11,374  

Net operating loss carry forward

   1,225     (732  —       —      62     555  

Accruals deductible on actual payment

   633     1,633    —       —      51     2,317  

Share-based compensation

   2,011     (1,381  —       —      24     654  

Minimum alternate tax

   12,904     7,204    —       —      290     20,398  

Others

   706     353    —       —      29     1,088  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

  $27,306    $8,472   $—      $—     $608    $36,386  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

          

Intangibles

   9,704     (3,342  —       —      109     6,471  

Unrealized gain/(loss) on cash flow hedging

   628     44    —       871    —       1,543  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

  $10,332    $(3,298 $—      $871   $109    $8,014  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

  $16,974    $11,770   $—      $(871 $499    $28,372  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

   Opening
balance
  Additions
due to
acquisition
during the
year
  Recognized
in
statement of
income
  Recognized
in equity
   Recognized in/
Reclassified
from Other
comprehensive
income
  Foreign
currency
translation
  Closing
balance
 

Deferred tax assets:

         

Property and equipment

  $10,574   $(45 $71   $—      $—     $(673 $9,927  

Net operating loss carry forward

   470    2,542    1,465    —       —      (312  4,165  

Accruals deductible on actual payment

   2,084    190    980    —       —      44    3,298  

Share-based compensation

   3,057    —      918    156     —      69    4,200  

Minimum alternate tax

   26,461    —      (1,250  —       —      (1,905  23,306  

Others

   1,140    36    262    —       —      (41  1,397  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

  $43,786   $2,723   $2,446   $156    $—     $(2,818 $46,293  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

         

Intangibles

   6,885    1,001    (685  —       —      (193  7,008  

Unrealized gain/(loss) on cash flow hedging

   (2,851  —      (430  —       4,304    226    1,249  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

  $4,034   $1,001   $(1,115 $—      $4,304   $33   $8,257  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

  $39,752   $1,722   $3,561   $156    $(4,304 $(2,851 $38,036  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

F - 6554


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Deferred taxes for the year ended March 31, 2012 arising from temporary differences and unused tax losses can be summarized as follows:

   Opening
balance
   Recognized
in statement of
income
  Recognized
in equity
   Recognized in/
Reclassified
from Other
comprehensive
income
  Foreign
currency

Translation
  Closing
balance
 

Deferred tax assets:

         

Property and equipment

  $11,374    $532   $—      $—     $(1,332 $10,574  

Net operating loss carry forward

   555     (70  —       —      (15  470  

Accruals deductible on actual payment

   2,317     63    —       —      (296  2,084  

Share-based compensation

   654     2,428    54     —      (79  3,057  

Minimum alternate tax

   20,398     8,873    —       —      (2,810  26,461  

Others [Refer note—2(y)]

   1,226     (82  —       —      (4  1,140  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

  $36,524    $11,744   $54    $—     $(4,536 $43,786  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

         

Intangibles

   6,471     570    —       —      (156  6,885  

Unrealized gain/(loss) on cash flow hedging

   1,543     (202  —       (4,198  6    (2,851
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

  $8,014     368   $—      $(4,198 $(150 $4,034  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

  $28,510    $11,376   $54    $4,198   $(4,386 $39,752  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Deferred tax presented in the statement of financial position is as follows:

 

  As at   As at 
  March 31,
2012
 March 31,
2011
 April 1,
2010
   March 31,
2014
 March 31,
2013
 

Deferred tax assets

  $43,712   $33,518   $25,200     37,066   41,642  

Deferred tax liabilities

   (4,097)  (5,146)  (8,226)   (2,949 (3,606
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

  $39,615   $28,372   $16,974    $34,117   $38,036  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Deferred tax asset is not recognized in some of the group entities for theThere are unused tax losses amounting to $45,945, since it$42,268 as at March 31, 2014 for which no deferred tax asset has been recognized as these losses either relate to certain tax jurisdictions where the group entities have had past losses and there is not certainno conclusive evidence to support the view that these assetssufficient taxable profit will be realizedgenerated by such group entities in the future.future to offset such losses or there is uncertainty in the treatment of such losses under the tax laws of the relevant jurisdictions. The expiry dates of the tax benefit for these losses depend on the local tax laws of each jurisdiction and, if not utilized, would expire on various dates starting from financial year 20132015 till 2019.2021. However, in the UK Sri Lanka and Australia there is no expiry period for the unused tax losses.

MAT paid by the IndianIndia entity as per the Indian Income tax Act can be carried forward and set-off against future income tax liabilities of the Companycompany under normal tax provisions within a period of ten years. Such credit for MAT paid, has been recognized on the basis of estimated taxable income in future years and, if not utilized, would expire on various dates betweenstarting from financial yearsyear 2017 totill 2022.

Deferred income tax liabilities on earnings of Company’s subsidiaries have not been provided as such earnings are deemed to be permanently reinvested in the business and the Company is able to control the timing of the reversals of temporary differences associated with these investments. Accordingly, the temporary differencesdifference on which deferred tax liability has not been recognized amounts to $105,464$158,352, 139,267 and $122,987$105,464 as at March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

F - 55


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and 2011, respectively.per share data)

From time to time, the Company receives orders of assessment from the Indian tax authorities assessing additional taxable income on the Company and/or its subsidiaries in connection with their review of their tax returns. The Company currently has orders of assessment outstanding for various years through fiscal 2009,2011, which assess additional taxable income that could in the aggregate give rise to an estimated $36,929$48,108 in additional taxes, including interest of $13,115.$17,494. These orders of assessment allege that the transfer priceprices the Company applied to certain of the international transactions between WNS Global and its other wholly-owned subsidiaries were not on arm’s length terms, disallow a tax holiday benefit claimed by the Company, deny the set off of brought forward business losses and unabsorbed depreciation and disallow certain expenses claimed as tax deductible by WNS Global. The Company has appealed against these orders of assessment before higher appellate authorities.

In addition, the Company has orders of assessment pertaining to similar issues that have been decided in favor of the Company by first level appellate authorities, vacating the tax demands of $44,125$41,204 in additional taxes, including interest of $13,403.$12,857. The income tax authorities have filed appeals against these orders at higher appellate authorities.

Uncertain tax positions are reflected at the amount likely to be paid to the taxation authorities. A liability is recognized in connection with each item that is not probable of being sustained on examination by taxing authority. The liability is measured using single best estimate of the most likely outcome for each position taken in the tax return. Thus the provision would be the aggregate liability in connection with all uncertain tax positions. As of March 31, 2012,2014, the Company has provided a tax reserve of $13,790$15,487 primarily on account of the Indian tax authorities’ denying the set off of brought forward business losses and unabsorbed depreciation.

As at March 31, 2012,2014, corporate tax returns for years ended March 31, 20092011 and onward remain subject to examination by tax authorities in India.

Based on the facts of these cases, certain legal opinions from counsel, the nature of the tax authorities’ disallowances and the orders from first level appellate authorities deciding similar issues in favor of the Company in respect of assessment orders for earlier fiscal years and after consultation with the Company’s external tax advisors, the Company believe these orders are unlikely to be sustained at the higher appellate authorities. The Company has deposited $7,822$12,695 of the disputed amounts with the tax authorities and may be required to deposit the remaining portion of the disputed amounts with the tax authorities pending final resolution of the respective matters.

Others

On March 21, 2009, the Company received an assessment order from the Indian service tax authority, demanding $6, 806payment of $5,814 of service tax and related penalty for the period from March 1, 2003 to January 31, 2005. The assessment order alleges that service tax is payable in India on BPOBPM services provided by the Company to clients based abroad as the export proceeds are repatriated outside India by the Company. TheIn response to the appeal filed by the Company has filed an appeal to thewith appellate tribunal against the assessment order andin April 2009, the appeal is currently pending.appellate tribunal has remanded the matter back to lower tax authorities to be adjudicated afresh. After consultation with Indian tax advisors, the Company believes this order of assessment is more likely than not to be upheld in favor of the Company. The Company intends to continue to vigorously dispute the assessment.

F - 66


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

24.25. Earnings per share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share is as following:share:

 

  Year ended March 31,   Year ended March 31, 
  2012   2011   2014   2013   2012 

Numerator:

          

Profit

  $12,533    $17,913    $41,647    $21,399    $12,533  

Denominator:

          

Basic weighted average ordinary shares outstanding

   45,261,411     44,260,713     50,958,864     50,309,140     45,261,411  

Dilutive impact of equivalent stock options and RSUs

   1,242,871     971,700     1,730,293     1,402,392     1,242,871  

Diluted weighted average ordinary shares outstanding

   46,504,282     45,232,413     52,689,157     51,711,532     46,504,282  

The computation of earnings per ordinary share (“EPS”) was determined by dividing profit by the weighted average ordinary shares outstanding during the respective periods.

The Company excludes options with exercise price that are greater than the average market price from the calculation of diluted EPS because their effect would be anti-dilutive. In the yearyears ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS options to purchase 314,454, 815,378 and 880,714 shares, respectively. In the year ended March 31, 2011, the Company excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS options to purchase 913, 048 shares, respectively.

 

F - 6756


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

25.26. Related party

The following is a list of the Company’s subsidiaries as at March 31, 2012 is as follows:2014:

 

Direct subsidiaries

Step subsidiaries

Place of

incorporation

Direct subsidiaries

Step subsidiaries

Place of incorporation

WNS Global Services

Netherlands Cooperative U.A.

    The Netherlands
WNS Philippines Inc.Philippines
  WNS Global Services Philippines Inc.  Philippines
Philippines
  WNS Global Services (Romania) S.R.L.  Romania
Romania
WNS North America Inc.    Delaware, USA

WNS Business Consulting

Services Private Limited

  WNS Business Consulting Services Private Limited  India
  WNS Global Services Inc.  Delaware, USA
  Delaware, USAWNS BPO Services Costa Rica, S.R.LCosta Rica
WNS Global Services (UK) Limited    United Kingdom
United Kingdom
  WNS Workflow Technologies Limited  United Kingdom
United Kingdom
  Accidents Happen Assistance Limited  United Kingdom
Business Applications Associates Limited
  

WNS Global Services SA (Pty) Ltd.

(formerly known as Fusion Outsourcing Services (Proprietary) Limited)

  South Africa
United Kingdom
WNS (Mauritius) Limited    Mauritius
Mauritius
  WNS Capital Investment Limited  Mauritius
  WNS Customer Solutions (Singapore) Private Limited  Singapore
Baizan International Software Technology (Beijing) Co. LimitedChina
  WNS Customer Solutions (Private) Limited  Sri Lanka
  WNS Global Services (Australia) Pty LimitedLtd  Australia

Business Applications Associates Beijing Limited

China
WNS Global Services Private Limited (1)  India
  WNS Global Services (Private) Limited  Sri Lanka
Sri Lanka
  WNS BPOGlobal Services Costa Rica, S.A.(Dalian) Co. Ltd.  Costa RicaChina

Notes:

 

1.(1)WNS Global Services Private Limited is being held jointly by WNS (Mauritius) Limited and WNS Customer Solutions (Singapore) Private Limited. The percentage of holding for WNS (Mauritius) Limited is 81%80% and for WNS Customer Solutions (Singapore) Limited is 19%20%.

(2)All the above subsidiaries are wholly owned and primarily engaged in providing BPM services.

 

F - 6857


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Name of the related party

  

Relationship

Warburg Pincus and its affiliates (till February 12, 2013)  Principal shareholder
Datacap Software Private Limited (“Datacap”) (till December 31, 2013)  A company of which a member of key management is a principal shareholder
Students in free Enterprise (“SIFE”)A company having a director in common with WNS Holdings
HDFC ERGO General Insurance Company Limited (“HDFC”)A company having a director in common with WNS Holdings

Key management personnel

   
Eric B. HerrAdrian T. Dillon (Appointed on September 21, 2012)  Chairman (Appointed as Chairman effective January 1, 2014, was Non-Executive Vice Chairman till December 31, 2013)
Keshav R. Murugesh  Director and Group Chief Executive Officer
Jeremy Young  Director
Deepak S. Parekh (Ceased to be director from September 4, 2012)  Director
Richard O. Bernays
Renu S. Karnad (Appointed on September 21, 2012)  Director
Eric B. Herr (Ceased to be director from April 30, 2014)Director (Ceased to be Chairman from January 1, 2014)
Richard O. Bernays (Ceased to be director from December 31, 2013)Director
Anthony A. Greener  Director
Albert Aboody (Appointed on June 28, 2010)  Director
Alok Misra (Ceased to be CFO from August 17, 2012)  Group Chief Financial Officer
Deepak Sogani (Resigned on August 27, 2013)Group Chief Financial Officer
Johnson J. Selvadurai (Ceased to be an executive officer from January 1, 2014)  Managing Director - Europe
Michael Garber (Ceased to be an executive officer from January 1, 2014)  

Chief Sales and Marketing Officer

Kumar Subramaniam (Appointed as Interim Group Chief Financial Officer for the period August 17, 2012 to December 2, 2012)Group Chief Financial Officer
Ronald Strout (Ceased to be an executive officer from June 28, 2012)  Chief of Staff and Head Americas
Swaminathan Rajamani (Appointed on November 29, 2010)  Chief People Officer
Karthikeya N. Sarma (Resigned
Ronald Gillette (Appointed as executive officer on December 31 2010)January 1, 2014)  Chief PeopleOperating Officer
Sanjay Puria (Appointed as Group Chief Financial Officer effective August 28, 2013)Group Chief Financial Officer
Gareth Williams (Appointed on January 1, 2014)Director
Michael Menezes (Appointed on January 1, 2014)Director

 

          Amount receivable 
  Year ended   As at 
  March 31,   March 31   March 31   Year ended March 31, 

Nature of transaction with related parties

  2012   2011   2012   2011       2014           2013           2012     

Revenue

          

Warburg Pincus and its Affiliates

  $3,954    $3,752    $604    $556  

Warburg Pincus and its Affiliates#

  $—      $3,753    $3,954  

Cost of Revenue

          

Warburg Pincus and its Affiliates

   —       20     —       —    

HDFC

   8     —       —       —    

Datacap

   29     1     —       —       21     27     29  

Selling and marketing expenses

        

SIFE

   —       55     —       —    

Key management personnel*

   —       —       —       —      

Remuneration and short-term benefits

   3,147     3,044     —       —       3,890     3,365     3,147  

Defined contribution plan

   108     93     —       —       108     106     108  

Other benefits

   5     —       —       —       30     23     5  

Share based compensation

   3,074     3,264     —       —       3,259     3,036     3,074  

 

#Amount receivable as at March 31, 2012 was $604.
*Defined benefit plan is not disclosed as these are determined atfor the Company level.as a whole.

 

F - 6958


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

26.27. Operating segments

The Company has several operating segments based on a mix of industry and the types of services. The composition and organization of these operating segments currently is designed in such a way that the back office shared processes, i.e. the horizontal structure, delivers service to industry specific back office and front office processes i.e. the vertical structure. These structures represent a matrix form of organization structure, accordingly operating segments have been determined based on the core principle of segment reporting in accordance with IFRS 8 Operating segments” (IFRS 8)“Operating segments” (“IFRS 8”). These operating segments include travel, insurance, banking and financial services, healthcare, utilities, retail and consumer products groups, auto claims and others. The Company believes that the business process outsourcing services that it provides to customers in industries other than auto claims such as travel, insurance, banking and financial services, healthcare, utilities, retail and consumer products groups and others that are similar in terms of services, service delivery methods, use of technology, and long-term gross profit and hence meet the aggregation criteria in accordance with IFRS 8. WNS Assistance and AHA (“Accidents Happen Assistance Limited (which constitutes WNS Auto Claims BPO”)BPM), which provide automobile claims handling services, do not meet the aggregation criteria. Accordingly, the Company has determined that it has two reportable segments “WNS Global BPO”BPM” and “WNS Auto Claims BPO”BPM”.

The Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) has been identified as the Group Chief Executive Officer. The CODM evaluates the Company’s performance and allocates resources based on revenue growth of vertical structure.

In order to provide accident management services, the Company arranges for the repair through a network of repair centers. Repair costs paid to automobile repair centers are invoiced to customers and recognized as revenue.revenue except the cases where the Company has concluded that it is not the principal in providing claims handling services and hence it would be appropriate to record revenue from repair services on a net basis i.e. net of repair cost. The Company uses revenue less repair payments for “Fault” repairs as a primary measure to allocate resources and measure segment performance. Revenue less repair payments is a non-GAAP measure which is calculated as (a) revenue less (b) in the Company’s auto claims business, payments to repair centers for “Fault” repair cases where the Company acts as the principal in its dealings with the third party repair centers and its clients. For “Non-fault“Non fault repairs”, revenue including repair payments is used as a primary measure. As the Company provides a consolidated suite of accident management services including credit hire and credit repair for its “Non-fault” repairs business, the Company believes that measurement of that line of business has to be on a basis that includes repair payments in revenue. The Company believes that the presentation of this measure in the segmental information provides useful information for investors regarding the segment’s financial performance. The presentation of this information is not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the Company’s financial results prepared in accordance with IFRS.

 

F - 7059


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

The segment results for the year ended March 31, 2014 are as follows:

   Year ended March 31, 2014 
   WNS
Global BPM
  WNS Auto
Claims BPM
  Inter
segments*
  Total 

Revenue from external customers

  $439,654   $62,967   $—     $502,621  

Segment revenue

  $439,916   $62,967   $(262 $502,621  

Payments to repair centers

   —      31,100    —      31,100  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Revenue less repair payments

   439,916    31,867    (262  471,521  

Depreciation

   13,366    594    —      13,960  

Other costs

   353,892    23,848    (262  377,478  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Segment operating profit

   72,658    7,425    —      80,083  

Other income, net

   (8,600  (925  —      (9,525

Finance expense

   2,948    —      —      2,948  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Segment profit before income taxes

   78,310    8,350    —      86,660  

Provision for income taxes

   12,293    1,996    —      14,289  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Segment profit

   66,017    6,354    —      72,371  

Amortization of intangible assets

      23,789  

Share based compensation expense

      6,935  
     

 

 

 

Profit

     $41,647  
     

 

 

 

Addition to non-current assets

  $17,321   $1,487   $ —     $18,808  

Total assets, net of elimination

   408,972    129,453    —      538,425  

Total liabilities, net of elimination

  $162,896   $50,559   $—     $213,455  

*Transactions between inter segments represent invoices raised by WNS Global BPM on WNS Auto Claims BPM for business process outsourcing services rendered by the former to latter.

One customer in the WNS Global BPM segment accounted for 15.2% of the Company’s total revenue for the year ended March 31, 2014. The receivables from this customer comprised 10.4% of the Company’s total accounts receivables as at March 31, 2014.

F - 60


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

The segment results for the year ended March 31, 2013 are as follows:

   Year ended March 31, 2013 
   WNS
Global BPM
  WNS Auto
Claims BPM
  Inter
segments*
  Total 

Revenue from external customers

  $405,131   $55,132   $—     $460,263  

Segment revenue

  $405,438   $55,132   $(307 $460,263  

Payments to repair centers

   —      24,133    —      24,133  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Revenue less repair payments

   405,438    30,999    (307  436,130  

Depreciation

   13,694    1,015    —      14,709  

Other costs

   335,008    24,898    (307  359,599  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Segment operating profit

   56,736    5,086    —      61,822  

Other income, net

   (3,952  (815  —      (4,767

Finance expense

   3,633    —      —      3,633  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Segment profit before income taxes

   57,055    5,901    —      62,956  

Provision for income taxes

   8,893    971    —      9,864  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Segment profit

   48,162    4,930    —      53,092  

Amortization of intangible assets

      26,350  

Share based compensation expense

      5,343  
     

 

 

 

Profit

     $21,399  
     

 

 

 

Addition to non-current assets

  $28,214   $1,150   $   $29,364  

Total assets, net of elimination

   423,309    111,584    —      534,893  

Total liabilities, net of elimination

  $188,669   $45,627   $—     $234,296  

*Transactions between inter segments represent invoices raised by WNS Global BPM on WNS Auto Claims BPM for business process outsourcing services rendered by the former to latter.

One customer in the WNS Global BPM segment accounted for 16.9% of the Company’s total revenue for the year ended March 31, 2013. The receivables from this customer comprised 9.1% of the Company’s total accounts receivables as at March 31, 2013.

F - 61


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The segment results for the year ended March 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

  Year ended March 31, 2012   Year ended March 31, 2012 
  WNS
Global BPO
   WNS Auto
Claims BPO
 Inter
segments*
 Total   WNS
Global BPM
   WNS Auto
Claims BPM
 Inter
segments*
 Total 

Revenue from external customers

  $361,143    $112,979   $—     $474,122    $361,143    $112,979   $—     $474,122  

Segment revenue

  $361,824    $112,979   $(681) $474,122    $361,824    $112,979   $(681 $474,122  

Payments to repair centers

   —       79,065    —      79,065     —       79,065    —     79,065  
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Revenue less repair payments

   361,824     33,914    (681)  395,057     361,824     33,914    (681  395,057  

Depreciation

   14,454     1,506    —      15,960     14,454     1,506    —      15,960  

Other costs

   289,986     27,044    (681)  316,349     289,986     27,044    (681  316,349  
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Segment operating profit

   57,384     5,364    —      62,748     57,384     5,364    —      62,748  

Other income, net

   193     (236)  —      (43)

Other expense/(income), net

   193     (236  —      (43

Finance expense

   4,017     —      —      4,017     4,017     —      —      4,017  
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Segment profit before income taxes

   53,174     5,600    —      58,774     53,174     5,600    —      58,774  

Provision for income taxes

   10,378     1,078    —      11,456     10,378     1,078    —      11,456  
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Segment profit

   42,796     4,522    —      47,318     42,796     4,522    —      47,318  

Amortization of intangible assets

       29,476         29,476  

Share based compensation expense

       5,309         5,309  
      

 

       

 

 

Profit

      $12,533        $12,533  
      

 

       

 

 

Addition to non-current assets

  $21,395    $647   $—     $22,042    $21,395    $647   $—     $22,042  

Total assets, net of elimination

   403,562     121,459    —      525,021     403,562     121,596    —      525,158  

Total liabilities, net of elimination

  $170,534    $70,360   $—     $240,894    $170,534    $70,934   $—     $241,468  

*Transactions between inter segments represent invoices raised by WNS Global BPM on WNS Auto Claims BPM for business process outsourcing services rendered by the former to latter.

One customer in the WNS Global BPOBPM segment and one customer in WNS Auto Claims BPOBPM accounted for 17.3% and 10.4%, respectively, of the Company’s total revenue for the year ended March 31, 2012. The receivables from these two customers comprised 10.3% and 12.4% of the Company’s total accounts receivables, respectively, as at March 31, 2012.

 

*Transactions between inter segments represent invoices raised by WNS Global BPO on WNS Auto Claims BPO on an arm’s length basis for business process outsourcing services rendered by the former to latter.

F - 7162


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The segment results forExternal Revenue

Revenues from the year ended March 31, 2011 are as follows:

   Year ended March 31, 2011 
   WNS
Global BPO
  WNS Auto
Claims BPO
  Inter
segments*
  Total 

Revenue from external customers

  $331,822   $284,429   $—     $616,251  

Segment revenue

  $332,647   $284,429   $(825) $616,251  

Payments to repair centers

   —      246.850    —      246,850  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Revenue less repair payments

   332,647    37,579    (825)  369,401  

Depreciation

   16,303    1,316    —      17,619  

Other costs

   260,622    27,231    (825)  287,028  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Segment operating profit

   55,722    9,032    —      64,754  

Other income, net

   (843)  (282)  —      (1,125)

Finance expense

   11,443    3    —      11,446  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Segment profit before income taxes

   45,122    9,311    —      54,433  

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

   (135)  1,627    —      1,492  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Segment profit

   45,257    7,684    —      52,941  

Amortization of intangible assets

      31,810  

Share based compensation expense

      3,218  
     

 

 

 

Profit

     $17,913  
     

 

 

 

Addition to non-current assets

  $14,412   $1,823   $—     $16,235  

Total assets, net of elimination

   399,616    122,979    —      522,595  

Total liabilities, net of elimination

  $198,606   $59,133   $—     $257,739  

Two customers in the WNS Auto Claims BPO segment and one customer in WNS Global BPO accounted for 16.4%, 13.2% and 12.2%, respectively,geographic segments based on domicile of the Company’s total revenue for the year ended March 31, 2011. The receivables from these three customers comprised nil, 7.6% and 10.3% of the Company’s total accounts receivables, respectively, as at March 31, 2011.

*Transactions between inter segments represent invoices raised by WNS Global BPO on WNS Auto Claims BPO on an arm’s length basis for business process outsourcing services rendered by the former to latter.

External Revenue

customer. The Company’s external revenue by geographic area is as follows:

 

  Year ended 
  March 31,   Year ended 
  2012   2011   March 31,
2014
   March 31,
2013
   March 31,
2012
 

Jersey, Channel Islands

  $—      $—      $—      $—      $—    

UK

   290,116     375,046     265,026     245,300     290,116  

North America

   144,763     136,772  

US

   137,369     140,218     144,763  

Europe (excluding UK)

   26,563     98,073     26,989     27,291     26,563  

South Africa

   20,502     14,238     —    

Australia

   18,510     10,830     4,848  

Rest of the world

   12,680     6,360     34,225     22,386     7,832  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  $474,122    $616,251    $502,621    $460,263    $474,122  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

The Company’s non-current assets (excluding goodwill and intangibles) by geographic area are as follows:

 

  As at 
  

March 31,

2012

   

March 31,

2011

   

April 1,

2010

   As at
March 31,
 
  2014   2013 

Jersey, Channel Islands

  $—      $—      $—      $—      $—    

UK

   2,936     3,605     2,249     3,276     2,279  

US

   357     268     411  

North America

   3,774     3,745  

India

   34,083     35,579     40,905     22,605     28,165  

South Africa

   4,126     4,116  

Philippines

   5,734     5,963  

Rest of the world

   8,042     7,726     4,982     5,650     4,172  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  $45,418    $47,178    $48,547    $45,165    $48,440  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

F - 72


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

27.28. Commitment and Contingencies

Leases

The Company has entered into various non-cancelable operating lease agreements for certain delivery centers and offices with original lease periods expiring between 20112014 and 2026.2028. The details of future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases as at March 31, 20122014 are as follows:

 

  Operating leases   Operating lease 

Less than 1 year

  $17,162    $18,832  

1-3 years

   30,283     29,746  

3-5 years

   16,507     19,714  

More than 5 years

   21,726     23,141  
  

 

   

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

  $85,678    $91,433  
  

 

   

 

 

Rental expenses were $19,353$22,994, $22,459 and $20,666,$19,353, respectively, for the yearyears ended March 31, 20122014, 2013, and March 31, 2011.2012.

Capital commitments

As at March 31, 20122014 and 2011,2013, the Company had committed to spend approximately $3,696$3,576 and $8,238,$4,376 respectively, under agreements to purchase property and equipment. These amounts are net of capital advances paid in respect of these purchases.

Bank guarantees and others

Certain subsidiaries in India, Romania and Australiaof the Company hold bank guarantees aggregating to $413$694 and $526 as at March 31, 20122014 and $483 in India and Romania as at March 31, 2011. 2013, respectively.

These guarantees have a remaining expiry term ranging from one to five years.

F - 63


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

Restricted time deposits placed with bankers as security for guarantees given to lessors in Romania and US andby them to regulatory authorities in United Arab Emiratesaggregating $881 and Australia aggregating to $243$309 as at March 31, 20122014 and $194 to regulatory authorities in India and lessors in Romania as at March 31, 2011,2013, respectively, are included in other current assets. These deposits represent cash collateral against bank guarantees issued by the banks on behalf of the Company to third parties.

Contingencies

In the ordinary course of business, the Company is involved in lawsuits, claims and administrative proceedings. While uncertainties are inherent in the final outcome of these matters, the Company believes, after consultation with counsel, that the disposition of these proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

F - 73


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

28. Joint venture with ACS

In April 2008, the Company formed a joint venture, WNS Philippines, Inc., with Advanced Contact Solutions, Inc. (“ACS”), a BPO services and customer care provider, in the Philippines. ACS assigned its rights and obligations under the joint venture agreement in favor of its holding company Paxys. This joint venture was initially majority owned by the Company (65%) and the balance by Paxys. WNS Philippines, Inc. offers contact center services to global clients across industries. This entity enables the Company to bring a large scale talent pool to help solve the business challenges of its clients while diversifying the geographic concentration of delivery. Pursuant to the joint venture agreement, the Company had a call option to acquire from Paxys the remaining shares owned by Paxys and Paxys had a put option to sell all of its shareholding in the joint venture to the Company, upon the occurrence of certain conditions, as set forth in the joint venture agreement, or after August 6, 2012.

As the Company always had the risk and rewards for the ownership of the joint venture and with the existence of put option, the Company had a contractual obligation to deliver cash, hence the noncontrolling interest was classified as liability in accordance with IAS 32.

As at the Transition Date, the Company had done the probability weighted assessment of possible outcomes of the put and call options under the various conditions of contract and recorded its obligation towards the put option liability. Accordingly, a liability had been recorded based on the obligation existing at the Transition Date based on the present value of the put option with the initial recognition to equity amounting to $1,676.

At every period end, the Company re-measured the put liability. As at June 30, 2011, the non-performance event was triggered as the joint venture had incurred six months of continuous losses for the period January 2011 to June 2011.

The Company had evaluated the trigger of non-performance event and the consequent put and call option liability and concluded that the liability recorded in the books of accounts was adequate as at June 30, 2011.

In the three months ended September 30, 2011, the joint venture continued to incur losses. As a result, the Company and Paxys, after discussions, decided to mutually terminate the joint venture. Accordingly, the Company’s Board of Directors, in its meeting held in September 2011, determined that its call option had become exercisable as a result of the non-performance event being triggered in the prior quarter and approved the exercise of the call option. Accordingly, the Company shared its intention to exercise the call option with Paxys.

As at September 30, 2011, the Company had not yet exercised its call option but assessed that the event of the Company exercising the call option was highly probable as against Paxys exercising their put option and since the Company anticipated that there would be an outflow of cash in connection with the exercise of the call option in the near future, the liability was re-measured at the fair value of the call option as at September 30, 2011. Accordingly, the Company recorded an additional charge of $346 towards the interest payable and increased its liability from $1,676 (as measured based on put liability) to $2,033 as at September 30, 2011.

On November 2, 2011, the Company entered into an agreement with Paxys to acquire the latter’s 35% stake in the joint venture and terminate the joint venture. The Company’s acquisition of Paxys’ 35% stake in the joint venture was completed on November 16, 2011 by a payment of the cash consideration amounting to $2,132, including interest expense of $346. Following the acquisition of Paxys’ stake, WNS Philippines Inc. has become a wholly-owned subsidiary of WNS Holdings.

F - 74


WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

29. Additional capital disclosures

The key objective of the Company’s capital management is to ensure that it maintains a stable capital structure with the focus on total equity to uphold investor, creditor, and customer confidence and to ensure future development of its business. The Company focuses on keeping a strong total equity base to ensure independence, security, as well as a high financial flexibility for potential future borrowings, if required, without impacting the risk profile of the Company.

The capital structure as at March 31, 20122014 and 2011 is2013 was as follows:

 

  As at   As at 
  March 31,
2012
 March 31,
2011
 %
Change
   March 31,
2014
 March 31,
2013
 %
Change
 

Total equity attributable to the equity shareholders of the Company

  $284,127   $264,856    7%  $324,970   $300,597   8

As percentage of total capital

   77%  71%    79 76 

Short term line of credit

   23,965    14,593      58,583   54,921   

Long term debt(1)

   62,873    93,095   
  

 

  

 

  

Long term debt(1)

   26,146   41,442   
  

 

  

 

  

Total debt

  $86,838   $107,688    (19)%  $84,729   $96,363    -12
  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

As percentage of total capital

   23%  29%    21  24 
  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

Total capital (debt and equity)

 ��$370,965   $372,544    (0)%  $409,698   $396,960    3
  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

Note:

The Company is predominantly equity-financed. This is also evident from the fact that debt represented only 23%21% and 29%24% of total capital as at March 31, 20122014 and 2011,2013, respectively.

Note:

1)Before netting off debt issuance cost of $168 and $814 as at March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, respectively.

 

F - 7564